As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 14, 1997

Registration No. 333-29893

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO
FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
(Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

          DELAWARE                           5511                          76-0506313
(State or other jurisdiction     (Primary Standard Industrial           (I.R.S. Employer
    of incorporation or          Classification Code Number)          Identification No.)
        organization)

950 ECHO LANE, SUITE 350
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77024
(713) 467-6268
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

B. B. HOLLINGSWORTH, JR.
950 ECHO LANE, SUITE 350
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77024
(713)467-6268
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

        JOHN S. WATSON                                PATRICIA A. CERUZZI
    VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P.                            SULLIVAN & CROMWELL
1001 FANNIN STREET, 36TH FLOOR                          125 BROAD STREET
     HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
        (713) 758-2222                                   (212) 558-4000


APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as

practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [ ]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. [ ]

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.



Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, OCTOBER 14, 1997

4,800,000 SHARES

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

COMMON STOCK
(PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)

Of the 4,800,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 4,428,136 shares are being sold by the Company and 371,864 shares are being sold by the Selling Stockholder. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders". The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the Selling Stockholder. Each share of Common Stock includes one right to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Junior Participating Preferred Stock, which rights become exercisable upon the occurrence of certain events. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Stockholder Rights Plan".

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $10.00 and $12.00. For factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting".

SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 13 FOR CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT

TO AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK.

The Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GPI".

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                    INITIAL PUBLIC       UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS TO     PROCEEDS TO SELLING
                                    OFFERING PRICE        DISCOUNT(1)         COMPANY(2)         STOCKHOLDER(2)
                                    --------------       ------------         -----------     -------------------
Per Share........................          $                   $                   $                   $
Total(3).........................          $                   $                   $                   $


(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $5.0 million payable by the Company.

(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters an option for 30 days to purchase up to an additional 720,000 shares at the initial public offering price per share, less the underwriting discount, solely to cover over-allotments. If such option is exercised in full, the total initial public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting".

The shares offered hereby are offered severally by the Underwriters, as specified herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that certificates for the shares will be ready for delivery in New York, New York on or about October , 1997, against payment therefor in immediately available funds.

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES, INC.


The date of this Prospectus is October , 1997.

[GRAPHICS]

THIS PROSPECTUS INCLUDES STATISTICAL DATA REGARDING THE AUTOMOTIVE RETAILING INDUSTRY. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SUCH DATA IS TAKEN OR DERIVED FROM INFORMATION PUBLISHED BY (I) THE INDUSTRY ANALYSIS DIVISION OF THE NATIONAL AUTOMOBILE DEALERS ASSOCIATION ("NADA") IN ITS NADA DATA 1996, (II) CRAIN COMMUNICATIONS INC. IN ITS AUTOMOTIVE NEWS 100-YEAR ALMANAC, 1996 MARKET DATA BOOK AND 1997 MARKET DATA BOOK, (III) ADT AUTOMOTIVE, INC. IN ITS 1997 USED CAR MARKET REPORT OR (IV) THE BUREAU OF THE CENSUS IN THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE IN ITS STATISTICAL ABSTRACT OF THE UNITED STATES 1996 FROM THE NATIONAL DATA BOOK.

NO MANUFACTURER (AS DEFINED UNDER "RISK FACTORS -- MANUFACTURERS' CONTROL OVER DEALERSHIPS" ON PAGE 13 OF THIS PROSPECTUS) HAS BEEN INVOLVED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE PREPARATION OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE OFFERING BEING MADE HEREBY. NO MANUFACTURER HAS MADE ANY STATEMENTS OR REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OR PROVIDED ANY INFORMATION OR MATERIALS THAT WERE USED IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, AND NO MANUFACTURER HAS ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THIS PROSPECTUS. THE COMPANY HAS AGREED TO INDEMNIFY EACH MANUFACTURER WITH WHICH IT HAS A FRANCHISE AGREEMENT AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES THAT MAY BE INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING OVERALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, AND THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY BID, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING".

2

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

Group 1 Automotive, Inc. was formed in December 1995 to acquire automobile dealerships and related operations and has conducted limited operations to date. Immediately prior to the closing of the offering made hereby (the "Offering"), Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will acquire, in separate simultaneous transactions (collectively, the "Acquisitions") in exchange for $5.4 million and 9,079,084 shares of its Common Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock"), 13 corporations (each a "Founding Company" and, collectively, the "Founding Companies") that own automobile dealerships and related operations that are currently part of four separate dealership groups (the "Founding Groups"). The Offering is conditioned on the consummation of the Acquisitions. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to "Group 1 Automotive" herein mean Group 1 Automotive, Inc. prior to consummation of the Acquisitions, and all references to the "Combined Company" and the "Company" herein mean Group 1 Automotive, Inc., as consolidated with the Founding Groups following consummation of the Acquisitions.

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, all share, per share and financial information set forth herein (i) have been adjusted retroactively to give effect to (a) the Acquisitions and (b) a 900-for-one split of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of Group 1 Automotive effected on December 13, 1996, and (ii) assume no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. See "Underwriting". Investors should carefully consider the information set forth in "Risk Factors".

THE COMBINED COMPANY

The Combined Company was founded to become a leading operator and consolidator in the highly fragmented automotive retailing industry. The Combined Company owns 30 automobile dealership franchises ("dealerships") and five collision service centers located in Texas and Oklahoma, and sells new and used cars and light trucks, provides maintenance and repair services, sells replacement parts and provides related financing, insurance and service contracts. The Combined Company represents 21 American and Asian brands including Acura, Chevrolet, Chrysler, Dodge, Eagle, GMC, Honda, Isuzu, Jeep, Kia, Lexus, Lincoln, Mazda, Mercury, Mitsubishi, Nissan, Oldsmobile, Plymouth, Pontiac, Suzuki and Toyota. The Combined Company's dealerships include the second largest Toyota dealership in the United States as measured by 1996 new retail unit sales and one of the largest dealership groups in Oklahoma.

The principals of the Founding Groups have over 90 years of combined experience in the automotive retailing industry with family ownership dating back as far as 1917. In addition, the principals of the Founding Groups have been recognized as leaders in the automotive retailing industry, serving at various times in leadership positions in state and national industry organizations. The Combined Company's dealerships have also received numerous awards based on various performance measures. The principals of the Founding Groups will continue to manage their businesses and play a significant role in the Combined Company's operating and acquisition strategies.

The Combined Company believes that its structural, managerial and operational strengths include (i) brand and geographic diversity; (ii) the ability to capitalize on regional economies of scale; (iii) cost savings derived from nationally centralized financing and administrative functions; (iv) the experience of the Combined Company's senior management in successfully consolidating and operating in highly fragmented industries; (v) the reputations, experience and performance of the Combined Company's management and principals as leaders in the automotive retailing industry; (vi) the established customer base and local name recognition of the Combined Company's dealerships;
(vii) the Combined Company's proven ability to source high quality used vehicles cost-effectively through trade-ins and off-lease programs; and (viii) access to equity incentives to attract and retain high quality personnel.

The Combined Company will pursue a growth strategy led by a management team with extensive experience in consolidation and the management of growth companies. B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr., Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Combined Company, has experience not only in

3

the automotive retailing industry, but also in consolidating a major national industry, having served in various senior management capacities, including President, of Service Corporation International during its early growth period as the world's leading consolidator of the funeral industry. In addition, John T. Turner, Senior Vice President -- Corporate Development, has been actively involved in the acquisition efforts of several companies involved in industry consolidations, including Service Corporation International, The Loewen Group, Inc. and Paragon Family Services, Inc. See "Management".

The U.S. automotive retailing industry is estimated to have annual sales in excess of $600 billion, with the 100 largest dealer groups generating less than 10% of total sales revenue and controlling approximately 5% of the 22,000 existing franchised dealership locations (representing approximately 53,000 dealerships). It is estimated that sales by franchised automobile dealers account for one-fifth of the nation's total retail sales of all products and merchandise. The Combined Company believes that the enormous size and the fragmentation of the industry, together with increasing capital costs of operating automobile dealerships, lack of a viable exit strategy (especially for larger dealerships) and the aging of dealership owners provide an attractive environment for consolidation opportunities. In addition, many successful and entrepreneurial, "megadealers" have expressed interest in expanding their operations, but have been restrained by a lack of capital. The Combined Company believes that it provides an attractive opportunity for these megadealers due to the Combined Company's formation by a consolidation of similar megadealers, its access to the public capital markets, and its position as a vehicle for growth.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

The Combined Company plans to achieve its goal of becoming a leading consolidator, while maintaining its high operating standards in the automotive retailing industry, by (i) enhancing growth through acquisitions and (ii) implementing an operating strategy that focuses on decentralized dealership operations, nationally centralized administrative functions, the expansion of higher margin businesses, a commitment to customer service and the implementation of new technology initiatives. By complementing the Combined Company's industry leaders, management talent and proven operating capabilities with its corporate management team which is experienced in achieving and managing long-term growth in a consolidation environment, the Combined Company believes that it is in a strong position to execute this strategy.

GROWTH THROUGH ACQUISITIONS

The Combined Company intends to implement an aggressive, yet disciplined, acquisition program by pursuing (i) large, profitable and well managed "platform" acquisitions in large metropolitan and high-growth suburban geographic markets that the Combined Company does not currently serve and (ii) smaller "add-on" acquisitions that will allow the Combined Company to increase brand diversity, capitalize on regional economies of scale and offer a greater breadth of products and services in each of the markets in which it operates. In this regard, the Combined Company has negotiated and executed an arrangement letter with Chase Securities Inc. and Comerica Bank for a $125 million credit facility (the "Credit Facility"), of which a portion will be used, in combination with the Combined Company's common stock, for acquisitions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Combined Founding Groups' Commitments -- Credit Facility".

ENTERING NEW GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS. The Combined Company intends to expand into geographic markets it does not currently serve by acquiring large, profitable and well established megadealers ("platforms") that, like the Founding Groups, are leaders in their regional markets. The Combined Company will target new platform megadealers having superior operational and financial management personnel which the Combined Company will seek to retain. The Combined Company believes that retaining existing high quality management will enable acquired megadealers to continue to operate effectively with management personnel who understand the local market, while allowing the Combined Company to source future acquisitions more effectively and expand its operations without having to employ and train untested new personnel. Moreover, the Combined Company believes that it is well

4

positioned to pursue larger, well established acquisition candidates as a result of its depth of management, the Combined Company's capital structure and the reputation of the principals of the Founding Groups as leaders in the automotive retailing industry.

EXPANDING WITHIN EXISTING MARKETS. The Combined Company plans to acquire additional dealerships in each of the markets in which it operates ("add-ons"), including acquisitions that increase the brands, products or services offered in that market. The Combined Company believes that these acquisitions will facilitate operating efficiencies and cost savings on a regional level in areas such as facility and personnel utilization, vendor consolidation and advertising. The Combined Company has recently entered into definitive agreements to acquire, subject to manufacturer approval and a due diligence investigation, two dealerships in Texas for aggregate payments of $9.0 million in cash. These two acquisitions, if consummated, would also require the Combined Company to incur approximately $13.0 million of floorplan indebtedness in connection with the purchase of vehicle inventories of the dealerships.

MANUFACTURERS' LIMITATIONS ON ACQUISITIONS. The Combined Company's acquisition program may be limited to some extent by the Manufacturers. Under the limitations currently imposed by the Manufacturers (as defined herein), the Combined Company could acquire no more than five additional Toyota dealerships, two additional Lexus dealerships, four additional Honda dealerships, one additional Acura dealership, approximately 400 additional Ford and Lincoln Mercury dealerships and 10 additional GM dealership locations (within the next two years, subject to being increased). The Combined Company currently owns two Toyota, one Lexus, three Honda, two Acura, one Lincoln and one Mercury franchise and three GM dealership locations. The other Manufacturers, which have no such limitations, accounted for the following approximate number of dealerships in the United States, as of December 31, 1996: Chrysler Corporation, 13,000 (at 4,600 locations); Nissan, 1,200; Mitsubishi, 500; Isuzu, 500; Suzuki, 300; and Kia, 200. In addition, all of the Manufacturers, whether or not they have numerical limitations on the number of dealerships that may be acquired, require the Combined Company to obtain the consent of the applicable Manufacturer prior to the acquisition of any dealership franchises of such Manufacturer. In addition, the Combined Company has not yet entered into any agreement with American Honda with respect to the approval of the proposed acquisitions of the Honda and Acura dealerships by the Combined Company and with respect to future acquisitions of such dealerships. See "Risk Factors -- Manufacturers' Control over Dealerships", "Risk Factors -- No Agreement with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.", "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to Failure to Meet Manufacturer CSI Scores" and "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Acquisitions for Growth; Manufacturers' Restrictions on Acquisitions".

Of the approximately 15 million new vehicles sold in the United States in 1996, approximately 31.3% were manufactured by General Motors Corporation ("GM"), 25.4% were manufactured by Ford Motor Company, 16.2% were manufactured by Chrysler Corporation, 7.7% were manufactured by Toyota Motor Corp., 5.6% were manufactured by Honda Motor Co., Ltd, 5.0% were manufactured by Nissan Motor Co., Ltd and 8.8% were manufactured by other manufacturers.

OPERATING STRATEGY

The Combined Company intends to implement an operating strategy that focuses on decentralized dealership operations, nationally centralized administrative functions, expansion of higher margin businesses, commitment to customer service and new technology initiatives.

The Combined Company has formed an operations committee comprised of the chief operating officers of the Founding Groups and the general managers of the dealerships in order to identify and share best practices. The Combined Company intends to incorporate the key officers and management of future acquisitions into this operations committee. The Combined Company believes that this operations committee will promote the widespread application of the Combined Company's broad strategic initiatives, facilitate the integration of the Founding Groups and future acquisitions and improve operating efficiency and overall customer satisfaction.

5

DECENTRALIZED DEALERSHIP OPERATIONS. The Combined Company believes that decentralizing its dealership operations on a regional, or platform, basis will enable it to provide superior customer service and a focused, market-specific responsiveness to sales, service, marketing and inventory control. Local presence and an in-depth knowledge of customers' needs and preferences are important in generating internally-driven market share growth. By coordinating certain operations on a platform basis, the Combined Company believes that it will achieve cost savings in such areas as vendor consolidation, facility and personnel utilization and advertising. The Combined Company intends to create incentives for entrepreneurial management teams and sales forces at the regional level through the use of stock options and/or cash bonus programs.

NATIONALLY CENTRALIZED ADMINISTRATIVE FUNCTIONS. The consolidation of purchasing power on a centralized basis in the area of financing should result in significant cost savings. For example, in connection with the Offering, all of the Combined Company's floorplan financing will benefit from interest rate reductions. Rate reductions have already become effective with respect to approximately 75% of the Combined Company's floorplan debt. The current reductions range between 25 and 225 basis points. Additionally, the Combined Company's Credit Facility, once closed, will result in further rate reductions. Subsequent to the Offering, the Combined Company intends to refinance approximately $50 million in floorplan financing with the Credit Facility. The impact of these changes is expected to reduce the Combined Company's annual interest expense by more than $1.0 million. Furthermore, the Combined Company expects that significant cost savings can be achieved through the consolidation of administrative functions such as risk management, employee benefits and employee training. For example, the Combined Company has negotiated insurance coverage that is expected to result in annual cost savings of approximately 25 to 30 percent.

EXPAND HIGHER MARGIN ACTIVITIES. The Combined Company is focused on expanding its higher margin businesses such as used vehicle retail sales, service and parts and finance and insurance. While each of the Combined Company's platforms will be able to operate independently in a manner consistent with its specific market's characteristics, each platform will pursue an integrated strategy to grow each of these higher margin businesses to enhance profitability and stimulate internal growth. With a competitive advantage in sourcing, the ability to provide manufacturer-backed extended service contracts, and attractive lease financing, new vehicle franchises are especially well positioned to capitalize on industry growth in used vehicle sales. In addition, each of the Combined Company's dealerships offers an integrated service and parts department, which provides an important source of recurring higher margin revenues. The Combined Company also has the opportunity on each new or used vehicle sold to generate incremental revenues from the sale of extended service contracts, credit insurance policies and finance and lease contracts. Each of these business areas will be a focus of internal growth.

FOUNDING GROUPS

The Combined Company was formed by a consolidation of the businesses of the following previously separate dealership groups:

HOWARD GROUP. This group is one of the largest dealership groups in Oklahoma, consisting of Acura, Chevrolet, Chrysler, Dodge, Eagle, GMC, Honda, Isuzu, Jeep, Mazda, Plymouth, Pontiac and Toyota dealerships located in Oklahoma City (the "Howard Group"). Additionally, the Howard Group has entered into an agreement to purchase a Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma for the assumption of all of its liabilities, which are currently approximately $2.5 million. See "The Acquisitions". Robert E. Howard II, the principal owner, has been involved in the automotive retailing industry for over 28 years. In 1996, the Howard Group sold 8,181 new vehicles. From 1994 to 1996, the Howard Group's revenues increased by $54.7 million, or 24.1%, to $282.0 million from $227.3 million. During this period, gross profit increased $9.3 million, or 32.9%, to $37.6 million from $28.3 million.

6

MCCALL GROUP. This group consists of the second largest Toyota dealership in the United States, as ranked by 1996 new retail unit sales, and a Lexus dealership, both located in Houston, Texas (the "McCall Group"). Sterling B. McCall, Jr., the principal owner, has been involved in the automotive retailing industry for more than 27 years, having been granted the first stand-alone exclusive Toyota dealership in Houston. In 1996, the McCall Group sold 6,458 new vehicles. From 1994 to 1996, the McCall Group's revenues increased by $111.2 million, or 62.7%, to $288.5 million from $177.3 million. During this period, gross profit increased $14.3 million, or 57.9%, to $39.0 million from $24.7 million.

SMITH GROUP. This group consists of an Acura dealership in Houston, Texas, Honda, GMC, Oldsmobile, Mitsubishi, Lincoln, Mercury and Kia dealerships in Beaumont, Texas, a Nissan dealership in Richardson, Texas (a suburb of Dallas) and two Nissan dealerships, one Mitsubishi dealership and one Suzuki dealership in the Austin, Texas area (the "Smith Group"). The Smith family has been in the automotive retailing business since 1917. In 1996, the Smith Group sold 5,983 new vehicles. From 1994 to 1996, the Smith Group's revenues increased by $1.2 million, or 0.6%, to $218.3 million from $217.1 million. During this period, gross profit increased $1.9 million, or 7.0%, to $29.1 million from $27.2 million.

KINGWOOD GROUP. This group consists of one Honda and one Isuzu dealership in Kingwood, Texas, a suburb of Houston (the "Kingwood Group"). The Honda dealership was established in 1989 and the Isuzu dealership was established in 1996. Mr. Hollingsworth, and John H. Duncan, a director of the Combined Company, own interests in these dealerships. In 1996, the Kingwood Group sold 756 new vehicles. From 1994 to 1996, the Kingwood Group's revenues increased by $4.9 million, or 15.8%, to $35.9 million from $31.0 million. During this period, gross profit increased $1.5 million, or 39.5%, to $5.3 million from $3.8 million.

CONSIDERATION PAID IN THE ACQUISITIONS

The following table sets forth the consideration being paid for each Founding Group:

                                               CONSIDERATION
                                         -------------------------
                                          COMMON
                                           STOCK           CASH          VALUE(1)
                                         ---------      ----------      -----------
Howard Group...........................  3,574,472(2)   $2,300,000      $27,857,475
McCall Group...........................  2,318,826              --       16,579,606
Smith Group............................  2,725,933              --       20,922,097
Kingwood Group.........................    459,853      $3,100,000        6,387,949
                                         ---------      ----------      -----------
          Total........................  9,079,084      $5,400,000      $71,747,127
                                         =========      ==========      ===========


(1) The value of the shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the Acquisitions (other than the Common Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholder) was discounted by 35% from the assumed initial public offering price to give effect to the two year lock-up that each stockholder of the Founding Companies entered into in connection with the Acquisitions. This discount was based on an independent valuation study as to the impact of the restrictions on the value of the Common Stock. If the shares of Common Stock issued in the Acquisitions were valued at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the value of the consideration paid in the Acquisitions would be: Howard Group -- $41,619,192; McCall Group -- $25,507,086; Smith Group -- $29,985,263 and Kingwood Group -- $8,158,383.

(2) Includes 592,303 shares of Common Stock issued to Mr. Howard in the Acquisitions as payment for a Chevrolet Dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma (the "Tulsa Dealership"). These shares will be held in escrow pending the consummation of the Combined Company's acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership. GM has denied its approval of this acquisition due to the Howard Group's failure to meet GM's required CSI score levels. The Combined Company's acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership will be consummated upon receipt of GM approval for such acquisition. Upon consummation of this

7

acquisition, the escrowed shares will be released to Mr. Howard. However, if such acquisition is not consummated with GM's approval within two years of the Acquisitions, the escrowed shares will be distributed pro rata to the stockholders of the Founding Companies and Mr. Howard will retain the right to acquire the Tulsa Dealership. This pro rata distribution will be allocated among the Founding Groups as follows: the McCall Group, 161,834 shares; the Smith Group, 190,246 shares; the Howard Group, 208,129 shares; and the Kingwood Group, 32,094 shares. Thus, the escrowed shares will remain outstanding regardless of whether the Combined Company's acquisition of the Tulsa dealership is consummated, and the Combined Company will receive no additional consideration or assets if the acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership is not consummated. See "The Acquisitions" for a description of the consideration to be paid in connection with the acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership. See also "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to Failure to Meet Manufacturer CSI Scores".

The consideration to be paid by Group 1 Automotive for each of the Founding Companies was determined by negotiations among the principals of the Founding Companies as to the relative value of each of the Founding Companies. As such, no one individual determined the consideration to be paid in connection with the Acquisitions. Group 1 Automotive and the Founding Companies did not use an independent third party to determine the relative values of each of the Founding Companies but agreed among themselves on the values attributable to each of the Founding Companies based on an evaluation of each of the Founding Companies' operating results and prospects for growth.

CONSIDERATION RECEIVED BY RELATED PARTIES

In connection with the Acquisitions, the following directors, officers and stockholders owning more than 5% of the Common Stock together with their spouses and affiliates will receive shares of Common Stock as follows: Mr.
Hollingsworth -- 196,368 shares of Common Stock (excluding the 350,000 shares of Common Stock that Mr. Hollingsworth currently owns); Mr. Howard -- 2,910,374 shares of Common Stock; Mr. McCall -- 1,461,031 shares of Common Stock; Mr. Smith -- 679,181 shares of Common Stock; Mr. Duncan -- 196,368 shares of Common Stock; Mr. Whalen -- 774,040 shares of Common Stock. In addition, Mr. Howard will receive $2.3 million in cash in the Acquisitions.

The following directors, officers and 5% stockholders together with their affiliates have guaranteed, as of June 30, 1997, aggregate indebtedness of certain of the Founding Companies as follows: Mr. Hollingsworth -- $2.7 million; Mr. Howard -- $37.8 million; Mr. McCall -- $30.6 million; Mr. Smith -- $5.2 million; Mr. Duncan -- $2.7 million. In connection with the Acquisitions, the Combined Company has agreed to take all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the release of guarantees by certain of the Founding Company stockholders of certain secured debt of the Founding Companies.

Directors, officers and 5% stockholders, or affiliates of such persons, who have incurred indebtedness that is secured by guarantees of certain Founding Companies and the amounts of such indebtedness, as of June 30, 1997, are as follows: Mr. Howard, approximately $7.8 million; Mr. McCall and affiliates, approximately $8.0 million; and Mr. Smith and affiliates, approximately $4.6 million. With the exception of the Round Rock guarantee described below, all applicable lenders have agreed to release such guarantees upon consummation of the Offering. One of the Founding Companies (Round Rock Nissan) will continue to guarantee approximately $2.4 million of indebtedness of SKLR Round Rock, L.C., a limited liability company in which Mr. Smith owns a 22% interest. If such guarantee is not released within 90 days of consummation of the Acquisitions, the Combined Company will have the option to acquire certain property securing such indebtedness. See "Certain Transactions -- Loans".

In connection with the Acquisitions, all related party receivables and payables are being settled. Such transactions will result in a net payment of $19,720, as of June 30, 1997, by the McCall Group to Mr. McCall. Additionally, as part of the Acquisitions, certain of the Founding Companies will distribute pre-acquisition S corporation accumulated adjustment accounts to their stockholders. Such distributions will result in the payment of approximately $97,104 to Mr. Hollingsworth, $3.4 million to Mr. Howard, $337,500 to Mr. Smith and $97,104 to Mr. Duncan

8

Certain of the properties leased by the Founding Companies are owned by officers, directors or 5% stockholders of the Combined Company or their affiliates. As part of the Acquisitions, the Founding Companies will replace each of these related party leases (with the exception of one related party lease described in "Certain Transactions -- Leases") with a standard lease agreement. The rent on each of these properties will initially be the same as the rent on the properties prior to consummation of the Acquisitions subject to adjustment every five years based on the Consumer Price Index. For a detailed description of these leases, see "Certain Transactions -- Leases".

Messrs. McCall and Whalen own 18% and 11%, respectively, of Dealer Solutions, L.L.C. ("DSL"), which provides management information systems, software and related services to certain dealerships of the Combined Company and receives certain fees in connection therewith. For a detailed description of the agreement between DSL and the Combined Company, see "Certain Transactions -- Other".

Upon the completion of the Offering, options to purchase 325,000 shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price will be granted to officers and directors of the Company as compensation for future services to be rendered to the Combined Company as follows: Mr. Hollingsworth -- 100,000; Mr. Turner -- 125,000; Mr. Thompson -- 80,000; Mr. Duncan -- 10,000 and Mr. Bidwell -- 10,000.

Group 1 Automotive was incorporated in Delaware in December 1995, and its principal executive offices are located at 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas. Its telephone number is (713) 467-6268.

THE OFFERING (1)

Common Stock offered by the Combined Company..........  4,428,136 shares
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholder.......  371,864 shares
     Total............................................  4,800,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
  Offering(2).........................................  13,957,220 shares
Proposed NYSE Symbol..................................  GPI
Use of Proceeds.......................................  The estimated net proceeds to the Combined
                                                        Company of the Offering will be $41.0
                                                        million, of which approximately $5.4 million
                                                        will be used to pay the cash portion of the
                                                        Acquisitions and approximately $31.4 million
                                                        will be used to repay outstanding
                                                        indebtedness. The balance will be used for
                                                        working capital and general corporate
                                                        purposes, including potential acquisitions.
                                                        See "Certain Transactions" and "Use of
                                                        Proceeds".


(1) Assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised.

(2) Includes 9,079,084 shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Acquisitions. Excludes 565,000 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted under the Combined Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, 750,950 shares of Common Stock subject to options to be granted under the Combined Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan prior to completion of the Offering and an additional 684,050 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan". Also excludes 200,000 shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See "Management -- 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan".

RISK FACTORS

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13 for a description of certain risks relevant to an investment in the Common Stock.

9

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

Group 1 Automotive will acquire the Founding Groups immediately prior to the consummation of the Offering. For financial statement purposes, however, the Howard Group has been identified as the accounting acquiror. The following summary financial data presents, for the year ended December 31, 1996, and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 1997, certain historical and pro forma data for the Founding Groups. See "Selected Financial Data" and the Pro Forma Financial Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                              FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                    --------------------------------------------------------
                                     HOWARD     MCCALL     SMITH     KINGWOOD   PRO FORMA(1)
                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   ------------
                                    (DOLLARS AND SHARES IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA(2):
Revenues
  New vehicle sales...............  $164,979   $166,382   $124,174   $13,784      $469,318
  Used vehicle sales..............    88,477     90,895     60,579    18,075       258,027
  Parts & service sales...........    21,173     24,454     28,631     2,925        77,184
  Other dealership revenues,
     net..........................     7,387      6,811      4,895     1,165        21,117
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------      --------
     Total revenues...............   282,016    288,542    218,279    35,949       825,646
Cost of sales.....................   244,396    249,560    189,169    30,640       712,772
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------      --------
     Gross profit.................    37,620     38,982     29,110     5,309       112,874
Goodwill amortization.............        37         --         67        --           761
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.........    30,731     35,072     23,644     3,997        93,510
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------      --------
     Income from operations.......     6,852      3,910      5,399     1,312        18,603
Other income and expense
  Interest expense, net...........    (1,194)    (2,748)    (1,710)     (439)       (3,576)
  Other income (expense), net.....       (69)       (45)       223        67           175
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------      --------
     Income before taxes..........     5,589      1,117      3,912       940        15,202
Provision for income taxes........       382        178        678        41         6,305
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------      --------
     Net income...................  $  5,207   $    939   $  3,234   $   899      $  8,897
                                    ========   ========   ========   =======      ========
Earnings per share................                                                $   0.62
Weighted average shares
  outstanding.....................                                                  14,373
OTHER DATA:
Gross margin......................     13.3%      13.5%      13.3%     14.8%         13.7%
Operating margin..................      2.4%       1.4%       2.5%      3.6%          2.3%
Pre-tax margin....................      2.0%       0.4%       1.8%      2.6%          1.8%

Retail new vehicles sold..........     8,181      6,458      5,983       756        21,378
Retail used vehicles sold.........     7,779      4,496      3,844     1,101        17,220

10

                                       FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                                    --------------------------------------------------------
                                     HOWARD     MCCALL     SMITH     KINGWOOD   PRO FORMA(1)
                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   ------------
                                    (DOLLARS AND SHARES IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA(2):
Revenues
  New vehicle sales...............  $ 84,922   $ 81,609   $ 75,203   $10,095      $251,830
  Used vehicle sales..............    54,354     49,796     35,153     9,264       148,567
  Parts & service sales...........    10,763     12,305     14,082     1,251        38,400
  Other dealership revenues,
     net..........................     4,006      3,243      3,021       634        11,546
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------      --------
     Total revenues...............   154,045    146,953    127,459    21,244       450,343
Cost of sales.....................   134,130    127,276    109,914    18,275       389,093
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------      --------
     Gross profit.................    19,915     19,677     17,545     2,969        61,250
Goodwill amortization.............        20         --         28         4           353
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.........    16,433     17,546     13,818     2,416        50,865
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------      --------
     Income from operations.......     3,462      2,131      3,699       549        10,032
Other income and expense
  Interest expense, net...........      (808)      (504)      (941)      (93)       (1,113)
  Other income (expense), net.....        34        (34)       (19)       --           (18)
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------      --------
     Income before taxes..........     2,688      1,593      2,739       456         8,901
Provision for income taxes........       166        637        531        21         3,655
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------      --------
     Net income...................  $  2,522   $    956   $  2,208   $   435      $  5,246
                                    ========   ========   ========   =======      ========
Earnings per share................                                                $   0.36
Weighted average shares...........                                                  14,373
OTHER DATA:
Gross margin......................     12.9%      13.4%      13.8%     14.0%         13.6%
Operating margin..................      2.2%       1.5%       2.9%      2.6%          2.2%
Pre-tax margin....................      1.7%       1.1%       2.1%      2.1%          2.0%
Retail new vehicles sold..........     4,093      3,037      3,972       523        11,625
Retail used vehicles sold.........     4,312      2,149      2,181       561         9,203

                                                                     AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                                  PRO FORMA
                                                              PRO FORMA(3)    AS ADJUSTED(4)(5)
                                                              ------------    -----------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)...................................    $   (551)         $ 43,927
Inventories.................................................     107,260           107,260
Total assets................................................     206,713           206,701
Total debt..................................................     107,026            75,591
Stockholders' equity........................................      43,782            84,091


(1) Pro forma information gives effect to (i) the Acquisitions on an historical basis, (ii) the consummation of the Offering and (iii) certain pro forma adjustments to the historical financial statements. See Pro Forma Financial Statements and the notes thereto beginning on page F-3 for a description of the pro forma adjustments.

(2) The individual Founding Groups' Income Statement Data do not total to the Pro Forma total since such individual Founding Groups' Income Statement Data represent historical information before Pro Forma entries.

(3) Gives effect to the Acquisitions on an historical basis and certain pro forma adjustments. See Pro Forma Financial Statements and the notes thereto beginning on page F-3 for a description of the pro forma adjustments.

(4) Assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised. See "Underwriting".

(5) Gives effect to the sale of the shares offered by the Combined Company hereby and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds".

11

SUMMARY INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING GROUP FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents certain summary financial data for each of the Founding Groups.

                                                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                    ------------------------------   -------------------
                                      1994     1995(1)    1996(1)      1996     1997(1)
                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS)               (UNAUDITED)
HOWARD GROUP:
  Revenues........................  $227,259   $254,003   $282,016   $140,650   $154,045
  Gross profit....................    28,267     32,230     37,620     18,996     19,915
  Selling, general and
     administrative expenses......    24,253     26,166     30,768     15,032     16,453
  Income from operations..........     4,014      6,064      6,852      3,964      3,462
MCCALL GROUP:
  Revenues........................  $177,320   $218,888   $288,542   $137,216   $146,953
  Gross profit....................    24,747     30,157     38,982     18,939     19,677
  Selling, general and
     administrative expenses......    22,477     27,752     35,072     16,959     17,546
  Income from operations..........     2,270      2,405      3,910      1,980      2,131
SMITH GROUP:
  Revenues........................  $217,077   $221,258   $218,279   $108,173   $127,459
  Gross profit....................    27,157     28,593     29,110     14,343     17,545
  Selling, general and
     administrative expenses......    21,727     22,824     23,711     11,575     13,846
  Income from operations..........     5,430      5,769      5,399      2,768      3,699
KINGWOOD GROUP:
  Revenues........................  $ 31,036   $ 34,459   $ 35,949   $ 17,912   $ 21,244
  Gross profit....................     3,837      4,589      5,309      2,691      2,969
  Selling, general and
     administrative expenses......     3,277      3,569      3,997      1,963      2,420
  Income from operations..........       560      1,020      1,312        728        549


(1) The Combined Company anticipates increases in revenues and decreases in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses. The owners of the Founding Groups currently have agreements in place which decrease the fees and commissions paid to the dealerships for sales of certain finance and insurance products and increase the cost of certain aftermarket products. Upon completion of the Acquisitions, such agreements will be terminated and the dealerships will recognize an immediate increase in revenues and decrease in cost of sales. Additionally, certain employees and owners of the Founding Groups have agreed to reductions in compensation that will result in a decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses upon completion of the Acquisitions. The items above are not reflected in the financial data presented and would have resulted in an increase in income from operations of the combined Founding Groups of approximately $4.3 million in 1995, $5.0 million in 1996 and $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997.

12

RISK FACTORS

Prospective purchasers should carefully consider the following factors, as well as the other information and financial data contained in this Prospectus, before purchasing the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

ABSENCE OF COMBINED OPERATING HISTORY

Group 1 Automotive, which was incorporated in December 1995, has conducted limited operations to date in connection with the Acquisitions and the Offering. The Founding Groups have been operated and managed as separate independent entities to date, and the Combined Company's future operating results will depend in part on its ability to integrate the operations of these businesses and manage the combined enterprise. The Combined Company's management group has been assembled only recently, and there can be no assurance that the management group will be able to effectively and profitably integrate the Founding Groups and any future acquisitions, or to effectively manage the combined entity. The inability of the Combined Company to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Combined Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

MANUFACTURERS' CONTROL OVER DEALERSHIPS

Each of the Combined Company's dealerships sells automobiles pursuant to franchise agreements with automobile manufacturers or authorized distributors of the manufacturers. The term "Manufacturers" as used herein means Ford Motor Company ("Ford Motor"), General Motors Corporation ("GM"), Toyota Motor Corp. and its United States affiliate, Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (collectively, "Toyota Motor"), Honda Motor Co., Ltd. ("Honda Motor") and its United States affiliate, American Honda Motor Co., Inc. ("American Honda"), Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. ("Nissan Motor") and its United States affiliate, Nissan Motor North America, Inc., ("Nissan North America"), Chrysler Corporation, Mitsubishi Motor Sales of America, Inc., ("Mitsubishi Motor"), American Isuzu Motors, Inc. ("American Isuzu"), American Suzuki Motor Corporation and Kia Motors America, Inc., but does not include Mazda Motor of America, Inc. since the sole Mazda franchise owned by the Howard Group is in the process of being sold. Through the terms and conditions of these franchise agreements, Manufacturers exert considerable influence over the operations of the Combined Company's dealerships. Each of the franchise agreements includes provisions for the termination or non-renewal of the manufacturer-dealer relationship for a variety of causes including any unapproved change of ownership or management and other material breaches of the franchise agreement. Prior approval of the relevant manufacturers is required with respect to acquisitions of automobile dealerships, and a manufacturer may deny the Combined Company's application to make an acquisition or seek to impose further restrictions on the Combined Company as a condition to granting approval of an acquisition. See "-- Dependence on Acquisitions for Growth; Manufacturers' Restrictions on Acquisitions" and "-- No Agreement with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.". Certain state laws, however, limit the ability of automobile manufacturers to reject proposed transfers of dealerships, notwithstanding the terms of any dealer or franchise agreement. See "-- No Agreement with American Honda Motor Co., Inc." and "Business -- Franchise Agreements". The loss of one or more of the Combined Company's franchise agreements could have a material adverse effect on the Combined Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a condition to granting their consent to the Acquisitions, the Manufacturers have imposed restrictions on the Combined Company. These restrictions include restrictions on (i) the acquisition of more than a specified percentage of the Common Stock (20% in the case of GM, Toyota Motor, Nissan North America and American Isuzu and 50% in the case of Ford Motor and Mitsubishi Motor) by any one person who in the opinion of the Manufacturer is unqualified to own a dealership of such Manufacturer or has interests incompatible with the Manufacturer, (ii) certain material changes in the Combined Company or extraordinary corporate transactions such as a merger, sale of a material amount of assets or change in the Board of Directors or management of the Combined Company which could have a material adverse effect on the Manufacturer's image or reputation or could be materially incompatible with the Manufacturer's interests; (iii) the removal of a dealership general manager without the consent of the

13

Manufacturer; and (iv) the use of dealership facilities to sell or service new vehicles of other Manufacturers. If the Combined Company is unable to comply with these restrictions, the Manufacturer may require the Combined Company to
(i) sell the assets of the dealerships to the Manufacturer or to a third party acceptable to the Manufacturer, or (ii) terminate the dealership agreements with the Manufacturer.

The agreements with the Manufacturers generally provide for periodic reporting and notice provisions as a means of determining whether the Combined Company is in compliance with the restrictions contained in those agreements. A Manufacturer, upon its determination of a violation of the restrictions, will notify the Combined Company of the violation and the Combined Company will generally have a period to cure the violation. If the Combined Company disputes the Manufacturer's claim of a violation or is unwilling or unable to cure the violation, the Manufacturer may enforce the remedies specified in the agreement through judicial or regulatory proceedings or in certain instances through arbitration.

DEPENDENCE ON ACQUISITIONS FOR GROWTH; MANUFACTURERS' RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS

Growth in the Combined Company's revenues and earnings will depend significantly on the Combined Company's ability to acquire and consolidate profitable dealerships. There can be no assurance that the Combined Company will be able to identify, acquire or profitably manage and integrate additional dealerships, if any, into the Combined Company, or that it will be able to do so without substantial costs, delays or other operational or financial problems. In addition, increased competition for acquisition candidates may develop, which could result in fewer acquisition opportunities available to the Combined Company and/or higher acquisition prices. Further, acquisitions involve a number of special risks, including possible adverse effects on the Combined Company's operating results, diversion of resources and management's attention, inability to retain key acquired personnel, risks associated with unanticipated events or liabilities and amortization of acquired intangible assets, some or all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Combined Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Finally, the ability of the Combined Company to grow through acquisitions could be significantly affected by the price of the Common Stock since the Combined Company intends to grow substantially through the issuance of its Common Stock in acquisitions. Any substantial decline in the price of the Common Stock could, therefore, have a material adverse effect on the Combined Company's growth strategy.

The Combined Company is required to obtain the consent of the applicable Manufacturer prior to the acquisition of any dealership franchises. Obtaining the consent of the Manufacturers for acquisitions of dealerships could take a significant amount of time. Obtaining the approvals of the Manufacturers for the Acquisitions has taken almost one year, although the Combined Company believes that subsequent acquisitions by the Combined Company will take significantly less time since the Combined Company has current completed applications and/or agreements with all Manufacturers except American Honda. Nevertheless, if the Combined Company experiences delays in obtaining, or fails to obtain, approvals of the Manufacturers for acquisitions of dealerships, the Combined Company's growth strategy could be materially adversely affected. In determining whether to approve an acquisition, the Manufacturers may consider many factors, including the moral character, business experience, financial condition, ownership structure and CSI scores of the Combined Company. In addition, Manufacturers may limit the number of such Manufacturers' dealerships that may be owned by the Combined Company or the number that may be owned in a particular geographic area. For example, Toyota Motor currently limits the number of dealerships which may be owned by any one group to seven Toyota and three Lexus dealerships nationally and restricts the number of dealerships that may be owned to (i) the greater of one dealership, or 20% of the Toyota dealer count in a "Metro" market (multiple Toyota dealership markets as defined by

14

Toyota Motor), (ii) the lesser of five dealerships or 5% of the Toyota dealerships in any Toyota region (currently 12 geographic regions), and (iii) two Lexus dealerships in any one of the four Lexus geographic areas. Toyota Motor further requires that at least nine months elapse between acquisitions. Similarly, it is currently the policy of American Honda to restrict any company from holding more than seven Honda or more than three Acura franchises nationally and to restrict the number of franchises to (i) one Honda dealership in a "Metro" market (a metropolitan market represented by two or more Honda dealers) with two to 10 Honda dealership points, (b) two Honda dealerships in a Metro market with 11 to 20 Honda dealership points, (iii) three Honda dealerships in a Metro market with 21 or more Honda dealership points, (iv) no more than 4% of the Honda dealerships in any one of the 10 Honda geographic zones, (v) one Acura dealership in a Metro market (a metropolitan market with two or more Acura dealership points), and (vi) two Acura dealerships in any one of the six Acura geographic zones. Toyota Motor and American Honda also prohibit ownership of contiguous dealerships and the dualing of a franchise with any other brand without their consent, which the Combined Company believes will not impose any significant limitation on its acquisitions of Toyota, Lexus, Honda or Acura dealerships. Ford Motor currently limits the number of dealerships to the greater of (a) 15 Ford and 15 Lincoln Mercury dealerships, or (b) the number of dealerships with total retail sales of new vehicles in the preceding calendar year that would equal not more than 5% of total Ford and Lincoln Mercury vehicles sold at retail in the United States during that year, which number may not exceed 33 1/3% of the dealerships in any market area, as defined from time to time by Ford Motor for its dealership network, having more than three authorized Ford dealerships in them (currently approximately 400 dealerships). GM has limited the number of GM dealerships that the Combined Company may acquire during the next two years to 10 additional GM dealership locations (any one dealership, however, may include a number of different GM franchises, such as a combination of GMC, Pontiac and Buick franchises), which number may be increased on a case-by-case basis. In addition, GM limits the maximum number of GM dealerships that the Combined Company may acquire to 50% of the GM dealerships, by franchise line, in a GM-defined geographic market area having multiple GM dealers (currently approximately 10,000 dealerships). The Combined Company currently owns two Toyota, one Lexus, three Honda, two Acura, one Lincoln and one Mercury franchise and three GM dealership locations.

NO AGREEMENT WITH AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC.

The Combined Company and American Honda have not entered into any agreement with respect to the approval by American Honda of the proposed acquisitions of the Honda and Acura dealerships by the Combined Company and the Combined Company intends to acquire the Honda and Acura dealerships without the approval of American Honda. Unlike any of the other Manufacturers, American Honda has stated to the Combined Company that its policy on public ownership requires that (i) public ownership of the Common Stock of the Combined Company not exceed 49% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Combined Company; (ii) more than 50% of the Common Stock of the Combined Company be owned by persons approved by American Honda and transfer of any of the shares owned by these approved persons be subject to American Honda's prior approval; and (iii) American Honda have the right to approve each stockholder of the Combined Company who owns 5% or more of the Combined Company's Common Stock other than institutional investors who may own up to 10% of the Combined Company's Common Stock. Except for the restrictions listed above, the Combined Company is prepared to agree with the other requirements of American Honda's policy on public ownership, which include the Combined Company's agreement to be bound by the terms of the Honda and Acura Automobile Sales and Service Agreements, the requirement that the removal of the Executive Manager and Dealer Manager of the Honda and Acura dealerships shall require the prior approval of American Honda, the maintenance of separate, freestanding, exclusive dealerships for the sales and service of Honda and Acura vehicles, and sale of the assets of the dealerships or termination of the franchise agreement as a remedy for violation of such requirements. See "-- Manufacturers' Control Over Dealerships" and "-- Dependence on Acquisitions for Growth; Manufacturers' Restrictions on Acquisitions." In addition the Combined Company was willing to agree, in the context of the Combined Company's overall proposal to American Honda, to the restrictions imposed by American Honda on the number of dealerships that may be owned by the Combined Company as described under "-- Dependence on Acquisitions for Growth; Manufac-

15

turers' Restrictions on Acquisitions". American Honda has notified Group 1 Automotive that consummation of the acquisitions of the Honda and Acura dealerships included in the Acquisitions without American Honda's consent would be a material breach of its dealer agreements and policy on public ownership. Moreover, American Honda notified Group 1 Automotive that such consent would not be granted unless the Combined Company agreed to all of the provisions of American Honda's dealer agreements and policy on public ownership, which American Honda has stated it believes conform to the provisions of the Texas Motor Vehicle Commission Code.

If the Combined Company and American Honda are unable to reach an agreement prior to the closing of the Acquisitions, in the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Texas counsel to the Combined Company, and Abowitz, Rhodes & Dahnke, P.C., Oklahoma counsel to the Combined Company, a refusal by American Honda to consent to the transfer to the Combined Company of the Honda and Acura dealerships prior to the closing of the Acquisitions would not likely enable American Honda either to prevent such transfers or terminate the transferred franchises. Texas counsel to the Combined Company have opined that American Honda's current position should not prevent the transfer of the Honda and Acura dealerships in Texas to the Combined Company under the applicable provisions of the Texas Motor Vehicle Commission Code, which legislation, among other things prohibits an automobile manufacturer from rejecting a proposed transfer of a dealership franchise if the transferee is of good moral character and meets the manufacturer's written, reasonable, and uniformly applied standards or qualifications relating to the transferee's business experience and financial qualifications. In Texas counsel's opinion, American Honda would not likely prevail on an opposition to the proposed franchise transfers even if American Honda asserts an objection under the Texas Motor Vehicle Commission Code because: the Combined Company's Honda and Acura dealerships will initially, and are intended to continue to, be managed by management that American Honda previously has approved, a majority of the Combined Company's Board of Directors will initially, and is intended to continue to, consist of individuals whom American Honda previously has approved to own Honda or Acura dealerships, and American Honda previously has approved the Chief Executive Officer of the Combined Company to own a Honda dealership. Similarly, Oklahoma counsel have opined that, although Oklahoma does not have a specific statutory provision regulating the transfer of automobile dealerships, the Oklahoma statutory provisions regulating termination or cancellation of dealerships would likely apply to any challenge to a refusal by American Honda to consent to the transfer to the Combined Company of Honda or Acura dealerships. In the opinion of Oklahoma counsel, in order to prevail on such a refusal, American Honda would be required to establish that its refusal was reasonable, based upon factors that are closely related to the proposed assignee's likelihood of successful performance under the franchise agreement. In Oklahoma counsel's opinion, considerations relevant to that determination include: (1) whether the proposed dealer has adequate working capital; (2) the extent of prior experience of the proposed dealer; (3) whether the proposed dealer has been profitable in the past; (4) the location of the proposed dealer; (5) the prior sales performance of the proposed dealer; (6) the business acumen of the proposed dealer; (7) the suitability of combining the franchise in question with other franchisees at the same location; and (8) whether the proposed dealer provides the manufacturer sufficient information regarding its qualifications. In the opinion of Oklahoma counsel, a refusal by American Honda to consent to the transfer to the Combined Company of the Honda and Acura dealerships would likely be deemed unreasonable under each of these factors inasmuch as American Honda previously approved each of those dealerships and, thus, presumptively acknowledged that those dealerships each have adequate working capital, and that their managements possess sufficient experience, prior sales performance and business acumen to qualify as Honda or Acura dealers. The opinions of Texas and Oklahoma counsel each state that the respective statutes that they construe have not been interpreted in any published judicial decision in the context of the issue raised by the Acquisitions. Therefore, it is possible that a court applying those provisions might decide to adopt a wholly different interpretation of the law. Moreover, notwithstanding the foregoing, the matters addressed by Texas and Oklahoma counsel are not free from doubt, and accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Combined Company would prevail in any such proceedings. In addition, there can be no assurance that American Honda will not institute proceedings to attempt to prevent the Acquisitions or future acquisition of, or challenge the ownership of, the Honda and

16

Acura dealerships by the Combined Company. While the Combined Company believes that it would prevail in any such proceedings, any such proceedings could occupy significant time of the management of the Combined Company and adversely affect the ability of the Combined Company to acquire additional Honda and Acura dealerships. Further, there can be no assurance that any proceedings brought by American Honda would be brought on grounds relating to the statutory schemes described above. If American Honda were to prevail in any such proceedings against the Combined Company, and if the Combined Company were required to dispose of its Honda and Acura dealerships or terminate its franchise agreements with American Honda, any such requirement could have a material adverse effect on the Combined Company. See Note 2 to the Pro Forma Financial Information included elsewhere in this Prospectus for a description of the amounts attributable to the Honda and Acura dealerships in the Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations and the Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet of the Combined Company.

While the Combined Company hopes that it will be able to enter into a satisfactory agreement with American Honda subsequent to the closing of the Offering and intends to continue to pursue that goal, there can be no guarantee that any such agreement will be reached. If the Combined Company is unable to conclude an acceptable agreement with American Honda, future acquisitions of Honda and Acura dealerships could be adversely affected. In that connection, one of the future acquisitions described in "Use of Proceeds" includes an Acura franchise. That franchise is not material to the proposed acquisition, and the Combined Company has not determined whether such Acura franchise will be acquired without American Honda's approval or whether such franchise will be eliminated from the proposed acquisition if American Honda fails to approve its acquisition by the Combined Company. Future acquisitions of Honda or Acura franchises will be evaluated by the Combined Company on a case-by-case basis if no agreement is reached with American Honda. The Combined Company currently does not intend to acquire Honda and Acura dealerships that would violate the restrictions imposed by American Honda on the number of Honda and Acura dealerships that the Combined Company could acquire under American Honda's current policy.

American Honda instituted litigation against Republic Industries, Inc. ("Republic"), a publicly held company, in the United States District Court in Los Angeles, California in May 1997 to prevent Republic from acquiring Honda and Acura dealerships without complying with American Honda's Dealer Agreements and policy on public ownership. That case was dismissed on September 29, 1997. On October 1, 1997, American Honda sued Republic in the United States District Court in Memphis, Tennessee and in the United States District Court in Mobile, Alabama asking the courts to determine that Honda's withholding of its consent to Republic's proposed acquisition of three dealerships in Tennessee and one in Alabama is a lawful enforcement of American Honda's Dealer Agreements and policy on public ownership. American Honda has asserted claims for interference with contractual relations and unfair competition and has sought monetary, declaratory and injunctive relief in this litigation based on Republic's failure to comply with American Honda's Dealer Agreements and policy on public ownership, alleging that: (i) more than 49% of Republic's stock is held by persons who have not been approved by American Honda; (ii) Republic has acquired one Honda and one Acura dealership in Florida, has agreements to acquire seven more Honda dealerships and has plans to acquire 50 Honda and 13 Acura dealerships in the near term, which acquisitions violate the limitation on the number of Honda and Acura dealerships contained in American Honda's policy on public ownership; (iii) Republic has refused to provide all documentation and information required by American Honda; (iv) Republic is emphasizing the sale of used cars; (v) Republic has strong ties to and dealings with American Honda's direct competitors through Republic's rental car operations; (vi) Republic is attempting to develop "AutoNation USA" as a national brand to the detriment of the Honda and Acura brand images; (vii) Republic and its senior management had no history of operations in automotive retailing prior to August 1996; and
(viii) past conduct of the senior management of Republic raises doubts about Republic's qualifications to own Honda and Acura dealerships.

17

RISKS RELATING TO FAILURE TO MEET MANUFACTURER CSI SCORES

Many manufacturers attempt to measure customers' satisfaction with automobile dealerships through systems generally known as the customer satisfaction index ("CSI"). These manufacturers may use a dealership's CSI scores as a factor in evaluating applications for additional dealership acquisitions and participation by a dealership in incentive programs. Certain dealerships of the Combined Company have had difficulty from time to time meeting their Manufacturers' CSI standards. The components of the various manufacturer CSI scores have been modified from time to time in the past, and there is no assurance that such components will not be further modified or replaced by different systems in the future. The Combined Company's dealerships' CSI scores in the past have not had a material adverse effect on these dealerships. However, the CSI scores of the Howard Group's GM dealerships are currently below GM levels as required under the GM publication Policies for Changes in GM Dealership Ownership/Management ("GM Policies"), and as a result, the acquisition of a Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma by the Howard Group has been denied by GM. See "The Acquisitions". Under the GM Policies each GM dealership must maintain CSI scores that are at or above its respective zone/branch average for the overall dealership purchase/delivery category and the overall dealership service visit category. Exceptions will be considered if
(i) the score in each category is no lower than 0.2 points below the applicable zone/branch average or 0.12 points below national divisional 12 month averages; and (ii) a business plan for the dealership is provided to improve CSI results in the categories to zone/branch average within two years; and/or (iii) a positive sustaining trend has been displayed in the dealership's CSI results in the categories. The scores for the Howard Group's GMC, Pontiac and Chevrolet dealerships for the purchase/delivery category for the twelve months ended April 1997 were 3.13, 3.09 and 3.18, respectively, while the respective zone average were 3.45, 3.43 and 3.44. The scores for the Howard Group's GMC, Pontiac and Chevrolet dealerships for the service category for the twelve months ended April 1997 were 2.71, 2.58 and 2.92, respectively, while the respective zone averages were 3.09, 3.11 and 3.19. The scores for the Howard Group's GMC, Pontiac and Chevrolet dealerships for the purchase/delivery category for the three months ended June 1997 were 3.31, 3.33 and 3.18, respectively, while the respective zone averages were 3.47, 3.42 and 3.44. The scores for the Howard Group's GMC, Pontiac and Chevrolet dealerships for the service category for the three months ended June 1997 were 2.84, 2.66 and 3.05, respectively, while the respective zone averages were 3.12, 3.13 and 3.23. GM will not permit the Howard Group to acquire the Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma until the CSI scores attain the required level, which could occur any time in the future. If, however, the Howard Group fails to obtain GM's approval for the acquisition of the Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma within two years after the completion of the Acquisitions, the Howard Group's agreement to acquire the Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma will be terminated. See "The Acquisitions". If such CSI scores fail to reach required levels, the Combined Company's ability to acquire GM dealerships could be adversely affected. Moreover, failure of the Combined Company's dealerships to comply with the CSI standards of GM as well as other Manufacturers at any given time in the future could adversely affect the growth strategy of the Combined Company.

DEPENDENCE ON AUTOMOBILE MANUFACTURERS

The success of each of the Combined Company's dealerships is highly dependent upon the overall success of the line of vehicles that each dealership sells. New vehicles manufactured by Toyota Motor, GM, Honda Motor, Nissan Motor, and Chrysler Corporation accounted for approximately 34%, 17%, 16%, 14% and 9%, respectively, of the Combined Company's new vehicle unit sales for 1996. No other Manufacturer accounted for more than 3% of new vehicle retail unit sales of the Combined Company during 1996.

The Combined Company's business is affected to varying degrees by the demand for its Manufacturers' vehicles, and by the financial condition, management, marketing, production and distribution capabilities of such Manufacturers. In addition, the timing, structure and amount of Manufacturer sales incentives and rebates impact the timing and profitability of the Combined Company's sales transactions and such incentives and rebates change frequently based on decisions of the Manufacturers. Events such as labor disputes and other production disruptions that may adversely affect a Manufacturer may

18

also adversely affect the Combined Company. Similarly, the delivery of vehicles from Manufacturers later than scheduled, which may occur particularly during periods of new product introductions, can lead to reduced sales during such periods. Moreover, any event that causes adverse publicity involving such Manufacturers may have an adverse effect on the Combined Company regardless of whether such event involves any of the Combined Company's dealerships.

The Combined Company also depends on its Manufacturers to provide it with a desirable mix of new vehicles. The most popular vehicles generally produce the highest profit margins and are frequently the most difficult to obtain from the Manufacturers. If the Combined Company is unable to obtain sufficient quantities of the most popular models its profitability may be adversely affected. In some instances, in order to obtain additional allocations of these vehicles, the Combined Company may elect to purchase a larger number of less desirable models than it would otherwise purchase. Sales of less desirable models may result in lower profit margins than sales of the more popular vehicles.

The Combined Company's franchise agreements with its Manufacturers do not give the Combined Company the exclusive right to sell a Manufacturer's product within a given geographic area. Accordingly, a Manufacturer could grant another dealer a franchise to start a new dealership in proximity to one or more of the Combined Company's locations or an existing dealer could move its dealership to a location which would compete directly with the Combined Company, although certain state laws provide a mechanism for challenging such action in advance through administrative or legal proceedings. If the Combined Company cannot prevent a Manufacturer from granting a new franchise near to one of the Combined Company's dealerships, such grant could have a material adverse effect on the Combined Company and its operations.

RISKS RELATED TO ACQUISITION FINANCING; FUTURE CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

The Combined Company currently intends to finance future acquisitions by issuing shares of its Common Stock as full or partial consideration for acquired dealerships. The extent to which the Combined Company will be able or willing to issue Common Stock for acquisitions will depend on the market value of the Common Stock from time to time and the willingness of potential acquisition candidates to accept Common Stock as part of the consideration for the sale of their businesses. Since the Combined Company will focus initially on large "platform" acquisitions, it is possible that the Combined Company will issue a significant number of additional shares of Common Stock in connection with such acquisitions in the near future. Such additional shares of Common Stock could be as much as, or more than, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock after giving effect to the Offering. To the extent that the Combined Company is unable or unwilling to do so, the Combined Company may be required to use available cash or other sources of debt or equity financings. The Combined Company has negotiated and executed an arrangement letter for a bank credit facility with Chase Securities, Inc and Comerica Bank. The Credit Facility will provide the Combined Company with a secured revolving line of credit of up to $125 million which may be used for general corporate purposes, acquisitions, capital expenditures, working capital and floor plan financing. The Combined Company currently expects that the net proceeds from the Offering, other existing resources and the Credit Facility will be sufficient to fund its acquisition program and other cash needs for at least the next 12 months. However, no assurance can be given that the net proceeds from the Offering, other existing resources and the Credit Facility will be sufficient to fund its acquisition program and other cash needs, or that the Combined Company will be able to obtain adequate additional capital from other sources. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Combined Founding Groups' Commitments -- Credit Facility".

RELIANCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

The Combined Company depends to a large extent upon the abilities and continued efforts of its executive officers and the senior management of the Founding Groups, including B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr., Robert E. Howard, II, Sterling B. McCall, Jr., Charles M. Smith, John T. Turner and Scott L. Thompson. Furthermore, the Combined Company will likely be dependent on the senior management of any

19

businesses acquired in the future. If any of these persons becomes unavailable to continue in such capacity, or if the Combined Company is unable to attract and retain other qualified employees, the Combined Company's business or prospects could be adversely affected. Although the Combined Company has entered into an employment agreement with each of its executive officers, there can be no assurance that any individual will continue in his present capacity with the Combined Company for any particular period of time. The Combined Company currently does not have key man insurance for any of its officers and senior management. See "Management".

SUBSTANTIAL COMPETITION

The automotive retailing industry is highly competitive with respect to price, service, location and selection. The Combined Company competes with automobile dealerships (including public franchised dealership consolidators), private market buyers and sellers of used vehicles, used vehicle dealerships, service center chains and independent service and repair shops. In the new vehicle area, the Combined Company competes with other franchised dealers. The Combined Company does not have any cost advantage in purchasing new vehicles from the Manufacturers, and typically relies on advertising, merchandising, sales expertise, service reputation and location of its dealerships to sell new vehicles. In recent years, the Combined Company has also faced competition from non-traditional sources such as companies that sell automobiles on the Internet, automobile rental agencies, independent leasing companies, used-car "superstores" and price clubs associated with established consumer agencies such as the American Automobile Association, some of which use non-traditional sales techniques such as one-price shopping. In addition, Ford Motor has announced that it is exploring the possibility of going into business with some of its dealers to create automotive superstores in selected markets. Some of these recent market entrants may have greater financial, marketing and personnel resources than the Combined Company, and/or lower overhead or sales costs. In the parts and service area, the Combined Company also competes with a number of regional or national chains which offer selected parts and services at prices that may be lower than the Combined Company's prices. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Combined Company's strategy will be more effective than the strategies of its competitors.

CYCLICALITY

Sales of motor vehicles, particularly new vehicles, historically have been subject to substantial cyclical variation. The Combined Company believes that the industry is affected by many factors, including general economic conditions, consumer confidence, the level of personal discretionary spending, interest rates and credit availability. There can be no assurance that the industry will not experience sustained periods of decline in vehicle sales, particularly new vehicle sales, in the future. Any such decline could have a material adverse effect on the Combined Company.

SEASONALITY

The automobile industry is subject to seasonal variations in revenues. Demand for automobiles is generally lower during the winter months than in other seasons, particularly in regions of the United States associated with harsh winters. Accordingly, the Combined Company expects its revenues and operating results generally to be lower in its first and fourth quarters than in its second and third quarters.

IMPORTED PRODUCTS

A significant portion of the Combined Company's new vehicle business involves the sale of vehicles, parts or vehicles composed of parts that are manufactured outside the United States. As a result, the Combined Company's operations are subject to customary risks of importing merchandise, including fluctuations in the value of currencies, import duties, exchange controls, trade restrictions, work stoppages and general political and economic conditions in foreign countries. The United States or the countries from which the Combined Company's products are imported may, from time to time, impose new quotas, duties, tariffs or other restrictions, or adjust presently prevailing quotas, duties or tariffs,

20

which could affect the Combined Company's operations and its ability to purchase imported vehicles and/or parts.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Combined Company is subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations, such as local licensing requirements, consumer protection laws and environmental requirements governing, among other things, discharges to the air and water, the storage of petroleum substances and chemicals, the handling and disposal of wastes, and the remediation of contamination arising from spills and releases. The violation of these laws and regulations can result in civil and criminal penalties being levied against the Combined Company or in a cease and desist order against operations that are not in compliance. Future acquisitions by the Combined Company may also be subject to governmental regulation, including antitrust reviews. The Combined Company believes that it substantially complies with all applicable laws and regulations relating to its business, but future laws and regulations may be more stringent and require the Combined Company to incur significant additional costs. See "Business -- Governmental Regulations" and "Business -- Environmental Matters".

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AND THE COMBINED COMPANY'S CHARTER AND BYLAWS

Prior to the Offering, the Combined Company intends to adopt a stockholder rights plan. This plan and certain provisions of the Combined Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended ("Charter"), and Bylaws ("Bylaws") may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of the Combined Company or unsolicited acquisition proposals that a stockholder might consider favorable. These include provisions providing for a Board of Directors with staggered, three-year terms, permitting the removal of a director from office only for cause, allowing only the Board of Directors to set the number of directors, requiring super-majority or class voting to effect certain amendments to the Charter and Bylaws, limiting the persons who may call special stockholders' meetings, limiting stockholder action by written consent and establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholders' meetings. The Delaware General Corporation Law requires super-majority voting thresholds to approve certain "business combinations" between interested stockholders and the Combined Company which may render more difficult or tend to discourage attempts to acquire the Combined Company. In addition, the Combined Company's Board of Directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock ("Preferred Stock") in one or more series and to fix the rights and preferences of the shares of any such series without stockholder approval. Any series of Preferred Stock is likely to be senior to the Common Stock with respect to dividends, liquidation rights and, possibly, voting rights. The ability to issue Preferred Stock could also have the effect of discouraging unsolicited acquisition proposals, thus affecting the market price of the Common Stock and preventing stockholders from obtaining any premium offered by the potential buyer. In addition, certain of the Combined Company's dealer agreements prohibit the acquisition of more than a specified percentage of the Common Stock (20% in the case of GM, Toyota and Nissan and 50% in the case of Ford) of the Combined Company without the consent of the relevant Manufacturers. See "Management -- Executive Officers and Directors", "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock".

POTENTIAL EFFECT OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON PRICE OF COMMON STOCK

Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market subsequent to the Offering could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. Upon consummation of the Acquisitions and the Offering, the Combined Company will have 13,957,220 shares of Common Stock outstanding (14,677,220 shares if the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full). Of these shares, the 4,800,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (5,520,000 shares if the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), except for shares held by persons deemed

21

to be "affiliates" of the Combined Company or acting as "underwriters" as those terms are defined in the Securities Act. The remaining 9,157,220 shares of Common Stock outstanding will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and will be eligible for resale subject to the volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. Currently, 565,000 shares of Common Stock are issuable under existing stock options granted to certain executive officers and employees of the Combined Company. Options exercisable for 750,950 shares of Common Stock will be granted to directors and employees under the Combined Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan prior to completion of the Offering. An additional 684,050 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance to employees and directors of the Combined Company under the Combined Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. In addition, 200,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance to employees of the Combined Company under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan", "Management -- 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan", "Description of Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale".

Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreements entered into in connection with the Acquisitions, each of the stockholders of the Founding Companies, other than the Selling Stockholder with respect to the shares he is selling in the Offering, has agreed with the Combined Company not to sell or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock received in the Acquisitions for a period of two years from the closing date of the Acquisitions. In addition, pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement between the Combined Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters, the Combined Company, the executive officers and directors of the Combined Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus without the consent of the representatives of the Underwriters, other than (i) pursuant to employee stock option plans existing, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding, on the date of this Prospectus, or (ii) in connection with and as consideration for acquisitions of automobile dealerships, provided that the proposed transferee agrees in writing for the benefit of the Underwriters to be bound by the foregoing provisions. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting".

NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET AND DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. The Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange. However, there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop subsequent to the Offering or, if developed, that it will be sustained. The initial public offering price of the Common Stock will be determined through negotiations between the Combined Company and the representatives of the Underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which the Common Stock will trade after the Offering. For information relating to the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting". Prices for the Common Stock after the Offering may be influenced by a number of factors, including the liquidity of the market for the Common Stock, investor perceptions of the Combined Company and the automotive retailing industry and general economic and other conditions. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market subsequent to the Offering could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.

POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF PRICE

The market price of the Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including quarterly variations of operating results, investor perceptions of the Combined Company and automotive retailing industry and general economic and other conditions.

22

THE ACQUISITIONS

Group 1 Automotive will acquire all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Founding Companies in the Acquisitions immediately prior to the consummation of the Offering pursuant to 13 separate stock purchase agreements (the "Stock Purchase Agreements"). The Founding Companies are each part of one of the four separate and distinct Founding Groups.

The Stock Purchase Agreements, provide that acquisition of each Founding Company is subject to certain conditions including, among others: (i) the continuing accuracy on the closing date of the representations and warranties of the applicable Founding Company, the stockholders of such Founding Company and the Combined Company; (ii) the performance of each of the covenants by the applicable Founding Company, the stockholders of such Founding Company and the Combined Company, including the removal of certain related party agreements;
(iii) the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the HSR Act with respect to such acquisition (which has been satisfied); (iv) the obtainment of all permits, approvals and consents of securities or "blue sky" commissions of each jurisdiction and of any other governmental agency or authority, where failure to obtain such permit, approval or consent would have a material adverse effect; and (v) the entering into an Underwriting Agreement by the Combined Company and the Underwriters in connection with the Offering. The Offering is conditioned upon, among other things, the consummation of the acquisition of 100% of the Founding Companies.

The Stock Purchase Agreements provide that the parties thereto will not be liable for the breach, after consummation of the Acquisitions, of any of the representations, warranties or covenants contained in such agreements, except:
confidentiality obligations, non-competition provisions applicable to certain stockholders, transfer restrictions on the Common Stock received in the Acquisitions and termination of all dealership guarantees of stockholder debt.

As part of the Stock Purchase Agreements, certain stockholders of the Founding Companies have agreed to enter into the employment agreements and/or the lease agreements described elsewhere in this Prospectus. See "Management -- Executive Compensation; Employment Agreements", and "Certain Transactions -- Leases". In connection with their employment with the Company, certain of such stockholders will receive options to purchase Common Stock. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan". In addition, certain stockholders of the Founding Companies, including Messrs. Howard, McCall, Smith and Hollingsworth and certain of the general managers and key employees of the Founding Companies, have agreed not to compete with the Combined Company for five years from the closing of the Acquisitions. See "Management -- Executive Compensation; Employment Agreements". For a discussion of the consideration to be received by officers, directors and 5% stockholders in connection with the Acquisitions, see "Summary -- Consideration Received by Related Parties".

The consideration to be paid by the Combined Company in the Acquisitions is approximately $5.4 million of cash and 9,079,084 shares of Common Stock. The Combined Company is recording approximately $26.8 million of goodwill in connection with the Acquisitions. The consideration to be paid by Group 1 Automotive for each of the Founding Companies was determined by negotiations among the principals of the Founding Companies as to the relative value of each of the Founding Companies. As such, no one individual determined the consideration to be paid in connection with the Acquisitions. Group 1 Automotive and the Founding Companies did not use an independent third party to determine the relative values of each of the Founding Companies but agreed among themselves on the values attributable to each of the Founding Companies based on an evaluation of each of the Founding Companies' operating results and prospects for growth.

The Howard Group has entered into an agreement to purchase a Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma (the "Tulsa Dealership"). The consideration to be paid by the Combined Company in connection with this acquisition is as follows:
(i) assumption of the Tulsa Dealership's liabilities, which consist of a $2.5 million loan made by Mr. Howard to such dealership bearing interest at the prime rate plus 100 basis points and (ii) 592,303 shares of Common Stock (having a value of approximately

23

$4.2 million based on the 35% discounted assumed initial public offering price) to be issued in the Acquisitions. See "Certain Transactions".

GM has denied its approval of this acquisition due to the Howard Group's failure to meet GM's required CSI score levels. A portion of the shares of Common Stock to be received by Mr. Howard in the Acquisitions is attributable to the anticipated future value of the Tulsa Dealership. The 592,303 shares of Common Stock to be issued to Mr. Howard in connection with the Acquisitions, representing the consideration to be paid to Mr. Howard for the Combined Company's acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership, will be held in escrow pending consummation of the Combined Company's acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership.

The Howard Group's acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership will be consummated upon receipt of GM approval for such acquisition. Upon consummation of this acquisition, the escrowed shares will be released to Mr. Howard. However, if such acquisition is not consummated with GM's approval within two years of the Offering, the Combined Company's agreement to acquire the Tulsa Dealership will terminate, the escrowed shares will be distributed pro rata to the stockholders of the Founding Companies and Mr. Howard will retain the right to acquire the Tulsa Dealership. This pro rata distribution will be allocated among the Founding Groups as follows: the McCall Group, 161,834 shares; the Smith Group, 190,246 shares; the Howard Group, 208,129 shares; and the Kingwood Group, 32,094 shares. Thus, the escrowed shares will remain outstanding regardless of whether the Combined Company's acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership is consummated, and the Combined Company will receive no additional consideration or assets if the acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership is not consummated.

The treatment of the escrowed shares and the terms and conditions upon which such shares are to be released were the subject of negotiations among the Founding Groups. The Board of Directors of the Combined Company considers the potential pro rata distribution of the escrowed shares (triggered by the Combined Company's failure to acquire the Tulsa Dealership) a fair reallocation of the Common Stock issued in the Acquisitions based upon the relative value of the contributions made by each Founding Group to the Combined Company.

24

The following table sets forth the consideration being paid for each Founding Group:

                                                CONSIDERATION
                                         ----------------------------
                                         COMMON STOCK         CASH        VALUE(1)
                                         ------------      ----------    -----------
Howard Group...........................   3,574,472(2)     $2,300,000    $27,857,475
McCall Group...........................   2,318,826                --     16,579,606
Smith Group............................   2,725,933                --     20,922,097
Kingwood Group.........................     459,853        $3,100,000      6,387,949
                                          ---------        ----------    -----------
          Total........................   9,079,084        $5,400,000     71,747,127
                                          =========        ==========    ===========


(1) The value of the shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the Acquisitions (other than the Common Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholder) was discounted by 35% from the assumed initial public offering price to give effect to the two year lock-up that each stockholder of the Founding Companies entered into in connection with the Acquisitions. This discount was based on an independent valuation study as to the impact of the restrictions on the value of the Common Stock. If the shares of Common Stock issued in the Acquisitions were valued at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the value of the consideration paid in the Acquisitions would be: Howard Group -- $41,619,192; McCall Group -- $25,507,086; Smith Group -- $29,985,263 and Kingwood Group -- $8,158,383.

(2) Includes 592,303 shares of Common Stock issued to Mr. Howard in the Acquisitions as payment for the Tulsa Dealership. These shares will be held in escrow pending the consummation of the Combined Company's acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership. GM has denied its approval of this acquisition due to the Howard Group's failure to meet GM's required CSI score levels. The Combined Company's acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership will be consummated upon receipt of GM approval for such acquisition. Upon consummation of this acquisition, the escrowed shares will be released to Mr. Howard. However, if such acquisition is not consummated with GM's approval within two years of the Acquisitions, the escrowed shares will be distributed pro rata to the stockholders of the Founding Companies and Mr. Howard will retain the right to acquire the Tulsa Dealership. This pro rata distribution will be allocated among the Founding Groups as follows: the McCall Group, 161,834 shares; the Smith Group, 190,246 shares; the Howard Group, 208,129 shares; and the Kingwood Group, 32,094 shares. See also "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to Failure to Meet Manufacturer CSI Scores".

In connection with the Acquisitions, the following directors, officers and stockholders owning more than 5% of the Common Stock together with their spouses and affiliates will receive shares of Common Stock as follows: Mr.
Hollingsworth -- 196,368 shares of Common Stock (excluding the 350,000 shares of Common Stock that Mr. Hollingsworth currently owns); Mr. Howard -- 2,910,374 shares of Common Stock; Mr. McCall -- 1,461,031 shares of Common Stock; Mr. Smith -- 679,181 shares of Common Stock; Mr. Duncan -- 196,368 shares of Common Stock; Mr. Whalen -- 774,040 shares of Common Stock. In addition, Mr. Howard will receive $2.3 million in cash in the Acquisitions. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders".

In connection with Acquisitions, all related party receivables and payables are being settled. Such transactions will result in a net payment of $19,720, as of June 30, 1997, by the McCall Group to Mr. McCall. Additionally, as part of the Acquisitions, certain Founding Companies will distribute an aggregate of approximately $6.2 million from pre-acquisition S corporation accumulated adjustment accounts to their stockholders as follows: $4.5 million to the stockholders of the Howard Group (including approximately $3.4 million to Mr. Howard), $1.3 million to the stockholders of the Smith Group (including $337,500 to Mr. Smith) and $0.4 million to the stockholders of the Kingwood Group (including $97,104 to Mr. Hollingsworth and $97,104 to Mr. Duncan). In addition, in connection with the Acquisitions, Mr. Howard intends to acquire certain nonoperating assets (recreational vehicles and

25

properties) owned by the Howard Group and pay the Combined Company approximately $2.0 million. The Combined Company believes that $2.0 million approximates the fair market value of the assets. The Combined Company believes that these assets approximate fair market value because the assets are being sold to Mr. Howard at a price equal to their net book value and the majority of such assets were acquired by the Howard Group within the last 18 months.

In connection with the Acquisitions, the Combined Company anticipates increases in revenues and decreases in cost of sales related to certain third party products sold by the dealerships. Certain of the principals of the Founding Companies currently have agreements in place that decrease the fees and commissions paid to the dealerships for sales of certain finance and insurance products and increase the cost of certain aftermarket products. These arrangements resulted in the payment of $732,916 to Mr. McCall and $728,647 to Mr. Whalen during the year ended December 31, 1996 and $357,144 to Mr. McCall and $404,020 to Mr. Whalen during the six months ended June 30, 1997. Upon completion of the Acquisitions, such agreements will be terminated and the Combined Company will recognize an immediate increase in revenues and decrease in cost of sales related to the products sold.

26

The following is a description of each of the Founding Groups and the dealerships that they each own:

FOUNDING GROUP           FOUNDING COMPANY           FRANCHISE        LOCATION
--------------           ----------------           ---------        --------
Howard Group     Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc.          Chrysler     Oklahoma City,
                   ("Bob Howard Automall")         Eagle        Oklahoma
                                                   GMC
                                                   Isuzu
                                                   Jeep
                                                   Mazda
                                                   Plymouth
                                                   Pontiac

                 Bob Howard Chevrolet, Inc.        Chevrolet    Oklahoma City,
                                                                Oklahoma

                 Bob Howard Automotive-H, Inc.     Honda        Oklahoma City,
                   ("Bob Howard Honda/Acura")      Acura        Oklahoma

                 Bob Howard Motors, Inc.           Toyota       Oklahoma City,
                   ("Bob Howard Toyota")                        Oklahoma

                 Bob Howard Dodge, Inc.            Dodge        Oklahoma City,
                                                                Oklahoma

McCall Group     Southwest Toyota, Inc.            Toyota       Houston, Texas
                   ("Sterling McCall Toyota")

                 SMC Luxury Cars, Inc.             Lexus        Houston, Texas
                   ("Sterling McCall Lexus")

Smith Group      Mike Smith Autoplaza, Inc.        GMC          Beaumont, Texas
                                                   Honda
                                                   Kia
                                                   Lincoln
                                                   Mercury
                                                   Mitsubishi
                                                   Oldsmobile

                 Smith, Liu & Kutz, Inc.           Mitsubishi   Austin, Texas
                   ("Town North")                  Nissan
                                                   Suzuki

                 Courtesy Nissan, Inc.             Nissan       Richardson, Texas

                 Smith, Liu & Corbin, Inc.         Acura        Houston, Texas
                   ("Acura Southwest")

                 Round Rock Nissan, Inc.           Nissan       Round Rock, Texas

Kingwood Group   Foyt Motors, Inc.                 Honda        Kingwood, Texas
                                                   Isuzu

27

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to the Combined Company from the sale of 4,428,136 shares of Common Stock offered hereby are estimated to be $41.0 million ($48.4 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) assuming an initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the range of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated expenses of the Offering. Of the net proceeds, approximately $5.4 million will be used to pay the cash portion of the purchase price for the Acquisitions. In addition, approximately $31.4 million will be used to repay indebtedness with maturities of less than one year with a weighted average interest rate of approximately 8.0%. The remainder of the net proceeds will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

The Combined Company intends to pursue acquisitions in the future which will be financed with cash, Common Stock or a combination of both cash and Common Stock. The Combined Company has identified and has held preliminary discussions with numerous potential acquisition candidates. In addition, the Combined Company has recently entered into definitive agreements to acquire two dealerships in Texas for aggregate payments to the sellers of approximately $9.0 million in cash. These two acquisitions, if consummated, would also require the Combined Company to incur approximately $13.0 million of floorplan indebtedness in connection with the purchase of the vehicle inventories of the dealerships. The agreements are subject to a number of significant conditions, including Manufacturer approval and completion of a due diligence review of the dealerships. There can be no assurance that the conditions will be satisfied or that the transactions will be consummated. The Combined Company has negotiated and executed an arrangement letter with Chase Securities, Inc. and Comerica Bank for a $125 million credit facility. The Credit Facility will be used for general corporate purposes, acquisitions, capital expenditures, working capital and floorplan financing. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Combined Founding Groups' Commitments -- Credit Facility".

DIVIDEND POLICY

The Combined Company intends to retain all of its earnings to finance the growth and development of its business, including future acquisitions, and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common Stock for the foreseeable future. Any future change in the Combined Company's dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Combined Company and will depend upon the Combined Company's operating results, financial condition, capital requirements, general business conditions and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. In addition, the Credit Facility will include restrictions on the ability of the Combined Company to pay dividends without the consent of the lender. See "Description of Capital Stock".

28

DILUTION

The pro forma net tangible book value of the Combined Company as of June 30, 1997 was $1.63 per share of Common Stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the pro forma tangible net worth of the Combined Company (pro forma tangible assets less pro forma total liabilities) by the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of the 4,428,136 shares offered hereby and the receipt of an assumed $41.0 million of net proceeds from the Offering (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share and net of the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses), pro forma net tangible book value of the Combined Company at June 30, 1997 would have been $4.00 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $2.37 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $7.00 per share to the new investors purchasing Common Stock in the Offering. (If all outstanding stock options were exercised, pro forma tangible net book value would be $3.89 per share.) The following table illustrates the per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share.............            $11.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share before giving
     effect to the Offering and the related expenses........  $ 1.63
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
     attributable to the Offering...........................    2.37
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving
  effect to the Offering....................................              4.00
                                                                        ------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................            $ 7.00
                                                                        ======

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1997, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Combined Company, the total consideration paid to the Combined Company and the average price per share paid to the Combined Company by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares from the Combined Company in the Offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses)

                               SHARES PURCHASED       TOTAL CONSIDERATION       AVERAGE
                             ---------------------   ----------------------    PRICE PER
                               NUMBER      PERCENT     AMOUNT       PERCENT      SHARE
                             ----------    -------   -----------    -------    ---------
Existing stockholders......   9,529,084      68.3%   $15,563,092      24.2%     $ 1.63
New investors..............   4,428,136      31.7     48,709,496      75.8       11.00
                             ----------     -----    -----------     -----
          Total............  13,957,220     100.0%   $64,272,588     100.0%
                             ==========     =====    ===========     =====

The foregoing computations assume no exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the Combined Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. Options to purchase 1,315,950 shares of Common Stock will have been granted under the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan as of the completion of the Offering, of which 750,950 will be exercisable at the initial public offering price per share and 565,000 will be exercisable at $2.90 per share. In addition, 684,050 additional shares of Common Stock are reserved for future issuance under the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and 200,000 additional shares of Common Stock are reserved for future issuance under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan" and "Management -- 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan".

29

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 1997, the historical capitalization of the Howard Group (the accounting acquiror), the pro forma capitalization of the Combined Company and the pro forma as adjusted capitalization of the Combined Company which gives effect to the issuance and sale by the Company of the 4,428,136 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the range of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated expenses of the Offering) and the application of a portion of the estimated net proceeds therefrom to pay existing indebtedness. See "Use of Proceeds". This table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements of the Combined Company and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                                                      AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
                                                           -----------------------------------------
                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                           HISTORICAL(1)    PRO FORMA    AS ADJUSTED
                                                           -------------    ---------    -----------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
Short-term debt (including current portion of long-term
  debt)..................................................      $37,838      $ 98,806      $ 67,371
Long-term debt...........................................          154         8,220         8,220
                                                               -------      --------      --------
          Total debt.....................................       37,992       107,026        75,591
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, 1,000,000
     shares authorized; no shares issued and
     outstanding.........................................           --            --            --
  Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 50,000,000
     shares authorized; 9,529,084 shares issued and
     outstanding, pro forma; 13,957,220 shares issued and
     outstanding, pro forma as adjusted(2)...............          492            95           139
  Additional paid-in capital.............................        6,623        47,681        87,946
  Treasury stock, at cost................................         (809)           --            --
  Retained earnings (deficit)............................        4,521        (3,994)       (3,994)
                                                               -------      --------      --------
          Total stockholders' equity.....................       10,827        43,782        84,091
                                                               -------      --------      --------
          Total capitalization...........................      $48,819      $150,808      $159,682
                                                               =======      ========      ========


(1) Reflects the historical capitalization of the Howard Group, the accounting acquiror. Does not give effect to the distribution of $4.5 million from the S Corporation accumulated adjustment account which is to be made in connection with the Acquisitions.

(2) Excludes (i) an aggregate of 565,000 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted pursuant to the Combined Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and (ii) 750,950 shares of Common Stock subject to options to be granted to certain employees and directors of the Combined Company prior to completion of the Offering under the Combined Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan".

30

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Group 1 Automotive will acquire the Founding Groups immediately prior to the consummation of the Offering. For financial statement presentation purposes, however, the Howard Group has been identified as the accounting acquiror. The following selected historical financial data of the Howard Group as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, have been derived from the audited financial statements of the Howard Group included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The following selected historical financial data for the Howard Group as of December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1993 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1997, have been derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Howard Group, which have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of the Howard Group, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such data. See the Pro Forma Financial Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                            ---------------------------------------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                                                     PRO                              PRO
                                                                                    FORMA                            FORMA
                              1992       1993       1994       1995       1996     1996(1)      1996       1997     1997(1)
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Revenues................  $127,936   $167,252   $227,259   $254,003   $282,016   $825,646   $140,650   $154,045   $450,343
  Cost of sales...........   110,303    146,943    198,992    221,773    244,396    712,772    121,654    134,130    389,093
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
    Gross profit..........    17,633     20,309     28,267     32,230     37,620    112,874     18,996     19,915     61,250
  Goodwill amortization...        --         --         21         27         37        761         15         20        353
  Selling, general and
    administrative
    expenses..............    13,931     16,610     24,232     26,139     30,731     93,510     15,017     16,433     50,865
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
    Income from
      operations..........     3,702      3,699      4,014      6,064      6,852     18,603      3,964      3,462     10,032
  Other income and expense
    Interest expense,
      net.................      (847)      (729)    (1,102)    (1,604)    (1,194)    (3,576)      (680)      (808)    (1,113)
    Other income
      (expense), net......         6        (28)         9        (81)       (69)       175        (28)        34        (18)
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
    Income before income
      taxes...............     2,861      2,942      2,921      4,379      5,589     15,202      3,256      2,688      8,901
  Provision for income
    taxes.................       553        367        768        744        382      6,305        307        166      3,655
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
    Net income............  $  2,308   $  2,575   $  2,153   $  3,635   $  5,207   $  8,897   $  2,949   $  2,522   $  5,246
                            ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
  Earnings per share......                                                         $    .62                         $    .36
  Weighted average shares
    outstanding...........                                                           14,373                           14,373

                                                                                                         AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                 AS OF DECEMBER 31,                  ----------------------------
                                                  ------------------------------------------------     PRO        PRO FORMA AS
                                                    1992      1993      1994      1995      1996     FORMA(2)   ADJUSTED(2)(3)(4)
                                                  --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   --------   -----------------
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.................................  $  2,600   $ 2,435   $ 2,356   $ 4,708   $ 6,436   $   (551)      $ 43,927
Inventories.....................................    24,101    23,180    34,699    39,573    47,674    107,260        107,260
Total assets....................................    32,938    32,955    51,124    61,641    72,874    206,713        206,701
Total debt, including current portion...........    23,355    21,199    31,601    37,320    42,887    107,026         75,591
Stockholders' equity............................     3,779     3,637     5,346     8,620    12,210     43,782         84,091


(1) Gives effect to (i) the Acquisitions on an historical basis (ii) the consummation of the Offering and (iii) certain pro forma adjustments to the historical financial statements. See Pro Forma Financial Statements and the notes thereto beginning on page F-3 for a description of the pro forma adjustments.

(2) Gives effect to the Acquisitions on an historical basis and certain pro forma adjustments. See Pro Forma Financial Statements and the notes thereto beginning on page F-3 for a description of the pro forma adjustments.

(3) Assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised. See "Underwriting".

(4) Gives effect to the sale of the shares offered by the Combined Company hereby and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds".

31

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA

Group 1 Automotive will acquire the Founding Groups immediately prior to the consummation of the Offering. For financial statement purposes, however, the Howard Group has been identified as the accounting acquiror. The following summary financial data presents, for the year ended December 31, 1996, and for the six months ended June 30, 1997, certain historical and pro forma data for the Founding Groups. See "Selected Financial Data" and the Pro Forma Financial Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                                   FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                       ------------------------------------------------------------
                                        HOWARD      MCCALL      SMITH      KINGWOOD    PRO FORMA(1)
                                       --------    --------    --------    --------    ------------
                                         (DOLLARS AND SHARES IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

INCOME STATEMENT DATA(2):
Revenues
  New vehicle sales..................  $164,979    $166,382    $124,174    $13,784       $469,318
  Used vehicle sales.................    88,477      90,895      60,579     18,075        258,027
  Parts & service sales..............    21,173      24,454      28,631      2,925         77,184
  Other dealership revenues, net.....     7,387       6,811       4,895      1,165         21,117
                                       --------    --------    --------    -------       --------
     Total revenues..................   282,016     288,542     218,279     35,949        825,646
Cost of sales........................   244,396     249,560     189,169     30,640        712,772
                                       --------    --------    --------    -------       --------
     Gross profit....................    37,620      38,982      29,110      5,309        112,874
Goodwill amortization................        37          --          67         --            761
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...........................    30,731      35,072      23,644      3,997         93,510
                                       --------    --------    --------    -------       --------
     Income from operations..........     6,852       3,910       5,399      1,312         18,603
Other income and expense
  Interest expense, net..............    (1,194)     (2,748)     (1,710)      (439)        (3,576)
  Other Income (expense), net........       (69)        (45)        223         67            175
                                       --------    --------    --------    -------       --------
     Income before taxes.............     5,589       1,117       3,912        940         15,202
Provision for income taxes...........       382         178         678         41          6,305
                                       --------    --------    --------    -------       --------
     Net income......................  $  5,207    $    939    $  3,234    $   899       $  8,897
                                       ========    ========    ========    =======       ========
Earnings per share...................                                                    $   0.62
Weighted average shares
  outstanding........................                                                      14,373
OTHER DATA:
Gross margin.........................     13.3%       13.5%       13.3%      14.8%          13.7%
Operating margin.....................      2.4%        1.4%        2.5%       3.6%           2.3%
Pre-tax margin.......................      2.0%        0.4%        1.8%       2.6%           1.8%
New vehicles sold....................     8,181       6,458       5,983        756         21,378
Retail used vehicles sold............     7,779       4,496       3,844      1,101         17,220

32

                                            FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           PRO
                                         HOWARD      MCCALL       SMITH     KINGWOOD     FORMA(1)
                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ----------
                                         (DOLLARS AND SHARES IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA(2):
Revenues
  New vehicle sales...................   $ 84,922    $ 81,609    $ 75,203    $10,095     $251,830
  Used vehicle sales..................     54,354      49,796      35,153      9,264      148,567
  Parts & service sales...............     10,763      12,305      14,082      1,251       38,400
  Other dealership revenues, net......      4,006       3,243       3,021        634       11,546
                                         --------    --------    --------    -------     --------
     Total revenues...................    154,045     146,953     127,459     21,244      450,343
Cost of sales.........................    134,130     127,276     109,914     18,275      389,093
                                         --------    --------    --------    -------     --------
     Gross profit.....................     19,915      19,677      17,545      2,969       61,250
Goodwill amortization.................         20          --          28          4          353
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses............................     16,433      17,546      13,818      2,416       50,865
                                         --------    --------    --------    -------     --------
     Income from operations...........      3,462       2,131       3,699        549       10,032
Other income and expense
  Interest expense, net...............       (808)       (504)       (941)       (93)      (1,113)
  Other Income (expense), net.........         34         (34)        (19)        --          (18)
                                         --------    --------    --------    -------     --------
     Income before taxes..............      2,688       1,593       2,739        456        8,901
Provision for income taxes............        166         637         531         21        3,655
                                         --------    --------    --------    -------     --------
     Net income.......................   $  2,522    $    956    $  2,208    $   435     $  5,246
                                         ========    ========    ========    =======     ========
Earnings per share....................                                                   $   0.36
Weighted average shares...............                                                     14,373
OTHER DATA:
Gross margin..........................      12.9%       13.4%       13.8%      14.0%        13.6%
Operating margin......................       2.2%        1.5%        2.9%       2.6%         2.2%
Pre-tax margin........................       1.7%        1.1%        2.1%       2.1%         2.0%

New vehicles sold.....................      4,093       3,037       3,972        523       11,625
Retail used vehicles sold.............      4,312       2,149       2,181        561        9,203


(1) Pro forma information gives effect to (i) the Acquisitions on an historical basis, (ii) the consummation of the Offering, and (iii) certain pro forma adjustments to the historical financial statements. See Pro Forma Financial Statements and the notes thereto beginning on page F-3 for a description of the pro forma adjustments.

(2) The individual Founding Groups' Income Statement Data do not total to the Pro Forma total since such individual Founding Groups' Income Statement Data represent historical information before Pro Forma entries.

33

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Founding Groups' Financial Statements and related notes thereto and "Selected Financial Data" appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

OVERVIEW

The Combined Company was founded to become a leading operator and consolidator in the highly fragmented automotive industry. The Combined Company owns 30 automobile dealerships located in Texas and Oklahoma. The Combined Company represents 21 American and Asian brands including Acura, Chevrolet, Chrysler, Dodge, Eagle, GMC, Honda, Isuzu, Jeep, Kia, Lexus, Lincoln, Mazda, Mercury, Mitsubishi, Nissan, Oldsmobile, Plymouth, Pontiac, Suzuki and Toyota. Additionally, the Combined Company provides maintenance and repair services at its 30 dealerships and five collision service centers. The Combined Company utilizes approximately 500 service bays in providing these services. The Combined Company is experiencing significant momentum in its financial results. From 1994 to 1996, the Combined Company's pro forma revenues increased by $172.5 million, or 26.4%, to $825.6 million from $653.1 million. During this period, pro forma gross profit increased $27.5 million, or 32.2%, to $112.9 million from $85.4 million, to 13.7% from 13.1% of revenues. The Combined Company expects that a significant portion of its future growth will be derived from acquisitions of additional dealerships.

The Combined Company plans to achieve its goal of becoming a leading consolidator, while maintaining its high operating standards in the automotive retailing industry, by (i) emphasizing growth through acquisitions and (ii) implementing an operating strategy that focuses on decentralized dealership operations, nationally centralized administrative functions, the expansion of higher margin businesses, a commitment to customer service and the implementation of new technology initiatives. By complementing the Combined Company's industry leaders, management talent and proven operating capabilities with its corporate management team which is experienced in achieving and managing long-term growth in a consolidation environment, the Combined Company believes that it is in a strong position to execute this strategy.

The Combined Company has diverse sources of revenues, including: new car sales, new truck sales, used car sales, used truck sales, manufacturer remarketed vehicle sales, parts sales, service sales, collision repair services, finance fees, insurance commissions, extended service contract sales, documentary fees and after-market product sales. Sales revenues include sales to retail customers, other dealers and wholesalers. Other dealership revenue includes revenue from the sale of financing, insurance and extended service contracts, net of a provision for anticipated chargebacks and documentary fees charged to customers.

The Combined Company's gross profit will vary as the Combined Company's merchandise mix (the mix between new vehicle sales, used vehicle sales, parts and service sales, collision repair services and other dealership revenues) changes. The gross margin realized by the Combined Company on the sale of its products and services generally varies between approximately 6.5% and 60.0%, with new vehicle sales generally resulting in the lowest gross margin and parts and service sales generally resulting in the highest gross margin. Revenues from other dealership revenues contribute a disproportionate share of gross, operating and pre-tax margins. When the Combined Company's new vehicle sales increase or decrease at a rate greater than the Combined Company's other revenue sources, the Combined Company's gross margin will respond inversely. Factors such as seasonality, weather, cyclicality and manufacturers' advertising and incentives may impact the Combined Company's merchandise mix and, therefore influence the Combined Company's gross margin.

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation for sales, administrative, finance and general management personnel, rent, marketing, insurance and utilities. Interest expense consists of interest charges on interest-bearing debt, including floorplan inventory financing, net

34

of interest credits received from certain manufacturers and interest income earned. The Founding Groups have been managed throughout the periods presented as independent private companies and their results of operations reflect different tax structures (S Corporations and C Corporations) which have influenced, among other things, their historical levels of owners' compensation. These owners and certain key employees have agreed to certain reductions in their compensation and benefits in connection with the organization of the Combined Company.

Group 1 Automotive, which has conducted limited operations to date other than in connection with the Offering, intends to integrate certain functions over a period of time and install practices that have been successful at other franchises and in other retail segments ("best practices"). This integration and installation of best practices may present opportunities to increase revenues and reduce costs but may also necessitate additional costs and expenditures for corporate administration, including expenses necessary to implement the Combined Company's acquisition strategy. These various costs and possible cost-savings and revenue enhancements may make historical operating results not comparable to, or indicative of, future performance.

PRO FORMA COMBINED FOUNDING GROUPS' DATA

The pro forma combined Founding Groups' data for 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1996, and June 30, 1997, do not purport to present the combined Founding Groups in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but represent a summation of certain data of the individual Founding Groups on an historical basis including the effects of the pro forma adjustments. This data will not be comparable to and may not be indicative of the Combined Company's post-combination results of operations because (i) the Founding Groups were not under common control of management and had different tax structures (S Corporations and C Corporations) during the periods presented and (ii) the Combined Company will use the purchase method to establish a new basis of accounting to record the Acquisitions.

The following tables sets forth certain unaudited pro forma combined data of the Founding Groups for the periods indicated:

OPERATIONS DATA

                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1994                 1995                 1996
                                      ------------------   ------------------   ------------------
                                       AMOUNT    PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT
                                      --------   -------   --------   -------   --------   -------
                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
 New vehicle sales..................  $391,709     60.0%   $422,348     57.9%   $469,318     56.8%
 Used vehicle sales.................   184,179     28.2     222,373     30.5     258,027     31.3
 Parts and service sales............    61,024      9.3      65,599      9.0      77,184      9.3
 Other dealership revenues, net.....    16,228      2.5      19,033      2.6      21,117      2.6
                                      --------   ------    --------   ------    --------   ------
       Total revenues...............   653,140    100.0     729,353    100.0     825,646    100.0
Cost of sales.......................   567,729     86.9     632,100     86.7     712,772     86.3
                                      --------   ------    --------   ------    --------   ------
Gross profit........................  $ 85,411     13.1%   $ 97,253     13.3%   $112,874     13.7%
                                      ========   ======    ========   ======    ========   ======

                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                             1996                 1997
                                      ------------------   ------------------
                                       AMOUNT    PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT
                                      --------   -------   --------   -------
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
 New vehicle sales..................  $227,170     56.2%   $251,830     55.9%
 Used vehicle sales.................   129,602     32.0     148,567     33.0
 Parts and service sales............    36,667      9.1      38,400      8.5
 Other dealership revenues, net.....    10,933      2.7      11,546      2.6
                                      --------   ------    --------   ------
       Total revenues...............   404,372    100.0     450,343    100.0
Cost of sales.......................   348,486     86.2     389,093     86.4
                                      --------   ------    --------   ------
Gross profit........................  $ 55,886     13.8%   $ 61,250     13.6%
                                      ========   ======    ========   ======

NEW VEHICLE DATA

                                         PRO FORMA COMBINED COMPANY'S NEW VEHICLE DATA
                                      ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                      ------------------------------   -------------------
                                        1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                      --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Retail unit sales...................    19,361     20,357     21,378     10,391     11,625
Retail sales revenue................  $391,709   $422,348   $469,318   $227,170   $251,830
Gross profit........................  $ 25,802   $ 29,252   $ 34,421   $ 16,602   $ 18,819
Gross margin........................       6.6%       6.9%       7.3%       7.3%       7.5%
Average gross profit per retail unit
  sold..............................  $  1,333   $  1,437   $  1,610   $  1,598   $  1,619

35

USED VEHICLE DATA

                                         PRO FORMA COMBINED COMPANY'S USED VEHICLE DATA
                                      ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                      ------------------------------   -------------------
                                        1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                      --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Retail unit sales...................    13,147     15,358     17,220      8,705      9,203
Retail sales revenue(1).............  $147,914   $185,665   $219,183   $110,091   $120,854
Gross profit........................  $ 14,594   $ 17,560   $ 21,358   $ 11,014   $ 10,655
Gross margin........................       9.9%       9.5%       9.7%      10.0%       8.8%
Average gross profit per retail
  unit sold.........................  $  1,110   $  1,143   $  1,240   $  1,265   $  1,158


(1) Excludes wholesale revenues.

PARTS AND SERVICE DATA

                                      PRO FORMA COMBINED COMPANY'S PARTS AND SERVICE DATA
                                      ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                      ------------------------------   -------------------
                                        1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                      --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Sales revenue.......................  $ 61,024   $ 65,599   $ 77,184   $ 36,667   $ 38,400
Gross profit........................  $ 28,787   $ 31,408   $ 35,978   $ 17,337   $ 20,230
Gross margin........................      47.2%      47.9%      46.6%      47.3%      52.7%

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996

REVENUES. Revenues increased $45.9 million, or 11.4%, from $404.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $450.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. New vehicle sales increased $24.6 million, or 10.8%, from $227.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $251.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is primarily attributable to new franchise operations, strong customer acceptance of the Combined Company's products, particularly Lexus and Nissan, and successful marketing efforts. The new franchise operations include a Dodge franchise acquired by the Howard Group in May 1996 ("Bob Howard Dodge") and a new Nissan franchise awarded to the Smith Group during 1996. Used vehicle sales increased $19.0 million, or 14.7%, from $129.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $148.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. This increase is primarily attributable to the new franchise operations and successful marketing efforts. Parts and service sales increased $1.7 million, or 4.6%, from $36.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $38.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is attributable to the new franchise operations and a growing customer base at the McCall Lexus franchise. Other dealership revenues increased $0.6 million or 5.5% from $10.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $11.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the number of retail new and used vehicle sales.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased $5.4 million, or 9.7% from $55.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $61.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is attributable to increased sales offset by a reduced gross margin. The gross margin declined from 13.8% for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to 13.6% for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The reduced gross margin resulted primarily from a decline in used vehicle gross margin, offset by an increase in new vehicle and parts and service gross margins.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

REVENUES. Revenues increased $96.2 million, or 13.2%, from $729.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $825.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. New vehicle revenues

36

increased $47.0 million, or 11.1%, from $422.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $469.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. This increase is primarily attributable to increased sales at all but one of the Founding Groups with the McCall Group accounting for $40.6 million of the increase. New and expanded franchise operations, primarily the Howard Group's new Dodge franchise, successful marketing efforts and strong customer acceptance of the Combined Company's products, particularly Toyota, Lexus and Chevrolet, contributed to the increase. The Smith Group had an $8.0 million decline in new vehicle revenues caused by reduced unit sales at its Dallas Nissan franchise. Used vehicle revenues increased $35.6 million, or 16.0%, from $222.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $258.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. All of the Founding Groups' had increases in used vehicle revenues with the McCall Group accounting for $22.6 million of the increase. The increase is attributable primarily to a strong used vehicle market and successful marketing efforts. Parts and service sales increased $11.6 million, or 17.7%, from $65.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $77.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to new and expanded operations at McCall Lexus, and increased vehicle sales. Other dealership revenues increased $2.1 million or 11.1% from $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $21.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the number of retail new and used vehicle sales.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased $15.6 million, or 16.0%, from $97.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $112.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is attributable to increased revenues and an increase in gross margin from 13.3% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 13.7% for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase in gross margin is primarily due to a change in the merchandise mix as parts and service sales became a greater percentage of total revenues. Additionally, gross margin on new retail vehicle sales increased from 6.9% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 7.3% for the year ended December 31, 1996. The gross margin on used retail vehicle sales increased from 9.5% for the year ended December 31, 1995, to 9.7% for the year ended December 31, 1996. However, gross margin on parts and service sales decreased from 47.9% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 46.6% for the year ended December 31, 1996.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

REVENUES. Revenues increased $76.3 million, or 11.7%, from $653.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $729.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. New vehicle revenues increased $30.6 million, or 7.8% from $391.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $422.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is the result of increased sales at all but one of the Founding Groups. The increase in revenue is attributable to new franchise operations at Bob Howard Honda/Acura which was acquired during 1994, successful marketing efforts and strong customer acceptance of the Combined Company's products. Used vehicle revenues increased $38.2 million, or 20.7%, from $184.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $222.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to the new franchise operations and successful marketing efforts. Parts and service sales increased $4.6 million, or 7.5%, from $61.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $65.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to the new dealership operations and increased vehicle sales. Other dealership revenues increased $2.8 million or 17.3% from $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the number of retail new and used vehicle sales.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased $11.9 million, or 13.9%, from $85.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $97.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is attributable to increased revenues and an improved gross margin. Changes in the merchandise mix and certain product gross margins resulted in the Combined Company's gross margin increasing from 13.1% for the year ended December 31, 1994 to 13.3% for the year ended December 31, 1995. The gross margin on new retail vehicle sales increased from 6.6% for the year ended December 31, 1994 to 6.9% for the year ended December 31, 1995. The gross margin for used retail vehicle sales declined from 9.9% for the year

37

ended December 31, 1994 to 9.5% for the year ended December 31, 1995. Parts and service gross margin increased from 47.2% for the year ended December 31, 1994 to 47.9% for the year ended December 31, 1995.

COMBINED FOUNDING GROUPS' COMMITMENTS

CREDIT FACILITY

The Combined Company has negotiated and executed an arrangement letter with Chase Securities, Inc. and Comerica Bank for a $125 million Credit Facility which may be used for acquisitions, floorplan financing, general corporate purposes, capital expenditures and working capital. The arrangement letter provides for Chase Securities, Inc. to use commercially reasonable efforts to assemble a syndicate of financial institutions subsequent to the Offering. Chase Securities, Inc. and Comerica Bank have committed for approximately 50% of the Credit Facility. At the Combined Company's option, the Credit Facility may bear interest based on a designated London Interbank Offering Rate plus a margin ranging from 150 to 275 basis points. The Credit Facility matures three years from the date the loan is closed and is secured by certain of the Combined Company's assets.

FLOORPLAN FINANCING

As of June 30, 1997, the Combined Company had approximately $97.5 million of floorplan debt outstanding. The Combined Company intends to repay $31.4 million of floorplan indebtedness with the proceeds of the Offering. Currently, the Founding Group's floorplan financing is provided by seven sources. In connection with the Offering, all of the Combined Company's floorplan financing will benefit from interest rate reductions. Rate reductions have already become effective with respect to approximately 75% of the Combined Company's floorplan debt. The current reductions range between 25 and 225 basis points. Additionally, subsequent to the Offering, the Combined Company intends to refinance approximately $50 million in floorplan financing with the Credit Facility.

LEASES

The Founding Groups lease various facilities and equipment under operating lease agreements, including leases with related parties. In connection with the Acquisitions, the Combined Company intends to replace certain of its leases with new leases that will have terms of 30 years and will be cancelable at the Combined Company's option ten years from execution of the lease and at the end of each subsequent five year period. Such leases will initially have the same rent as the currently existing leases and will be subject to increase every five years based on a percentage of the Consumer Price Index. See "Certain Transaction -- Leases". Future minimum lease payments for existing operating leases are as follows: $6.6 million in 1997, $6.5 million in 1998, $6.0 million in 1999, $5.2 million in 2000 and $3.9 million in 2001.

INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING GROUPS

The selected historical financial information presented in the tables below is derived from the respective audited financial statements of the individual Founding Groups included elsewhere herein. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements of the Founding Groups and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The financial statements of the Kingwood Group have not been separately included within this Prospectus because the Kingwood Group does not qualify as a significant subsidiary under the Securities and Exchange Commission's Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 80 and, accordingly, are not required to be presented. The Kingwood Group's results of operations and statement of financial position are included in the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

For financial statement presentation purposes, as required by the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, the Howard Group has been identified as the accounting acquiror.

38

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- HOWARD GROUP

This group is one of the largest dealership groups in Oklahoma, consisting of Acura, Chevrolet, Chrysler, Dodge, Eagle, GMC, Honda, Isuzu, Jeep, Mazda, Plymouth, Pontiac and Toyota dealerships located in Oklahoma City. Robert E. Howard II, the principal owner, has been involved in the automotive retailing industry for over 28 years. Bob Howard opened his first dealership in 1978 which later became the foundation for the Bob Howard Automall ("Bob Howard Automall"). The Bob Howard Automall currently houses the Chrysler, Eagle, GMC, Isuzu, Jeep, Mazda, Plymouth and Pontiac franchises.

The following table sets forth certain selected financial data and data as a percentage of revenues for the Howard Group for the periods indicated:

                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1994                 1995                 1996
                                        ------------------   ------------------   ------------------
                                         AMOUNT    PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT
                                        --------   -------   --------   -------   --------   -------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
 New vehicle sales....................  $136,831     60.2%   $151,227     59.5%   $164,979     58.5%
 Used vehicle sales...................    69,862     30.8      79,448     31.3      88,477     31.4
 Parts and service sales..............    14,402      6.3      16,940      6.7      21,173      7.5
 Other dealership revenue, net........     6,164      2.7       6,388      2.5       7,387      2.6
                                        --------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----
       Total revenues.................   227,259    100.0     254,003    100.0     282,016    100.0
Cost of sales.........................   198,992     87.6     221,773     87.3     244,396     86.7
                                        --------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----
Gross profit..........................    28,267     12.4      32,230     12.7      37,620     13.3
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses.............................    24,253     10.7      26,166     10.3      30,768     10.9
                                        --------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----
Income from operations................     4,014      1.7       6,064      2.4       6,852      2.4
Other income and expense:
 Interest expense, net................    (1,102)    (0.5)     (1,604)    (0.6)     (1,194)    (0.4)
 Other income (expense) net...........         9       --         (81)    (0.1)        (69)      --
                                        --------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----
Income before income taxes............     2,921      1.2       4,379      1.7       5,589      2.0
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes................................       768      0.3         744      0.3         382      0.1
                                        --------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----
Net income............................  $  2,153      0.9%   $  3,635      1.4%   $  5,207      1.9%
                                        ========    =====    ========    =====    ========    =====

                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                               1996                 1997
                                        ------------------   ------------------
                                         AMOUNT    PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT
                                        --------   -------   --------   -------
                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
 New vehicle sales....................  $ 82,523     58.7%   $ 84,922     55.1%
 Used vehicle sales...................    44,036     31.3      54,354     35.3
 Parts and service sales..............    10,142      7.2      10,763      7.0
 Other dealership revenue, net........     3,949      2.8       4,006      2.6
                                        --------    -----    --------    -----
       Total revenues.................   140,650    100.0     154,045    100.0
Cost of sales.........................   121,654     86.5     134,130     87.1
                                        --------    -----    --------    -----
Gross profit..........................    18,996     13.5      19,915     12.9
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses.............................    15,032     10.7      16,453     10.7
                                        --------    -----    --------    -----
Income from operations................     3,964      2.8       3,462      2.2
Other income and expense:
 Interest expense, net................      (680)    (0.5)       (808)    (0.5)
 Other income (expense) net...........       (28)      --          34       --
                                        --------    -----    --------    -----
Income before income taxes............     3,256      2.3       2,688      1.7
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes................................       307      0.2         166      0.1
                                        --------    -----    --------    -----
Net income............................  $  2,949      2.1%   $  2,522      1.6%
                                        ========    =====    ========    =====

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996

REVENUES. Revenues increased $13.3 million, or 9.5%, from $140.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $154.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. New vehicle sales increased $2.4 million, or 2.9%, from $82.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $84.9 million for the six months ending June 30, 1997. The increase is primarily attributable to sales generated by Bob Howard Dodge and the Toyota franchise which were partially offset by reduced sales at Bob Howard Automall. Used vehicle sales increased $10.4 million, or 23.6%, from $44.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $54.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. This increase is attributable to sales generated by Bob Howard Dodge in addition to increased sales at all of the Howard Group's other franchises. Parts and service sales increased $0.7 million, or 6.9%, from $10.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $10.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is attributable primarily to sales generated by Bob Howard Dodge. Other dealership revenues increased $0.1 million or 2.6% from $3.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $4.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the number of retail used vehicle sales while the number of retail new vehicle sales was stable.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased $0.9 million, or 4.7%, from $19.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $19.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is attributable primarily to increased sales, offset partially by reduced vehicle gross margins at certain of the Howard Group's franchises. The Howard Group's gross margin declined from 13.5% for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to 12.9% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 due primarily to increased competitive pressures in the marketplace.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.5 million or 10.0% from $15.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $16.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is primarily attributable to expenses

39

incurred by Bob Howard Dodge, which was acquired late in the second quarter of 1996. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, remained constant at 10.7% for the six month periods ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1997.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net, increased $0.1 million or 14.3% from $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. Interest expense increased primarily due to interest expense incurred by Bob Howard Dodge and increased vehicle inventories carried at certain of the Howard Group's franchises.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

REVENUES. Revenues increased by $28.0 million, or 11.0% from $254.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $282.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. New vehicle sales increased $13.8 million, or 9.1%, from $151.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $165.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to strong sales at the Chevrolet franchise and the acquisition of Bob Howard Dodge, offset by reduced sales at Bob Howard Automall. Used vehicle revenues increased $9.1 million, or 11.5%, from $79.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $88.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. This increase is attributable to the acquisition of Bob Howard Dodge and the Howard Group's successful marketing efforts at all of the Howard Group's other franchises. Parts and service sales increased $4.3 million, or 25.4%, from $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is attributable to increased sales at each of the Howard Group's franchises and new sales from the acquisition of Bob Howard Dodge. Other dealership revenues increased $1.0 million or 15.6% from $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the number of retail new and used vehicle sales.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased by $5.4 million, or 16.8%, from $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is attributable to increased sales and improvement in the Howard Group's gross profit margin from 12.7% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 13.3% for the year ended December 31, 1996. The gross margin improved as revenues from parts and service and other dealership revenues became a greater percentage of total revenues.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES. Selling, general and administration expenses increased $4.6 million, or 17.6%, from $26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $30.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to costs related to the newly acquired Bob Howard Dodge and variable incentive pay to employees which is related to the increase in revenues. As a percentage of total revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 10.3% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 10.9% for the year ended December 31, 1996.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net, decreased $0.4 million, or 25.0%, from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The decrease is attributable to an approximately 50 basis point decrease in the average floorplan interest rate and increased manufacturer assistance, partially offset by interest expense incurred by the newly acquired Bob Howard Dodge.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

REVENUES. Revenues increased by $26.7 million, or 11.7%, from $227.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $254.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. New vehicle sales increased $14.4 million, or 10.5%, from $136.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $151.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to strong sales growth of the Chevrolet franchise due to strong customer acceptance of Chevrolet products and successful marketing efforts, and the inclusion of a full year of revenues for the Honda and Acura franchises acquired during 1994. Used vehicle sales increased $9.5 million, or 13.6%, from $69.9 million

40

for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $79.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. This increase is primarily attributable to successful marketing efforts and the inclusion of a full year of revenues for the Honda and Acura franchises acquired during 1994. Parts and service sales increased $2.5 million or 17.4% from $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The overall increase is primarily attributable to continued steady growth driven by increased vehicle sales. Other dealership revenues increased $0.2 million or 3.2% from $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the number of retail new and used vehicle sales.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased by $3.9 million, or 13.8%, from $28.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to increased sales. Additionally, the gross margin improved from 12.4% for the year ended December 31, 1994 to 12.7% for the year ended December 31, 1995 due primarily to parts and service revenues becoming a greater percentage of total revenues.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million, or 7.8%, from $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to variable incentive pay to employees which is related directly to the increase in revenues. Selling, general and administrative expenses declined as a percentage of revenues from 10.7% for the year ended December 31, 1994 to 10.3% for the year ended December 31, 1995.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net, increased $0.5 million, or 45.5%, from $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to an approximately 170 basis point increase in the average floorplan interest rate and an increase in inventory to support growing retail sales.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- HOWARD GROUP

The Howard Group's principal sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash from operations and floor plan financing.

The following table sets forth historical selected information from the Howard Group statements of cash flows:

                                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                        ----------------------------    ------------------
                                         1994       1995      1996       1996       1997
                                        -------    ------    -------    -------    -------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)   (UNAUDITED)
Net cash provided by operating
  activities..........................  $ 4,204    $7,197    $ 7,332    $ 1,884    $ 2,406
Net cash used in investing
  activities..........................   (3,032)   (1,303)    (4,615)    (4,335)       (89)
Net cash used in financing
  activities..........................     (157)     (520)    (1,558)    (2,112)    (4,059)
                                        -------    ------    -------    -------    -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
  cash equivalents....................  $ 1,015    $5,374    $ 1,159    $(4,563)   $(1,742)
                                        =======    ======    =======    =======    =======

CASH FLOWS

Total cash and cash equivalents at June 30, 1997, were $9.9 million.

For the three year period ended December 31, 1996, the Howard Group generated $18.7 million in net cash from operating activities, primarily from net income plus depreciation and amortization. Net cash flow from operating activities remained stable for the years ended December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996.

Net cash from operating activities increased from $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, primarily due to change in inventories, floor plan financing and accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

41

The change in net cash used in investing activities was attributable to purchases of property and equipment and the purchases of the Honda and Acura franchises in 1994 and the Dodge franchise in 1996.

The change in net cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to dividends paid in excess of cash received from contributions and stock issuances.

FLOORPLAN FINANCING

The Howard Group currently obtains floorplan financing for its vehicle inventory primarily through General Motors Acceptance Corporation ("GMAC"). As of June 30, 1997, the Howard Group had approximately $37.8 million of floorplan financing outstanding. The debt bears interest at a rate of prime minus 75 basis points. Interest expense on floorplan notes payable, before manufacturer interest assistance, totaled approximately $2.4 million, $3.4 million and $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. Manufacturer interest assistance, which is recorded as a reduction to interest expense, totaled approximately $1.4 million, $1.9 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.

LEASES

The Howard Group leases various real estate, facilities and equipment under operating lease agreements, including leases with related parties. In connection with the Acquisitions, the Howard Group intends to replace certain existing leases with leases that have terms of 30 years and will be cancellable at the Combined Company's option ten years from execution of the lease and at the end of each subsequent five year period. Such leases initially will have the same rent as the existing leases and will be subject to increases every five years based on a percentage of the Consumer Price Index. See "Certain Transactions -- Leases". Future minimum lease payments of existing operating leases are as follows: $2.9 million in 1997, $2.9 million in 1998, $2.5 million in 1999, $2.2 million in 2000 and $1.7 million in 2001.

OTHER

The Howard Group had working capital of $6.4 million as of December 31, 1996. Historically, the Howard Group has funded its operations with internally generated cash flow and borrowings from lenders. While there can be no assurance, based on current facts and circumstances, management believes it has adequate cash flows and financing alternatives to fund its current operations.

42

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- MCCALL GROUP

This group consists of the second largest Toyota dealership in the United States, as ranked by 1996 new unit sales, and a Lexus dealership, both located in Houston, Texas. Sterling B. McCall, Jr., the principal owner, has been involved in the automotive retailing industry for more than 27 years.

The following table sets forth certain selected financial data and data as a percentage of revenues for the McCall Group for the periods indicated:

                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1994                  1995                  1996
                                   ------------------    ------------------    ------------------
                                    AMOUNT    PERCENT     AMOUNT    PERCENT     AMOUNT    PERCENT
                                   --------   -------    --------   -------    --------   -------
                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
 New vehicle sales...............  $105,402      59.5%   $125,810      57.5%   $166,382      57.6%
 Used vehicle sales..............    49,872      28.1      68,332      31.2      90,895      31.5
 Parts and service sales.........    17,939      10.1      19,432       8.9      24,454       8.5
 Other dealership revenue, net...     4,107       2.3       5,314       2.4       6,811       2.4
                                   --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
   Total revenues................   177,320     100.0     218,888     100.0     288,542     100.0
Cost of sales....................   152,573      86.0     188,731      86.2     249,560      86.5
                                   --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
Gross profit.....................    24,747      14.0      30,157      13.8      38,982      13.5
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.........    22,477      12.7      27,752      12.7      35,072      12.1
                                   --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
Income from operations...........     2,270       1.3       2,405       1.1       3,910       1.4
Other expense:
 Interest expense, net...........    (2,463)     (1.4)     (3,215)     (1.5)     (2,748)     (1.0)
 Other expense, net..............        (6)       --         (44)       --         (45)       --
                                   --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
Income (loss) before income
 taxes...........................      (199)     (0.1)       (854)     (0.4)      1,117       0.4
Provision for income taxes.......       232       0.1         283       0.1         178       0.1
                                   --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
Net income (loss)................  $   (431)     (0.2)%    (1,137)     (0.5)%  $    939       0.3%
                                   ========    ======    ========    ======    ========    ======

                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                   -------------------------------------
                                         1996                1997
                                   -----------------   -----------------
                                   AMOUNT    PERCENT   AMOUNT    PERCENT
                                   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
 New vehicle sales...............  $78,633     57.3%   $81,609     55.5%
 Used vehicle sales..............  44,237      32.2    49,796      33.9
 Parts and service sales.........  11,042       8.1    12,305       8.4
 Other dealership revenue, net...   3,304       2.4     3,243       2.2
                                   -------    -----    -------    -----
   Total revenues................  137,216    100.0    146,953    100.0
Cost of sales....................  118,277     86.2    127,276     86.6
                                   -------    -----    -------    -----
Gross profit.....................  18,939      13.8    19,677      13.4
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.........  16,959      12.4    17,546      11.9
                                   -------    -----    -------    -----
Income from operations...........   1,980       1.4     2,131       1.5
Other expense:
 Interest expense, net...........  (1,526)     (1.1)     (504)     (0.4)
 Other expense, net..............     (28)       --       (34)       --
                                   -------    -----    -------    -----
Income (loss) before income
 taxes...........................     426       0.3     1,593       1.1
Provision for income taxes.......      72        --       637       0.4
                                   -------    -----    -------    -----
Net income (loss)................  $  354       0.3%   $  956       0.7%
                                   =======    =====    =======    =====

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996

REVENUES. Revenues increased $9.8 million, or 7.1%, from $137.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $147.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. New vehicle sales increased $3.0 million, or 3.8%, from $78.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $81.6 million for the six months ending June 30, 1997. The increase is primarily attributable to successful marketing efforts and continued strong customer support of Lexus products partially offset by a decline in sales at the Toyota franchise, due to product availability limitations. Used vehicle sales increased $5.6 million, or 12.7%, from $44.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $49.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. This increase is primarily attributable to successful marketing efforts. Parts and service sales increased $1.3 million, or 11.8%, from $11.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $12.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is primarily attributable to growth in vehicle sales at the Lexus franchise, resulting in new parts and service customers. Other dealership revenues declined $0.1 million or 3.0% from $3.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The decline is due primarily to a slight decline in the number of retail new and used vehicle sales. New vehicle revenues increased despite the decline in the number of units sold as higher cost Lexus franchise sales more than offset the reduced Toyota franchise sales.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased $0.8 million, or 4.2%, from $18.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $19.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is due to increased sales offset by a decline in the gross margin from 13.8% for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to 13.4% for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The decline in gross margin is primarily due to reduced margins on used vehicle sales at the Toyota franchise as new sales management reduced the inventory level, which also reduced interest expense.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.5 million, or 2.9%, from $17.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to

43

$17.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is primarily attributable to variable incentive pay to employees which is related directly to the increase in the revenues. As a percentage of total revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses declined from 12.4% for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to 11.9% for the six months ended June 30, 1997.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net, decreased $1.0 million, or 66.7%, from $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The decrease is attributable to increased manufacturer interest assistance and reduced inventory levels.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

REVENUES. Revenues increased by $69.6 million, or 31.8%, from $218.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $288.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. New vehicle sales increased $40.6 million, or 32.3%, from $125.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $166.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to successful marketing efforts, continued strong customer support of Toyota and Lexus products, the installation of a new management team at the Lexus franchise in February 1996 and showroom expansions at both the Toyota and Lexus franchises in 1996. Used vehicle revenues increased $22.6 million, or 33.1%, from $68.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $90.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. This increase is attributable to successful marketing efforts. Parts and service sales increased $5.1 million, or 26.3%, from $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995, to $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to the addition of a state-of-the-art collision service center at the Lexus franchise in late 1995 and increased vehicle sales. Other dealership revenues increased $1.5 million or 28.3% from $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the number of retail new and used vehicle sales.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased by $8.8 million, or 29.1%, from $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is attributable to increased sales, net of a minor decline in gross margin from 13.8% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 13.5% for the year ended December 31, 1996. The slight decline in gross margin is primarily due to an increase in new and used vehicle revenues as a percentage of total revenues.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $7.3 million, or 26.3%, from $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to variable incentive pay to employees and increased marketing expense, both of which are related to the increase in revenues. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 12.7% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 12.1% for the year ended December 31, 1996 as fixed costs were spread over a larger pool of revenue.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net, decreased $0.5 million, or 15.6%, from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The decrease is attributable to an approximately 50 basis point decrease in the average floorplan interest rate as well as to improved inventory management.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

REVENUES. Revenues increased $41.6 million, or 23.5%, from $177.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $218.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. New vehicle sales increased $20.4 million, or 19.4%, from $105.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $125.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to successful marketing efforts and continued strong customer support of Toyota products. Used vehicle sales increased $18.4 million, or 36.9%, from $49.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $68.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. This increase is primarily attributable to successful marketing efforts. Parts and service sales increased $1.5 million, or 8.4%, from $17.9 million for the year

44

ended December 31, 1994 to $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is attributable to continued steady growth driven by increased vehicle sales. Other dealership revenues increased $1.2 million or 29.3% from $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the number of retail new and used vehicle sales.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased $5.5 million, or 22.3% from $24.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is attributable to increased sales, net of a minor decline in gross margin from 14.0% for the year ended December 31, 1994 to 13.8% for the year ended December 31, 1995. The slight decline in gross margin is primarily due to an increase in used vehicle revenues as a percentage of total revenues.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $5.3 million, or 23.6%, from $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to variable incentive pay to employees and increased marketing expense, both of which are related to the increase in revenues. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenues, remained constant at 12.7% for the year ended December 31, 1994 and for the year ended December 31, 1995.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net, increased $0.7 million, or 28.0%, from $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is attributable primarily to an approximately 170 basis point increase in the floorplan interest rate.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- MCCALL GROUP

The McCall Group's principal sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash from operations and floor plan financing.

The following table sets forth historical selected information from the McCall Group statements of cash flows:

                                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,
                                           --------------------------   ------------------
                                            1994      1995     1996       1996      1997
                                           -------   ------   -------   --------   -------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)  (UNAUDITED)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities.............................  $(1,499)  $2,576   $(5,416)  $ (9,900)  $(2,592)
Net cash used in investing activities....     (159)    (252)   (1,467)    (1,339)   (1,172)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities.............................     (342)     326       348        462        98
                                           -------   ------   -------   --------   -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents............................  $(2,000)  $2,650   $(6,535)  $(10,777)  $(3,666)
                                           =======   ======   =======   ========   =======

CASH FLOWS

Total cash and cash equivalents at June 30, 1997, were $10.4 million.

For the three years ended December 31, 1996, the McCall Group generated $0.8 million in cash flow from net income plus depreciation and amortization. Net cash flow from operating activities declined from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $(5.4) million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The decline is due primarily to the usage of funds by the McCall Group to pay down floorplan notes payable and increase inventories. These funds plus other working capital were primarily invested in inventory to support the McCall Group's significant growth.

For the six months ended June 30, 1997, the McCall Group generated net cash flow of $1.2 million from net income plus depreciation and amortization. Floor plan notes payable paydowns resulted in the net use of cash by operating activities.

45

The change in net cash used in investing activities for the three years ended December 31, 1996, was primarily attributable to purchases of property and equipment for the Lexus franchise's new collision service center added in 1995 and showroom expansions at both franchises during 1996.

The change in net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 1997, was primarily attributable to purchases of property and equipment for the Toyota franchise's used vehicle showroom expansion.

The change in net cash related to financing activities was primarily attributable to changes in long term debt and cash flows provided by payments on subscriptions receivable and issuance of common stock.

FLOORPLAN FINANCING

The McCall Group currently obtains floorplan financing for its vehicle inventory primarily through Toyota Motor Credit Corporation. As of June 30, 1997, the McCall Group had approximately $20.2 million of outstanding floorplan financing. The debt bears interest at rates ranging from prime minus 75 basis points to prime minus 100 basis points. Interest expense on floorplan notes payable, before manufacturer interest assistance, totaled approximately $2.4 million, $3.1 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Manufacturer interest assistance, which is recorded as a reduction to interest expense, totaled approximately $82,000, $91,000 and $136,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

LEASES

The McCall Group leases various real estate, facilities and equipment under operating lease agreements, including leases with related parties. In connection with the Acquisitions, the McCall Group intends to replace certain existing leases with leases that have terms of 30 years and will be cancellable at the Combined Company's option ten years from execution of the lease and at the end of each subsequent five year period. Such leases initially will have the same rent as the existing leases and will be subject to increases every five years based on a percentage of the Consumer Price Index. See "Certain Transactions -- Leases". Future minimum lease payments for existing operating leases are as follows: $2.3 million in 1997, $2.2 million in 1998, $2.1 million in 1999, $2.0 million in 2000 and $1.4 million in 2001.

OTHER

The McCall Group is required to buy certain retail loans from a third party lender if the loans become delinquent. These loans are due from individuals who have difficulty obtaining financing and may not have otherwise been able to secure other financing to purchase a vehicle. These loans carry an interest rate of prime plus approximately 9% and are secured by the vehicle sold to the individual. As of June 30, 1997, the aggregate balance of these loans was approximately $10.2 million. The McCall Group had charge-offs relating to these loans of $200,000, $232,000, and $539,000 for the years ending December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The increase in charge-offs during 1996 and the additions to the reserve for guaranteed loan losses during 1996 are directly attributable to the increase in loans guaranteed by the McCall Group from 1994 through 1996. The McCall Group sold approximately $3.5 million, $4.5 million and $7.5 million of full recourse loans to the lender for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and had guaranteed loans outstanding of $7.4 million and $10.4 million at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Due to the increase in the number of loans outstanding during this three year period, the McCall Group experienced a larger number of charge-offs during 1996 than in prior years. The McCall Group's loan loss reserve has been determined based on historical charge-off experience, and has remained relatively flat as a percentage of guaranteed loans outstanding. Management has reviewed the status of these loans and, based on current facts and circumstances, does not believe the above described commitment will significantly impact the Combined Company's operations or liquidity.

46

The McCall Group had working capital of $2.1 million as of December 31, 1996, excluding the reserve for finance, insurance and service contract chargebacks and the accumulated LIFO reserve. Historically, the McCall Group has funded its operations with internally generated cash flows and borrowings from lenders. While there can be no assurance, based on current facts and circumstances, management believes it has adequate cash flows and financing alternatives to fund its current operations.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- SMITH GROUP

This group consists of an Acura dealership in Houston, Texas, Honda, GMC, Oldsmobile, Mitsubishi, Lincoln, Mercury and Kia dealerships in Beaumont, Texas, a Nissan dealership in Richardson, Texas (a suburb of Dallas) and two Nissan dealerships, one Mitsubishi dealership and one Suzuki dealership in Austin, Texas. The Smith family has been in the automotive retailing business since 1917.

The following table sets forth certain historical selected financial data and data as a percentage of revenues for the Smith Group for the periods indicated:

                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                 --------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1994                  1995                  1996
                                 ------------------    ------------------    ------------------
                                  AMOUNT    PERCENT     AMOUNT    PERCENT     AMOUNT    PERCENT
                                 --------   -------    --------   -------    --------   -------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
 New vehicle sales.............  $136,917      63.1%   $132,150      59.7%   $124,174      56.9%
 Used vehicle sales............    49,549      22.8      57,363      25.9      60,579      27.8
 Parts and service sales.......    25,502      11.7      26,238      11.9      28,631      13.1
 Other dealership revenue,
   net.........................     5,109       2.4       5,507       2.5       4,895       2.2
                                 --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
   Total revenues..............   217,077     100.0     221,258     100.0     218,279     100.0
Cost of sales..................   189,920      87.5     192,665      87.1     189,169      86.7
                                 --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
Gross profit...................    27,157      12.5      28,593      12.9      29,110      13.3
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.......    21,727      10.0      22,824      10.3      23,711      10.8
                                 --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
Income from operations.........     5,430       2.5       5,769       2.6       5,399       2.5
Other income and expense:
 Interest expense, net.........    (2,147)     (1.0)     (2,956)     (1.3)     (1,710)     (0.8)
 Other income (expense), net...       (29)       --         202       0.1         223       0.1
                                 --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
Income before income taxes.....     3,254       1.5       3,015       1.4       3,912       1.8
Provision for income taxes.....       455       0.2         562       0.3         678       0.3
                                 --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
Net income.....................  $  2,799       1.3%   $  2,453       1.1%   $  3,234       1.5%
                                 ========    ======    ========    ======    ========    ======

                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                 ---------------------------------------
                                        1996                 1997
                                 ------------------   ------------------
                                  AMOUNT    PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT
                                 --------   -------   --------   -------
                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
 New vehicle sales.............  $ 59,437     54.9%   $ 75,203     59.0%
 Used vehicle sales............    32,073     29.7      35,153     27.6
 Parts and service sales.......    14,045     13.0      14,082     11.0
 Other dealership revenue,
   net.........................     2,618      2.4       3,021      2.4
                                 --------    -----    --------    -----
   Total revenues..............   108,173    100.0     127,459    100.0
Cost of sales..................    93,830     86.7     109,914     86.2
                                 --------    -----    --------    -----
Gross profit...................    14,343     13.3      17,545     13.8
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.......    11,575     10.7      13,846     10.9
                                 --------    -----    --------    -----
Income from operations.........     2,768      2.6       3,699      2.9
Other income and expense:
 Interest expense, net.........      (825)    (0.8)       (941)    (0.8)
 Other income (expense), net...        18       --         (19)      --
                                 --------    -----    --------    -----
Income before income taxes.....     1,961      1.8       2,739      2.1
Provision for income taxes.....       322      0.3         531      0.4
                                 --------    -----    --------    -----
Net income.....................  $  1,639      1.5%   $  2,208      1.7%
                                 ========    =====    ========    =====

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996

REVENUES. Revenues increased $19.3 million, or 17.8%, from $108.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $127.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. New vehicle sales increased $15.8 million, or 26.6%, from $59.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $75.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is primarily attributable to the addition of the new Nissan franchise during 1996 located just north of Austin, Texas. Additionally, sales at the Smith Group's Nissan franchises were positively impacted by manufacturer incentive programs. Used vehicle sales increased $3.1 million, or 9.7%, from $32.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $35.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is due primarily to the addition of the new Nissan franchise during 1996, offset by declines at other franchises in the Smith Group. The declines were caused in large part by the strong new vehicle sales capturing many used vehicle customers. Parts and service sales increased $0.1 million, or 0.7%, from $14.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $14.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is primarily attributable to the addition of the new Nissan franchise during 1996, while the other franchises declined slightly from year to year. Other dealership revenue increased $0.4 million or 15.4% from $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $3.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the number of retail new and used vehicle sales.

47

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased $3.2 million, or 22.4%, from $14.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $17.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is attributable to increased sales and an increase in the gross margin from 13.3% for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to 13.8% for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The gross margin was favorably impacted by manufacturer incentive programs which increased new vehicle gross margins.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling general and administrative expenses increased $2.2 million, or 19.0%, from $11.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $13.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is primarily attributable to variable incentive pay to employees and expenses relating to the new Nissan franchise opened in 1996. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased slightly from 10.7% for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to 10.9% for the six months ended June 30, 1997.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net, increased $0.1 million or 12.5% from $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase is primarily due to the addition of the new Nissan franchise opened in 1996.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

REVENUES. Revenues decreased $3.0 million, or 1.4%, from $221.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $218.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. New vehicle sales decreased $8.0 million, or 6.1%, from $132.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $124.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The decrease is primarily attributable to reduced unit sales at the Smith Group's Dallas Nissan franchise. The sales were impacted by changes in the franchise's market place and consumer preferences in the region. The decline was partially offset by revenues generated by a new Nissan franchise located just north of Austin, Texas, opened in late 1996. Used vehicle sales increased $3.2 million, or 5.6%, from $57.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $60.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to increased focus on used vehicle sales by the Dallas Nissan franchise in response to changes in its new vehicle market conditions. Parts and service sales increased $2.4 million, or 9.2%, from $26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. Other dealership revenues decreased $0.6 million or 10.9% from $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The decrease is due primarily to a decline in the number of retail new vehicle sales, partially offset by an increase in the number of retail used vehicle sales.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased by $0.5 million, or 1.8%, from $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $29.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. Gross profit increased, despite decreased sales, due to a higher gross margin. The gross margin increased as higher margin parts and service sales increased and became a greater percentage of total revenues. Gross margin increased from 12.9% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 13.3% for the year December 31, 1996.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.9 million, or 3.9%, from $22.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $23.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to marketing expenses relating to the opening of the Smith Group's new Nissan franchise in Austin, Texas. As a percentage of total revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 10.3% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 10.8% for the year ended December 31, 1996.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net, decreased by $1.3 million, or 43.3%, from $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The decrease is attributable to an approximately 50 basis point decrease in the average floorplan interest rate, increased floorplan assistance payments from the Manufacturers and reduced average floorplan levels.

48

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

REVENUES. Revenues increased $4.2 million, or 1.9%, from $217.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $221.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. New vehicle sales decreased $4.7 million or 3.4% from $136.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $132.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The decline is primarily due to a reduced level of customer support of the Smith Group's products. Used vehicle sales increased $7.9 million, or 16.0%, from $49.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $57.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to increased focus on used vehicle sales in response to changes in the Smith Group's new vehicle market conditions. Parts and service sales increased $0.7 million, or 2.7%, from $25.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The growth is primarily attributable to continued steady growth driven by overall increased vehicle sales. Other dealership revenues increased $0.4 million or 7.8% from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the number of retail used vehicle sales, partially offset by a decline in the number of retail new vehicle sales.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased $1.4 million, or 5.1%, from $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is attributable to increased revenues and improved gross margin, as higher margin parts and service sales increased and became a greater percentage of total revenues. Gross margin increased from 12.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994 to 12.9% for the year ended December 31, 1995.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.1 million, or 5.1% from $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $22.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 10.0% for the year ended December 31, 1994 to 10.3% for the year ended December 31, 1995.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net, increased $0.9 million, or 42.9%, from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to an approximately 170 basis point increase in the average floorplan interest rate.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- SMITH GROUP

The Smith Group's principal sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash from operations and floor plan financing.

The following table sets forth selected information from the Smith Group statements of cash flows:

                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        JUNE 30,
                                        ------------------------   -----------------
                                         1994     1995     1996     1996      1997
                                        ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS) (UNAUDITED)
Net cash provided by operating
  activities..........................  $1,170   $4,975   $4,534   $ 2,355   $ 2,109
Net cash used in investing
  activities..........................    (218)    (700)    (858)     (298)     (360)
Net cash used in financing
  activities..........................    (905)  (2,081)  (2,343)   (1,382)   (1,413)
                                        ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
Net increase in cash and cash
  equivalents.........................  $   47   $2,194   $1,333   $   675   $   336
                                        ======   ======   ======   =======   =======

CASH FLOWS

Total cash and cash equivalents at June 30, 1997, were $9.4 million.

For the three year period ended December 31, 1996, the Smith Group generated $10.7 million in net cash from operating activities, primarily from net income plus depreciation and amortization.

49

Net cash from operating activities decreased from $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, as cash generated by increased net income for the six months ended June 30, 1997 of $0.6 million and changes in inventories and floorplan financing were offset by changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and accounts receivable.

The change in net cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to purchases of property and equipment relating to the new Nissan franchise in Austin, Texas and various facility improvements and computer equipment purchases at the other Smith Group franchises.

The change in net cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to net borrowings and repayments of debt and distributions to the stockholders.

FLOORPLAN FINANCING

The Smith Group currently obtains floorplan financing for its vehicle inventory through Ford Motor Credit Company, NationsBank and Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation. As of June 30, 1997, the Smith Group had approximately $33.5 million of floorplan indebtedness outstanding. The debt bears interest at rates ranging from prime to prime plus 175 basis points for new and used vehicles. Interest expense on floorplan notes payable, before manufacturer interest assistance, totaled approximately $2.2 million, $3.2 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Manufacturer interest assistance, which is recorded as a reduction to interest expense, totaled approximately $0.7 million, $0.8 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Payments on the notes are due when the related vehicles are sold and are collateralized by substantially all new and used vehicles.

LEASES

The Smith Group leases various facilities and equipment under operating lease agreements, including leases with related parties. Certain of these leases are noncancelable and expire on various dates through August 2013. These lease agreements are subject to renewal under essentially the same terms and conditions as the original leases. In connection with the Acquisitions, the Smith Group intends to replace certain existing leases with leases that will have terms of 30 years and will be cancellable at the Combined Company's option ten years from execution of the lease and at the end of each subsequent five year period. Such leases initially will have the same rent as the existing leases and will be subject to increases every five years based on a percentage of the Consumer Price Index. See "Certain Transactions -- Leases". Future minimum lease payments for existing operating leases are as follows: $1.4 million in 1997, $1.4 million in 1998, $1.4 million in 1999, $1.0 million in 2000 and $0.8 million in 2001.

OTHER

The Smith Group had working capital of $8.1 million as of December 31, 1996, adjusted for the accumulated LIFO reserves. Historically, the Smith Group has funded its operations with internally generated cash flow and borrowings from lenders. While there can be no assurance, based on current facts and circumstances, management believes it has adequate cash flows and financing alternatives to fund its current operations.

CYCLICALITY

The Combined Company's operations, like the automotive retailing industry in general, can be impacted by a number of factors relating to general economic conditions, including consumer business cycles, consumer confidence, economic conditions, availability of consumer credit and interest rates. Although the above factors, among others, can impact the Combined Company's business, the Combined Company believes the impact on its operations of future negative trends in such factors will be somewhat mitigated by its (i) strong parts, service and collision repair services, (ii) variable cost salary structure, (iii) geographic diversity, and (iv) product diversity.

50

SEASONALITY

The Combined Company's operations are subject to seasonal variations, with the second and third quarters generally contributing more operating profit than the first and fourth quarters. This seasonality is driven by three primary forces: (i) Manufacturer-related factors, primarily the historical timing of major manufacturer incentive programs and model changeovers, (ii) weather-related factors, which primarily affect parts and service and (iii) consumer buying patterns.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

Due to the relatively low levels of inflation experienced in fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the six months of 1997, inflation did not have a significant effect on the results of the combined Founding Groups during those periods.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements contained herein are not based on historical facts, but are forward-looking statements that are based upon numerous assumptions about future conditions that could prove not to be accurate. Such forward-looking statements include, without limitation, the statements regarding the trends in the industry set forth in the Prospectus Summary and under the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" regarding the Combined Company's anticipated future financial results and position. Although the Combined Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Combined Company's expectations are disclosed in this Prospectus, including but not limited to the matters described in "Risk Factors".

51

BUSINESS

GENERAL

OVERVIEW

The Combined Company was founded to become a leading operator and consolidator in the highly fragmented automotive retailing industry. The Combined Company owns 30 automobile dealerships and five collision service centers located in Texas and Oklahoma, and sells new and used cars and light trucks, provides maintenance and repair services, sells replacement parts and provides related financing, insurance and extended service contracts. The Combined Company represents 21 American and Asian brands operating two Acura, one Chevrolet, one Chrysler, one Dodge, one Eagle, two GMC, three Honda, two Isuzu, one Jeep, one Kia, one Lexus, one Lincoln, one Mazda, one Mercury, two Mitsubishi, three Nissan, one Oldsmobile, one Plymouth, one Pontiac, one Suzuki and two Toyota dealerships. The Combined Company's dealerships include the second-largest Toyota dealership in the United States as measured by 1996 new retail unit sales and one of the largest dealership groups in Oklahoma.

The principals of the Founding Groups have over 90 years of combined experience in the automotive retailing industry with family ownership dating back as far as 1917. In addition, the principals of the Founding Groups have been recognized as leaders in the automotive retailing industry, serving at various times in leadership positions in state and national industry organizations. The Combined Company's dealerships have also received numerous awards based on various performance measures. The principals of the Founding Groups will continue to manage their businesses and play a significant role in the Combined Company's operating and acquisition strategies.

The Combined Company believes that its structural, managerial and operational strengths include (i) brand and geographic diversity; (ii) the ability to capitalize on regional economies of scale; (iii) cost savings derived from nationally centralized financing and administrative functions; (iv) the experience of the Combined Company's senior management in successfully consolidating and operating in highly fragmented industries; (v) the reputations, experience and performance of the Combined Company's management and principals as leaders in the automotive retailing industry; (vi) the established customer base and local name recognition of the Combined Company's dealerships;
(vii) the Combined Company's proven ability to source high quality used vehicles cost-effectively through trade-ins and off-lease programs; and (viii) access to equity incentives to attract and retain high quality personnel.

The Combined Company will pursue a growth strategy led by a management team with extensive experience in consolidation and the management of growth companies. B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr., Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Combined Company, has experience not only in the automotive retailing industry, but also in consolidating a major national industry, having served in various senior management capacities, including President, of Service Corporation International during its early growth period as the world's leading consolidator of the funeral industry. In addition, John T. Turner, Senior Vice President -- Corporate Development, has been actively involved in the acquisition efforts of several companies involved in industry consolidations, including Service Corporation International, The Loewen Group, Inc. and Paragon Family Services, Inc. See "Management".

52

FOUNDING GROUPS

The following table sets forth retail unit sales for new vehicles for each of the Founding Groups for the periods indicated:

                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                1994                      1995                      1996
                       -----------------------   -----------------------   -----------------------
                       UNITS SOLD   PERCENTAGE   UNITS SOLD   PERCENTAGE   UNITS SOLD   PERCENTAGE
                       ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Howard Group.........     7,381        38.1%        7,782        38.2%        8,181        38.3%
McCall Group.........     4,239        21.9         5,030        24.7         6,458        30.2
Smith Group..........     7,023        36.3         6,815        33.5         5,983        28.0
Kingwood Group.......       718         3.7           730         3.6           756         3.5
                         ------       -----        ------       -----        ------       -----
Total................    19,361       100.0%       20,357       100.0%       21,378       100.0%
                         ======       =====        ======       =====        ======       =====

                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                       -------------------------------------------------
                                1996                      1997
                       -----------------------   -----------------------
                       UNITS SOLD   PERCENTAGE   UNITS SOLD   PERCENTAGE
                       ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Howard Group.........     4,148        39.9%        4,093        35.2%
McCall Group.........     3,072        29.6         3,037        26.1
Smith Group..........     2,810        27.0         3,972        34.2
Kingwood Group.......       361         3.5           523         4.5
                         ------       -----        ------       -----
Total................    10,391       100.0%       11,625       100.0%
                         ======       =====        ======       =====

THE HOWARD GROUP. The Howard Group is one of the largest dealership groups in Oklahoma, consisting of Acura, Chevrolet, Chrysler, Dodge, Eagle, GMC, Honda, Isuzu, Jeep, Mazda, Plymouth, Pontiac and Toyota dealerships located in Oklahoma City. Additionally, the Howard Group has entered into an agreement to purchase a Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma for the assumption of its liabilities which are currently approximately $2.5 million. See "The Acquisitions". Mr. Howard, the principal owner, has been involved in the automotive retailing industry for over 28 years.

MCCALL GROUP. The McCall Group consists of the second largest Toyota dealership in the United States, as ranked by 1996 new retail unit sales, and one Lexus dealership, both located in Houston, Texas. Mr. McCall, the principal owner, has been involved in the automotive retailing industry for more than 27 years, having been granted the first stand-alone exclusive Toyota dealership in Houston, Texas.

SMITH GROUP. The Smith Group consists of one Acura dealership in Houston, Texas, Honda, GMC, Oldsmobile, Mitsubishi, Lincoln, Mercury and Kia dealerships in Beaumont, Texas, a Nissan dealership in Richardson, Texas (a suburb of Dallas) and two Nissan dealerships, one Mitsubishi dealership and one Suzuki dealership in the Austin, Texas area. The Smith family has been in the automotive retailing business since 1917.

KINGWOOD GROUP. The Kingwood Group consists of one Honda and one Isuzu dealership in Kingwood, Texas, a suburb of Houston. The Honda dealership was established in 1989 and the Isuzu dealership was established in 1996. Mr. Hollingsworth and John H. Duncan, a director of the Combined Company, own interests in these dealerships.

ACQUISITIONS AND MANUFACTURER AWARDED DEALERSHIP

The Founding Groups have a history of successfully acquiring and integrating dealerships. Since 1994 the Founding Groups have acquired four dealerships and were awarded one new franchise by a Manufacturer. For the year ended December 31, 1996, these dealerships represented $63.8 million in total revenues, two of which had only part year revenues in 1996. The Howard Group acquired a Honda and an Acura dealership in 1994 and a Dodge dealership in 1996; all of which are located in Oklahoma City. The Smith Group was awarded a new Nissan franchise in Austin, Texas in December 1996. The Kingwood Group acquired an Isuzu dealership in Houston, Texas in late 1996.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

With more than $600 billion in 1996 sales, automotive retailing is the largest retail trade sector in the United States. The industry is highly fragmented and largely privately held with approximately 22,000 automobile dealership locations representing more than 53,000 franchised dealerships. In 1996, U.S. franchised automobile dealers sold 15.1 million new vehicles and 19.2 million used vehicles for sales of approximately $328.4 billion and $171.8 billion, respectively. It is estimated that sales by franchised automobile dealers account for one-fifth of the nation's total retail sales of all products and merchandise. Since 1992, new vehicle revenues have grown at a 10.5% compound annual rate. Over the same period,

53

used vehicle revenues have grown at a 14.6% compound annual rate. Slower unit volume growth over this time period has been offset by the rising prices associated with new vehicles and, on average, the higher prices paid for later model high quality used vehicles which now comprise a significant part of the used vehicle market. Automobile sales are affected by many factors, including rates of employment, income growth, interest rates, weather patterns and other national and local economic conditions, automotive innovations and general consumer sentiment. See "Risk Factors -- Cyclicality" and "Risk Factors -- Seasonality".

The following table sets forth new and used vehicle sales by franchised automobile dealers in the United States for each of the five years ended December 31, 1996. New vehicles can only be sold at retail by franchised dealerships. The following table excludes sales of used vehicles by nonfranchised dealerships and casual sales by individuals. Nonfranchised dealerships and individuals had aggregate sales of $117.3 billion, $133.2 billion, $173.8 billion, $181.3 billion and $172.4 billion, respectively, for each of the five years ended December 31, 1996.

                                         UNITED STATES FRANCHISED DEALERS' VEHICLE SALES
                                         -----------------------------------------------
                                          1992      1993      1994      1995      1996
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                            (UNITS IN MILLIONS; DOLLARS IN BILLIONS)
New vehicle unit sales.................     12.9      13.9      15.1      14.8      15.1
New vehicle sales......................   $220.6    $253.0    $289.9    $302.7    $328.4
Used vehicle unit sales................     15.1      16.3      17.8      18.5      19.2
Used vehicle sales.....................   $ 99.5    $115.0    $138.6    $157.0    $171.8
Total vehicle sales....................   $320.1    $368.0    $428.5    $459.7    $500.2
Annual growth in total vehicle sales...       --%     15.0%     16.5%      7.3%      8.8%

Manufacturers originally established franchised dealer networks for the distribution of their vehicles as single-dealership, single-owner operations. In return for distribution rights within specified territories, Manufacturers exerted significant influence over such matters as a dealer's location, inventory size and composition and merchandising programs, as well as the identity of owners and managers. This strict control contributed to the proliferation of small dealerships, which at their peak in the late 1940s numbered in excess of 46,000 dealership locations. Several manufacturers went out of business in the 1950s, and the number of dealership locations decreased to 36,000 by 1960.

Significant industry changes took place in the 1970s when fuel shortages forced dramatic increases in gasoline prices and foreign manufacturers increased their penetration of the U.S. market with fuel-efficient, low-cost vehicles. As a result of these competitive pressures, dealers were able to negotiate significant changes in the traditional distribution system with manufacturers. Dealers began to add foreign franchises and the phenomenon of the multi-franchise automobile dealer, or megadealer, emerged, prompting the significant acquisition and consolidation activities of the 1980s. The easing of restrictions against megadealers, competitive pressures upon undercapitalized dealerships and the aging of dealership owners has led to further consolidation of the industry. Since 1960, the number of dealership locations has declined 39% to the current 22,000 level.

As the industry has evolved, so has the dealership profile. Over the past three decades, there has been a trend toward fewer, but larger, dealerships. In 1996, each of the largest 100 dealer groups had more than $200 million in revenues. Although significant consolidation has taken place since its inception, the industry today remains highly fragmented, with the largest 100 dealer groups generating less than 10% of total sales revenues and controlling approximately 5% of all franchised dealerships. The Combined Company believes that these factors, together with increasing capital requirements for operating automobile dealerships, lack of a viable exit strategy (especially for larger dealerships) and the aging of dealership owners provide an attractive environment for consolidation opportunities.

As with retailers generally, automobile dealership profitability varies widely and depends in part on the effective management of inventory, marketing, quality control and responsiveness to customers. Since 1991, retail automobile dealerships in the United States have earned on average between 12.9%

54

and 14.1% total gross margin on sales with smaller dealerships generally realizing a higher gross margin than larger dealerships. New vehicle sales were the smallest proportionate contributors to dealers' gross profits during this period, most recently earning an average gross margin of 6.5% in 1996. Used vehicles provided higher gross margins than new vehicles during this period, with an average used vehicle gross margin of 11.0% in 1996. Dealerships also offer a range of other services and products, including repair and warranty work, replacement parts, extended service contracts, financing and credit insurance.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

The Combined Company plans to achieve its goal of becoming a leading consolidator, while maintaining its high operating standards in the automotive retailing industry, by (i) emphasizing growth through acquisitions and (ii) implementing an operating strategy that focuses on decentralized dealership operations, nationally centralized administrative functions, the expansion of higher margin businesses, a commitment to customer service and the implementation of new technology initiatives. By complementing the Combined Company's industry leaders, management talent and proven operating capabilities with its corporate management team which is experienced in achieving and managing long-term growth in a consolidation environment, the Combined Company believes that it is in a strong position to execute this strategy.

GROWTH THROUGH ACQUISITIONS

The Combined Company intends to implement an aggressive, yet disciplined, acquisition program by pursuing (i) large, profitable and well managed "platform" acquisitions in large metropolitan and high-growth suburban geographic markets that the Combined Company does not currently serve and (ii) smaller "add-on" acquisitions that will allow the Combined Company to increase brand diversity, capitalize on regional economies of scale and offer a greater breadth of products and services in each of the markets in which it operates. In this regard, the Combined Company has negotiated and executed an arrangement letter with Chase Securities Inc. and Comerica Bank for a $125 million Credit Facility, of which a portion will be used, in combination with the Combined Company's common stock, for acquisitions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Combined Founding Groups' Commitments -- Credit Facility".

ENTERING NEW GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS. The Combined Company intends to expand into geographic markets it does not currently serve by acquiring large, profitable and well established megadealers that, like the Founding Groups, are leaders in their regional markets. The Combined Company will target new platform megadealers having superior operational and financial management personnel which the Combined Company will seek to retain. The Combined Company believes that retaining existing high quality management will enable acquired megadealers to continue to operate effectively with management personnel who understand the local market while allowing the Combined Company to source future acquisitions more effectively and expand its operations without having to employ and train untested new personnel. Moreover, the Combined Company believes that it is well positioned to pursue larger, well established acquisition candidates as a result of its depth of management, the Combined Company's capital structure and the reputation of the principals of the Founding Groups as leaders in the automotive retailing industry.

EXPANDING WITHIN EXISTING MARKETS. The Combined Company plans to acquire additional dealerships in each of the markets in which it operates, including acquisitions that increase the brands, products or services offered in that market. The Combined Company believes that these acquisitions will facilitate operating efficiencies and cost savings on a regional level in areas such as facility and personnel utilization, vendor consolidation and advertising. The Combined Company has recently entered into definitive agreements to acquire, subject to manufacturer approval and a due diligence investigation, two dealerships in Texas for aggregate payments of $9.0 million in cash. These two acquisitions, if consummated, would also require the Combined Company to incur approximately $13.0 million of floorplan indebtedness in connection with the purchase of vehicle inventories of the dealerships.

55

MANUFACTURERS' LIMITATIONS ON ACQUISITIONS. The Combined Company's acquisition program may be limited to some extent by the Manufacturers. Under the limitations currently imposed by the Manufacturers, the Combined Company could acquire no more than five additional Toyota dealerships, two additional Lexus dealerships, four additional Honda dealerships, one additional Acura dealership, approximately 400 additional Ford and Lincoln Mercury dealerships and 10 additional GM dealership locations (within the next two years, subject to being increased). The Combined Company currently owns two Toyota, one Lexus, three Honda, two Acura, one Lincoln and one Mercury franchise and three GM dealership locations. The other Manufacturers, which have no such limitations, accounted for the following approximate number of dealerships in the United States, as of December 31, 1996: Chrysler Corporation, 13,000 (at 4,600 locations); Nissan, 1,200; Mitsubishi, 500; Isuzu, 500; Suzuki, 300; and Kia,
200. In addition, all of the Manufacturers, whether or not they have numerical limitations on the number of dealerships that may be acquired, require the Combined Company to obtain the consent of the applicable Manufacturer prior to the acquisition of any dealership franchises of such Manufacturer. In addition, the Combined Company has not yet entered into any agreement with American Honda with respect to the approval of the proposed acquisitions of the Honda and Acura dealerships by the Combined Company and with respect to future acquisitions of such dealerships. See "Risk Factors -- Manufacturers' Control over Dealerships", "Risk Factors -- No Agreement with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.", "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to Failure to Meet Manufacturer CSI Scores" and "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Acquisitions for Growth; Manufacturers' Restrictions on Acquisitions".

Of the approximately 15 million new vehicles sold in the United States in 1996, approximately 31.3% were manufactured by GM, 25.4% were manufactured by Ford Motor, 16.2% were manufactured by Chrysler Corporation, 7.7% were manufactured by Toyota Motor, 5.6% were manufactured by Honda Motor, 5.0% were manufactured by Nissan Motor and 8.8% were manufactured by other manufacturers.

OPERATING STRATEGY

The Combined Company intends to implement an operations strategy that focuses on decentralized dealership operations, nationally centralized administrative functions, expansion of higher margin businesses, commitment to customer service and new technology initiatives.

The Combined Company has formed an operations committee comprised of the chief operating officers of the Founding Groups and the general managers of the dealerships in order to identify and share best practices. The Combined Company intends to incorporate the key officers and management of future acquisitions into this operations committee. The Combined Company believes that this operations committee will promote the widespread application of the Combined Company's broad strategic initiatives, facilitate the integration of the Founding Groups and future acquisitions and improve operating efficiency and overall customer satisfaction.

DECENTRALIZED DEALERSHIP OPERATIONS. The Combined Company believes that decentralizing its dealership operations on a regional, or platform, basis will enable it to provide superior customer service and a focused, market-specific responsiveness to sales, service, marketing and inventory control. Local presence and an in-depth knowledge of customers' needs and preferences are important in generating internally-driven market share growth. By coordinating certain operations on a platform basis, the Combined Company believes that it will achieve cost savings in such areas as vendor consolidation, facility and personnel utilization and advertising. The Combined Company intends to create incentives for entrepreneurial management teams and sales forces at the regional level through the use of stock options and/or cash bonus programs.

NATIONALLY CENTRALIZED ADMINISTRATIVE FUNCTIONS. The consolidation of purchasing power on a centralized basis in the area of financing should result in significant additional cost savings. For example, in connection with the Offering, all of the Combined Company's floorplan financing will benefit from interest rate reductions. Rate reductions have already become effective with respect to approximately

56

75% of the Combined Company's floorplan debt. The current reductions range between 25 and 225 basis points. Additionally, the Combined Company's Credit Facility, once closed, will result in further rate reductions. Subsequent to the Offering, the Combined Company intends to refinance approximately $50 million in floorplan financing with the Credit Facility. The impact of these changes is expected to reduce the Combined Company's annual interest expense by more than $1.0 million. Furthermore, the Combined Company expects that significant cost savings can be achieved through the consolidation of administrative functions such as risk management, employee benefits and employee training. For example, the Combined Company has negotiated insurance coverage that is expected to result in annual cost savings of approximately 25 to 30 percent.

EXPAND HIGHER MARGIN ACTIVITIES. The Combined Company is focused on expanding its higher margin businesses such as used vehicle retail sales, service and parts and finance and insurance. While each of the Combined Company's platforms will be able to operate independently in a manner consistent with its specific market's characteristics, each platform will pursue an integrated strategy to grow each of these higher margin businesses to enhance profitability and stimulate internal growth. With a competitive advantage in sourcing, the ability to provide manufacturer-backed extended service contracts, and attractive lease financing, new vehicle franchises are especially well positioned to capitalize on industry growth in used vehicle sales. In addition, each of the Combined Company's dealerships offers an integrated service and parts department, which provides an important source of recurring higher margin revenues. The Combined Company also has the opportunity on each new or used vehicle sold to generate incremental revenues from the sale of extended service contracts, credit insurance policies and finance and lease contracts. Each of these business areas will be a focus of internal growth.

COMMITMENT TO CUSTOMER SERVICE. The Combined Company is focused on providing a high level of customer service to meet the needs of an increasingly sophisticated and demanding automotive consumer. The Combined Company strives to cultivate lasting relationships with its customers, which it believes enhances the opportunity for significant repeat and referral business. For example, the Combined Company regards its service and repair activities as an integral part of its overall approach to customer service, providing an opportunity to foster ongoing relationships with the Combined Company's customers and deepen customer loyalty. The Combined Company's dealerships continuously review their selling processes in their effort to satisfy their customers.

DEALERSHIP OPERATIONS

The Combined Company has established a management structure that promotes and rewards entrepreneurial spirit, individual pride and responsibility and the achievement of team goals. Each dealership's general manager is ultimately responsible for the operation, personnel and financial performance of the dealership. The general manager is complemented with a management team consisting of a new vehicle sales manager, used vehicle sales manager, service and parts managers and finance managers. Each dealership is operated as a distinct profit center, in which dealership general managers are given a high degree of autonomy. The Combined Company believes that the general manager and the other members of the dealership management team, as long-time members of their local communities, are best able to judge how to conduct day-to-day operations based on the team's experience in and familiarity with its local market.

The Combined Company's dealerships engage in a number of inter-related businesses: new vehicle sales; used vehicle sales; service and parts operations; and finance and insurance.

57

NEW VEHICLE SALES

The Combined Company represents 21 American and Asian brands of economy, family, sports and luxury cars and light trucks and sport utility vehicles. This brand and product diversity reduces the risk of changes in customer preferences as well as over-dependence on any one Manufacturer. The Combined Company intends to pursue an acquisition strategy that will enhance its brand diversity. The following table sets forth for 1996, certain information relating to the brands of new vehicles sold at retail by the Combined Company:

                                                           NUMBER OF         PERCENTAGE OF
                                                          NEW VEHICLES        NEW VEHICLES
                     MANUFACTURER                        SOLD AT RETAIL      SOLD AT RETAIL
                     ------------                        --------------      --------------
Toyota.................................................        6,346               29.7%
Nissan.................................................        3,060               14.3
Honda..................................................        2,531               11.8
Chevrolet..............................................        1,602                7.5
GMC....................................................        1,199                5.6
Lexus..................................................          989                4.6
Acura..................................................          836                3.9
Pontiac................................................          699                3.3
Mitsubishi.............................................          599                2.8
Mazda..................................................          590                2.8
Dodge..................................................          553                2.6
Jeep...................................................          536                2.5
Chrysler...............................................          360                1.7
Plymouth...............................................          356                1.6
Isuzu..................................................          285                1.3
Kia....................................................          277                1.3
Mercury................................................          169                0.8
Oldsmobile.............................................          165                0.8
Eagle..................................................           75                0.4
Suzuki.................................................           69                0.3
Lincoln................................................           48                0.2
Other..................................................           34                0.2
                                                              ------              -----
          Total........................................       21,378              100.0%
                                                              ======              =====

The Combined Company's new vehicle retail sales include traditional new vehicle retail lease transactions and lease-type transactions, both of which are arranged by the Combined Company. New vehicle leases generally have short terms, which brings the consumer back to the market sooner than if the purchase were debt financed. In addition, leases provide the Combined Company with a steady source of late-model, off-lease vehicles for its used vehicle inventory. Generally, leased vehicles remain under factory warranty for the term of the lease, which allows the Combined Company to provide repair service to the lessee throughout the lease term.

The Combined Company seeks to provide customer-oriented service designed to meet the needs of its customers and establish lasting relationships that will result in repeat and referral business. For example, the Combined Company's dealerships strive to: (i) employ more efficient selling approaches; (ii) utilize computer technology that decreases the time necessary to purchase a vehicle; (iii) engage in extensive follow-up after a sale in order to develop long-term relationships with customers; and (iv) extensively train their sales staffs to be able to meet the needs of the customer. The Combined Company continually evaluates innovative ways to improve the buying experience for its customers and believes that its ability to share best practices among its dealerships gives it an advantage over smaller dealerships.

58

The Combined Company acquires substantially all its new vehicle inventory from Manufacturers. Manufacturers allocate a limited inventory among their franchised dealers based primarily on sales volume and input from dealers. The Combined Company finances its inventory purchases through revolving credit arrangements known in the industry as floorplan facilities. As a result of its size and based on discussions with several lenders, the Combined Company believes it will be able to secure floorplan financing on terms more favorable than those generally available to smaller dealers.

USED VEHICLE SALES

The Combined Company sells used vehicles at each of its franchised dealerships. Sales of used vehicles have become an increasingly significant source of profit for the Combined Company. Sales of used vehicles as a percentage of total vehicles sold by the Combined Company has increased from 40.4% in 1994 to 44.6% in 1996. Consumer demand for used vehicles has increased as prices of new vehicles have risen and as more high quality used vehicles have become available. Furthermore, used vehicles typically generate higher gross margins than new vehicles because of their limited comparability and the somewhat subjective nature of their valuation. The Combined Company intends to continue growing its used vehicle sales operations by maintaining a high quality inventory, providing competitive prices and extended service contracts for its used vehicles and continuing to promote used vehicle sales.

Profits from sales of used vehicles are dependent primarily on the ability of the Combined Company's dealerships to obtain a high quality supply of used vehicles and effectively manage that inventory. The Combined Company's new vehicle operations provide the Combined Company's used vehicle operations with a large supply of high quality trade-ins and off-lease vehicles, which are the best sources of high quality used vehicles. The Combined Company supplements its used vehicle inventory with used vehicles purchased at auctions.

The Combined Company generally maintains a 45 to 60 day supply of used vehicles and offers to other dealers and wholesalers used vehicles that the Combined Company does not retail to customers. Trade-ins may be transferred among dealerships to provide balanced inventories of used vehicles at each of the Combined Company's dealerships. The Combined Company believes that acquisitions of additional dealerships will expand its internal market for transfers of used vehicles among its dealerships and, therefore, increase the ability of each of the Combined Company's dealerships to offer the same brand of used vehicles as it sells new and to maintain a balanced inventory of used vehicles. The Combined Company intends to develop integrated computer inventory systems that will allow it to coordinate vehicle transfers between its dealerships, primarily on a regional basis.

The Combined Company has taken several steps towards building client confidence in its used vehicle inventory, one of which includes its participation in the Manufacturers' certification processes which are available only to new vehicle franchises. This process makes these used vehicles eligible for new vehicle benefits such as new vehicle finance rates and extended Manufacturer warranties. In addition, the Combined Company's dealerships offer extended warranties covering the used vehicles that each of its dealerships sells.

The Combined Company believes that franchised dealership strengths in offering used vehicles include: (i) access to trade-ins on new vehicle purchases, which are typically lower mileage and higher quality relative to trade-ins on used car purchases, (ii) access to late-model, low mileage off-lease vehicles, and (iii) the availability of Manufacturer certification and extended Manufacturer warranties for the Combined Company's higher quality used vehicles. This supply of high quality trade-ins and off-lease vehicles reduces the Combined Company's dependence on auction vehicles, which are typically a higher cost source of used vehicles.

59

PARTS AND SERVICE

The Combined Company provides parts and service at each of its franchised dealerships primarily for the vehicle makes sold by its dealerships. The Combined Company provides maintenance and repair services at its 30 dealerships and five collision service centers. The Combined Company utilizes approximately 500 service bays in providing these services. The Combined Company performs both warranty and non-warranty service work.

Historically, the automotive repair industry has been highly fragmented. However, the Combined Company believes that the increased use of advanced technology in vehicles has made it difficult for independent repair shops to retain the expertise to perform major or technical repairs. Additionally, Manufacturers permit warranty work to be performed only at franchised dealerships. Hence, unlike independent service stations, or independent and superstore used car dealerships with service operations, the Combined Company's franchised dealerships are qualified to perform work covered by Manufacturer warranties. Given the increasing technological complexity of motor vehicles and the trend toward extended manufacturer and dealer warranty periods for new vehicles, the Combined Company believes that an increasing percentage of repair work will be performed at the Combined Company's franchised dealerships each of which have the sophisticated equipment and skilled personnel necessary to perform such repairs and offer extended service contracts.

The Combined Company attributes its profitability in parts and service to a comprehensive management system, including the use of a variable rate pricing structure, cultivation of strong client relationships through an emphasis on preventive maintenance and the efficient management of parts inventory.

In charging for its mechanics' labor, the Combined Company uses a variable rate structure designed to reflect the difficulty and sophistication of different types of repairs. The percentage mark-ups on parts are similarly priced based on market conditions for different parts. The Combined Company believes that variable rate pricing helps the Combined Company to achieve overall gross margins in parts and service superior to those of certain competitors who rely on fixed labor rates and percentage markups.

The Combined Company seeks to retain each purchaser of a vehicle as a customer of the Combined Company's service and parts departments. The Combined Company's dealerships have systems in place that track their customers' maintenance records and notify owners of vehicles purchased at the dealerships when their vehicles are due for periodic services. The Combined Company regards its service and repair activities as an integral part of its overall approach to customer service, providing an opportunity to foster ongoing relationships with the Combined Company's customers and deepen customer loyalty.

The dealerships' parts departments support their respective sales and service divisions. Each of the Combined Company's dealerships sells factory-approved parts for vehicle makes and models sold by that dealership. These parts are either used in repairs made by the dealership or sold at retail to its customers or at wholesale to independent repair shops. Currently, each of the Combined Company's dealerships employs its own parts manager and independently controls its parts inventory and sales. Dealerships that sell the same new vehicle makes have access to each other's computerized inventories and frequently obtain unstocked parts from other dealerships.

OTHER DEALERSHIP OPERATIONS

Other dealership revenues consist primarily of finance and insurance income. The Combined Company arranges financing for its customers' vehicle purchases, sells vehicle service contracts and arranges selected types of credit insurance in connection with the financing of vehicle sales. The Combined Company places heavy emphasis on finance and insurance ("F&I") and offers advanced F&I training to its finance and insurance managers. This emphasis resulted in the Combined Company's arranging of financing for 68% of its new vehicle sales and 55% of its used vehicle sales in 1996, as compared to 60% and 56% respectively, in 1995. Typically, the Combined Company's dealerships

60

forward proposed financing contracts to Manufacturers' captive finance companies, selected commercial banks or other financing parties. The Combined Company receives a finance fee from the lender for arranging the financing and is typically assessed a charge-back against a portion of the finance fee if the contract is terminated prior to its scheduled maturity for any reason, such as early repayment or default. As a result, companies must arrange financing for a customer that is competitive (i.e., the customer is more likely to accept the financing terms and the loan is less likely to be refinanced) and affordable (i.e., the loan is more likely to be repaid).

At the time of a new vehicle sale, the Combined Company offers extended service contracts to supplement the Manufacturer warranty. Additionally, the Combined Company sells primary service contracts for used vehicles. Currently, the Combined Company primarily sells service contracts of third party vendors, for which it recognizes a commission upon the sale of the contract. The Combined Company also sells its own service contracts at one location and recognizes the associated revenue over the life of the contract. In 1996, the Combined Company sold service contracts on 36% and 44% of its new and used vehicle sales, respectively.

The Combined Company also offers certain types of credit insurance to customers who finance their vehicle purchases through the Combined Company. The Combined Company sells credit life insurance policies to these customers, which policies provide for repayment of the vehicle loan if the obligor dies while the loan is outstanding. The Combined Company also sells accident and health insurance policies, which provide payment of the monthly loan obligations during a period in which the obligor is disabled.

FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS

Each of the Combined Company's dealerships operates pursuant to a franchise agreement between the applicable Manufacturer and the subsidiary of the Combined Company that operates such dealership. The typical automotive franchise agreement specifies the locations at which the dealer has the right and the obligation to sell motor vehicles and related parts and products and to perform certain approved services in order to serve a specified market area. The designation of such areas and the allocation of new vehicles among dealerships are subject to the discretion of the Manufacturer, which generally does not guarantee exclusivity within a specified territory. A franchise agreement may impose requirements on the dealer concerning such matters as the showrooms, the facilities and equipment for servicing vehicles, the maintenance of inventories of vehicles and parts, the maintenance of minimum net working capital and the training of personnel. Compliance with these requirements is closely monitored by the Manufacturer. In addition, Manufacturers require each dealership to submit a financial statement of operations on a monthly and annual basis. The franchise agreement also grants the dealer the non-exclusive right to use and display the Manufacturer's trademarks, service marks and designs in the form and manner approved by the Manufacturer.

Each franchise agreement sets forth the name of the person approved by the Manufacturer to exercise full managerial authority over the dealership's operations and the names and ownership percentages of the approved owners of the dealership and contains provisions requiring the Manufacturer's prior approval of changes in management or transfers of ownership of the dealership. Each of the Combined Company's dealerships is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Combined Company at the subsidiary level. A number of Manufacturers prohibit the acquisition of a substantial ownership interest in the Combined Company or transactions that may affect management control of the Combined Company, in each case without the approval of the Manufacturer. See "Risk Factors -- Manufacturers' Control Over Dealerships", "Risk Factors -- No Agreement with American Honda Motor Co., Inc." and "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Acquisitions for Growth; Manufacturers' Restrictions on Acquisitions".

Most franchise agreements expire after a specified period of time, ranging from one to five years, and the Combined Company expects to renew any expiring agreements in the ordinary course of business. The typical franchise agreement provides for early termination or non-renewal by the Manufacturer under certain circumstances such as change of management or ownership without Manufacturer approval, insolvency or bankruptcy of the dealership, death or incapacity of the dealer manager, conviction of a

61

dealer manager or owner of certain crimes, misrepresentation of certain information by the dealership or dealer manager or owner to the Manufacturer, failure to adequately operate the dealership, failure to maintain any license, permit or authorization required for the conduct of business, or material breach of other provisions of the franchise agreement. The dealership is typically entitled to terminate the franchise agreement at any time without cause.

The automobile franchise relationship is also governed by various federal and state laws established to protect dealerships from the general unequal bargaining power between the parties. The following discussion of state court and administrative holdings and various state laws is based on management's beliefs and may not be an accurate description of the state court and administrative holdings and various state laws. The state statutes generally provide that it is a violation for a manufacturer to terminate or fail to renew a franchise without good cause. These statutes also provide that the manufacturer is prohibited from unreasonably withholding approval for a proposed change in ownership of the dealership. Acceptable grounds for disapproval include material reasons relating to the character, financial ability or business experience of the proposed transferee. Accordingly, certain provisions of the franchise agreements, particularly as they relate to a manufacturer's rights to terminate or fail to renew the franchise, have repeatedly been held invalid by state courts and administrative agencies.

Under Texas law, despite the terms of contracts between manufacturers and dealers, manufacturers may not unreasonably withhold approval of a transfer of a dealership. It is unreasonable under Texas law for a manufacturer to reject a prospective transferee of a dealership who is of good moral character and who otherwise meets the manufacturer's written, reasonable and uniformly applied standards or qualifications relating to the prospective transferee's business experience and financial qualifications. In addition, under Texas and Oklahoma law and the laws of other states, franchised dealerships may challenge manufacturers' attempts to establish new franchises in the franchised dealers' markets, and state regulators may deny applications to establish new dealerships for a number of reasons, including a determination that the manufacturer is adequately represented in the region. Texas and Oklahoma law limit the ability of manufacturers to terminate or fail to renew franchises. In addition, other laws in Texas and elsewhere limit the ability of manufacturers to withhold their approval for the relocation of a franchise or require that disputes be arbitrated. In addition, a manufacturer's license to distribute vehicles in Texas and Oklahoma may be revoked if, among other things, the manufacturer has forced or attempted to force an automobile dealer to accept delivery of motor vehicles not ordered by that dealer. In Oklahoma, a manufacturer's license to operate in the state may be revoked or suspended upon a finding that a manufacturer has coerced or intimidated a dealer or acted dishonestly or failed to act in accordance with reasonable standards of fair dealing. For further discussion regarding Texas and Oklahoma law with regard to the transfer of automobile franchises, see "Risk Factors -- No Agreement with American Honda Motor Co., Inc."

COMPETITION

The automotive retailing industry is extremely competitive. In large metropolitan areas, consumers have a number of choices in deciding where to purchase a new or used vehicle and where to have such a vehicle serviced.

In the new vehicle area, the Combined Company competes with other franchised dealers in each of its marketing areas. The Combined Company does not have any cost advantage in purchasing new vehicles from the Manufacturers, and typically relies on advertising and merchandising, sales expertise, service reputation and location of its dealerships to sell new vehicles. In recent years, automobile dealers have also faced increased competition in the sale or lease of new vehicles from independent leasing companies, on-line purchasing services and warehouse clubs. In addition, Ford Motor has announced that it is exploring the possibility of going into business with some of its dealers to create automotive superstores in selected markets.

In used vehicles, the Combined Company competes with other franchised dealers, independent used car dealers, automobile rental agencies, private parties and used car "superstores" for supply and

62

resale of used vehicles. Used car "superstores" have recently opened in certain markets in which the Combined Company competes, including Houston, Texas. In addition, the Combined Company expects that additional used car "superstores" will open in other markets in which the Combined Company competes. See "-- Used Vehicle Sales".

The Combined Company believes that the principal competitive factors in vehicle sales are the marketing campaigns conducted by Manufacturers, the ability of dealerships to offer a wide selection of the most popular vehicles, the location of dealerships and the quality of customer service. Other competitive factors include customer preference for particular brands of automobiles, pricing (including Manufacturer rebates and other special offers) and warranties. The Combined Company believes that its dealerships are competitive in all of these areas.

The Combined Company competes against franchised dealers to perform warranty repairs and against other automobile dealers, franchised and independent service center chains and independent garages for non-warranty repair and routine maintenance business. The Combined Company competes with other automobile dealers, service stores and auto parts retailers in its parts operations. The Combined Company believes that the principal competitive factors in parts and service sales are price, the use of factory-approved replacement parts, the familiarity with a Manufacturer's brands and models and the quality of customer service. A number of regional or national chains offer selected parts and services at prices that may be lower than the Combined Company's prices.

FACILITIES

Set forth in the table below is certain information relating to the properties that the Combined Company uses in its business. Certain of the leases described below reflect the terms of new leases to be entered into by the Combined Company in connection with the Acquisitions. See "Certain Transactions -- Leases".

        OCCUPANT                  LOCATION                     USE                              LEASE/OWN
        --------                  --------                     ---                              ---------
HOWARD GROUP
  Bob Howard Automall...  13300 N. Broadway          New and used car sales;   Lease; expires in 2027 and is cancelable at
                          Extension,                 service; F&I              the Combined Company's option in 2007 and at
                          Oklahoma City, Oklahoma                              the end of each subsequent five year period
                          13220 N. Broadway          New and used car sales;   Lease; expires in 2027 and is cancelable at
                          Extension,                 service; F&I              the Combined Company's option in 2007 and at
                          Oklahoma City, Oklahoma                              the end of each subsequent five year period
                          715 W. Memorial Road,      Storage and make ready    Lease; current term is month-to-month
                          Oklahoma City, Oklahoma    facility
  Bob Howard              13130 N. Broadway          New and used car sales;   Lease; expires in 2027 and is cancelable at
    Chevrolet...........  Extension,                 service; F&I              the Combined Company's option in 2007 and at
                          Oklahoma City, Oklahoma                              the end of each subsequent five year period
  Bob Howard Toyota.....  13200 N. Broadway          New and used car sales;   Lease; expires in 2027 and is cancelable at
                          Extension,                 service; F&I              the Combined Company's option in 2007 and at
                          Oklahoma City, Oklahoma                              the end of each subsequent five year period

63

        OCCUPANT                  LOCATION                     USE                              LEASE/OWN
        --------                  --------                     ---                              ---------
  Bob Howard
    Honda/Acura.........  14137 N. Broadway          New and used car sales;   Lease; expires in 2001
                          Extension,                 service; F&I
                          Edmond, Oklahoma
                          3700 S. Broadway           Collision services        Lease; expires in 1999
                          Extension,                 center
                          Edmond, Oklahoma
  Bob Howard Dodge......  616 W. Memorial Road,      New and used car sales;   Lease; expires in 2001
                          Edmond, Oklahoma           service; collision
                                                     services center; F&I

MCCALL GROUP
                          9400 Southwest Freeway     New and used car sales;   Lease; two leases which expire in 2027 and
Sterling McCall Toyota..  Houston, Texas             service; F&I              are cancelable at the Combined Company's
                                                                               option in 2007 and at the end of each
                                                                               subsequent five year period
                          6015 Skyline               Collision services        Lease; expires in 2027 and is cancelable at
                          Houston, Texas             center                    the Combined Company's option in 2007 and at
                                                                               the end of each subsequent five year period
  Sterling McCall         10422 Southwest Freeway    New and used car sales;   Lease; expires in 2027 and is cancelable at
    Lexus...............  Houston, Texas             service; F&I              the Combined Company's option in 2007 and at
                                                                               the end of each subsequent five year period
                          10610 Wilcrest             Collision services        Lease; expires in 2027 and is cancelable at
                          Houston, Texas             center                    the Combined Company's option in 2007 and at
                                                                               the end of each subsequent five year period
                          10430 Southwest Freeway    New & Used Car Sales      Lease; expires in 2000 with an option to
                          Houston, Texas                                       extend until 2005

SMITH GROUP
  Courtesy Nissan.......  1777 North Central Expwy.  New and used car sales;   Lease; expires in 2013
                          Richardson, Texas          service; F&I
                          421 Industrial Boulevard   Storage and make ready    Lease; expires in 1997
                          Richardson, Texas          facility
  Mike Smith              1515 I-10 South            New and used car sales;   Lease; expires in 2027 and is cancelable at
    Autoplaza...........  Beaumont, Texas            service; collision        the Combined Company's option in 2007 and at
                                                     services center; F&I      the end of each subsequent five year period
  Town North............  9150 U.S. Highway 183      New and used car sales;   Owned by dealership
                          Austin, Texas              service; F&I
                          9112 U.S. Highway 183      New and used car sales;   Owned by dealership
                          Austin, Texas              service; F&I
                          9008 United Drive          Used car sales            Lease; expires in 2001
                          Austin, Texas
                          9094 U.S. Highway 183      Storage Facility          Lease; expires in 2001
                          Austin, Texas
                          9400 United Drive          Storage Facility          Lease; expires December 31, 1997 and
                          Austin, Texas                                        automatically renews for successive one year
                                                                               terms unless notice given by either party
                          8908 McCann Street         Storage Facility          Lease; month to month; may be terminated by
                          Austin, Texas                                        either party with 30 days written notice

64

        OCCUPANT                  LOCATION                     USE                              LEASE/OWN
        --------                  --------                     ---                              ---------
  Round Rock Nissan.....  3050 North IH 35           New and used car sales;   Lease; expires in 2027 and is cancelable at
                          Austin, Texas              service; F&I              the Combined Company's option in 2007 and at
                                                                               the end of each subsequent five year period
  Acura Southwest.......  10455 Southwest Freeway    New and used car sales;   Owned by dealership
                          Houston, Texas             service; F&I

KINGWOOD GROUP
  Foyt Motors...........  22575 Highway 59 N         New and used car sales;   Owned by dealership
                          Kingwood, Texas            service; F&I
                          22577 Highway 59 N         New and used car sales;   Owned by dealership
                          Kingwood, Texas            service; F&I
                          401 South I.H. 45          Used car sales; F&I       Owned by dealership
                          Conroe, Texas

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS

A number of regulations affect the Combined Company's business of marketing, selling, financing and servicing automobiles. The Combined Company also is subject to laws and regulations relating to business corporations generally.

Under Texas and Oklahoma law, the Combined Company must obtain a license in order to establish, operate or relocate a dealership or provide certain automotive repair services. These laws also regulate the Combined Company's conduct of business, including its advertising and sales practices. Other states may have similar requirements.

The Combined Company's financing activities with its customers are subject to federal truth in lending, consumer leasing and equal credit opportunity regulations as well as state and local motor vehicle finance laws, installment finance laws, insurance laws, usury laws and other installment sales laws. Some states regulate finance fees that may be paid as a result of vehicle sales. Penalties for violation of any of these laws or regulations may include revocation of certain licenses, assessment of criminal and civil fines and penalties, and in certain instances, create a private cause of action for individuals. The Combined Company believes that it complies substantially with all laws and regulations affecting its business and does not have any material liabilities under such laws and regulations and that compliance with all such laws and regulations will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Combined Company's capital expenditures, earnings, or competitive position, and the Combined Company does not anticipate that such compliance will have a material effect on the Combined Company in the future.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Combined Company is subject to a wide range of federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations, including those governing discharges to the air and water, the storage of petroleum substances and chemicals, the handling and disposal of wastes, and the remediation of contamination arising from spills and releases. As with automobile dealerships generally, and service and parts and collision repair center operations in particular, the Combined Company's business involves the generation, use, handling and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes. Operations involving the management of hazardous and nonhazardous wastes are subject to requirements of the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and comparable state statutes. Pursuant to these laws, federal and state environmental agencies have established approved methods for storage, treatment, and disposal of regulated wastes with which the Combined Company must comply.

The Combined Company's business also involves the use of aboveground and underground storage tanks. Under applicable laws and regulations, the Combined Company is responsible for the proper use, maintenance and abandonment of regulated storage tanks owned or operated by it, and for remediation

65

of subsurface soils and groundwater impacted by releases from such existing or abandoned aboveground or underground storage tanks. In addition to these regulated tanks, the Combined Company owns, operates, or has otherwise abandoned other underground and aboveground devices or containers (e.g., automotive lifts and service pits) that may not be classified as regulated tanks, but which are capable of releasing stored materials into the environment, thereby potentially obligating the Combined Company to remediate any soils or groundwater resulting from such releases.

The Combined Company is also subject to laws and regulations governing remediation of contamination at facilities it operates or to which it sends hazardous or toxic substances or wastes for treatment, recycling or disposal. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), also known as the "Superfund" law, imposes liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that are considered to have contributed to the release of a "hazardous substance" into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the disposal site or sites where the release occurred and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances released at such sites. Under CERCLA, these "responsible parties" may be subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies, and it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances.

Further, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, also known as the Clean Water Act, and comparable state statutes prohibit discharges of pollutants into regulated waters without authorized National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) and similar state permits, require containment of potential discharges of oil or hazardous substances, and require preparation of spill contingency plans. The Combined Company expects to implement programs that address wastewater discharge requirements as well as containment of potential discharges and spill contingency planning.

Environmental laws and regulations have become very complex and it has become very difficult for businesses that routinely handle hazardous and non-hazardous wastes to achieve and maintain full compliance with all applicable environmental laws. Like virtually any network of automobile dealerships and vehicle service facilities, from time to time the Combined Company can be expected to experience incidents and encounter conditions that will not be in compliance with environmental laws and regulations. However, none of the Founding Companies have been subject to any material environmental liabilities in the past and the Combined Company does not anticipate that any material environmental liabilities will be incurred in the future. Furthermore, the Combined Company is in the process of establishing an environmental management program that is intended to reduce the risk of noncompliance with environmental laws and regulations. Nevertheless, environmental laws and regulations and their interpretation and enforcement are changed frequently and the Combined Company believes that the trend of more expansive and more strict environmental legislation and regulations is likely to continue. Hence, there can be no assurance that compliance with environmental laws or regulations or the future discovery of unknown environmental conditions will not require additional expenditures by the Combined Company, or that such expenditures would not be material. See "Risk Factors -- Governmental Regulations and Environmental Matters".

EMPLOYEES

As of June 30, 1997, the Combined Company employed 1,503 people, of whom approximately 196 were employed in managerial positions, 533 were employed in non-managerial sales positions, 551 were employed in non-managerial parts and service positions and 223 were employed in administrative support positions. The Combined Company intends, upon completion of the Offering, to provide certain executive officers and managers with options to purchase Common Stock and believes this equity incentive will be attractive to existing and prospective employees of the Combined Company. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan" and "1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan".

66

The Combined Company believes that its relationships with its employees are favorable. None of the Combined Company's employees is represented by a labor union. Because of its dependence on the Manufacturers, however, the Combined Company may be affected by labor strikes, work slowdowns and walkouts at the Combined Company Manufacturers' manufacturing facilities.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND INSURANCE

From time to time, the Combined Company is named in claims involving the manufacture of automobiles, contractual disputes and other matters arising in the ordinary course of the Combined Company's business. Currently, no legal proceedings are pending against or involve the Combined Company that, in the opinion of management, could be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Combined Company.

Because of their vehicle inventory and nature of business, automobile retail dealerships generally require significant levels of insurance covering a broad variety of risks. The Combined Company's insurance includes an umbrella policy with a $50 million per occurrence limit (upon consummation of the Offering) as well as insurance on its real property, comprehensive coverage for its vehicle inventory, general liability insurance, employee dishonesty coverage and errors and omissions insurance in connection with its vehicle sales and financing activities.

67

MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Set forth below are the Combined Company's executive officers and directors, together with their positions and ages.

                                                                                          EXPIRATION OF
               NAME                 AGE                     POSITION                     TERM AS DIRECTOR
               ----                 ---                     --------                     ----------------
B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr............  55    Chairman, President and Chief Executive              2000
                                          Officer
Robert E. Howard, II..............  50    Director; President of Howard Group                  2000
Sterling B. McCall, Jr............  62    Director; President of McCall Group                  1998
Charles M. Smith..................  51    Director; President of Smith Group                   1999
John T. Turner....................  53    Senior Vice President -- Corporate
                                          Development
Scott L. Thompson.................  38    Senior Vice President -- Chief Financial
                                          Officer and Treasurer
Frank R. Todaro...................  50    Vice President -- Corporate Services
John H. Duncan....................  69    Director                                             1999
Bennett E. Bidwell................  70    Director                                             1998

Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of the directors and executive officers of the Combined Company.

B.B. HOLLINGSWORTH, JR. has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Combined Company since August 1996. Prior to joining the Combined Company, Mr. Hollingsworth spent nineteen years with Service Corporation International ("SCI"), where he directed an acquisition program that established SCI as the world's leading consolidator of the funeral industry. He joined SCI in 1967, was then named Vice President for Corporate Development, was named Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 1972, and was elected President and named Director in 1975. He served as President and Director of SCI from 1975 until retirement in 1986. From 1986 to 1996, Mr. Hollingsworth served as a consultant to SCI. Mr. Hollingsworth is a shareholder and director of Foyt Motors, Inc., a Founding Company. He has served as a director of several public and private companies.

ROBERT E. HOWARD, II. has served as a Director of the Combined Company since April 1997. Mr. Howard will also serve as President of Howard Group upon consummation of the Acquisitions. Mr. Howard has more than 28 years experience in the automotive retailing industry. From 1969 to 1977, he served in various management positions at franchised dealerships. Since 1978 he has been a shareholder and has served as Chairman of Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc., a franchised dealership within the Howard Automall umbrella and a Founding Company. Mr. Howard is also Chairman and a shareholder of the following additional Founding Companies: Bob Howard Chevrolet, Bob Howard Honda/Acura, Bob Howard Toyota and Bob Howard Dodge. He is a recipient of the 1997 Time Magazine Quality Dealer Award and presently serves as Chairman of the Oklahoma Motor Vehicle Commission and as a Director of the Oklahoma City Metropolitan Automobile Dealers Association.

STERLING B. MCCALL, JR. has served as Director of the Combined Company since August 1996. Mr. McCall will also serve as President of McCall Group upon consummation of the Acquisitions. Mr. McCall has over 27 years experience in the automotive retailing industry and is Chairman of Sterling McCall Toyota and Sterling McCall Lexus, both Founding Companies. He has been a shareholder and has served as President or Chairman of Sterling McCall Toyota and Sterling McCall Lexus since their inception in 1969 and 1989, respectively. He is a former Director of the American International Automobile Dealers Association, a former Director and Chairman of the Houston Automobile Dealers Association and a former Chairman of the Gulf States Toyota Dealer Council, and presently is a Director of the Texas Automobile Dealers Association. Mr. McCall has won the Time Magazine Quality Dealer Award and the Sports Illustrated Dealer of Distinction Award.

68

CHARLES M. SMITH has served as Director of the Combined Company since its formation in December 1995. Mr. Smith will also serve as president of Smith Group upon consummation of the Acquisitions. Mr. Smith has more than 28 years experience in the automotive retailing industry. From 1968 to 1980, he served in various capacities in dealerships owned and operated by the Smith family. From 1980 to 1985, he owned and operated his own automobile dealership. Since 1985 he has served as managing partner of Smith & Liu Management Company, the management entity for the Smith Group dealerships prior to the Acquisitions. He is Chairman of the American International Automobile Dealers Association and is Vice Chairman of the Texas Automobile Dealers Association. He has won the Time Magazine Quality Dealer Award and the Sports Illustrated All-Star Dealer Award.

JOHN T. TURNER has served as the Combined Company's Senior Vice President -- Corporate Development since December 1996. Prior to joining the Combined Company, Mr. Turner functioned as Managing Director -- Corporate Development, Europe for SCI. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Turner served as Senior Vice President -- Operations and Director of The Loewen Group, Inc. From 1986 to 1990, he served as President and Director of Paragon Family Services, Inc. From 1981 to 1986, he served as Senior Vice President -- Corporate Development for SCI. Mr. Turner was a partner in Arthur Young & Company from 1977 to 1981. Currently he is a director of COREStaff, Inc.

SCOTT L. THOMPSON has served as Senior Vice President -- Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Combined Company since December 1996. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Thompson served as Executive Vice President, Operations and Finance for KSA Industries, Inc., a diversified enterprise with interests in automotive retailing, energy and professional sports. Among Mr. Thompson's other responsibilities within the KSA group of companies, he served as a Vice President and director of three Houston-area automobile dealerships with aggregate annual revenues of $180 million. Additionally, in connection with his position at KSA Industries, Inc. he served as a director of Adams Resources Energy, Inc., a public oil and gas company. He is a Certified Public Accountant, and from 1980 to 1991 he held various positions with Arthur Andersen LLP.

FRANK R. TODARO has served as Vice President -- Corporate Services of the Combined Company since March 1997. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Todaro served as a self employed consultant providing marketing and management consulting services. From 1985 to 1993, Mr. Todaro was a Principal with Ernst & Young where he served as the Director of General Management Consulting and later the Director of Marketing. From 1972 to 1985, Mr. Todaro served in various managerial and sales positions with engineering consulting firms.

JOHN H. DUNCAN was elected Director of the Combined Company in June 1997. Since 1988, Mr. Duncan has been a private investor with holdings in the automotive, oil and gas and real estate industries. From 1958 to 1968, Mr. Duncan served as President of Gulf & Western Industries (now Paramount Communications), a company which he co-founded. Mr. Duncan currently serves as a director, Chairman of the Executive Committee and member of the Compensation Committee of Enron Corporation and a director and Chairman of the Compensation Committee of Enron Oil Trading & Transportation. Mr. Duncan also serves on the Board of Trustees of Southwestern University, the Board of Trustees of the Texas Heart Institute and the Board of Visitors of the University of Texas (M.D. Anderson) Cancer Foundation.

BENNETT E. BIDWELL was elected Director of the Combined Company in June 1997. Mr. Bidwell joined Chrysler Corporation as Executive Vice President in 1983 and was elected to the Board of Directors in that same year. He was named Vice Chairman of Chrysler Corporation in 1985, Vice Chairman of Chrysler Motors Corporation in 1987 and President - Product and Marketing of Chrysler Motors Corporation in 1988. From 1988 to 1990, Mr. Bidwell served as Chairman of Chrysler Motors Corporation. Mr. Bidwell retired from Chrysler Corporation in 1993. Prior to joining Chrysler, Mr. Bidwell spent 27 years with Ford Motor Company, and from 1981 to 1983 he was President and Chief Operating Officer of The Hertz Corporation. His past directorships include National Steel Corporation (1981-1983) and McDonald & Company Securities, Inc. (1992-1995). Mr. Bidwell currently serves as a director for Kerr-McGee Corporation, International Management Group, Budd Company and Kelly Management Group.

69

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

AUDIT COMMITTEE

The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Duncan and Bidwell. The Audit Committee has responsibility for, among other things, (i) recommending the selection of the Combined Company's independent accountants, (ii) reviewing and approving the scope of the independent accountants' audit activity and extent of non-audit services, (iii) reviewing with Management and the independent accountants the adequacy of the Combined Company's basic accounting systems and the effectiveness of the Combined Company's internal audit plan and activities,
(iv) reviewing with Management and the independent accountants the Combined Company's financial statements and exercising general oversight of the Combined Company's financial reporting process and (v) reviewing the Combined Company's litigation and other legal matters that may affect the Combined Company's financial condition and monitoring compliance with the Combined Company's business ethics and other policies.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Duncan and Bidwell. This committee has general supervisory power over, and the power to grant awards under the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee has responsibility for, among other things, (i) reviewing the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer as to appropriate compensation of the Combined Company's principal executive officers and certain other key personnel and the Chief Executive Officer; (ii) examining periodically the general compensation structure of the Combined Company and (iii) supervising the welfare and pension plans and compensation plans of the Combined Company.

CHAIRMAN'S COUNCIL

The Chairman's Council initially consists of Messrs. Howard, McCall and Smith. The Chairman's Council may recommend up to three individuals to be nominated as directors, which recommendation may be accepted at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. Members of the Chairman's Council may be appointed or removed at any time by the Board of Directors and all members of the Chairman's Council shall be subject to annual election by the Board of Directors.

DIRECTORS COMPENSATION

Directors who are full-time employees of the Combined Company do not receive a retainer or fees for service on the Board of Directors or on committees of the Board. Members of the Board of Directors who are not full-time employees of the Combined Company receive an annual fee of $6,000 and a fee of $1,500 for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. Directors also receive the use of one demonstrator vehicle or the economic equivalent. In addition, directors of the Combined Company (including directors who are not full-time employees of the Combined Company) are eligible for grants of stock options and other awards pursuant to the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. Upon consummation of the Offering, Messrs. Duncan and Bidwell will each receive options to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price.

70

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION; EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

The following table sets forth certain summary information concerning the compensation provided by the Combined Company in 1996 to its Chief Executive Officer. No other person serving as an executive officer during 1996 earned $100,000 or more in combined salary and bonus during such year.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                                     ANNUAL
                                                               COMPENSATION(1)(2)
                                                              ---------------------    ALL OTHER
                NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                   SALARY(3)     BONUS     COMPENSATION
                ---------------------------                   ---------    --------   ------------
B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr., Chairman, President and Chief
  Executive Officer.........................................   $60,000      $  --        $  --


(1) Amounts exclude perquisites and other personal benefits because such compensation did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus reported.

(2) In addition, in March 1997 Mr. Hollingsworth, Jr. was granted options to purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock at $2.90 per share.

(3) Reflects amounts that were earned by Mr. Hollingsworth during 1996. Such amounts have not been paid and are contingent upon the closing of the Acquisitions and the Offering.

The Combined Company anticipates that during 1997, its most highly compensated executive officers will be Messrs. Hollingsworth, Howard, McCall, Smith, Turner and Thompson. Each of these executive officers will enter into an employment agreement with the Combined Company, which will be effective upon consummation of the Acquisitions and the Offering. The employment agreements provide for the following base salaries for 1997: B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr. -- $360,000; Robert E. Howard, II -- $300,000; Sterling B. McCall, Jr. -- $300,000; Charles M. Smith -- $300,000; John T. Turner -- $250,000; and Scott L. Thompson -- $180,000. The employment agreements also provide that such officers' participation in bonus plans will be governed by the bonus and incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors in which the officer is a participant. Currently, the Board of Directors has not adopted any bonus or incentive plans.

Each employment agreement is for a term of five years, and unless terminated or not renewed by the Combined Company or the employee, the term will continue thereafter on a month-to-month basis terminable at any time by either the Combined Company or the employee, with or without cause, upon thirty days notice. In the event of a termination of employment by the Combined Company without cause or by the employee due to an uncorrected material breach of the employment agreement by the Combined Company, the employee is entitled to receive his or her base salary paid bi-weekly until the end of his contract term. In the event of an involuntary termination of employment following a merger, consolidation or dissolution of the Combined Company or a sale of all its assets, the employee is entitled to a lump sum payment equal to the amount of base pay he is entitled to under the remainder of his contract. The Combined Company is not obligated to pay any amounts to the employee other than his pro rata base salary through the date of his or her termination upon (i) voluntary termination of employment by the employee; (ii) termination of employment by the Combined Company for cause (as defined); (iii) death of the employee; or (iv) long-term disability of the employee. During the period of employment and for a period of three years after termination of employment, the employees are generally prohibited from competing or assisting others to compete with the Combined Company. Mr. Howard, however, will be permitted to own and operate the Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma, together with other related franchises, if the Combined Company's agreement to acquire the Tulsa Chevrolet dealership is terminated. See "The Acquisitions". In addition, during the period of employment and for a period of five years after termination of employment, the employees are generally prohibited from inducing any other employee to terminate employment with the Combined Company.

71

1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

In November 1996, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Combined Company adopted the Combined Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The purpose of the Plan is to provide directors, employees (key operating managers at the dealerships) and consultants of the Combined Company and its subsidiaries additional incentive and reward opportunities designed to enhance the profitable growth of the Combined Company. The Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code, options that do not constitute incentive stock options and restricted stock awards. The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. In general, the Compensation Committee is authorized to select the recipients of awards and the terms and conditions of those awards.

The number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan may not exceed 2,000,000 shares (subject to adjustment to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations and similar changes in the Combined Company's capital structure). Shares of Common Stock which are attributable to awards which have expired, terminated or been canceled or forfeited are available for issuance or use in connection with future awards. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to awards granted under the Plan to any one individual during any calendar year may not exceed 500,000 (subject to adjustment to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations and similar changes in the Combined Company's capital structure).

The price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased upon exercise of an option granted under the Plan will be determined by the Compensation Committee but (i) in the case of an incentive stock option, such purchase price will not be less than the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date such option is granted, and (ii) in the case of an option that does not constitute an incentive stock option, such purchase price will not be less than 80% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date such option is granted. Shares of Common Stock that are the subject of a restricted stock award under the Plan will be subject to restrictions on disposition by the holder of such award and an obligation of such holder to forfeit and surrender the shares to the under certain circumstances (the "Forfeiture Restrictions"). The Forfeiture Restrictions will be determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion, and the Compensation Committee may provide that the Forfeiture Restrictions will lapse upon (a) the attainment of one or more performance targets established by the Compensation Committee, (b) the award holder's continued employment with the Combined Company or continued service as a consultant or director for a specified period of time, (c) the occurrence of any event or the satisfaction of any other condition specified by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion or (d) a combination of any of the foregoing.

No awards under the Plan may be granted after ten years from the date the Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors. The Plan will remain in effect until all awards granted under the Plan have been satisfied or expired. The Board of Directors in its discretion may terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any shares of Common Stock for which awards have not been granted. The Plan may be amended, other than to increase the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the Plan or to change the class of individuals eligible to receive awards under the Plan, by the Board of Directors without the consent of the stockholders of the Combined Company. No change in any award previously granted under the Plan may be made which would impair the rights of the holder of such award without the approval of the holder.

In December 1996, the Combined Company issued options to purchase 205,000 shares of Common Stock at $2.90 per share as follows: 125,000 shares to John T. Turner and 80,000 shares to Scott L. Thompson. Each of these options will vest 16.7% per year after the issuance of the options. In March 1997, the Combined Company issued options to purchase an additional 360,000 shares of Common Stock at $2.90 per share to certain employees of the Combined Company, including the following executive officers: B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr. -- 100,000 shares, John T. Turner -- 80,000 shares and Scott L. Thompson -- 80,000 shares. In addition, upon consummation of the Acquisitions and the Offering, the Combined Company will issue options to purchase 750,950 shares of Common Stock at the initial public

72

offering price to certain employees and directors of the Combined Company, including the following executive officers: Mr. Hollingsworth -- 100,000, Mr. Turner -- 125,000 and Mr. Thompson -- 80,000.

The following table provides certain information regarding options granted during 1996:

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

                                            INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                           PERCENT OF                                 POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT
                         NUMBER OF           TOTAL                                       ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
                        SECURITIES          OPTIONS         EXERCISE                   STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                        UNDERLYING         GRANTED TO       OR BASE                            OPTION TERM
                          OPTIONS          EMPLOYEES         PRICE      EXPIRATION    ------------------------------
         NAME           GRANTED (#)      IN FISCAL YEAR     ($/ SH)        DATE          5% ($)           10% ($)
         ----           -----------      --------------     --------    ----------    -------------    -------------
John T. Turner........      125,000(1)          61.0%        $2.90       12/13/06         1,480,000        2,074,000
Scott L. Thompson.....       80,000(1)          39.0%        $2.90       12/13/06           947,000        1,326,000


(1) The options were granted in December 1996 and vest 16.7% annually.

1998 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

In September 1997, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Combined Company adopted the Combined Company's 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan"). The Purchase Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 200,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment in the event of stock dividends, stock splits and certain other events) and provides that no options may be granted under the Purchase Plan after June 30, 2007. The Purchase Plan is available to all employees of the Combined Company and its participating subsidiaries who are employed as of January 1, 1998 or the first day of each successive April, July, October and January thereafter (a "Date of Grant"). However, an employee may not be granted an option under the Purchase Plan if after the granting of the option such employee would be deemed to own 5% or more of the combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Combined Company. A committee appointed by the Board of Directors (the "Committee") is charged with the general administration of the Purchase Plan and has the authority to designate any present or future subsidiary of the Combined Company as a participating subsidiary.

For each three-month period beginning on a Date of Grant (an "Option Period") during the term of the Purchase Plan, unless the Committee determines otherwise, each eligible employee may authorize payroll deductions to be made during the Option Period, which amounts are used at the end of the Option Period to acquire shares of Common Stock at 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the first or the last day of the Option Period, whichever is lower. Employees have discretion to determine the amount of their payroll deduction under the Purchase Plan, subject to the limit that not more than 10% of compensation may be deducted in any Option Period and other limitations set forth in Section 423 of the Code. No employee may purchase Common Stock under the Purchase Plan valued at more than $25,000 for each calendar year in accordance with the provisions of the Code. An employee may withdraw from the Purchase Plan, in whole but not in part, at any time prior to the last day of an Option Period, by delivering a withdrawal notice to the Combined Company. In the event an employee withdraws, the Combined Company will refund the entire amount of the payroll deductions during the Option Period, without interest.

73

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

In connection with the formation of Group 1 Automotive in December 1995, Group 1 Automotive issued 1,000 shares of Common Stock for $500 to Smith & Liu Management Company, a Texas general partnership which has provided management services to the Smith Group dealerships prior to consummation of the Acquisitions ("Smith & Liu"). Mr. Smith is a partner of Smith & Liu and a director of the Combined Company. In July 1996, Group 1 Automotive acquired 1,000 shares of Common Stock from Smith & Liu for aggregate consideration of $500 and issued 500 shares to Mr. Hollingsworth for an aggregate consideration of $5,000. Subsequently, Group 1 Automotive split its outstanding common stock on a 900-for-one basis accomplished as a stock dividend. For a description of the Acquisitions, see "The Acquisitions".

In order to finance the expenses of Group 1 Automotive prior to the Acquisitions and the Offering, Smith & Liu, the Howard Group, the McCall Group, the Smith Group and the Kingwood Group made loans to Group 1 Automotive, as of October 14, 1997, of $87,960, $353,626, $592,231, $504,399 and $144,170, respectively. These advances all have maturities of less than one year and bear interest at a rate of 7% per annum. As of October 14, 1997, interest accrued on loans from Smith & Liu, the Howard Group, the McCall Group, the Smith Group and the Kingwood Group equaled $5,654, $6,783, $18,836, $13,065 and $4,290, respectively.

Certain officers, directors and stockholders, or their affiliates, of the Combined Company have engaged in transactions with the Founding Companies prior to consummation of the Acquisitions. Except for the transactions described below, none of these transactions will continue after consummation of the Acquisitions. For a discussion of these transactions for the three years ended December 31, 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997, see the Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

LEASES

Certain of the properties leased by the Founding Companies are owned by officers, directors or holders of 5% or more of the Common Stock of the Combined Company or their affiliates. As part of the Acquisitions, the Founding Companies have agreed to replace each of the existing leases with officers, directors or 5% stockholders (the "Related Party Leases") with a standard lease agreement for each property. However, one Related Party Lease, covering the real estate and facilities of the Howard collision repair center, will remain in place between Bob Howard Honda/Acura, as lessee, and North Broadway Real Estate, an Oklahoma limited liability company owned 50% by Robert E. Howard II and 50% by an unrelated third party. This lease provides for a five-year term ending July 1, 1999 and a monthly rental rate of $9,000, and requires Bob Howard Honda/Acura to pay all applicable property taxes, maintain adequate insurance and repair or replace the leased building if necessary.

The term of each lease that is to be replaced is for 30 years and is cancelable at the Combined Company's option ten years from execution of the lease and at the end of each subsequent five year period. Additionally, the Combined Company has a right of first refusal to acquire the property. The lease requires the Combined Company to be responsible for taxes, insurance and, in certain circumstances, maintenance. Each of the Related Party Leases and the rents payable thereunder are described below. Under each of the Related Party Leases, the rent is subject to increases every five years based on increases in the Consumer Price Index. The Combined Company believes that the terms of the Related Party Leases, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to the Combined Company than could be obtained from unaffiliated parties.

Sterling McCall Toyota leases property owned by SMC Investment, Inc. ("SMC Investment") and used by Sterling McCall Toyota as a repair center. Mr. McCall and his affiliates own all of the stock of SMC Investment. The lease provides for a monthly rental of $7,000 per month. The property and fixtures subject to this lease secure indebtedness of SMC Investment. The amount of such indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 1997 was approximately $0.7 million.

74

Sterling McCall Toyota leases property that is owned by a partnership of which Mr. McCall is a partner and that is used by Sterling McCall Toyota as a storage lot. The lease provides for a monthly rental of $7,000. The property and fixtures subject to this lease secure indebtedness of Mr. McCall. The amount of such indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 1997 was approximately $0.2 million.

Sterling McCall Toyota leases property that is owned by two partnerships of which Mr. McCall is a partner and that is used by Sterling McCall Toyota as an automobile dealership. The lease provides for a monthly rental of $70,000. The property and fixtures subject to this lease secure indebtedness of two affiliates of Mr. McCall. The amount of such indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 1997 was approximately $4.6 million.

Sterling McCall Lexus leases property that is owned by a partnership of which Mr. McCall is a partner and that is used by SMC Luxury Cars as an automobile dealership. The lease provides for a monthly rental of $70,000. The property and fixtures subject to this lease secure indebtedness of an affiliate of Mr. McCall. The amount of such indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 1997 was approximately $3.4 million.

Sterling McCall Lexus leases property that is owned by Mr. McCall and that is used by Sterling McCall Lexus as a repair center. The lease provides for a monthly rental of $6,500. The property subject to this lease secures indebtedness of Mr. McCall. The amount of such indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 1997 was approximately $0.4 million.

Mike Smith Autoplaza leases property owned by a general partnership, of which the children of Charles M. Smith are partners. The property is used by Mike Smith Autoplaza as an automobile dealership. The leases provide for monthly rental payments of $46,500. The property and fixtures subject to this lease secure indebtedness of an affiliate of Mr. Smith. The amount of such indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 1997 was approximately $2.2 million.

Round Rock Nissan leases property owned by SKLR Round Rock, L.L.C., a Texas limited liability corporation in which Charles M. Smith, has an ownership interest. The property is used by Round Rock Nissan as an automobile dealership. The lease provides for current monthly rental payments of $32,000. The property and fixtures subject to this lease secure indebtedness of an affiliate of Mr. Smith. The amount of such indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 1997 was approximately $2.4 million.

Bob Howard Automall leases two properties owned by Mr. Howard and used by Bob Howard Automall as automobile dealerships. These leases relating to these properties provide for aggregate monthly rentals of $85,862. The property and fixtures subject to this lease secure indebtedness of Mr. Howard. The amount of such indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 1997 was approximately $3.6 million.

Bob Howard Chevrolet leases property owned by Mr. Howard and used by Bob Howard Chevrolet as an automobile dealership. The lease relating to this property provides for a monthly rental of $48,500. The property and fixtures subject to this lease secure indebtedness of Mr. Howard. The amount of such indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 1997 was approximately $3.3 million.

Bob Howard Honda/Acura leases property owned by North Broadway Real Estate, L.L.C., an Oklahoma limited liability company in which Mr. Howard owns a 50% interest. This property is used as a collision repair center, and the lease relating to this property provides for a monthly rental of $9,000.

Bob Howard Toyota leases property owned by Mr. Howard and used by Bob Howard Toyota as an automobile dealership. The lease relating to this property provides for a monthly rental of $33,500. The property and fixtures subject to this lease secure indebtedness of Mr. Howard. The amount of such indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 1997 was $0.9 million.

Certain of the property and the fixtures leased to the Combined Company serve as collateral for various indebtedness of the principals of the Founding Companies and certain affiliates of such principals, as described above. Each of such principals have agreed to take all action necessary to secure an agreement from each of the lenders that, upon a default of any of such principals, such lenders

75

will honor the lease and will not disturb the Combined Company's right to possession of the applicable property under the lease. Such principals of the Founding Companies have also agreed to grant an option to purchase the applicable leased premises at a price equal to the outstanding indebtedness that is secured by the property if the principals of the Founding Companies have not obtained such an agreement from the lenders within 90 days after consummation of the Acquisitions.

LOANS

Certain of the Founding Groups have incurred indebtedness which has been personally guaranteed by their stockholders or by entities controlled by their stockholders. The Combined Company intends to repay, refinance or otherwise take steps to remove these personal guarantees. It is the intention of management that as soon as practicable after the Acquisitions and the Offering, the debt of the Combined Company will cease to be personally guaranteed by any of its officers, directors or stockholders.

The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 1997, the indebtedness of the Founding Groups which is guaranteed by stockholders of the Founding Groups:

           DEBTOR                                      GUARANTOR                          PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
           ------                                      ---------                          ----------------
                                                                                           (IN MILLIONS)
Town North Nissan...........  Charles Smith, W.C. Smith, Ronald Kutz, Randall Ross, Kuo              $ 3.4
                              Kang Liu, Daniel C.Y. Liu
Acura Southwest.............  Charles Smith, Daniel C.Y. Liu, Ralph O'Connor                           1.4
Foyt Motors.................  B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr., John Duncan, Robert Struzynski,                 2.7
                              A.J. Foyt, Jr.
Round Rock Nissan...........  Charles Smith, Daniel C.Y. Liu, Ronald Kutz, William                     0.4
                              Lawrence, Randall Ross, Janet Sopronyi, Thomas Park
Bob Howard Automall.........  Robert E. Howard II                                                     15.8
Bob Howard Honda/Acura......  Robert E. Howard II                                                      5.3
Bob Howard Chevrolet........  Robert E. Howard II                                                      8.4
Bob Howard Dodge............  Robert E. Howard II                                                      5.3
Bob Howard Toyota...........  Robert E. Howard II                                                      3.0
Sterling McCall Toyota......  Sterling B. McCall, Jr.                                                  0.2
Sterling McCall Toyota......  Sterling B. McCall, Jr.                                                 14.1
Sterling McCall Toyota and
  Sterling McCall Lexus.....  Sterling B. McCall, Jr.                                                 10.2
Sterling McCall Lexus.......  Sterling B. McCall, Jr.                                                  6.1

Certain principals of the Founding Groups, and certain affiliates of such principals, have incurred indebtedness which is guaranteed by certain of the Founding Companies. With the exception of the Round Rock Nissan guarantee described below, all applicable lenders have agreed to release the Founding Companies from their guarantees of indebtedness of the principals and their affiliates. These releases will be effective upon the consummation of the Offering. Following is a list of indebtedness of principals and their affiliates which will cease to be guaranteed by the Founding Companies upon consummation of the Offering: Mr. Howard, approximately $7.8 million, Mr. McCall and affiliates, approximately $8.0 million; and Mr. Smith and affiliates, approximately $2.2 million.

Upon consummation of the Offering, Round Rock Nissan will continue to be a guarantor of indebtedness incurred by SKLR Round Rock, L.C., a limited liability company in which Charles M. Smith owns a 22% interest. No other entity comprising the Combined Company will be liable under Round Rock Nissan's guarantee. At June 30, 1997, the outstanding principal amount of this indebtedness was approximately $2.4 million. However, if Round Rock Nissan's guarantee of this indebtedness is not removed within 90 days after consummation of the Acquisitions, the Combined Company will have an option to acquire the land and fixtures securing such indebtedness (which is the property on which Round Rock Nissan is located) at a price equal to such indebtedness. The Combined Company currently

76

intends to acquire such land and fixtures if the guarantee is not released. In connection with a proposed refinancing of SKLR Round Rock, L.C.'s debt on such land and fixtures, a local real estate appraisal firm provided the Combined Company with a verbal estimate of value of $2.6 million, which exceeds SKLR Round Rock L.C.'s outstanding loan balance on such property by approximately $200,000. Since the Combined Company believes that the fair market value of the property is greater than the outstanding indebtedness guaranteed by Round Rock Nissan, the Combined Company expects that it would record negative goodwill in connection with the acquisition.

If the Combined Company's acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership is consummated, the Combined Company will assume a loan made by Mr. Howard to the Tulsa Dealership. The amount outstanding under this loan is approximately $2.5 million, and bears interest at the prime rate plus 100 basis points. If the Combined Company's acquisition of the Tulsa Dealership is not consummated, this loan will not be assumed by the Combined Company. See "The Acquisitions".

OTHER

Sterling McCall Toyota and Sterling McCall Lexus have entered into an agreement with Dealer Solutions, L.L.C. ("DSL") pursuant to which DSL is to provide management information systems software and related services to the dealerships. Pursuant to the agreement, the dealerships will pay a monthly maintenance fee of approximately $2,500 until the earlier of the time the dealerships' existing contract for such services with a different vendor terminates or March 1999, at which time the monthly maintenance fee will increase to approximately $12,500 per month for the remainder of the five year term of the agreement. After an initial five-year term, this agreement is subject to successive automatic one-year extensions with the same terms and fees unless terminated by either party with thirty days notice. In addition, upon installation of the software system at Sterling McCall Lexus, an installation fee of $20,000 will be paid to DSL. No installation fee has been paid by Sterling McCall Toyota. Mr. McCall, his affiliates and family members own approximately 18% of DSL and Kevin H. Whalen (who will beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock after the Acquisitions and the Offering) owns approximately 11% of DSL. The Combined Company is currently only committed to implement this system in Sterling McCall Toyota and Sterling McCall Lexus. The Combined Company does not currently have any formal plans to implement this system in its other dealerships. The Combined Company believes that the Combined Company has acquired these systems from DSL on terms, taken as a whole, that are no less favorable than those that could be obtained from non-affiliated third parties.

77

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Combined Company's Common Stock: (a) as of August 31, 1997 after giving effect to the Acquisitions and (b) following the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, by (i) each person known to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; (ii) each of the Combined Company's directors; (iii) each named executive officer; (iv) each Selling Stockholder, and (v) all executive officers and directors as a group. All persons listed have sole voting and dispositive power over the shares indicated as owned by such person unless otherwise indicated.

                                        SHARES OF COMMON                            SHARES OF COMMON
                                       STOCK BENEFICIALLY                       STOCK TO BE BENEFICIALLY
                                     OWNED BEFORE OFFERING                        OWNED AFTER OFFERING
                                   --------------------------                 -----------------------------
                                      NUMBER                     SHARES TO       NUMBER
    NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER       OF SHARES(1)    PERCENTAGE     BE SOLD     OF SHARES(1)    PERCENTAGE(2)
    ------------------------       ------------    ----------    ---------    ------------    -------------
B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr(3)(6).....     546,368          5.7%            --        546,368           3.9%
Robert E. Howard, II(4)(6).......   2,910,374         30.5             --      2,910,374          20.9
Sterling B. McCall, Jr(5)(6).....   1,461,031         15.3             --      1,461,031          10.5
Charles M. Smith(6)..............     679,181          7.1             --        679,181           4.9
John H. Duncan...................     196,368          2.1             --        196,368           1.4
  5851 San Felipe, Suite 850
  Houston, Texas 77056
Bennett E. Bidwell...............          --           --             --             --            --
  626 Yarboro Drive
  Bloomfield Hills, Michigan
  48304
W. C. Smith......................     619,773          6.5        371,864        247,909           1.8
  3400 South Loop West
  Houston, Texas 77025
SMC Investment, Inc. ............     637,475          6.7             --        637,475           4.6
  9400 Southwest Freeway
  Houston, Texas 77074
Kevin H. Whalen(6)...............     774,040          8.1             --        774,040           5.5
All directors and executive
  officers as a group (9 persons
  including the directors and
  executive officers named
  above).........................   5,793,322         60.8%            --      5,793,322          41.5%


(1) Does not include options to purchase stock that are not exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 1997.

(2) Assumes that the Underwriters' overallotment option is not exercised.

(3) Excludes 100,000 shares of Common Stock held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Hollingsworth's children. Mr. Hollingsworth is not the trustee of such trust, does not have or share voting or investment power over the Common Stock held by the trust and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(4) Includes 592,303 shares of Common Stock issued to Mr. Howard which will be held in escrow and may be distributed pro rata to the stockholders of the Founding Companies under certain conditions. See "The Acquisitions".

(5) Includes (i) 637,475 shares owned by SMC Investment, Inc. which is controlled by Mr. McCall; (ii) 250,248 shares owned by Gulf Coast Family Limited Partnership which is controlled by Mr. McCall; (iii) 106,041 shares owned by SBM-T Family Limited Partnership which is controlled by Mr. McCall; and (iv) 30,629 shares owned by Mr. McCall's spouse.

(6) Have an address c/o the Combined Company's principal executive offices at 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77024.

78

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The Combined Company's authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Preferred Stock"). After giving effect to the Acquisitions, but prior to consummation of the Offering, the Combined Company will have outstanding 9,529,084 shares of Common Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock. Upon completion of the Offering, the Combined Company will have outstanding 13,957,220 shares of Common Stock (14,677,220 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) and no shares of Preferred Stock.

COMMON STOCK

Subject to any special voting rights of any series of Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters voted upon by stockholders, including the election of directors. Holders of Common Stock are not entitled to cumulate their votes in elections of directors.

Subject to the rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be declared in the discretion of the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in the net assets of the Combined Company upon liquidation after payment or provision for all liabilities and any preferential liquidation rights of any Preferred Stock then outstanding. The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights to purchase shares of stock of the Combined Company. Shares of Common Stock are not subject to any redemption provisions and are not convertible into any other securities of the Combined Company. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Offering will be upon payment therefor, fully paid and non-assessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors in one or more series. Subject to the provisions of the Combined Company's Charter and limitations prescribed by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt resolutions to issue the shares, to fix the number of shares and to change the number of shares constituting any series and to provide for or change the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights (including whether dividends are cumulative), dividend rates, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption prices, conversion rights and liquidation preferences of the shares constituting any series of the Preferred Stock, in each case without any further action or vote by the stockholders. One of the effects of undesignated Preferred Stock may be to enable the Board of Directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Combined Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of the Combined Company's management. The issuance of shares of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the Board of Directors' authority described above may adversely affect the rights of the holders of Common Stock. For example, Preferred Stock issued by the Combined Company may rank prior to the Common Stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preference or both, may have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible into shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock may discourage bids for the Common Stock or may otherwise adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE CHARTER AND BYLAWS

In addition to the Combined Company's Board of Directors to issue Preferred Stock, the Charter and the Bylaws of the Combined Company contain certain provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect.

79

CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND LIMITATIONS ON REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

The Combined Company's Board of Directors is divided into three classes. The directors of each class are elected for three-year terms, with the terms of the three classes staggered so that directors from a single class are elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Stockholders may remove a director only for cause upon the vote of holders of at least 80% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. In general, the Board of Directors, not the stockholders, has the right to appoint persons to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors.

NO WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS

The Charter provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the must be taken at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS UNDER DELAWARE LAW

The Combined Company is a Delaware corporation and is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prevents an "interested stockholder" (defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of the Combined Company's outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a "business combination" (as defined in Section 203) with the Combined Company for three years following the date that person becomes an interested stockholder unless
(a) before that person became an interested stockholder, the Combined Company's Board of Directors approved the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved the business combination; (b) upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder Combined Company's becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding stock held by directors who are also officers of the Combined Company and by employee stock plans that do not provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or (c) following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the Combined Company's Board of Directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder. Under Section 203, these restrictions also do not apply to certain business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of one of certain extraordinary transactions involving the Combined Company and a person who was not an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the Combined Company's directors, if that extraordinary transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors before any person became an interested stockholder in the previous three years or who were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors then in office.

STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

Immediately prior to completion of the Offering, the Combined Company's Rights Plan (the "Rights Plan") will take effect. Under the Rights Plan, each Right entitles the registered holder under the circumstances described below to purchase from the Combined Company one one-thousandth of a share of Junior Participating Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Preferred Shares"), of the Combined Company at a price of $65 per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (the "Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights will be set forth in a Rights Agreement (the "Rights Agreement") to be entered into by the Combined Company and ChaseMellon Shareholders Services, L.L.C., as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent") prior to consummation of the Offering and this description of the Rights is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement.

80

Until the Distribution Date (as defined below), the Rights will attach to all Common Stock certificates representing outstanding shares and no separate Right Certificate will be distributed. Accordingly, a right will be issued for each share of Common Stock issued in the Offering. The Rights will separate from the Common Stock and a Distribution Date will occur upon the earlier of (i) 10 business days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring Person") has acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares (as defined in the Rights Agreement) of the Combined Company, or (ii) 10 business days following the commencement or announcement of an intention to commence a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of 20% or more of such outstanding Voting Shares.

Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights) the Rights will be evidenced by the certificates representing such Common Stock. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights (the "Right Certificates") will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and such separate Right Certificates alone will thereafter evidence the Rights.

The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. The Rights will expire on the tenth anniversary date of the closing of the Offering (the "Final Expiration Date"), unless the Final Expiration Date is extended or the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchange by the Combined Company as described below.

If a person or group were to acquire 20% or more of the Voting Shares of the Combined Company, each Right then outstanding (other than Rights beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person which would become null and void) would become a right to buy that number of shares of Common Stock (or under certain circumstances, the equivalent number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share) that at the time of such acquisition would have a market value of two times the Purchase Price of the Right.

If the Combined Company were acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or assets constituting more than 50% of its consolidated assets or producing more than 50% of its earning power or cash flow were sold, proper provision will be made so that each holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then current Purchase Price of the Right, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company which at the time of such transaction would have a market value of two times the Purchase Price of the Right.

The dividend and liquidation rights, and the non-redemption feature, of the Preferred Shares are designed so that the value of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share purchasable upon exercise of each Right will approximate the value of one share of Common Stock. The Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights will be non-redeemable and rank junior to all other series of the Combined Company's preferred stock. Each whole Preferred Share will be entitled to receive a quarterly preferential dividend in an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) $1.00 in cash, or (ii) in the aggregate, 1,000 times the dividend declared on the Common Stock. In the event of liquidation, the holders of Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidation payment equal to the greater of (i) $1,000 per share, or (ii) in the aggregate, 1,000 times the payment made on the shares of Common Stock. In the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash or other property, each whole Preferred Share will be entitled to receive 1,000 times the amount received per share of Common Stock. Each whole Preferred Share shall be entitled to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Combined Company, and Preferred Shares shall generally vote together as one class with the Common Stock and any other capital stock on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Combined Company.

The offer and sale of the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights will be registered with the Commission and such registration will not be effective until the Rights become exercisable.

81

The number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share or other securities or property issuable upon exercise of the Rights, and the Purchase Price payable, are subject to customary adjustments from time to time to prevent dilution.

The number of outstanding Rights and the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share issuable upon exercise of each Right are also subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split of the Common Stock or a stock dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or a subdivision, consolidation or combination of the Common Stock occurring, in any such case, prior to the Distribution Date.

At any time after the acquisition by a person or group of affiliated or associated persons of beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of the Combined Company and before the acquisition by a person or group of 50% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of the Combined Company, the Board of Directors may, at its option, issue Common Stock in mandatory redemption of, and in exchange for, all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (other than Rights owned by such person or group which would become null and void) at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock (or one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) for each two shares of Common Stock for which each Right is then exercisable, subject to adjustment.

At any time prior to the first public announcement that a person or group has become the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares, the Board of Directors of the Combined Company may redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a price of $0.01 per Right (the "Redemption Price"). The redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish. Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering redemption of the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Combined Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.

The terms of the Rights may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Combined Company without the consent of the holders of the Rights, including an amendment to extend the Final Expiration Date, and, provided a Distribution Date has not occurred, to extend the period during which the Rights may be redeemed, except that after the first public announcement that a person or group has become the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares, no such amendment may materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Rights.

The Rights have certain anti-takeover effects. The Rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire the Combined Company on terms not determined by the Board of Directors to be in the best interests of all stockholders. The Rights will not interfere with a merger or other business combination approved by the Board of Directors, prior to the time that a person or group has acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the Common Stock, since the rights may be redeemed by the Combined Company prior to that time.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS -- INDEMNIFICATION

Delaware law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of officers and directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breach of officers' and directors' fiduciary duty of care. The duty of care requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, officers and directors must exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Absent the limitations authorized by Delaware law, officers and directors are accountable to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for conduct constituting gross negligence in the exercise of their duty of care. Delaware law enables corporations to limit available relief to equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission. The Charter limits the liability of officers and directors of the Combined Company to the Combined Company or its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Specifically, officers and directors of the Combined Company will not be

82

personally liable for monetary damages for breach of an officer's or director's fiduciary duty in such capacity, except for liability (i) for any breach of the officer's or director's duty of loyalty to the Combined Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the officer and director derived an improper personal benefit.

The inclusion of this provision in the Charter may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, and may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against officers and directors for breach of their duty of care, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefitted the Combined Company and its stockholders. Both the Combined Company's Charter and Bylaws provide indemnification to the Combined Company's officers and directors and certain other persons with respect to certain matters to the maximum extent allowed by Delaware law as it exists now or may hereafter be amended. These provisions do not alter the liability of officers and directors under federal securities laws and do not affect the right to sue (nor to recover monetary damages) under federal securities laws for violations thereof.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar of the Common Stock, as well as the rights agent under the Rights Plan is ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon consummation of the Acquisitions and completion of the Offering, assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option, the Combined Company will have 13,957,220 shares of Common Stock outstanding (14,677,220 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of these outstanding shares of Common Stock, the 4,800,000 shares sold in the Offering (5,520,000 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be freely tradeable without restriction unless acquired by affiliates of the Combined Company. None of the remaining 9,157,220 outstanding shares of Common Stock have been registered under the Securities Act, which means that they may be resold publicly only upon registration under the Securities Act or in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including the exemption provided by Rule 144 thereunder.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if one year has elapsed since the later of the date of the acquisition of restricted shares of Common Stock from either the Combined Company or any affiliate of the Combined Company, the acquiror or subsequent holder thereof may sell, within any three month period commencing 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of the Common Stock (139,572 shares upon completion of the Offering), or the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the proposed sale is sent to the Commission. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about the Combined Company. If two years have elapsed since the later of the date of the acquisition of restricted shares of Common Stock from the Combined Company or any affiliate of the Combined Company, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Combined Company at any time for 90 days preceding a sale would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements.

Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreements entered into in connection with the Acquisitions, each of the stockholders of the Founding Companies, other than the Selling Stockholder to the extent of the shares to be sold by him in the Offering, has agreed with the Combined Company not to sell the shares of Common Stock that they receive in the Acquisitions for a period of two years after the date of consummation of the Acquisitions. In addition, pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement between the

83

Combined Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters, the Combined Company and its officers, directors and stockholders who beneficially own 9,157,220 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock and certain other securities of the Combined Company for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives. See "Underwriting".

Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. No prediction can be made regarding the effect, if any, that public sales of shares of Common Stock or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of the Common Stock after the Offering. Sales of substantial amounts of the Common Stock in the public market following the Offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock and could impair the ability of the Combined Company to raise capital through sales of its equity securities.

84

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the Combined Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to sell to each of the Underwriters named below, and each of such Underwriters, for whom Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. are acting as representatives, has severally agreed to purchase from the Combined Company and the Selling Stockholder, the respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name below:

                                                               NUMBER OF
                                                               SHARES OF
                        UNDERWRITER                           COMMON STOCK
                        -----------                           ------------
Goldman, Sachs & Co.........................................
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated..........
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc......................

          Total.............................................  4,800,000
                                                              =========

Under the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares offered hereby, if any are taken.

The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock in part directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and in part to certain securities dealers at such price less a concession of $ per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $ per share to certain brokers and dealers. After the shares of Common Stock are released for sale to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

The Combined Company has granted the Underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to an aggregate of 720,000 additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the Underwriters have severally agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage thereof that the number of shares to be purchased by each of them, as shown in the foregoing table, bears to the 4,800,000 shares of Common Stock offered.

The Combined Company, its officers and directors and the stockholders of the Combined Company, including the Selling Stockholder, have agreed that, during the period beginning from the date of this Prospectus and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, any securities of the Combined Company which are substantially similar to the shares of Common Stock or which are convertible or exchangeable for securities which are substantially similar to the shares of Common Stock (other than (i) pursuant to employee stock option plans existing, or on the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding, on the date of this Prospectus or (ii) in connection with and as consideration for acquisitions of automobile dealerships; provided that the proposed transferee agrees in writing for the benefit of the Underwriters to be bound by the foregoing provisions)

85

without the prior written consent of the representatives, except for the shares of Common Stock offered in connection with the Offering.

The representatives of the Underwriters have informed the Combined Company that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the Underwriters exercise discretionary authority to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of Common Stock offered by them.

Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the Combined Company, the Selling Stockholder and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the Common Stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Combined Company's historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Combined Company, an assessment of the Combined Company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

The Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GPI". In order to meet one of the requirement for listing the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.

In connection with the Offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell Common Stock in the open market. These transactions may include overallotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions created in connection with the Offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Stock; and syndicate short positions involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of shares of Common Stock than they are required to purchase from the Combined Company in the Offering. The Underwriters may also impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the Common Stock sold in the Offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such Common Stock is repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise, and these activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

The Combined Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby is being passed upon for the Combined Company and the Selling Stockholder by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas, and for the Underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell, New York, New York. John S. Watson, the Secretary of the Combined Company, is a partner of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

EXPERTS

The audited financial statements included in this Prospectus have been audited, the pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 has been examined and the pro forma financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 1997 have been reviewed by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.

86

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Combined Company has not previously been subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Combined Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act, with respect to the offer and sale of Common Stock pursuant to this Prospectus. This Prospectus, filed as a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission and reference is hereby made to such omitted information. Statements made in this Prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement are summaries of the terms of such contracts, agreements or documents and are not necessarily complete. Reference is made to each such exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved and such statements shall be deemed qualified in their entirety by such reference. The Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto filed with the Commission may be inspected, without charge, and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates, at the public reference facility maintained by the Commission at its principal office at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the Commission located at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. The Commission also maintains a Website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission. For further information pertaining to the Common Stock offered by this Prospectus and the Combined Company, reference is made to the Registration Statement.

The Combined Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports containing audited financial statements certified by independent auditors and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited financial statements.

87

INDEX TO FINANCIAL PAGES

Group 1 Automotive, Inc. -- Pro Forma Financial Information
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................   F-2
  Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations December 31,
     1996...................................................   F-3
  Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet -- June 30, 1997.........   F-4
  Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations -- June 30,
     1997...................................................   F-5
  Notes to Pro Forma Financial Statements...................   F-6
Group 1 Automotive, Inc. -- Financial Statements
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................  F-11
  Balance Sheets............................................  F-12
  Statements of Operations..................................  F-13
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)..............  F-14
  Statements of Cash Flows..................................  F-15
  Notes to Financial Statements.............................  F-16
Howard Group -- Combined Financial Statements
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................  F-21
  Combined Balance Sheets...................................  F-22
  Combined Statements of Operations.........................  F-23
  Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity...............  F-24
  Combined Statements of Cash Flows.........................  F-25
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements....................  F-26
McCall Group -- Combined Financial Statements
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................  F-36
  Combined Balance Sheets...................................  F-37
  Combined Statements of Operations.........................  F-38
  Combined Statements of Stockholders' Deficit..............  F-39
  Combined Statements of Cash Flows.........................  F-40
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements....................  F-41
Smith Group -- Combined Financial Statements
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................  F-54
  Combined Balance Sheets...................................  F-55
  Combined Statements of Operations.........................  F-56
  Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity...............  F-57
  Combined Statements of Cash Flows.........................  F-58
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements....................  F-59

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,

We have examined the pro forma adjustments reflecting the transactions described in Note 2 and the application of those adjustments to the historical amounts in the accompanying pro forma combined statement of operations of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1996. The historical combined statement of operations was derived from the historical financial statements of Group 1 Automotive, Inc., Howard Group, McCall Group and Smith Group, which were audited by us, appearing elsewhere herein, and Kingwood Group, which was audited by us and not separately presented herein. Such pro forma adjustments are based upon management's assumptions described in Notes 3, 4 and 5. Our examination was made in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and, accordingly, included such procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.

In addition, we have reviewed the related pro forma adjustments reflecting the transactions described in Note 2 and the application of those adjustments to the historical amounts in the accompanying pro forma combined balance sheet of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. as of June 30, 1997, and the pro forma combined statement of operations for the six months then ended. These historical combined financial statements were derived from the historical unaudited financial statements of Group 1 Automotive, Inc., Howard Group, McCall Group, and Smith Group which were reviewed by us, appearing elsewhere herein, and Kingwood Group, which was reviewed by us, and not appearing elsewhere herein. Such pro forma adjustments are based on management's assumptions as described in Notes 3, 4 and
5. Our review was conducted in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

The objective of this pro forma financial information is to show what the significant effects on the historical information might have been had the transaction occurred at an earlier date. However, the pro forma combined financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or related effects on financial position that would have been attained had the above-mentioned transaction actually occurred earlier.

In our opinion, management's assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the above-mentioned transaction described in Note 2, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma column reflects the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996.

A review is substantially less in scope than an examination, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion on management's assumptions, the pro forma adjustments and the application of those adjustments to historical financial information. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion on the pro forma adjustments or the application of such adjustments to the pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 1997, and the pro forma combined statement of operations for the six months then ended. Based on our review, however, nothing came to our attention that caused us to believe that management's assumptions do not provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the above mentioned transaction described in Note 2, that the related pro forma adjustments do not give appropriate effect to those assumptions, or that the pro forma and as adjusted columns do not reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 1997, and the pro forma combined statement of operations for the six months then ended.

Arthur Andersen LLP
Houston, Texas
May 9, 1997

F-2

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND FOUNDING GROUPS

PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

                                               GROUP 1       HOWARD         MCCALL         SMITH        KINGWOOD        TOTAL
                                               --------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
REVENUES:
New vehicle sales............................  $    --    $164,978,710   $166,381,686   $124,173,950   $13,783,723   $469,318,069
Used vehicle sales...........................       --      88,477,330     90,895,516     60,579,545    18,074,591    258,026,982
Parts & service sales........................       --      21,173,371     24,454,187     28,630,577     2,925,513     77,183,648
Other dealership revenues, net...............       --       7,386,747      6,810,908      4,895,329     1,165,553     20,258,537
                                               --------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
    Total revenues...........................       --     282,016,158    288,542,297    218,279,401    35,949,380    824,787,236
COST OF SALES................................       --     244,396,047    249,560,060    189,169,263    30,640,004    713,765,374
                                               --------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
    Gross Profit.............................       --      37,620,111     38,982,237     29,110,138     5,309,376    111,021,862
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION........................       --          36,982             --         67,015            --        103,997
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES...................................   95,008      30,731,251     35,072,460     23,643,889     3,997,111     93,539,719
                                               --------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
    Income (loss) from operations............  (95,008)      6,851,878      3,909,777      5,399,234     1,312,265     17,378,146
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE
Interest expense, net........................       --      (1,193,810)    (2,747,719)    (1,710,157)     (439,164)    (6,090,850)
Other Income (expense), net..................       --         (69,328)       (45,094)       222,470        66,957        175,005
                                               --------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
    INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES........  (95,008)      5,588,740      1,116,964      3,911,547       940,058     11,462,301
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES...................                  381,752        177,772        677,751        41,015      1,278,290
                                               --------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
    NET INCOME (LOSS)........................  $(95,008)  $  5,206,988   $    939,192   $  3,233,796   $   899,043   $ 10,184,011
                                               ========   ============   ============   ============   ===========   ============

                                                PRO FORMA                     % OF
                                               ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA     REVENUES
                                               -----------   ------------   --------
REVENUES:
New vehicle sales............................  $       --    $469,318,069      56.8%
Used vehicle sales...........................          --     258,026,982      31.3%
Parts & service sales........................          --      77,183,648       9.3%
Other dealership revenues, net...............    (858,864)     21,117,401       2.6%
                                               -----------   ------------    ------
    Total revenues...........................    (858,864)    825,646,100     100.0%
COST OF SALES................................    (992,988)    712,772,386      86.3%
                                               -----------   ------------    ------
    Gross Profit.............................  (1,851,852)    112,873,714      13.7%
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION........................     656,655         760,652       0.1%
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES...................................     (29,487)     93,510,232      11.3%
                                               -----------   ------------    ------
    Income (loss) from operations............  (1,224,684)     18,602,830       2.3%
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE
Interest expense, net........................  (2,514,839)     (3,576,011)     (0.5)%
Other Income (expense), net..................          --         175,005       0.0%
                                               -----------   ------------    ------
    INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES........  (3,739,523)     15,201,824       1.8%
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES...................   5,026,889       6,305,179       0.7%
                                               -----------   ------------    ------
    NET INCOME (LOSS)........................  $1,287,366    $  8,896,645       1.1%
                                               ===========   ============    ======
                                        Earnings Per Share   $        .62
                                                             ============
                       Weighted average shares outstanding     14,373,265
                                                             ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma combined financial statements

F-3

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND FOUNDING GROUPS

PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 30, 1997
(UNAUDITED)

                                      GROUP 1       HOWARD        MCCALL         SMITH       KINGWOOD        TOTAL
                                     ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents.........  $   10,344   $ 9,936,653   $10,427,402   $ 9,405,257   $ 1,936,862   $ 31,716,518
 Accounts receivable, net..........          --     6,200,606     2,689,166     4,876,051       613,847     14,379,670
 Due from affiliates...............          --            --     1,062,854            --            --      1,062,854
 Inventories.......................          --    45,202,216    15,025,873    33,099,771     5,806,901     99,134,761
 Notes receivable, net.............          --            --       340,523            --       482,683        823,206
 Prepaid expenses..................          --       889,780       151,675       641,495       171,133      1,854,083
 Deferred income tax benefit.......          --            --     1,735,044       182,081        35,967      1,953,092
                                     ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
       Total current assets........      10,344    62,229,255    31,432,537    48,204,655     9,047,393    150,924,184
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net........      52,480     3,820,115     3,924,236     9,935,715     4,299,315     22,031,861
NOTES RECEIVABLE...................          --       513,585            --            --       891,578      1,405,163
DEFERRED INCOME TAX BENEFIT........          --            --       104,882            --            --        104,882
GOODWILL, net......................          --     1,436,473            --     2,281,636       330,004      4,048,113
OTHER ASSETS.......................   2,783,868       731,069     1,887,640       550,452        48,369      6,001,398
                                     ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
       Total assets................  $2,846,692   $68,730,497   $37,349,295   $60,972,458   $14,616,659   $184,515,601
                                     ==========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ============
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Floor plan notes payable..........  $       --   $37,816,102   $20,216,458   $33,522,252   $ 5,945,717   $ 97,500,529
 Current maturities of long-term
   debt............................          --        21,659        78,736     1,034,180       171,288      1,305,863
 Due to affiliates.................   1,067,384            --     1,082,574            --            --      2,149,958
 Deferred income taxes.............          --       401,972            --            --            --        401,972
 Accounts payable and accrued
   expenses........................   3,466,325    18,864,797    15,732,890     9,272,030     1,340,850     48,676,892
                                     ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
       Total current liabilities...   4,533,709    57,104,530    37,110,658    43,828,462     7,457,855    150,035,214
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current
 maturities........................          --       153,661       576,330     4,493,037     2,996,756      8,219,784
LONG-TERM DEFERRED INCOME TAXES....          --        58,604            --       197,611         8,288        264,503
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES........          --       586,724       412,124            --       594,641      1,593,489
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES......          --            --            --            --            --             --
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
 Common stock......................       4,500       491,500        71,278         3,090         2,756        573,124
 Additional paid-in capital........       4,995     6,622,802     3,222,043     6,369,228       919,325     17,138,393
 Treasury stock, at cost...........           0      (808,798)           --      (395,297)           --     (1,204,095)
 Retained earnings (deficit).......  (1,696,512)    4,521,474    (4,043,138)    6,476,327     2,637,038      7,895,189
                                     ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
       Total stockholders' equity
         (deficit).................  (1,687,017)   10,826,978      (749,817)   12,453,348     3,559,119     24,402,611
                                     ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
       Total liabilities and
         stockholders' equity......  $2,846,692   $68,730,497   $37,349,295   $60,972,458   $14,616,659   $184,515,601
                                     ==========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ============

                                                                       POST
                                      PRO FORMA                       MERGER           AS
                                     ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA     ADJUSTMENTS      ADJUSTED
                                     -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents.........  $ (3,909,261)  $ 27,807,257   $  4,157,000   $ 31,964,257
 Accounts receivable, net..........            --     14,379,670             --     14,379,670
 Due from affiliates...............    (1,062,854)            --             --             --
 Inventories.......................     8,124,770    107,259,531             --    107,259,531
 Notes receivable, net.............            --        823,206             --        823,206
 Prepaid expenses..................            --      1,854,083             --      1,854,083
 Deferred income tax benefit.......    (1,953,092)            --             --             --
                                     ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
       Total current assets........     1,199,563    152,123,747      4,157,000    156,280,747
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net........    (2,000,000)    20,031,861             --     20,031,861
NOTES RECEIVABLE...................            --      1,405,163             --      1,405,163
DEFERRED INCOME TAX BENEFIT........      (104,882)            --             --             --
GOODWILL, net......................    24,170,458     28,218,571             --     28,218,571
OTHER ASSETS.......................    (1,067,383)     4,934,015     (4,168,868)       765,147
                                     ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
       Total assets................  $ 22,197,756   $206,713,357   $    (11,868)  $206,701,489
                                     ============   ============   ============   ============
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Floor plan notes payable..........  $         --   $ 97,500,529   $ 31,435,496   $ 66,065,033
 Current maturities of long-term
   debt............................            --      1,305,863             --      1,305,863
 Due to affiliates.................    (3,300,042)     5,450,000      5,450,000             --
 Deferred income taxes.............       377,975         23,997             --         23,997
 Accounts payable and accrued
   expenses........................       282,540     48,394,352      3,435,868     44,958,484
                                     ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
       Total current liabilities...    (2,639,527)   152,674,741     40,321,364    112,353,377
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current
 maturities........................            --      8,219,784             --      8,219,784
LONG-TERM DEFERRED INCOME TAXES....      (179,177)       443,680             --        443,680
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES........            --      1,593,489             --      1,593,489
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES......            --             --             --             --
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
 Common stock......................       477,833         95,291        (44,281)       139,572
 Additional paid-in capital........   (30,542,322)    47,680,715    (40,265,215)    87,945,930
 Treasury stock, at cost...........    (1,204,095)            --
 Retained earnings (deficit).......    11,889,532     (3,994,343)            --     (3,994,343)
                                     ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
       Total stockholders' equity
         (deficit).................   (19,379,052)    43,781,663    (40,309,496)    84,091,159
                                     ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
       Total liabilities and
         stockholders' equity......  $(22,197,756)  $206,713,357   $     11,868   $206,701,489
                                     ============   ============   ============   ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma combined financial statements

F-4

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND FOUNDING GROUPS

PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
(UNAUDITED)

                                        GROUP 1        HOWARD         MCCALL         SMITH        KINGWOOD        TOTAL
                                      -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
REVENUES:
New vehicle sales...................  $        --   $ 84,922,460   $ 81,608,967   $ 75,203,290   $10,094,813   $251,829,530
Used vehicle sales..................           --     54,353,896     49,796,182     35,153,070     9,264,009    148,567,157
Parts & service sales...............           --     10,762,746     12,304,906     14,081,839     1,250,878     38,400,369
Other dealership revenues, net......           --      4,006,206      3,242,694      3,020,378       634,250     10,903,528
                                      -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
    Total revenues..................           --    154,045,308    146,952,749    127,458,577    21,243,950    449,700,584
COST OF SALES.......................           --    134,130,539    127,275,652    109,913,986    18,275,231    389,595,408
                                      -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
    Gross Profit....................           --     19,914,769     19,677,097     17,544,591     2,968,719     60,105,176
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION...............           --         20,360             --         28,008         4,176         52,544
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES..........................    1,572,250     16,432,893     17,545,957     13,817,849     2,415,797     51,784,746
                                      -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
    Income (loss) from operations...   (1,572,250)     3,461,516      2,131,140      3,698,734       548,746      8,267,886
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE
Interest expense, net...............      (25,155)      (807,954)      (503,525)      (940,371)      (93,016)    (2,370,021)
Other income (expense), net.........          396         34,079        (34,029)       (19,035)           --        (18,589)
                                      -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
    INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME
      TAXES.........................   (1,597,009)     2,687,641      1,593,586      2,739,328       455,730      5,879,276
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME
  TAXES.............................           --        165,617        637,435        531,563        20,508      1,355,123
                                      -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
    NET INCOME (LOSS)...............  $(1,597,009)  $  2,522,024   $    956,151   $  2,207,765   $   435,222   $  4,524,153
                                      ===========   ============   ============   ============   ===========   ============



                                       PRO FORMA                     % OF
                                      ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA     REVENUES
                                      -----------   ------------   --------
REVENUES:
New vehicle sales...................  $       --    $251,829,530     55.9%
Used vehicle sales..................          --     148,567,157     33.0%
Parts & service sales...............          --      38,400,369      8.5%
Other dealership revenues, net......    (642,019)     11,545,547      2.6%
                                      -----------   ------------    -----
    Total revenues..................    (642,019)    450,342,603    100.0%
COST OF SALES.......................    (502,636)    389,092,772     86.4%
                                      -----------   ------------    -----
    Gross Profit....................  (1,144,655)     61,249,831     13.6%
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION...............     300,188         352,732      0.1%
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES..........................    (919,737)     50,865,009     11.3%
                                      -----------   ------------    -----
    Income (loss) from operations...  (1,764,204)     10,032,090      2.2%
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE
Interest expense, net...............  (1,257,420)     (1,112,601)     0.2%
Other income (expense), net.........          --         (18,589)     0.0
                                      -----------   ------------    -----
    INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME
      TAXES.........................  (3,021,624)      8,900,900      2.0%
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME
  TAXES.............................   2,300,062       3,655,185      0.8%
                                      -----------   ------------    -----
    NET INCOME (LOSS)...............  $ (721,562)   $  5,245,715      1.2%
                                      ===========   ============    =====
                               Earnings Per Share   $       0.36
                                                    ============
              Weighted average shares outstanding     14,373,265
                                                    ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma combined financial statements

F-5

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND FOUNDING GROUPS

NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

Group 1 Automotive, Inc. has conducted no operations to date and will acquire the Founding Groups immediately prior to the closing of the Offering.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The pro forma combined financial statements give effect to the acquisitions by Group 1 Automotive, Inc. (Group 1), of substantially all of the net assets of
(a) Howard Group (Howard), (b) McCall Group (McCall), (c) Smith Group (Smith) and (d) Kingwood Group (Kingwood), (together, the Founding Groups) and the initial public offering of 4,428,136 shares of the common stock of Group 1. Group 1 and the Founding Groups are hereinafter referred to as the Company. These acquisitions (the Acquisitions) will occur immediately prior to the closing of Group 1's public offering (the Offering) and will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Howard, one of the Founding Groups, has been identified as the acquiror for financial statement presentation purposes in accordance with SAB No. 97 as it will hold the single largest voting interest subsequent to the Acquisitions. The pro forma combined financial statements also give effect to the issuance of Common Stock, which will be issued by Group 1 to the sellers of the Founding Groups immediately prior to the Offering. These statements are based on the historical financial statements of the Founding Groups included elsewhere in this Prospectus (except Kingwood, which has been excluded as it is not a significant subsidiary under SAB No. 80) and the estimates and assumptions set forth below.

The pro forma combined balance sheet gives effect to these transactions (the Acquisitions and the Offering) as if they had occurred on June 30, 1997. The pro forma combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 give effect to these transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of the periods (January 1, 1996 and January 1, 1997, respectively). Included in the pro forma combined balance sheet and statement of operations are amounts related to Honda and Acura dealerships (See "Risk Factors -- No Agreement with American Honda Motor Co., Inc."). These dealerships represent, as of June 30, 1997, current assets of approximately $19.4 million, total assets of approximately $20.9 million, current liabilities of approximately $17.9 million and total liabilities of approximately $18.3 million. Additionally, these dealerships contributed revenues of approximately $63.0 million and income before income taxes of approximately $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997.

3. CONSIDERATION PAID TO FOUNDING GROUPS

The following table sets forth for each Founding Group the consideration to be paid its common stockholders in shares of Common Stock.

                                          SHARES       FAIR VALUE(1)
                                         ---------     -------------
Howard Group...........................  3,574,472(2)  $ 25,557,475
McCall Group...........................  2,318,826       16,579,606
Smith Group............................  2,725,933       20,922,097
Kingwood Group.........................    459,853        3,287,949
                                         ---------     ------------
          Total........................  9,079,084     $ 66,347,127
                                         =========     ============


(1) Excludes $2.3 million and $3.1 million in cash consideration to be paid to Howard and Kingwood Groups, respectively.

(2) Includes 592,303 shares of Common Stock issued to an owner of the Howard Group which will be held in escrow and distributed pro rata to the stockholders of the Founding Groups if the Combined Company's acquisition of the Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma is not consummated with General Motors' approval within two years of the Offering.

F-6

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND FOUNDING GROUPS

NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The holders of approximately 8,707,220 shares of Common Stock issued in payment of the Acquisitions have agreed not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any of those shares for a period of two years after the Offering and do not have registration rights. The fair value of these shares reflects this restriction. The remaining 371,864 shares of Common Stock issued in payment of the Acquisitions will be sold by a shareholder at the date of the offering, and accordingly, the value of those shares has not been adjusted from the Offering price.

Based upon management's preliminary analysis, it is anticipated that the historical carrying value of the Founding Groups' assets and liabilities will approximate fair value. The amount of goodwill subsequent to the Acquisitions is $28.2 million, with $26.8 million attributable to the acquisitions, and $1.4 million attributable to the existing goodwill of the Howard Group, the accounting acquiror. The Company will use an estimated life of 40 years for the amortization of goodwill. Management of Group 1 has not identified any other material tangible or identifiable intangible assets of the Founding Groups to which a portion of the purchase price could reasonably be allocated.

4. PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS ADJUSTMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED):

The following tables set forth the components of the pro forma statement of operations adjustments:

                                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1996
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 (A)         (B)          (C)          (D)           (E)          (F)          TOTAL
                             -----------   --------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Other dealership revenues,
  net......................  $  (858,864)  $          $             $            $             $            $  (858,864)
Cost of sales..............     (992,988)                                                                      (992,988)
Goodwill amortization......                 656,655                                                             656,655
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses.................                            (3,179,487)   3,150,000                                  (29,487)
Interest expense, net......                                                       (2,514,839)                (2,514,839)
Provision for income
  taxes....................                                                                     5,026,889     5,026,889
                             -----------   --------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
                             $(1,851,852)  $656,655   $(3,179,487)  $3,150,000   $(2,514,839)  $5,026,889   $ 1,287,366
                             ===========   ========   ===========   ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========

                                                                   JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 (A)         (B)          (C)          (D)           (E)          (F)          TOTAL
                             -----------   --------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Other dealership revenues,
  net......................  $  (642,019)  $          $             $            $             $            $  (642,019)
Cost of sales..............     (502,636)                                                                      (502,636)
Goodwill amortization......                 300,188                                                             300,188
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses.................                              (919,737)                                             (919,737)
Interest expense, net......                                                       (1,257,420)                (1,257,420)
Provision for income
  taxes....................                                                                     2,300,062     2,300,062
                             -----------   --------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
                             $(1,144,655)  $300,188   $  (919,737)  $       --   $(1,257,420)  $2,300,062   $  (721,562)
                             ===========   ========   ===========   ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========

(a) Records increases in revenues and decreases in cost of sales related to certain third party products sold by the dealerships. The owners of one of the Founding Groups currently have agreements in place which decrease the fees and commissions paid to the dealerships for sales of certain finance and insurance products and increase the cost of certain aftermarket products. The amounts withheld are paid directly to the owners of the Founding Groups. Upon completion of the Offering, such agreements will be terminated and the dealerships will recognize an immediate increase in revenues and decreases in cost of sales related to the products sold. The adjustments were determined based on the actual cash payments to the owners during the period.

F-7

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND FOUNDING GROUPS

NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(b) Records the pro forma goodwill amortization expense over an estimated useful life of 40 years.

(c) Adjusts compensation expense and management fees to the level that certain management employees and owners of the Founding Groups will contractually receive subsequent to the closing of the Acquisitions.

(d) Records incremental corporate overhead costs related to personnel costs, rents, professional service fees and directors and officers liability insurance premiums that are supported by employment agreements, lease agreements, professional service firm fee quotes and a premium notification.

(e) Records the pro forma decrease in interest expense resulting from the repayment of floorplan obligations with proceeds from the offering in the amount of $31.4 million with a weighted average interest rate of 8.0%.

(f) Records the incremental provision for federal and state income taxes relating to the compensation differential, S corporation income and other pro forma adjustments.

F-8

GROUP AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND FOUNDING GROUPS

NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

5. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS:

The following tables set forth the components of the pro forma and post merger adjustments as of June 30, 1997:

Pro Forma Adjustments

                                       (A)           (B)           (C)            (D)            (E)           (F)
                                   -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------   -----------   -----------
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents........  $(6,157,000)  $             $              $              $             $   (19,720)
Due from affiliates..............                                                                           (1,062,854)
Inventories......................                                 3,704,416      4,420,354
Deferred income tax benefit......                    753,150
Property and equipment, net......
Deferred income tax benefit......                                                                205,625
Goodwill, net....................                                 6,635,493     14,611,760     2,923,205
Other assets.....................
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS
 EQUITY:
Due to affiliates................                 (2,300,000)                                 (3,149,999)    1,082,574
Deferred income taxes............                                (1,014,160)    (1,702,691)
Accounts Payable and accrued
 expenses........................      800,000                                                  (250,001)
Long-term deferred income
 taxes...........................                   (101,100)
Common stock.....................                    455,755        (24,169)        48,090        (1,843)
Additional paid-in capital.......                   (318,312)   (14,525,610)   (13,334,375)   (2,364,025)
Treasury stock, at cost..........                   (808,798)      (395,297)
Retained earnings (deficit)......    5,357,000     2,319,305      5,619,327     (4,043,138)    2,637,038
                                   -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------   -----------   -----------
                                   $        --   $        --   $         --   $         --   $        --   $        --
                                   ===========   ===========   ============   ============   ===========   ===========

                                                                PRO FORMA
                                       (G)           (H)       ADJUSTMENTS
                                   -----------   -----------   ------------
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents........  $ 2,000,000   $   267,459   $ (3,909,261)
Due from affiliates..............                                (1,062,854)
Inventories......................                                 8,124,770
Deferred income tax benefit......                 (2,706,242)    (1,953,092)
Property and equipment, net......   (2,000,000)                  (2,000,000)
Deferred income tax benefit......                   (310,507)      (104,882)
Goodwill, net....................                                24,170,458
Other assets.....................                 (1,067,383)    (1,067,383)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS
 EQUITY:
Due to affiliates................                  1,067,383     (3,300,042)
Deferred income taxes............                  3,094,826        377,975
Accounts Payable and accrued
 expenses........................                   (267,459)       282,540
Long-term deferred income
 taxes...........................                    (78,077)      (179,177)
Common stock.....................                                   477,833
Additional paid-in capital.......                               (30,542,322)
Treasury stock, at cost..........                                 1,204,095
Retained earnings (deficit)......                                11,889,532
                                   -----------   -----------   ------------
                                   $        --   $        --   $         --
                                   ===========   ===========   ============

F-9

GROUP AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND FOUNDING GROUPS

NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(a) Records distribution of three Founding Groups' S-Corporation Accumulated Adjustment Accounts.

(b) Records the acquisition of the Howard Group (the accounting acquiror) in exchange for the common stock of Group 1 and the accrued cash portion of the purchase price to be paid from the offering proceeds, the conversion of the S-Corporations of the Howard Group to C-Corporations upon completion of the Acquisitions and the recognition of certain deferred tax assets of Group 1 which were previously reserved due to uncertainty of realization.

(c)(d)(e) Records the acquisition of the Founding Groups in exchange for the common stock of Group 1 and the accrued cash portion of the purchase price to be paid from the offering proceeds. The following table sets forth the goodwill recorded after the adjustment of the basis of certain assets and liabilities upon allocation of the purchase price (including amounts attributable to deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the adjustment of inventory to fair value).

                                                                                   KINGWOOD
                                                   SMITH GROUP    MCCALL GROUP      GROUP
                                                   -----------    ------------    ----------
Estimated total consideration:
Cash.............................................  $        --     $        --    $3,100,000
Note Payable.....................................           --              --       300,000
Common Stock.....................................   20,922,097      16,579,606     3,287,949
                                                   -----------     -----------    ----------
          Total..................................   20,922,097      16,579,606     6,687,949
Less: Fair value of tangible net tangible assets
  acquired.......................................   14,286,604       1,967,846     3,764,744
                                                   -----------     -----------    ----------
Excess of purchase price over net tangible assets
  acquired.......................................  $ 6,635,493     $14,611,760    $2,923,205
                                                   ===========     ===========    ==========

(f) Records the settlement of certain related party payables and receivables by owners of the Founding Groups.

(g) Records the sale of certain nonoperating assets to one of the owners of a Founding Group at a price that approximates market.

(h) Records the reclassification of deferred tax assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the elimination of intercompany advances from the Founding Groups to Group 1 upon acquisition.

Post Merger Adjustments

                                       (I)            (J)           (K)           TOTAL
                                   ------------   -----------   ------------   ------------
Cash and cash equivalents........  $ 41,042,496   $(5,450,000)  $(31,435,496)  $  4,157,000
Other assets.....................    (4,168,868)                                 (4,168,868)
Floor plan notes payable.........                                 31,435,496     31,435,496
Due to affiliates................                   5,450,000                     5,450,000
Accounts payable and accrued
  expenses.......................     3,435,868                                   3,435,868
Common stock.....................       (44,281)                                    (44,281)
Additional paid-in capital.......   (40,265,215)                                (40,265,215)
                                   ------------   -----------   ------------   ------------
                                   $         --   $        --   $         --   $         --
                                   ============   ===========   ============   ============

(i) Records the proceeds from the issuance of 4,428,136 shares of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. common stock net of estimated offering costs (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $11 per share). Offering costs consist primarily of underwriting discounts and commissions, accounting fees, legal fees and printing expenses.

(j) Records the settlement of the accrued cash portion of the purchase price.

(k) Records the repayment of floorplan obligations with proceeds from the offering.

F-10

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Group 1 Automotive, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) (the Company) as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the period from Inception (December 21, 1995) to December 31, 1995, and for the year ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the period from Inception to December 31, 1995 and for the year ended December 31, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas
May 9, 1997

F-11

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                     ----------------------------     JUNE 30,
                                                         1995            1996           1997
                                                     ------------    ------------    ----------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................   $    500        $  7,769      $   10,344
                                                       --------        --------      ----------
          Total current assets......................        500           7,769          10,344
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.........................         --           1,716          52,480
OTHER ASSETS........................................         --         774,198       2,783,868
                                                       --------        --------      ----------
          Total assets..............................   $    500        $783,683      $2,846,692
                                                       ========        ========      ==========

                        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Advances from Founding Groups.....................   $     --        $150,987      $1,067,384
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.............         --         722,704       3,466,325
                                                       --------        --------      ----------
          Total current liabilities.................         --         873,691       4,533,709
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 2,000,000 shares
     authorized in 1995 and 1996, 50,000,000 shares
     authorized in 1997, 1,000, 450,000 and 450,000
     shares issued and outstanding, respectively....         10           4,500           4,500
  Additional paid-in capital........................        490           4,995           4,995
  Retained deficit..................................         --         (99,503)     (1,696,512)
                                                       --------        --------      ----------
          Total stockholders' equity (deficit)......        500         (90,008)     (1,687,017)
                                                       --------        --------      ----------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
            (deficit)...............................   $    500        $783,683      $2,846,692
                                                       ========        ========      ==========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-12

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                       INCEPTION
                                     (DECEMBER 21,
                                     1995) THROUGH     YEAR ENDED      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                     DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,    ---------------------------
                                         1995             1996            1996           1997
                                     -------------    ------------    ------------    -----------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
REVENUES:
  Sales.............................    $     --        $     --        $     --      $        --
  Other dealership revenues, net....          --              --              --               --
                                        --------        --------        --------      -----------
          Total revenues............          --              --              --               --
COST OF SALES.......................          --              --              --               --
                                        --------        --------        --------      -----------
          Gross Profit..............          --              --              --               --
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES..........................          --          95,008              --        1,572,250
                                        --------        --------        --------      -----------
          Operating loss............          --         (95,008)             --       (1,572,250)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
          Interest Expense, Net.....          --              --              --          (24,759)
                                        --------        --------        --------      -----------
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES............          --         (95,008)             --       (1,597,009)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES..........          --              --              --               --
                                        --------        --------        --------      -----------
NET LOSS............................    $     --        $(95,008)       $     --      $(1,597,009)
                                        ========        ========        ========      ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-13

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                                                                                           TOTAL
                                           COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                 STOCKHOLDERS'
                                         ----------------    PAID-IN                      EQUITY
                                         SHARES    AMOUNT    CAPITAL       DEFICIT       (DEFICIT)
                                         -------   ------   ----------   -----------   -------------
BALANCE, Inception (December 21,
  1995)................................       --   $   --     $   --     $        --    $        --
     Stock issuance for cash...........    1,000       10        490              --            500
                                         -------   ------     ------     -----------    -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995.............    1,000       10        490              --            500
     Purchase and cancellation of
       treasury stock for cash.........   (1,000)     (10)      (490)             --           (500)
     Stock issuance for cash...........      500        5      4,995              --          5,000
     Stock split (900-1), (Note 3).....  449,500    4,495         --          (4,495)            --
     Net loss..........................       --       --         --         (95,008)       (95,008)
                                         -------   ------     ------     -----------    -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996.............  450,000    4,500      4,995         (99,503)       (90,008)
     Net loss (unaudited)..............       --       --         --      (1,597,009)    (1,597,009)
                                         -------   ------     ------     -----------    -----------
BALANCE, June 30, 1997 (unaudited).....  450,000   $4,500     $4,995     $(1,696,512)   $(1,687,017)
                                         =======   ======     ======     ===========    ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-14

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                              INCEPTION
                                            (DECEMBER 21,
                                                1995)
                                               THROUGH       YEAR ENDED    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                            DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,   -------------------------
                                                1995            1996         1996          1997
                                            -------------   ------------   ---------   -------------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss................................      $ --         $ (95,008)      $    --     $(1,597,009)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
     cash used in operating activities --
     Depreciation and Amortization........        --                --            --           4,554
     Changes in operating assets and
       liabilities --
     Increase in --
       Other noncurrent assets............        --          (774,198)       (2,617)     (2,009,670)
       Accounts payable and accrued
          expenses........................        --           722,704         2,617       2,743,621
                                                ----         ---------       -------     -----------
     Net cash used in operating
       activities.........................        --          (146,502)           --        (858,504)
                                                ----         ---------       -------     -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Additions of property and equipment.....        --            (1,716)           --         (55,318)
                                                ----         ---------       -------     -----------
     Net cash used in investing
       activities.........................        --            (1,716)           --         (55,318)
                                                ----         ---------       -------     -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Advances from Founding Groups...........        --           150,987            --         916,397
  Purchase of common stock................        --              (500)           --              --
  Proceeds from issuance of common
     stock................................       500             5,000            --              --
                                                ----         ---------       -------     -----------
     Net cash provided by financing
       activities.........................       500           155,487            --         916,397
                                                ----         ---------       -------     -----------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS.............................       500             7,269            --           2,575
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
  period..................................        --               500           500           7,769
                                                ----         ---------       -------     -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of
  period..................................      $500         $   7,769       $   500     $    10,344
                                                ====         =========       =======     ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-15

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All discussions and disclosures with a reference date subsequent to May 9, 1997 are unaudited.)
1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc. (Group 1 or the Company), was founded on December 21, 1995 to become a leading operator and consolidator in the automotive retailing industry. Group 1 intends to acquire 30 automobile dealerships and related businesses which are currently owned by four dealership groups located in Texas and Oklahoma (the Founding Groups) (the Acquisitions), complete an initial public offering (the Offering) of its common stock and, subsequent to the Offering, continue to acquire, through merger or purchase, similar companies to expand its national and regional operations.

Group 1's primary assets at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 are cash and deferred offering costs. Group 1 has not conducted any operations, and all activities to date have related to the Acquisitions. There is no assurance that the Acquisitions discussed below will be completed and that Group 1 will be able to generate future operating revenues. Funding for the deferred offering costs has been provided by the Founding Groups. Group 1 is dependent upon the Offering to fund the amounts due to the Founding Groups and future operations. In the event that the Offering is not completed, Group 1 will pursue alternative sources of funding in order to meet its current obligations.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Major Suppliers and Franchise Agreements

The Founding Groups purchase substantially all of their new vehicles from various manufacturers at the prevailing prices charged by the manufacturers to all franchised dealers. Group 1's sales volume subsequent to the Acquisitions could be adversely impacted by the manufacturers' inability to supply the dealerships with an adequate supply of popular models or as a result of an unfavorable allocation of vehicles by the manufacturers.

The dealer franchise agreements contain provisions which may limit changes in dealership management and ownership, place certain restrictions on the dealerships (such as minimum net worth requirements) and which also provide for termination of the franchise agreement by the manufacturers in certain instances. Subsequent to the Acquisitions, Group 1's ability to acquire additional franchises from a particular manufacturer may be limited due to certain restrictions imposed by manufacturers, the Company's ability to enter into significant acquisitions may be restricted and the acquisition of the Company's stock by third parties may be limited by the terms of the franchise agreement. See "Risk Factors -- Manufacturers Control Over Dealerships" and "Business -- Franchise Agreements" for further discussion.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Other Assets

The Company has capitalized all costs incurred in connection with the Offering as a component of other assets in the accompanying financial statements. Upon completion of the Offering, all such costs will be offset against additional paid-in capital. Deferred offering costs capitalized in other assets totaled approximately $767,000 and $2,777,000 as of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, respectively.

F-16

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Income Taxes

The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the underlying assets are received or liabilities are settled.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

During June 1996 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 125 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities." During February 1997 the FASB issued SFAS No. 128 and 129 "Earnings per Share" and "Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure," respectively, and in June 1997 issued SFAS No. 130 and 131 "Reporting Comprehensive Income" and "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," respectively. The major provisions of these statements and their impact on the Company are discussed below.

SFAS No. 125 established criteria for recognition of a sale in conjunction with the transfer of financial assets, under which sales may only be recognized when the transferor has surrendered control of the assets. This statement is not currently anticipated to have any impact on the Company as the Company does not currently enter into transactions which fall under the scope of this statement.

SFAS No. 128 requires the presentation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share in financial statements of public enterprises rather than primary and fully diluted earnings per share as previously required. Under the provisions of this statement, basic earnings per share will be computed based on weighted average shares outstanding and will exclude dilutive securities such as options, warrants, etc. Diluted earnings per share will be computed including the impacts of all potentially dilutive securities. The Company will adopt this statement in December 1997, but does not anticipate that the statement will have an impact on the Company as the Company does not have a significant number of potentially dilutive securities outstanding.

SFAS No. 129 will require additional disclosure of information about an entity's capital structure, including information about dividend and liquidation preferences, voting rights, contracts to issue additional shares, conversion and exercise prices, etc. The Company will adopt this statement in December 1997.

SFAS No. 130 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in an entity's financial statements. Comprehensive income represents all changes in equity of an entity during the reporting period, including net income and charges directly to equity which are excluded from net income. This statement is not anticipated to have any impact on the Company as the Company currently does not enter into any transactions which result in charges (or credits) directly to equity (such as additional minimum pension liability changes, currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, etc.).

F-17

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

SFAS No. 131 will be adopted by the Company during 1998, SFAS No. 131 provides revised disclosure guidelines for segments of an enterprise based on a management approach to defining operating segments. The Company currently operates in only one industry segment and analyzes operations on a Company-wide basis, therefore the statement is not expected to impact the Company.

Interim Financial Information

As is normal and customary, the interim financial statements as of June 30, 1997, and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, are unaudited, and certain information normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles has not been included herein. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to fairly present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have been properly included. Due to seasonality and other factors, the results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that will be realized for the entire fiscal year.

Statements of Cash Flows

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.

3. CAPITAL STOCK AND STOCK OPTIONS

Group 1 effected a 900-for-one-stock split on December 13, 1996. The effect of the common stock split has been accounted for as a stock dividend in the accompanying financial statements. On February 5, 1997 the Board of Directors increased the authorized number of shares of common stock from 2,000,000 to 50,000,000, and authorized the issuance of up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

The Company has approved the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan), which provides for the granting or awarding of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock to nonemployee directors, officers and other key employees (including officers of the Founding Groups) and independent contractors. The number of shares authorized and reserved for issuance under the Plan is 2,000,000 shares. In general, the terms of the option awards (including vesting schedules) will be established by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors. As of December 31, 1996, the Company has granted options to employees covering an aggregate of 205,000 shares of common stock. During March 1997, the Company granted additional options to employees to purchase an aggregate of 360,000 shares of common stock under the Plan. All outstanding options are exercisable over a period not to exceed 10 years and vest over a six year period. The exercise price of the options under the Plan is at least 100 percent of the estimated fair market value of the stock at the time the option is granted.

In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," which, if fully adopted, requires the Company to record stock-based compensation at fair value. The Company has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 and has elected to record employee compensation expense in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25. Accordingly, compensation expense is recorded for stock options based on the excess of the fair market value of the common stock on the date the options were granted over the aggregate exercise price of the options. As the exercise price of options granted under the Plan has been equal to or greater than the market price of the Company's stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense related to the Plan has been recorded.

F-18

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Had compensation expense for the Plan been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123, the impact on the Company's net loss would have been as follows for the year ended December 31, 1996:

Net loss as reported........................................  $ 95,008
Pro forma net loss..........................................  $102,640

At December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, no options were exercisable and 1,795,000 and 1,435,000 options, respectively, were available for future grant under the Plan. The exercise prices of options outstanding under the Plan at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, were $2.90. The weighted average contractual life of options outstanding at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, was 10 years. The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six month period ended June 30, 1997, was $2.90. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the minimum value method with the following weighted average assumptions: a weighted average risk-free interest rate of 5.0 percent; no expected dividend yields; and expected lives of four years.

4. INCOME TAXES

The following tables set forth the components of the Company's deferred tax assets as of December 31, 1996 along with a reconciliation of income tax for the year ended December 31, 1996. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets as in management's opinion it is more likely than not that such amounts may not be realized in future periods.

                                                                1996
                                                              --------
Benefit at the statutory rate...............................  $(32,303)
Increase (decrease) resulting from State income tax, net of
  benefit for federal.......................................    (2,822)
  Valuation allowance.......................................    35,125
                                                              --------
                                                              $     --
                                                              ========
Net operating loss carryforward.............................    35,125
Valuation allowance.........................................   (35,125)
                                                              --------
  Net deferred tax assets...................................  $     --
                                                              ========

5. PROPOSED ACQUISITIONS BY GROUP 1

Group 1 has signed definitive agreements to acquire four dealership groups (the Founding Groups) consisting of 30 automobile dealerships and related businesses. The Founding Groups are as follows:

Howard Group -- Consisting of Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc., Bob Howard Chevrolet, Inc., Bob Howard Automotive-H, Inc. (Honda/Acura), Bob Howard Motors, Inc. (Toyota) and Bob Howard Dodge, Inc.

McCall Group -- Consisting of SMC Luxury Cars, Inc. (d.b.a. Sterling McCall Lexus) and Southwest Toyota, Inc. (d.b.a. Sterling McCall Toyota).

Smith Group -- Consisting of Mike Smith Autoplaza, Inc., Smith, Liu and Kutz, Inc. (Town North), Courtesy Nissan, Inc., Smith Liu & Corbin, Inc. (d.b.a. Acura Southwest) and Round Rock Nissan, Inc.

Kingwood Group -- Consisting of Foyt Motors, Inc.

F-19

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The aggregate consideration that will be paid by Group 1 to acquire the Founding Groups is approximately $5.4 million in cash and 9,079,084 shares of Group 1 common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $11 per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range).

The following table sets forth the consideration to be paid to each of the Founding Groups.

                                                           SHARES            CASH
                                                          ---------       ----------
Howard Group............................................  3,574,472(1)    $2,300,000
McCall Group............................................  2,318,826               --
Smith Group.............................................  2,725,933               --
Kingwood Group..........................................    459,853        3,100,000
                                                          ---------       ----------
          Total.........................................  9,079,084       $5,400,000
                                                          =========       ==========


(1) Includes 592,303 shares of Common Stock issued to an owner of the Howard Group which will be held in escrow and distributed pro rata to the stockholders of the Founding Groups if the Combined Company's acquisition of the Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma is not consummated with General Motors' approval within two years of the Offering.

In conjunction with the Acquisitions and the Offering, the Founding Groups have advanced funds to the Company for operations and offering costs. As of December 31, 1996, these advances totaled $150,987 and accrued interest at a rate of 7% per annum. As of October 14, 1997, these advances totaled $1,682,386.

F-20

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Howard Group:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the companies identified in Note 1 (the Companies) as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related combined statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companies' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Companies as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas
May 9, 1997

F-21

HOWARD GROUP

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                      DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    JUNE 30,      JUNE 30,
                                          1995           1996          1997          1997
                                      ------------   ------------   -----------   -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........  $10,519,771    $11,679,050    $ 9,936,653   $ 5,436,653
  Accounts receivable, net..........    6,301,692      5,898,736      6,200,606     6,200,606
  Inventories.......................   39,572,596     47,674,462     45,202,216    45,202,216
  Prepaid expenses..................      359,668        858,886        889,780       889,780
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------
          Total current assets......   56,753,727     66,111,134     62,229,255    57,729,255
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.........    2,810,966      4,128,880      3,820,115     3,820,115
NOTES RECEIVABLE....................      374,826        417,675        513,585       513,585
GOODWILL, NET.......................      989,845      1,456,833      1,436,473     1,436,473
OTHER ASSETS........................      711,753        759,714        731,069       731,069
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------
          Total assets..............  $61,641,117    $72,874,236    $68,730,497   $64,230,497
                                      ===========    ===========    ===========   ===========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Floor plan notes payable..........  $37,035,648    $42,543,902    $37,816,102   $37,816,102
  Current maturities of long-term
     debt...........................       99,743         33,685         21,659        21,659
  Deferred income taxes.............      690,998        357,172        401,972       401,972
  Accounts payable and accrued
     expenses.......................   14,219,262     16,740,525     18,864,797    18,864,797
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------
          Total current
            liabilities.............   52,045,651     59,675,284     57,104,530    57,104,530
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current
  maturities........................      184,199        309,779        153,661       153,661
LONG-TERM DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.....       40,409         58,604         58,604        58,604
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES.........      750,571        620,896        586,724       586,724
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock......................      490,500        491,500        491,500       491,500
  Additional paid-in capital........    5,123,802      6,622,802      6,622,802     6,622,802
  Retained earnings.................    3,814,783      5,904,169      4,521,474        21,474
  Treasury stock, at cost...........     (808,798)      (808,798)      (808,798)     (808,798)
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------
          Total stockholders'
            equity..................    8,620,287     12,209,673     10,826,978     6,326,978
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------
          Total liabilities and
            stockholders' equity....  $61,641,117    $72,874,236    $68,730,497   $64,230,497
                                      ===========    ===========    ===========   ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-22

HOWARD GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                                                               FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      JUNE 30,
                                 ------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                     1994           1995           1996           1996           1997
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
REVENUES:
  New vehicle sales............  $136,831,043   $151,226,737   $164,978,710   $ 82,522,708   $ 84,922,460
  Used vehicle sales...........    69,861,948     79,447,701     88,477,330     44,036,067     54,353,896
  Parts and service sales......    14,402,326     16,940,622     21,173,371     10,141,875     10,762,746
  Other dealership revenues,
     net.......................     6,163,506      6,388,131      7,386,747      3,949,257      4,006,206
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Total revenues.......   227,258,823    254,003,191    282,016,158    140,649,907    154,045,308
COST OF SALES:
  New vehicle cost of sales....   128,795,822    141,952,762    154,682,896     77,336,926     80,403,283
  Used vehicle cost of sales...    63,263,368     71,553,967     78,911,645     39,096,474     49,186,187
  Parts and service cost of
     sales.....................     6,932,727      8,266,771     10,801,506      5,220,454      4,541,069
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Total cost of
            sales..............   198,991,917    221,773,500    244,396,047    121,653,854    134,130,539
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Gross profit.........    28,266,906     32,229,691     37,620,111     18,996,053     19,914,769
SELLING, GENERAL AND
  ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES......    24,253,223     26,165,535     30,768,233     15,032,054     16,453,253
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Income from
            operations.........     4,013,683      6,064,156      6,851,878      3,963,999      3,461,516
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE:
  Interest expense, net........    (1,101,487)    (1,604,204)    (1,193,810)      (679,842)      (807,954)
  Other income (expense), net..         8,942        (80,446)       (69,328)       (28,411)        34,079
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES.....     2,921,138      4,379,506      5,588,740      3,255,746      2,687,641
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.....       767,850        744,316        381,752        306,492        165,617
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
NET INCOME.....................  $  2,153,288   $  3,635,190   $  5,206,988   $  2,949,254   $  2,522,024
                                 ============   ============   ============   ============   ============
S-Corporation pro forma income
  taxes (unaudited)............       388,920        989,968      1,831,389        982,783        898,689
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Pro forma net income
  (unaudited)..................  $  1,764,368   $  2,645,222   $  3,375,599   $  1,966,471   $  1,623,335
                                 ============   ============   ============   ============   ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-23

HOWARD GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                        ADDITIONAL
                              COMMON     PAID-IN      RETAINED     TREASURY
                              STOCK      CAPITAL      EARNINGS       STOCK        TOTAL
                             --------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31,
  1993.....................  $490,000   $2,399,302   $ 1,556,192   $(808,798)  $ 3,636,696
  Net income...............        --           --     2,153,288          --     2,153,288
  Issuance of common
     stock.................       500      999,500            --          --     1,000,000
  Dividends................        --           --    (1,443,706)         --    (1,443,706)
                             --------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31,
  1994.....................   490,500    3,398,802     2,265,774    (808,798)    5,346,278
  Net income...............        --           --     3,635,190          --     3,635,190
  Capital contribution.....        --    1,725,000            --          --     1,725,000
  Dividends................        --           --    (2,086,181)         --    (2,086,181)
                             --------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31,
  1995.....................   490,500    5,123,802     3,814,783    (808,798)    8,620,287
  Net income...............        --           --     5,206,988          --     5,206,988
  Issuance of common
     stock.................     1,000    1,499,000            --          --     1,500,000
  Dividends................        --           --    (3,117,602)         --    (3,117,602)
                             --------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31,
  1996.....................   491,500    6,622,802     5,904,169    (808,798)   12,209,673
  Net income (unaudited)...        --           --     2,522,024          --     2,522,024
  Dividends (unaudited)....        --           --    (3,904,719)         --    (3,904,719)
                             --------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
BALANCE, June 30, 1997
  (unaudited)..............  $491,500   $6,622,802   $ 4,521,474   $(808,798)  $10,826,978
                             ========   ==========   ===========   =========   ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-24

HOWARD GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                 FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                           FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               JUNE 30,
                                       ---------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                          1994          1995          1996          1996          1997
                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
  ACTIVITIES:
  Net income.........................  $ 2,153,288   $ 3,635,190   $ 5,206,988   $ 2,949,254   $ 2,522,024
                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
     to net cash provided by (used
     in) operating activities --
     Depreciation and amortization...      429,915       538,493       740,811       344,642       340,043
     Deferred income taxes...........       39,207       190,787      (315,631)     (178,774)       44,800
     Provision for doubtful
       accounts......................      113,112        84,833       108,068        46,509        41,952
     Loss (gain) on sale of assets...      (56,503)       15,313        18,350         8,991       (17,628)
     Changes in assets and
       liabilities --
       Accounts receivable...........   (3,393,986)      197,696       294,888     1,451,630      (343,822)
       Inventories...................   (8,492,539)   (4,873,611)   (6,106,872)   (1,762,205)    2,472,246
       Prepaid expenses and other
          assets.....................      (58,113)      196,943      (514,167)      539,069        (2,249)
       Floor plan notes payable......    9,451,846     3,876,738     5,508,254       106,005    (4,727,800)
       Accounts payable and accrued
          expenses...................    4,017,618     3,334,511     2,391,588    (1,620,990)    2,076,626
                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total adjustments..........    2,050,557     3,561,703     2,125,289    (1,065,123)     (115,832)
                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Net cash provided by (used
            in) operating
            activities...............    4,203,845     7,196,893     7,332,277     1,884,131     2,406,192
                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Increase in notes receivable.......           --      (374,826)     (235,054)     (220,848)      (95,910)
  Collections on notes receivable....           --            --       192,205       206,643            --
  Purchases of property and
     equipment.......................   (1,197,283)     (928,017)   (1,977,075)   (1,726,306)     (272,500)
  Proceeds from sale of property and
     equipment.......................           --            --            --            --       278,736
  Acquisition of Business............   (1,834,426)           --    (2,594,994)   (2,594,994)           --
                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Net cash used in investing
            activities...............   (3,031,709)   (1,302,843)   (4,614,918)   (4,335,505)      (89,674)
                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Principal payments of long-term
     debt............................     (225,313)     (171,910)     (152,807)      (76,404)     (168,144)
  Borrowings of long-term debt.......      512,204        13,111       212,329        92,925            --
  Issuance of common stock...........    1,000,000            --     1,500,000            --            --
  Contribution from stockholders.....           --     1,725,000            --            --            --
  Dividends..........................   (1,443,706)   (2,086,181)   (3,117,602)   (2,128,403)   (3,890,771)
                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Net cash used in financing
            activities...............     (156,815)     (519,980)   (1,558,080)   (2,111,882)   (4,058,915)
                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
  CASH EQUIVALENTS...................    1,015,321     5,374,070     1,159,279    (4,563,256)   (1,742,397)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning
  of period..........................    4,130,380     5,145,701    10,519,771    10,519,771    11,679,050
                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of
  period.............................  $ 5,145,701   $10,519,771   $11,679,050   $ 5,956,515   $ 9,936,653
                                       ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
     Interest........................  $ 2,295,200   $ 3,427,813   $ 3,117,601   $ 1,775,231   $ 2,006,376
     Taxes...........................      715,000       475,000       924,456       514,379        10,991

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-25

HOWARD GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All discussions and disclosures with a reference date subsequent to May 9, 1997 are unaudited.)

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Howard Group (the Companies) is primarily engaged in the retail sale of new and used automobiles and the sale of the related finance, insurance and service contracts thereon. In addition, the Companies sell automotive parts, provide vehicle servicing and sell wholesale used vehicles.

The following companies are included within the combined group:

Howard Pontiac -- GMC, Inc. (Automall)

Automall consists of several franchises which conduct business at contiguous locations in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. The franchises operated in this location include Pontiac, GMC, Mazda, Isuzu, Jeep, Eagle, Chrysler and Plymouth.

Bob Howard Chevrolet, Inc. (BHC)

BHC is a Chevrolet dealership located in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

Bob Howard Automotive -- H, Inc. (BHH)

BHH consists of two franchises, Honda and Acura, which conduct business at contiguous locations in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

Bob Howard Motors, Inc. (BHT)

BHT is a Toyota dealership located in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

Bob Howard Dodge, Inc. (BHD)

BHD is a Dodge dealership located in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

The Companies and their stockholders intend to enter into a definitive agreement with Group 1 Automotive, Inc. (Group 1), pursuant to which all outstanding shares of the Companies' common stock will be exchanged for cash and shares of Group 1's common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of Group 1.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of the companies listed above. The Companies have been presented on a combined basis due to their related operations, common ownership and common management control. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in combination.

Major Suppliers and Franchise Agreements

The Companies purchase substantially all of their new vehicles at the prevailing prices charged by the manufacturers to all franchised dealers. The Companies' sales volume could be adversely impacted by the manufacturers' inability to supply the dealership with an adequate supply of popular models or as a result of an unfavorable allocation of vehicles by the manufacturer.

The dealer franchise agreements contain provisions which may limit changes in dealership management and ownership, place certain restrictions on the dealerships (such as minimum working capital requirements), and which also provide for termination of the franchise agreement by the manufacturers in certain instances. Under certain state law, these restrictive provisions have been repeatedly found invalid

F-26

HOWARD GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

both by state courts and administrative agencies. See "Risk Factors -- Manufacturers' Control Over Dealerships" and "Business -- Franchise Agreements" for further discussion.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from vehicle sales, parts sales and vehicle service is recognized upon delivery to the customer.

Finance, Insurance and Service Contract Income Recognition

The Companies arrange financing for customers through various institutions and receive financing fees equal to the difference between the loan rates charged to customers over the predetermined financing rates set by the financing institution. In addition, the Companies receive commissions from the sale of credit life and disability insurance and extended service contracts to customers.

The Companies may be charged back (chargebacks) for unearned financing fees, insurance or service contract commissions in the event of early termination of the contracts by customers. The revenues from financing fees and commissions are recorded at the time of the sale of the vehicles. The reserves for future chargebacks are based on historical operating results and the termination provisions of the applicable contracts. Finance, insurance and service contract income, net of estimated chargebacks, are included in other dealership revenue in the accompanying combined financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that have an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase and contracts in transit. Contracts in transit represent contracts on vehicles sold, for which the proceeds are in transit from financing institutions.

Inventories

New, used and demonstrator vehicles are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined on a specific-unit basis.

Parts and accessories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Expenditures for major additions or improvements which extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized. Minor replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the life of such assets are charged to operations as incurred. Disposals are removed at cost less accumulated depreciation, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in current operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of dealerships acquired (BHH, BHD and Automall) over the fair value of assets acquired at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years. Amortization expense charged to operations totaled approximately $21,000, $27,000 and $36,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

F-27

HOWARD GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Accumulated amortization totaled approximately $93,000 and $129,000 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Companies follow the liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the underlying assets are realized or liabilities are settled. A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Certain of the Companies have elected S Corporation status, as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, whereby the Companies are not subject to taxation for federal purposes. Under S Corporation status, the stockholders report their share of these Companies' taxable earnings or losses in their personal tax returns.

Environmental Liabilities and Expenditures

Accruals for environmental matters, if any, are recorded in operating expenses when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Accrued liabilities are exclusive of claims against third parties and are not discounted.

In general, costs related to environmental remediation are charged to expense. Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs increase the value of the property and/or mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations.

Interest Expense

Automobile manufacturers periodically provide floorplan interest assistance, or subsidies, which reduce the Companies' cost of financing. The accompanying combined financial statements reflect interest expense net of floorplan assistance.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Companies' financial instruments consist primarily of floor plan notes payable and long-term debt. The carrying amount of these financial instruments approximates fair value due either to length of maturity or existence of variable interest rates that approximate market rates.

Advertising

The Company expenses production and other costs of advertising as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 totaled $3,511,447, $3,422,453 and $3,245,451, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Companies to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, contracts in transit and accounts receivable. The Company maintains cash balances at financial institutions which may at times be in excess of federally insured levels. The Companies grant credit to local companies in various businesses. The Companies perform ongoing credit evaluations of their customers and generally do not require collateral. The Companies maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts at a level which management believes is sufficient to cover

F-28

HOWARD GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

potential credit losses. The Companies have not incurred significant losses related to these financial instruments to date.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The significant estimates made by management in the accompanying financial statements relate to reserves for future chargebacks on finance, insurance and service contract income. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Interim Financial Information

As is normal and customary, the interim financial statements as of June 30, 1997, and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, are unaudited, and certain information normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles has not been included herein. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to fairly present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have been properly included. Due to seasonality and other factors, the results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that will be realized for the entire fiscal year.

Statements of Cash Flows

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include contracts in transit which are typically collected within one month. Additionally, the net change in floor plan financing of inventory, which is a customary financing technique in the industry, is reflected as an operating activity in the statements of cash flows.

New Accounting Pronouncement

Effective January 1, 1996, the Companies adopted SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset in question may not be recoverable. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset would be compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if a write-down to market value or discounted cash flow value is necessary. Adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Companies.

During June 1996 and June 1997 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 125 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities" and SFAS No. 130 "Reporting Comprehensive Income, respectively." The major provisions of these statements and their impact on the Company are discussed below.

SFAS No. 125 established criteria for recognition of a sale in conjunction with the transfer of financial assets, under which sales may only be recognized when the transferor has surrendered control of the assets. This statement is not currently anticipated to have any impact on the Company as the Company does not currently enter into transactions which fall under the scope of this statement.

SFAS No. 130 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in an entity's financial statements. Comprehensive income represents all changes in equity of an entity during the reporting period, including net income and charges directly to equity which are excluded from net income. This statement is not

F-29

HOWARD GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

anticipated to have any impact on the Company as the Company currently does not enter into any transactions which result in charges (or credits) directly to equity (such as additional minimum pension liability changes, currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, etc.).

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts receivable consist of the following:

                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ------------------------
                                                               1995          1996
                                                            ----------    ----------
Amounts due from manufacturers............................  $4,051,091    $3,075,483
Parts and service receivables.............................     873,874       652,222
Warranty receivables......................................     250,971       499,470
Due from finance companies................................     781,383     1,002,153
Other.....................................................     404,471       777,329
                                                            ----------    ----------
                                                             6,361,790     6,006,657
Less -- Allowance for doubtful accounts...................     (60,098)     (107,921)
                                                            ----------    ----------
                                                            $6,301,692    $5,898,736
                                                            ==========    ==========

Activity in the Companies' allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the following:

                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                 ---------------------------------
                                                   1994         1995        1996
                                                 ---------    --------    --------
Balance, beginning of year.....................  $   6,900    $     --    $ 60,098
Additions charged to expense...................    113,112      84,833     108,068
Deductions for uncollectible receivables
  written off..................................   (120,012)    (24,735)    (60,245)
                                                 ---------    --------    --------
                                                 $      --    $ 60,098    $107,921
                                                 =========    ========    ========

Inventories consist of the following:

                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                     ------------------------------
                                                        1995               1996
                                                     -----------        -----------
New vehicles.......................................  $30,680,418        $36,973,347
Used vehicles......................................    7,440,761          8,612,757
Parts, accessories and other.......................    1,451,417          2,088,358
                                                     -----------        -----------
                                                     $39,572,596        $47,674,462
                                                     ===========        ===========

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:

                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                     ------------------------------
                                                        1995               1996
                                                     -----------        -----------
Accounts payable, trade............................  $ 6,416,124        $ 6,135,880
Reserve for finance, insurance and service contract
  chargebacks......................................    5,661,473          5,782,600
Other accrued expenses.............................    2,141,665          4,822,045
                                                     -----------        -----------
                                                     $14,219,262        $16,740,525
                                                     ===========        ===========

F-30

HOWARD GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

                                          ESTIMATED              DECEMBER 31,
                                         USEFUL LIVES   ------------------------------
                                           IN YEARS        1995               1996
                                         ------------   -----------        -----------
Buildings..............................     20          $    28,675        $    32,058
Leasehold improvements.................      7              861,361          1,086,129
Machinery and equipment................   3 to 7          2,165,606          2,460,465
Furniture and fixtures.................   5 to 7          1,161,304          1,387,095
Company vehicles.......................      5              829,192          2,146,377
                                                        -----------        -----------
          Total........................                   5,046,138          7,112,124
Less -- Accumulated depreciation.......                  (2,235,172)        (2,983,244)
                                                        -----------        -----------
          Property and equipment,
            net........................                 $ 2,810,966        $ 4,128,880
                                                        ===========        ===========

5. FLOOR PLAN NOTES PAYABLE:

Floor plan notes payable reflect amounts payable for the purchase of specific vehicle inventory and consist of the following:

                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------------
                                                            1995           1996
                                                         -----------    -----------
New vehicles...........................................  $33,056,624    $38,677,985
Used vehicles..........................................    3,979,024      3,865,917
                                                         -----------    -----------
          Total floor plan notes payable...............  $37,035,648    $42,543,902
                                                         ===========    ===========

Floorplan notes payable are due to one floor plan lender, bearing interest at a rate of prime less 0.5%. As of December 31, 1995 and 1996, the weighted average interest rate, on floorplan notes payable outstanding was 8.25% and 7.75%. Interest expense on floorplan notes payable, before manufacturer interest assistance, totaled approximately $2,408,000, $3,410,000 and $3,112,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Manufacturer interest assistance, which is recorded as a reduction to interest expense in the accompanying financial statements, totaled approximately $1,350,000, $1,867,000 and $1,974,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The flooring arrangements permit the Companies to borrow up to $58,380,000, dependent upon new and used vehicle sales and inventory levels. As of December 31, 1996, total available borrowings under floor plan agreements were approximately $15,836,000. Payments on the notes are due when the related vehicles are sold and are collateralized by substantially all of the inventories of the Companies.

6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

Capital stock consists of the following:

                                         AUTHORIZED   ISSUED    OUTSTANDING   PAR VALUE
                                         ----------   -------   -----------   ---------
Common Stock --
  Automall.............................   1,000,000   460,000     114,500      $ 1.00
  BHC..................................       2,000     1,000       1,000       25.00
  BHH..................................       5,000       500         500        1.00
  BHT..................................      25,000     5,000       5,000        1.00
  BHD..................................      50,000     1,000       1,000        1.00

F-31

HOWARD GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Treasury stock consists of 345,500 shares of the common stock of Automall at a cost of approximately $809,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1996.

7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

Operating Leases With Stockholder

The principal stockholder of the Companies leases the dealerships' premises under operating leases. Additional information regarding the terms of these leases is contained in Note 8, "Operating Leases."

The principal stockholder of the Companies has certain loans outstanding which are secured by assets of the dealerships. See Note 10, "Commitments and Contingencies," for a detail of loans secured by the assets of the dealerships.

Stockholder Loan Guarantees

The Companies have provided guarantees and/or pledged assets as security for certain outstanding loan obligations of various related parties. See Note 10 "Commitments and Contingencies," for discussion of guarantee and security arrangements provided on behalf of related parties.

Company Indebtedness Guaranteed by Stockholder

The principal stockholder of the Companies has provided a personal guarantee relating to the repayment of floorplan obligations incurred by the Companies. As of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, floorplan obligations guaranteed by the principal stockholder totaled approximately $42.5 million and $37.8 million, respectively.

Advances to Group 1

The Companies have consummated a loan with Group 1 in order to finance the expenses of Group 1 prior to the acquisition. The balance of this loan at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 was approximately $0 and $164,000, respectively, bearing interest at a rate of 7.0% per annum.

8. OPERATING LEASES:

The Companies lease various facilities and equipment under operating lease agreements, including leases with related parties. These leases are noncancelable and expire on various dates through 2002. The lease agreements are subject to renewal under essentially the same terms and conditions as the original leases.

Future minimum lease payments for operating leases are as follows:

YEAR ENDING                               RELATED       THIRD
DECEMBER 31,                              PARTIES      PARTIES        TOTAL
------------                             ----------   ----------   -----------
   1997................................  $2,127,296   $  742,740   $ 2,870,036
   1998................................   2,122,296      742,740     2,865,036
   1999................................   1,728,796      742,740     2,471,536
   2000................................   1,432,296      742,740     2,175,036
   2001................................   1,432,296      308,055     1,740,351
   Thereafter..........................   1,030,296           --     1,030,296
                                         ----------   ----------   -----------
             Total.....................  $9,873,276   $3,279,015   $13,152,291
                                         ==========   ==========   ===========

Total rent expense under all operating leases, including operating leases with related parties, was approximately $2,074,000, $2,159,000 and $2,331,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995

F-32

HOWARD GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

and 1996, respectively. Rental expense on related-party leases, which is included in the above amounts, totaled approximately $1,847,000, $1,942,000 and $1,960,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

9. INCOME TAXES:

The S Corporations will terminate S Corporation status concurrent with the effective date of the Offering.

Federal and state income taxes are as follows:

                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                 ---------------------------------
                                                   1994        1995        1996
                                                 --------    --------    ---------
Federal --
  Current......................................  $614,059    $476,615    $ 586,642
  Deferred.....................................    33,010     160,631     (261,857)
State --
  Current......................................   114,584      76,914      110,741
  Deferred.....................................     6,197      30,156      (53,774)
                                                 --------    --------    ---------
                                                 $767,850    $744,316    $ 381,752
                                                 ========    ========    =========

Actual income tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory corporate tax rate of 34 percent to income before income taxes as follows:

                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                             --------------------------------------
                                               1994          1995          1996
                                             ---------    ----------    -----------
Provision at the statutory rate............  $ 993,187    $1,489,032    $ 1,900,172
Increase (decrease) resulting from --
  Income of S Corporation..................   (391,102)     (877,106)    (1,584,686)
  State income tax, net of benefit for
     federal deduction.....................     79,715        70,666         37,598
  Other....................................     86,050        61,724         28,668
                                             ---------    ----------    -----------
                                             $ 767,850    $  744,316    $   381,752
                                             =========    ==========    ===========

Deferred income tax provisions result from temporary differences in the recognition of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and for tax purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences representing deferred tax (assets) and liabilities result principally from the following:

                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------------
                                                            1995           1996
                                                         -----------    -----------
Inventory valuation....................................  $ 2,381,631    $ 2,637,029
Reserves and accruals not deductible until paid........   (1,645,669)    (2,175,732)
Depreciation...........................................       40,411         58,604
Other..................................................      (44,966)      (104,125)
                                                         -----------    -----------
                                                         $   731,407    $   415,776
                                                         ===========    ===========

F-33

HOWARD GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------------
                                                            1995           1996
                                                         -----------    -----------
Deferred tax assets --
  Current..............................................  $(1,569,170)   $(2,144,789)
Deferred tax liabilities --
  Current..............................................    2,260,168      2,501,961
  Long-term............................................       40,409         58,604
                                                         -----------    -----------
          Total........................................    2,300,577      2,560,565
                                                         -----------    -----------
          Net deferred income tax liabilities..........  $   731,407    $   415,776
                                                         ===========    ===========

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Litigation

The Companies are defendants in several lawsuits arising from normal business activities. Management has reviewed pending litigation with legal counsel and believes that the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Companies' financial position or results of operations.

Insurance

The Companies carry a standard range of insurance coverage, including general and business auto liability, commercial property, workers' compensation and excess liability coverage. The Companies have not incurred significant claims or losses on any of their insurance policies.

Stockholder Loans Guaranteed by the Companies

The principal stockholder of the Companies has various loans totaling $8,128,000 and $7,766,120 outstanding with a financial institution as of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997. The loans are guaranteed by Automall, BHC and BHT and are secured by all of the real estate, buildings and improvements at the dealerships. The notes mature on various dates through 2004 and bear interest at prime less .5% (8.25% at December 31, 1996).

11. RETIREMENT PLAN:

Effective April 1, 1996, the Companies established a 401(k) salary deferral/savings plan for the benefit of all employees. Employees electing to participate in the plan may contribute up to 15% of annual compensation, limited to the maximum amount that can be deducted for income tax purposes each year.

The Companies, at their discretion, have the option to match each employee's contribution up to a maximum of 6% of annual compensation each plan year. The Companies elected to make contributions totaling $178,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996.

12. PROPOSED ACQUISITION BY GROUP 1:

The stockholders of the Companies intend to enter into definitive purchase agreements with Group 1 providing for the purchase of the Companies by Group 1. In conjunction with the acquisition of the Companies by Group 1, all existing operating leases with related parties will be restructured under new lease agreements and the principal stockholder of the Companies will either obtain releases for the Companies from the stockholder loan guarantees discussed above or will obtain alternative financing in order to obtain release from the stockholder loan guarantees.

F-34

HOWARD GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

13. PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET -- JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)

In conjunction with the proposed Acquisition by Group 1, the Howard Group will make distributions from the S-Corporation accumulated adjustment accounts to certain shareholders totaling $4,500,000. The pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 1997 gives effect to these distributions as of June 30, 1997.

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

During 1997, an affiliate of the Howard Group entered into an agreement to acquire, subject to manufacturer approval, a Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma. The Howard Group has not received approval from the manufacturer, and in June 1997, entered into a management contract with the owner of the Chevrolet dealership. Group 1 expects to enter into an agreement to acquire the Chevrolet dealership from the affiliate of the Howard Group for the assumption of the dealership's liabilities.

F-35

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

TO MCCALL GROUP:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the companies identified in Note 1 (the Companies) as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related combined statements of operations, stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companies' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Companies as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas
May 9, 1997

F-36

MCCALL GROUP

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

                                                  DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                      1995            1996            1997
                                                  ------------    -------------    -----------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................  $20,628,784      $14,093,483     $10,427,402
  Accounts receivable, net......................    3,535,825        4,407,835       2,689,166
  Due from affiliates...........................    3,769,789        1,397,454       1,062,854
  Inventories...................................   22,490,889       23,720,965      15,025,873
  Notes receivable, net.........................      226,113          237,547         340,523
  Prepaid expenses..............................      123,976          294,044         151,675
  Deferred income tax benefit...................    1,972,348        1,769,529       1,735,044
                                                  -----------      -----------     -----------
          Total current assets..................   52,747,724       45,920,857      31,432,537
                                                  -----------      -----------     -----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.....................    2,492,651        3,147,017       3,924,236
LONG-TERM DEFERRED INCOME TAX BENEFIT...........           --          104,882         104,882
OTHER ASSETS....................................      425,661        1,300,432       1,887,640
                                                  -----------      -----------     -----------
          Total assets..........................  $55,666,036      $50,473,188     $37,349,295
                                                  ===========      ===========     ===========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Floor plan notes payable......................  $35,940,161      $32,219,713     $20,216,458
  Current maturities of long-term debt..........       28,553          146,303          78,736
  Due to affiliates.............................      849,404          798,413       1,082,574
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.........   18,832,580       18,176,922      15,732,890
                                                  -----------      -----------     -----------
          Total current liabilities.............   55,650,698       51,341,351      37,110,658
                                                  -----------      -----------     -----------
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities.......      180,655          410,805         576,330
LONG-TERM DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.................      112,250               --              --
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES.....................      150,000          427,000         412,124
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
  Common stock..................................      125,800           71,278          71,278
  Additional paid-in capital....................    2,930,419        3,222,043       3,222,043
  Retained deficit..............................   (3,483,786)      (4,999,289)     (4,043,138)
                                                  -----------      -----------     -----------
          Total stockholders' deficit...........     (427,567)      (1,705,968)       (749,817)
                                                  -----------      -----------     -----------
          Total liabilities and stockholders'
            deficit.............................  $55,666,036      $50,473,188     $37,349,295
                                                  ===========      ===========     ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-37

MCCALL GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      JUNE 30,
                                 ------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                     1994           1995           1996           1996           1997
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
REVENUES:
  New vehicle sales............  $105,402,077   $125,809,681   $166,381,686   $ 78,632,836   $ 81,608,967
  Used vehicle sales...........    49,871,793     68,332,375     90,895,516     44,236,716     49,796,182
  Parts and service sales......    17,938,636     19,431,385     24,454,187     11,041,837     12,304,906
  Other dealership revenues,
     net.......................     4,107,658      5,314,141      6,810,908      3,304,178      3,242,694
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Total revenues.......   177,320,164    218,887,582    288,542,297    137,215,567    146,952,749
COST OF SALES:
  New vehicle cost of sales....    96,897,653    115,503,816    152,190,268     71,693,688     74,597,041
  Used vehicle cost of sales...    46,511,037     64,157,498     84,806,452     41,238,717     47,659,535
  Parts and service cost of
     sales.....................     9,164,705      9,069,093     12,563,340      5,344,403      5,019,076
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Total cost of
            sales..............   152,573,395    188,730,407    249,560,060    118,276,808    127,275,652
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Gross profit.........    24,746,769     30,157,175     38,982,237     18,938,759     19,677,097
SELLING, GENERAL AND
  ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES......    22,476,554     27,751,831     35,072,460     16,958,684     17,545,957
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Income from
            operations.........     2,270,215      2,405,344      3,909,777      1,980,075      2,131,140
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE:
  Interest expense, net........    (2,462,618)    (3,215,245)    (2,747,719)    (1,526,344)      (503,525)
  Other expense, net...........        (6,511)       (43,735)       (45,094)       (27,635)       (34,029)
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME
  TAXES........................      (198,914)      (853,636)     1,116,964        426,096      1,593,586
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.....       232,173        282,887        177,772         71,584        637,435
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)..............  $   (431,087)  $ (1,136,523)  $    939,192   $    354,512   $    956,151
                                 ============   ============   ============   ============   ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-38

MCCALL GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

                                                       ADDITIONAL
                                             COMMON     PAID-IN     SUBSCRIPTIONS    RETAINED
                                             STOCK      CAPITAL      RECEIVABLE       DEFICIT        TOTAL
                                            --------   ----------   -------------   -----------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1993................  $ 94,600   $1,961,619     $      --     $(1,916,176)  $   140,043
  Net loss................................        --           --            --        (431,087)     (431,087)
  Issuance of common stock................    31,200      968,800      (850,000)             --       150,000
  Payments on subscriptions receivable....        --           --        11,317              --        11,317
                                            --------   ----------     ---------     -----------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1994................   125,800    2,930,419      (838,683)     (2,347,263)     (129,727)
  Net loss................................        --           --            --      (1,136,523)   (1,136,523)
  Payments on subscriptions receivable....        --           --       270,272              --       270,272
  Settlement of subscriptions
     receivable...........................        --           --       568,411              --       568,411
                                            --------   ----------     ---------     -----------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995................   125,800    2,930,419            --      (3,483,786)     (427,567)
  Net income..............................        --           --            --         939,192       939,192
  Dividend to parent under tax sharing
     agreement............................        --           --            --        (323,590)     (323,590)
  Purchase and retirement of treasury
     stock................................   (57,898)          --            --      (2,131,105)   (2,189,003)
  Stock issued to employees...............     3,376      291,624            --              --       295,000
                                            --------   ----------     ---------     -----------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996................    71,278    3,222,043            --      (4,999,289)   (1,705,968)
  Net income (unaudited)..................        --           --            --         956,151       956,151
                                            --------   ----------     ---------     -----------   -----------
BALANCE, June 30, 1997 (unaudited)........  $ 71,278   $3,222,043     $      --     $(4,043,138)  $  (749,817)
                                            ========   ==========     =========     ===========   ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-39

MCCALL GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                                               FOR THE
                                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       JUNE 30,
                                                        -----------------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                           1994           1995           1996            1996            1997
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    ------------    ------------
                                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss)...................................  $  (431,087)   $(1,136,523)   $   939,192    $    354,512    $    956,151
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
    cash provided by (used in) operating activities --
    Depreciation and amortization.....................      387,093        439,402        598,278         281,292         248,615
    Deferred income taxes.............................     (154,493)      (514,187)       (14,313)         (2,197)         34,485
    Provision for loan losses and doubtful accounts...      226,530        208,972        357,860         165,313         139,035
    Loss (gain) on sale of assets.....................      129,930        (23,259)        32,632          15,343              --
    Non-cash compensation.............................           --             --        295,000              --              --
    Tax carryforward benefited........................           --             --       (323,590)        (93,762)             --
    Changes in assets and liabilities --
      Accounts receivable.............................   (2,770,395)     2,651,367     (1,059,288)       (135,702)      1,523,669
      Inventories.....................................   (2,172,325)    (3,085,245)    (1,230,076)        576,694       8,695,092
      Due from affiliates, net........................    1,515,356     (1,565,588)       132,341        (786,325)        618,761
      Prepaid expenses................................      274,449        (25,720)      (170,068)         13,899         142,369
      Other assets....................................       30,262         (9,546)      (874,771)       (163,081)       (487,208)
      Floor plan notes payable........................   (1,113,893)    (2,058,861)    (3,720,448)     (9,909,815)    (12,003,255)
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses...........    2,579,781      7,695,141       (655,658)       (493,298)     (2,444,459)
      Other long term liabilities.....................           --             --        277,000         277,000         (14,876)
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    ------------    ------------
        Total adjustments.............................   (1,067,705)     3,712,476     (6,355,101)    (10,254,639)     (3,547,772)
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    ------------    ------------
        Net cash provided by (used in) operating
          activities..................................   (1,498,792)     2,575,953     (5,415,909)     (9,900,127)     (2,591,621)
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    ------------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Increase in notes receivable........................   (1,390,560)      (909,260)    (1,151,783)       (837,412)     (1,071,200)
  Collections on notes receivable.....................    1,578,453      1,271,071        969,767         242,442         968,224
  Purchases of property and equipment.................     (346,920)      (613,890)    (1,285,276)       (744,300)     (1,069,442)
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    ------------    ------------
        Net cash used in investing activities.........     (159,027)      (252,079)    (1,467,292)     (1,339,270)     (1,172,418)
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    ------------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Principal payments of long-term debt................     (503,368)       (54,555)      (164,694)        (50,093)        (29,111)
  Borrowings of long-term debt........................           --        110,168        512,594         512,594         127,069
  Payments on subscriptions receivable................       11,317        270,272             --              --              --
  Issuance of common stock............................      150,000             --             --              --              --
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    ------------    ------------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing
          activities..................................     (342,051)       325,885        347,900         462,501          97,958
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    ------------    ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS.........................................   (1,999,870)     2,649,759     (6,535,301)    (10,776,896)     (3,666,081)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period........   19,978,895     17,979,025     20,628,784      20,628,784      14,093,483
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    ------------    ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period..............  $17,979,025    $20,628,784    $14,093,483    $  9,851,888      10,427,402
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ============    ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
    Interest..........................................  $ 2,523,650    $ 3,253,486    $ 2,808,993    $  1,560,561    $  1,490,835
    Taxes.............................................           --        227,090        818,962         286,388         168,200
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND
  FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Receivables from stockholder forgiven in conjunction
    with purchase of treasury stock...................           --             --      2,189,003              --              --
  Settlement of subscriptions receivable from
    stockholder in lieu of bonus......................           --        568,411             --              --              --
  Note received upon issuance of common stock.........      850,000             --             --              --              --

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-40

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All discussions and disclosures with a reference date subsequent to May 9, 1997 are unaudited.)

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

McCall Group (the Companies) is primarily engaged in the retail sale of new and used automobiles and the sale of the related finance, insurance and service contracts thereon. In addition, the Companies sell automotive parts, provide vehicle servicing and sell wholesale used vehicles.

The following companies are included within the combined group:

Southwest Toyota, Inc. (d.b.a. Sterling McCall Toyota) (SMT) -- SMT is a Toyota dealership located in Houston, Texas.

SMC Luxury Cars, Inc. (d.b.a. Sterling McCall Lexus) (SML) -- SML is a Lexus dealership located in Houston, Texas.

The Companies and their stockholders intend to enter into a definitive agreement with Group 1 Automotive, Inc. (Group 1), pursuant to which all outstanding shares of the Companies' common stock will be exchanged for cash and shares of Group 1's common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of Group 1.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of SMT and SML. The Companies have been presented on a combined basis due to their related operations, common ownership and common management control. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in combination. SMC Investments, Inc. (SMC) owns 100% of the issued and outstanding stock of SML and approximately 51% of the stock of SMT. SMC is a separate holding company which does not operate in the automobile retailing industry and has not been included in the accompanying combined financial statements as it will not be acquired by Group 1.

Major Suppliers and Franchise Agreements

The Companies purchase substantially all of their new vehicles from Toyota Motor Corp. at the prevailing prices charged by the manufacturers to all franchised dealers. The Companies' sales volume could be adversely impacted by the manufacturers' inability to supply the dealership with an adequate supply of popular models or as a result of an unfavorable allocation of vehicles by the manufacturer.

The dealer franchise agreements contain provisions which may limit changes in dealership management and ownership, place certain restrictions on the dealerships (such as minimum net worth requirements) and which also provide for termination of the franchise agreement by the manufacturers in certain instances. Under certain state law, these restrictive provisions have been repeatedly found invalid both by state courts and administrative agencies. See "Risk Factors -- Manufacturers' Control Over Dealerships" and "Business -- Franchise Agreements" for further discussion.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from vehicle sales, parts sales and vehicle service is recognized upon delivery to the customer.

Fleet Sales

SMT periodically supplies vehicles to various rental car companies as an accommodation to the manufacturer and to better utilize dealership capacity. These transactions generate nominal gross profit,

F-41

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

and in management's opinion, do not represent sales in the normal course of business. Accordingly, sales of approximately $8.5 million, $7.7 million and $10.8 million and cost of sales of approximately $8.1 million, $7.5 million and $10.7 million have been excluded from the accompanying statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 as management believes excluding such amounts represents a more appropriate basis of presentation. The net profit on these wholesale fleet transactions is recorded as other dealership revenues in the accompanying statements of operations.

Finance, Insurance and Service Contract Income Recognition

The Companies arrange financing for customers through various institutions and receive financing fees equal to the difference between the loan rates charged to customers over the predetermined financing rates set by the financing institution. In addition, the Companies receive commissions from the sale of credit life and disability insurance and extended service contracts to customers.

The Companies may be charged back (chargebacks) for unearned financing fees, insurance or service contract commissions in the event of early termination of the contracts by customers. The revenues from financing fees and commissions are recorded at the time of the sale of the vehicles. The reserves for future chargebacks are based on historical operating results and the termination provisions of the applicable contracts. Finance, insurance and service contract income, net of estimated chargebacks, are included in other dealership revenue in the accompanying combined financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that have an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase and contracts in transit. Contracts in transit represent contracts on vehicles sold, for which the proceeds are in transit from financing institutions.

Inventories

New and demonstrator vehicles are stated at cost, determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis, which is not in excess of market.

Used vehicles are stated at lower of cost or market, determined on a specific unit basis.

Parts and accessories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated life of the asset.

Expenditures for major additions or improvements which extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized. Minor replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the life of such assets are charged to operations as incurred. Disposals are removed at cost less accumulated depreciation, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in current operations.

Income Taxes

The Companies follow the liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109. Under this method, deferred income

F-42

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

taxes are recorded based upon differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the underlying assets are realized or liabilities are settled. SML is a member of a consolidated group for tax reporting purposes. In accordance with SFAS No. 109, SML reports current and deferred tax expense using the separate return method, resulting in tax expense being recorded as if SML filed a separate company return for tax purposes. Under this method, SML does not recognize benefits for net operating losses (NOL's) as such amounts will not be refunded to SML by the consolidated group. These NOL carryforwards are offset against the provision for taxes in subsequent profitable years and treated as dividends to the parent when benefited. SMT is a separate tax paying entity and is not a member of a consolidated group.

Environmental Liabilities and Expenditures

Accruals for environmental matters, if any, are recorded as operating expenses when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Accrued liabilities are exclusive of claims against third parties and are not discounted.

In general, costs related to environmental remediation are charged to expense. Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs increase the value of the property and/or mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations.

Interest Expense

Automobile manufacturers periodically provide floorplan interest assistance, or subsidies, which reduce the Companies' cost of financing. The accompanying financial statements reflect interest expense net of floor plan assistance.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Companies' financial instruments consist primarily of floor plan notes payable, notes receivable and long-term debt. The carrying amount of these financial instruments approximates fair value due either to length of maturity or existence of variable interest rates that approximate market rates.

Advertising

The Company expenses production and other costs of advertising as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 totaled $1,961,488, $2,800,699 and $4,034,050, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Companies to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, contracts in transit and accounts receivable. The Company maintains cash balances at financial institutions which may at times be in excess of federally insured levels. The Companies grant credit to local companies in various businesses. The Companies perform ongoing credit evaluations of their customers and generally do not require collateral. The Companies maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts at a level which management believes is sufficient to cover potential credit losses. The Companies have not incurred significant losses related to these financial instruments to date.

F-43

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The significant estimates made by management in the accompanying financial statements relate to reserves for future chargebacks on finance, insurance and service contract income and reserves for retail loan loss guarantees (Notes 2 and 11, respectively). Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Interim Financial Information

As is normal and customary, the interim financial statements as of June 30, 1997, and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, are unaudited, and certain information normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles has not been included herein. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to fairly present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have been properly included. Due to seasonality and other factors, the results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that will be realized for the entire fiscal year.

Statements of Cash Flows

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include contracts in transit which are typically collected within one month or less. Additionally, the net change in floor plan financing of inventory, which is a customary financing technique in the industry, is reflected as an operating activity in the statements of cash flows.

New Accounting Pronouncement

Effective January 1, 1996, the Companies adopted SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset in question may not be recoverable. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset would be compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if a write-down to market value or discounted cash flow value is necessary. Adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Companies.

During June 1996 and June 1997 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 125 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities" and SFAS No. 130 "Reporting Comprehensive Income." The major provisions of these statements and their impact on the Company are discussed below.

SFAS No. 125 established criteria for recognition of a sale in conjunction with the transfer of financial assets, under which sales may only be recognized when the transferor has surrendered control of the assets. This statement is not currently anticipated to have any impact on the Company as the Company does not currently enter into transactions which fall under the scope of this statement.

SFAS No. 130 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in an entity's financial statements. Comprehensive income represents all changes in equity of an entity during the reporting period, including net income and charges directly to equity which are excluded from net income. This statement is not anticipated to have any impact on the Company as the Company currently does not enter into any

F-44

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

transactions which result in charges (or credits) directly to equity (such as additional minimum pension liability changes, currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, etc.).

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts receivable consist of the following:

                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ------------------------
                                                               1995          1996
                                                            ----------    ----------
Amounts due from manufacturers............................  $1,067,573    $1,192,275
Parts and service receivables.............................     541,635       870,209
Warranty receivables......................................     270,386       259,826
Due from finance companies................................     984,521     1,204,624
Other.....................................................     831,682     1,180,201
                                                            ----------    ----------
                                                             3,695,797     4,707,135
Less -- Allowance for doubtful accounts...................    (159,972)     (299,300)
                                                            ----------    ----------
                                                            $3,535,825    $4,407,835
                                                            ==========    ==========

Activity in the Companies' allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the following:

                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                -------------------------------------
                                                  1994        1995          1996
                                                --------    --------    -------------
Balance, beginning of year....................  $ 33,427    $ 35,530      $159,972
Additions charged to expense..................    35,530     159,972       187,278
Deductions for uncollectible receivables
  written off.................................   (33,427)    (35,530)      (47,950)
                                                --------    --------      --------
                                                $ 35,530    $159,972      $299,300
                                                ========    ========      ========

Inventories consist of the following:

                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------------
                                                            1995           1996
                                                         -----------    -----------
New vehicles...........................................  $14,776,185    $13,918,424
Used vehicles..........................................    8,258,953     11,050,657
Parts, accessories and other...........................    1,502,030      1,566,156
Rental vehicles........................................    2,452,290      1,674,747
Accumulated LIFO Reserve...............................   (4,498,569)    (4,489,019)
                                                         -----------    -----------
                                                         $22,490,889    $23,720,965
                                                         ===========    ===========

If the specific unit method of inventory were used, net income would have increased (decreased) by approximately $111,000, $305,000 and $(9,000) for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

Activity in the Companies' allowance for uncollectible notes consists of the following:

                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                   -------------------------------
                                                     1994       1995       1996
                                                   --------   --------   ---------
Balance, beginning of year......................   $     --   $191,000   $ 240,000
Additions charged to expense....................    191,000     49,000     170,580
Deductions for uncollectible receivables
  written-off...................................         --         --    (196,580)
                                                   --------   --------   ---------
                                                   $191,000   $240,000   $ 214,000
                                                   ========   ========   =========

F-45

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:

                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------------
                                                            1995           1996
                                                         -----------    -----------
Accounts payable, trade................................  $ 7,738,625    $ 7,452,034
Reserve for finance, insurance and service contract
  chargebacks..........................................    3,023,815      3,011,354
Reserve for retail loan guarantees.....................    1,471,000      1,965,000
Other accrued expenses.................................    6,599,140      5,748,534
                                                         -----------    -----------
                                                         $18,832,580    $18,176,922
                                                         ===========    ===========

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

                                             ESTIMATED             DECEMBER 31,
                                            USEFUL LIVES    --------------------------
                                              IN YEARS         1995           1996
                                            ------------    -----------    -----------
Leasehold improvements....................       20         $ 2,054,158    $ 2,470,037
Machinery and equipment...................       7              878,388      1,136,461
Furniture and fixtures....................       7            2,090,443      2,622,636
Autos and trucks..........................       5              348,875        380,626
                                                            -----------    -----------
          Total...........................                    5,371,864      6,609,760
Less -- Accumulated depreciation..........                   (2,879,213)    (3,462,743)
                                                            -----------    -----------
          Property and equipment, net.....                  $ 2,492,651    $ 3,147,017
                                                            ===========    ===========

5. FLOOR PLAN NOTES PAYABLE:

Floor plan notes payable reflect amounts payable for the purchase of specific vehicle inventory and consist of the following:

                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------------
                                                            1995           1996
                                                         -----------    -----------
New vehicles...........................................  $30,045,548    $24,398,255
Used vehicles..........................................    3,475,307      6,212,001
Rental vehicles........................................    2,419,306      1,609,457
                                                         -----------    -----------
          Total floor plan notes payable...............  $35,940,161    $32,219,713
                                                         ===========    ===========

Floorplan notes payable are due to various floor plan lenders, bearing interest at rates ranging from prime plus .5% to prime plus 1.5%. As of December 31, 1995 and 1996, the weighted average interest rate on floorplan notes payable outstanding was 9.41 and 8.99 percent. Interest expense on floorplan notes payable, before manufacturer interest assistance, totaled approximately $2,369,000, $3,096,000 and $2,498,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. Manufacturer interest assistance, which is recorded as a reduction to interest expense in the accompanying financial statements, totaled approximately $82,000, $91,000 and $136,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. The flooring arrangements permit the Companies to borrow up to $38,300,000 dependent upon new and used vehicle sales and inventory levels. As of December 31, 1996, total available borrowings under the floorplan agreements were approximately $6,080,000. Payments on the notes are due when the related vehicles are sold and are collateralized by substantially all new and used vehicles.

F-46

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

6. LONG-TERM DEBT:

Long-term debt consists of the following:

                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------
                                                                1995        1996
                                                              --------    ---------
Note payable to floorplan institution, principal payable in
  monthly installments of $5,000 through August 2001,
  interest payable monthly at lender's available financing
  rate plus 1.5% (9.3% at December 31, 1996)................  $     --    $ 275,000
Other notes payable, maturing in varying amounts through
  April 2001, with interest ranging from 5.5% to 9.6% at
  December 31, 1996.........................................   209,208      282,108
                                                              --------    ---------
                                                               209,208      557,108
Less -- Current portion.....................................   (28,553)    (146,303)
                                                              --------    ---------
                                                              $180,655    $ 410,805
                                                              ========    =========

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 1996, are as follows:

YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
------------
   1997.............................................................  $146,303
   1998.............................................................   141,666
   1999.............................................................   124,378
   2000.............................................................   103,906
   2001.............................................................    40,855
                                                                      --------
                                                                      $557,108
                                                                      ========

7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

Capital stock consists of the following as of December 31, 1996:

                                          AUTHORIZED   ISSUED    OUTSTANDING   PAR VALUE
                                          ----------   -------   -----------   ---------
Sterling McCall Toyota..................    500,000     70,278      70,278       $1.00
Sterling McCall Lexus...................  1,000,000    100,000     100,000         .01

Treasury Stock Transactions

During 1996, SMT and its principal stockholder entered into a series of treasury stock transactions in which SMT repurchased 57,898 shares of common stock from its principal stockholder. In conjunction with these transactions, SMT forgave approximately $2,189,000 of related party receivables due from various entities owned by the principal stockholder. As part of these transactions, SMT has agreed to repurchase in certain instances, up to 4,502 additional shares of stock from its principal stockholder in exchange for a note payable in the amount of $2 million. This repurchase provision will be cancelled concurrently with an initial public offering of stock by the Companies. The shares repurchased by SMT have been constructively retired for financial reporting purposes.

Restricted Stock Awards

During December 1996, the Companies granted 3,376 shares of stock to two employees as compensation for prior services. The shares were issued as of the grant date and the Companies

F-47

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

recorded compensation expense of $295,000 related to these shares based on the estimated fair market value of the shares as of the grant date. The shares issued are subject to various restrictions relating to transferability and resale, and contain a right of first refusal for repurchase by the Companies.

8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

Operating Leases

SMT and SML lease land, facilities and equipment from limited partnerships and other entities controlled by the majority stockholder of the Companies under operating leases. Additional information regarding the terms of these leases is contained in Note 9 "Operating Leases".

Stockholder Loan Guarantees

The Companies have provided guarantees and/or pledged assets as security for certain outstanding loan obligations of various related parties. See Note 11 "Commitments and Contingencies," for discussion of guarantee and security arrangements provided on behalf of related parties.

Company Indebtedness Guaranteed by Stockholder

The principal stockholder of the Companies has provided personal guarantees relating to the repayment of long term debt and floorplan obligations incurred by the Companies. As of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, floorplan obligations guaranteed by the principal stockholder totaled approximately $32.2 and $20.2 million, respectively, and long term debt obligations totaled approximately $.3 and $.2 million, respectively. In addition to the above guarantees, the principal stockholder has also provided a personal guarantee related to loan guarantees on second chance finance customers (see Note 11). As of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, customer notes outstanding which were guaranteed by the Companies and the stockholder totaled approximately $10.4 million and $10.2 million, respectively.

Commissions and Management Fees

The Companies sell credit life and disability insurance policies and extended service contracts which are underwritten by three companies owned by the principal stockholders of the Companies, as well as similar products provided by third parties. The Companies also sell various aftermarket products from certain companies owned by the principal stockholders of the Companies. The principal stockholders currently have agreements in place with these entities which decrease the fees and commissions paid to the dealerships for the sale of credit life and disability insurance policies and extended service contracts, and increase the cost of aftermarket products. The amounts withheld under these agreements are paid directly to the principal stockholders. Approximately $675,700, $1,131,500 and $1,591,000 was withheld and paid to the stockholders under the agreements described above, during the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

The Companies pay management fees plus certain allocated and out of pocket expenses to an entity owned by the principal stockholder of the Companies for consultation and direct management assistance with respect to operations and strategic planning. Management fee expense totaled approximately $1,076,400, $1,255,800 and $1,443,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

Financing Arrangements

The dealerships arrange financing for certain second chance finance customers through an entity owned by the principal stockholder of the Companies. The dealerships pay a financing fee of 2% on these

F-48

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

finance contracts, and such contracts are non-recourse to the dealerships. Total financing fees paid to this entity for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 were approximately $--, $95,000 and $360,000. In addition to providing financing for second chance finance customers, this entity also provides loan servicing, collection and repossession services to the Companies related to defaulted loans which have been repurchased by the Companies under a financing arrangement with a third party lender. (See Note 11).

The Companies have entered into a floorplan agreement with a financing company owned by the principal stockholder which allows for a maximum of $1,000,000 in borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 1995 and 1996, approximately $709,200 and $619,100, respectively, of floorplan notes payable under this agreement are included in due to affiliates in the accompanying financial statements and disclosed in the detail of related party balances presented herewithin. Borrowings under the floorplan agreement bear interest at 11.75%.

Advances to Group 1

The Companies have consummated a loan with Group 1 in order to finance the expenses of Group 1 prior to the acquisition. The balance of this loan at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 was approximately $48,000 and $403,000, respectively, bearing interest at a rate of 7.0% per annum.

Other

The Companies have various balances payable to the principal stockholder and related entities owned by the principal stockholder which have resulted from short term working capital advances to the Companies by the principal stockholder, as well as for amounts incurred under the financing agreement discussed previously. Additionally, the Companies have various balances receivable from the principal stockholder and related entities owned by the principal stockholder which have resulted from short term advances by the Companies. The table below sets forth the significant components of the amounts due to/from related parties in the accompanying combined balance sheets:

                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ---------------------------
                                                                 1995           1996
                                                             ------------   ------------
Due from affiliated finance entity.........................   $  509,889     $  778,460
Receivable from principal stockholder, other...............    3,259,900        618,994
                                                              ----------     ----------
Total due from affiliates..................................   $3,769,789     $1,397,454
                                                              ==========     ==========
Due to affiliated floor plan company.......................   $  709,218     $  619,138
Due to principal stockholder, other........................      140,186        179,275
                                                              ----------     ----------
Total due to affiliates....................................   $  849,404     $  798,413
                                                              ==========     ==========

At June 30, 1997 the aggregate of these balances resulted in a net payable to the principal stockholder of approximately $19,700. Subsequent to June 30, 1997, SMT executed two additional notes payable to entities owned by the principal stockholder. These notes payable total $495,000, bear interest at 9 1/4%, and are due January 15, 1998.

9. OPERATING LEASES:

The Companies lease various facilities and equipment under operating lease agreements, including leases with related parties. These leases are noncancelable and expire on various dates through 2006. The lease agreements are subject to renewal under essentially the same terms and conditions as the original leases.

F-49

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Future minimum lease payments for operating leases are as follows:

           YEAR ENDING               RELATED        THIRD
           DECEMBER 31,              PARTIES       PARTIES         TOTAL
----------------------------------  ----------    ----------    -----------
     1997.........................  $1,842,000    $  411,556    $ 2,253,556
     1998.........................   1,842,000       354,084      2,196,084
     1999.........................   1,842,000       234,590      2,076,590
     2000.........................   1,842,000       161,908      2,003,908
     2001.........................   1,282,000        73,982      1,355,982
     Thereafter...................     648,000            --        648,000
                                    ----------    ----------    -----------
                                    $9,298,000    $1,236,120    $10,534,120
                                    ==========    ==========    ===========

Total rent expense under all operating leases, including operating leases with related parties, was approximately $1,636,000, $1,906,000 and $2,030,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Rental expense on related-party leases, which is included in the above amounts, totaled $1,487,000, $1,543,000 and $1,627,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

10. INCOME TAXES:

The Companies are subject to a Texas franchise tax which is an income based tax. Federal and state income taxes are as follows:

                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                  --------------------------------
                                                    1994        1995        1996
                                                  ---------   ---------   --------
Federal --
  Current.......................................  $ 341,971   $ 695,074   $168,053
  Deferred......................................   (133,085)   (466,528)   (12,618)
State --
  Current.......................................     44,695     102,000     24,032
  Deferred......................................    (21,408)    (47,659)    (1,695)
                                                  ---------   ---------   --------
                                                  $ 232,173   $ 282,887   $177,772
                                                  =========   =========   ========

Actual income tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory corporate tax rate of 34 percent to income before income taxes as follows:

                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                   -------------------------------
                                                     1994       1995        1996
                                                   --------   ---------   --------
Provision (benefit) at the statutory rate........  $(67,631)  $(290,236)  $379,768
Increase (decrease) resulting from --
  State income tax, net of benefit for federal
     deduction...................................    15,369      35,865     14,742
  SML NOL (benefited) not benefited..............   184,144     584,795   (323,590)
  Other..........................................   100,291     (47,537)   106,852
                                                   --------   ---------   --------
                                                   $232,173   $ 282,887   $177,772
                                                   ========   =========   ========

F-50

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Deferred income tax provisions result from temporary differences in the recognition of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and for tax purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences representing deferred tax assets and liabilities result principally from the following:

                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ------------------------
                                                               1995          1996
                                                            ----------    ----------
Reserves and accruals not deductible until paid...........  $1,760,860    $1,779,755
Other.....................................................      99,238        94,656
                                                            ----------    ----------
                                                            $1,860,098    $1,874,411
                                                            ==========    ==========

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ------------------------
                                                               1995          1996
                                                            ----------    ----------
Deferred tax assets --
  Current.................................................  $1,972,348    $1,773,229
  Long-term...............................................       7,200       182,711
                                                            ----------    ----------
          Total...........................................   1,979,548     1,955,940
                                                            ----------    ----------
Deferred tax liabilities --
  Current.................................................          --        (6,836)
  Long-term...............................................    (119,450)      (74,693)
                                                            ----------    ----------
          Total...........................................    (119,450)      (81,529)
                                                            ----------    ----------
          Net deferred income tax assets..................  $1,860,098    $1,874,411
                                                            ==========    ==========

As discussed in Note 2, SML is a member of a consolidated group for tax reporting purposes and reports income taxes under the separate return method. During 1994 and 1995, SML did not record tax benefits of approximately $184,000 and $585,000 related to net operating losses as such amounts would not be reimbursed by the consolidated group. During 1996, approximately $323,600 of these benefits were offset against the provision for taxes and accounted for as a dividend in the accompanying statement of stockholders' equity.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Litigation

The Companies are defendants in several lawsuits arising from normal business activities. Management has reviewed pending litigation with legal counsel and believes that the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from such action will not have a material adverse effect on the Companies' financial position or results of operations.

Insurance

The Companies carry a standard range of insurance coverage, including general and business auto liability, commercial property, workers' compensation and excess liability coverage. The Companies have not incurred significant claims or losses on any of their insurance policies.

Loan Guarantees Provided on Second Chance Financing

The Companies provide second-chance financing for certain customers through a third party lender. Under the terms of this financing contract, customers execute installment contracts which are guaranteed with full recourse by the Companies. The Companies surrender all rights to the future economic benefits related to the receivables; however, in the event that the customer defaults on the note, the

F-51

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

lender requires repayment of the principal amount of the note plus earned interest through the date of default, with repossession of the vehicle to be performed by the applicable dealership. The Companies do not have the ability to repurchase these receivables from the lender, and may only be required to repurchase the receivables from the Lender in the event of default by the customer. During the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Companies sold approximately $3,518,000, $4,492,000 and $7,471,000, respectively, in full recourse loans to the lender.

Total customer notes outstanding guaranteed by the dealership at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 were approximately $7,413,000, $10,434,000 and $10,190,000, respectively. The principal stockholder of the Companies has also provided a personal guarantee to the lender related to repayment of these customer notes. The Companies have provided reserves for future loan losses based on historical loss trends and total guarantees outstanding.

Activity in the Companies' reserve account consists of the following:

                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------
                                                           1994         1995         1996
                                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
Balance, beginning of year............................  $1,436,000   $1,360,000   $1,471,000
Additions charged to expense..........................     124,000      343,000    1,033,000
Deductions for loans written off......................    (200,000)    (232,000)    (539,000)
                                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                        $1,360,000   $1,471,000   $1,965,000
                                                        ==========   ==========   ==========

Stockholder Loan Guarantees

The principal stockholder of the Companies has a $6,857,000 line-of-credit outstanding with a financial institution as of December 31, 1996, which is guaranteed by SMT and SML and is secured by all of the real estate, buildings and improvements at the dealerships. The line of credit expires in January 2000; however, the agreement contains a provision for two additional five-year renewal periods. The line of credit bears interest at the lender's available financing rate plus one and one quarter percent (9.03% at December 31, 1996). As of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, there was approximately $4.7 million and $4.6, respectively, outstanding on the line-of-credit.

The principal stockholder of the Companies has a $1.5 million revolving line of credit outstanding with a financial institution as of December 31, 1996, which is guaranteed by SMT and SML. The line of credit is payable in monthly installments of $10,000 plus interest and bears interest at prime plus three percent (11.25% at December 31, 1996). As of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, there was approximately $1,400,000 and $960,000, respectively, outstanding on the line of credit.

The principal stockholder of the Companies has a $2 million note payable to a financial institution at December 31, 1996, which is guaranteed by SML. The note matured on May 13, 1997, and accrued interest at the financial institution's base rate of interest (9.25% at December 31, 1996). The note was extended until July 12, 1997 at maturity and was repaid in July, (see below). As of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, there was approximately $1,900,000 and $2,000,000, respectively, outstanding on the note.

The principal stockholder of the Companies also has a $480,000 note payable to a financial institution at December 31, 1996, which is guaranteed by SML. The note is payable in monthly installments of $6,277, including interest, through December 2005 and bears interest at prime plus one percent (9.25% at December 31, 1996). As of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, there was approximately $447,000 and $433,000, respectively, outstanding on the note.

Subsequent to year end, an affiliate of the principal stockholder of the Companies entered into a $3.4 million loan with a financial institution which is guaranteed by SML and secured by all of the real

F-52

MCCALL GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

estate, buildings and improvements at the dealership. The loan matures in July 2002 (and contains three five-year renewal options) and bears interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 2.5%. At June 30, 1997 there were no amounts outstanding on the loan. The note was funded during July and a portion of the proceeds were utilized to repay the $2 million note discussed above.

12. PROPOSED ACQUISITION BY GROUP 1:

The stockholders of the Companies intend to enter into definitive purchase agreements with Group 1 providing for the acquisition of the Companies by Group
1. In conjunction with the acquisition of the Companies by Group 1, all existing operating leases with related parties will be restructured under new lease agreements and the principal stockholder of the Companies will obtain releases for the Companies from the stockholder loan guarantees discussed above.

F-53

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Smith Group:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the companies identified in Note 1 (the Companies) as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related combined statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companies' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Companies as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas
May 9, 1997

F-54

SMITH GROUP

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

                                                  DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                      1995            1996           1997
                                                  ------------    ------------    -----------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................  $ 7,736,878     $ 9,069,829     $ 9,405,257
  Accounts receivable, net......................    4,485,359       4,467,590       4,876,051
  Due from affiliates...........................       46,007          14,580              --
  Inventories...................................   27,946,621      30,637,433      33,099,771
  Prepaid expenses..............................      200,585         185,218         641,495
  Deferred income tax benefit...................      246,543         182,081         182,081
                                                  -----------     -----------     -----------
          Total current assets..................   40,661,993      44,556,731      48,204,655
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.....................    9,667,539       9,819,994       9,935,715
GOODWILL, net...................................    2,387,514       2,322,307       2,281,636
OTHER ASSETS....................................      209,951         689,453         550,452
                                                  -----------     -----------     -----------
          Total assets..........................  $52,926,997     $57,388,485     $60,972,458
                                                  ===========     ===========     ===========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Floor plan notes payable......................  $27,424,232     $30,676,725     $33,522,252
  Current maturities of long-term debt..........      775,844         949,565       1,034,180
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.........    8,163,483       8,509,815       9,272,030
                                                  -----------     -----------     -----------
          Total current liabilities.............   36,363,559      40,136,105      43,828,462
                                                  -----------     -----------     -----------
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities.......    5,607,581       5,006,474       4,493,037
LONG-TERM DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.................      246,234         217,611         197,611
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock..................................        2,090           3,090           3,090
  Additional paid-in capital....................    5,890,228       6,369,228       6,369,228
  Retained earnings.............................    5,212,602       6,051,274       6,476,327
  Treasury stock, at cost.......................     (395,297)       (395,297)       (395,297)
                                                  -----------     -----------     -----------
          Total stockholders' equity............   10,709,623      12,028,295      12,453,348
                                                  -----------     -----------     -----------
          Total liabilities and stockholders'
            equity..............................  $52,926,997     $57,388,485     $60,972,458
                                                  ===========     ===========     ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-55

SMITH GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                                                               FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      JUNE 30,
                                 ------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                     1994           1995           1996           1996           1997
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
REVENUES:
  New vehicle sales............  $136,916,929   $132,149,669   $124,173,950   $ 59,437,192   $ 75,203,290
  Used vehicle sales...........    49,548,703     57,363,332     60,579,545     32,072,688     35,153,070
  Parts and service sales......    25,501,449     26,237,774     28,630,577     14,045,021     14,081,839
  Other dealership revenues,
     net.......................     5,109,438      5,506,759      4,895,329      2,618,280      3,020,378
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Total revenues.......   217,076,519    221,257,534    218,279,401    108,173,181    127,458,577
COST OF SALES:
  New vehicle cost of sales....   129,474,515    124,266,917    116,236,702     55,903,767     69,291,957
  Used vehicle cost of sales...    45,972,361     53,162,956     56,247,629     29,697,853     32,521,318
  Parts and service cost of
     sales.....................    14,473,261     15,234,938     16,684,932      8,228,910      8,100,711
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Total cost of
            sales..............   189,920,137    192,664,811    189,169,263     93,830,530    109,913,986
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Gross profit.........    27,156,382     28,592,723     29,110,138     14,342,651     17,544,591
SELLING, GENERAL AND
  ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES......    21,726,879     22,823,685     23,710,904     11,575,049     13,845,857
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
          Income from
            operations.........     5,429,503      5,769,038      5,399,234      2,767,602      3,698,734
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE:
  Interest expense, net........    (2,146,562)    (2,955,787)    (1,710,157)      (825,120)      (940,371)
  Other income (expense), net..       (28,869)       202,134        222,470         18,359        (19,035)
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME
  TAXES........................     3,254,072      3,015,385      3,911,547      1,960,841      2,739,328
PROVISION FOR INCOME
  TAXES........................       455,385        562,415        677,751        322,136        531,563
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
NET INCOME.....................  $  2,798,687   $  2,452,970   $  3,233,796   $  1,638,705   $  2,207,765
                                 ============   ============   ============   ============   ============
S-Corporation pro forma income
  taxes (unaudited)............       797,433        598,508        828,195        432,788        523,078
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Pro forma net income
  (unaudited)..................  $  2,001,254   $  1,854,462   $  2,405,601   $  1,205,917   $  1,684,687
                                 ============   ============   ============   ============   ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-56

SMITH GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                            ADDITIONAL
                                   COMMON    PAID-IN      RETAINED     TREASURY
                                   STOCK     CAPITAL      EARNINGS       STOCK        TOTAL
                                   ------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1993.......  $2,090   $5,890,228   $ 3,306,098   $(395,297)  $ 8,803,119
  Net income.....................     --            --     2,798,687          --     2,798,687
  Dividends......................     --            --    (1,787,914)         --    (1,787,914)
                                   ------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1994.......  2,090     5,890,228     4,316,871    (395,297)    9,813,892
  Net income.....................     --            --     2,452,970          --     2,452,970
  Dividends......................     --            --    (1,557,239)         --    (1,557,239)
                                   ------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995.......  2,090     5,890,228     5,212,602    (395,297)   10,709,623
  Net income.....................     --            --     3,233,796          --     3,233,796
  Issuance of common stock.......  1,000       479,000            --          --       480,000
  Dividends......................     --            --    (2,395,124)         --    (2,395,124)
                                   ------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996.......  3,090     6,369,228     6,051,274    (395,297)   12,028,295
  Net income (unaudited).........     --            --     2,207,765          --     2,207,765
  Dividends (unaudited)..........     --            --    (1,782,712)         --    (1,782,712)
                                   ------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
BALANCE, March 31, 1997
  (unaudited)....................  $3,090   $6,369,228   $ 6,476,327   $(395,297)  $12,453,348
                                   ======   ==========   ===========   =========   ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-57

SMITH GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                       FOR THE
                                                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 JUNE 30,
                                        ------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                           1994         1995         1996         1996         1997
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                      UNAUDITED
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income..........................  $2,798,687   $2,452,970   $3,233,796   $1,638,705   $2,207,565
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
    to net cash provided by operating
    activities --
    Depreciation and amortization.....     586,847      669,312      719,991      358,701      306,904
    LIFO reserve......................     510,715       78,061       35,489           --      (68,681)
    Deferred income taxes.............      (1,258)      29,389       35,839       17,561      (20,000)
    Provision for doubtful accounts...      64,357       61,460       49,729       26,207       37,197
    Loss (gain) on sale of assets.....      51,662      (74,258)      65,088       32,245           --
    Changes in assets and
      liabilities --
      Accounts receivable.............  (1,051,312)  (1,207,158)     (31,960)     519,041     (445,658)
      Inventories.....................  (1,860,114)      (4,323)  (2,726,301)  (2,180,430)  (2,393,657)
      Due from affiliates, net........      92,489     (136,650)      31,427       36,307       14,580
      Prepaid expenses................     (63,039)     264,974     (182,521)    (182,521)    (456,277)
      Other assets....................     159,412      (12,073)    (493,584)      50,610      158,866
      Floor plan notes payable........   1,395,865    2,175,223    3,252,493      769,874    2,845,527
      Accounts payable and accrued
         expenses.....................  (1,513,901)     678,372      346,332    1,268,456      (77,442)
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
         Total adjustments............  (1,628,277)   2,522,329    1,299,910      716,051      (98,641)
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
         Net cash provided by
           operating activities.......   1,170,410    4,975,299    4,533,706    2,354,756    2,108,924
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property and
    equipment.........................    (217,724)    (699,792)    (858,245)    (298,018)    (360,011)
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
         Net cash used in investing
           activities.................    (217,724)    (699,792)    (858,245)    (298,018)    (360,011)
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Principal payments of long-term
    debt..............................    (945,957)    (899,623)    (961,108)    (483,792)    (428,822)
  Borrowings of long-term debt........   1,828,333      375,071      533,722           --           --
  Issuance of common stock............          --           --      480,000           --           --
  Dividends...........................  (1,787,914)  (1,557,239)  (2,395,124)    (897,701)    (984,663)
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
         Net cash used in financing
           activities.................    (905,538)  (2,081,791)  (2,342,510)  (1,381,493)  (1,413,485)
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS.........................      47,148    2,193,716    1,332,951      675,245      335,428
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
  beginning of period.................   5,496,014    5,543,162    7,736,878    7,736,878    9,069,829
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
  end of period.......................  $5,543,162   $7,736,878   $9,069,829   $8,412,123   $9,405,257
                                        ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF
  CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
    Interest..........................  $2,562,555   $3,743,310   $2,818,402   $1,396,303   $1,844,514
    Taxes.............................     390,641      522,565      543,401      258,451      445,289

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-58

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All discussions and disclosures with a reference date subsequent to May 9, 1997 are unaudited.)

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Smith Group (the Companies) is primarily engaged in the retail sale of new and used automobiles and the sale of the related finance, insurance and service contracts thereon. In addition, the Companies sell automotive parts, provide vehicle servicing and sell wholesale used vehicles.

The following companies are included within the combined group:

Mike Smith Autoplaza, Inc. (MSAP)

MSAP consists of several franchises which conduct business at contiguous locations in Beaumont, Texas. The franchises operated in this location include Oldsmobile, Lincoln, Mercury, GMC, Mitsubishi, Kia and Honda.

Smith, Liu & Kutz, Inc. (Town North)

Town North consists of three companies operating several franchises which conduct business at contiguous locations in Austin, Texas. The franchises operated in this location include Nissan, Mitsubishi and Suzuki.

Courtesy Nissan, Inc. (Courtesy)

Courtesy is a Nissan dealership located in Richardson, Texas.

Smith, Liu & Corbin, Inc. (d.b.a. Acura Southwest) (Acura)

Acura is an Acura dealership located in Houston, Texas.

Round Rock Nissan, Inc. (Round Rock)

Round Rock is a Nissan dealership located in Round Rock, Texas.

The Companies and their stockholders intend to enter into a definitive agreement with Group 1 Automotive, Inc. (Group 1), pursuant to which all outstanding shares of the Companies' common stock will be exchanged for cash and shares of Group 1's common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of Group 1.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of the Companies listed above. The Companies have been presented on a combined basis due to their related operations, common ownership and common management control. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in combination.

Major Suppliers and Franchise Agreements

The Companies purchase substantially all of their new vehicles from Nissan Motor Co., Ltd., Honda Motor Co., Ltd., General Motors Corporation, Mitsubishi Motors Corp., Suzuki Motor Co., Ltd., Ford Motor Company and Kia Motor Co., Ltd. at the prevailing prices charged by the manufacturers to all franchised dealers. The Companies' sales volume could be adversely impacted by the manufacturers' inability to supply the dealership with an adequate supply of popular models or as a result of an unfavorable allocation of vehicles by the manufacturer.

F-59

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The dealer franchise agreements contain provisions which may limit changes in dealership management and ownership, place certain restrictions on the dealerships (such as minimum net worth requirements) and which also provide for the termination of the franchise agreement by the manufacturers in certain instances. Under certain state law, these restrictive provisions have been repeatedly found invalid both by state courts and administrative agencies. See "Risk Factors -- Manufacturers' Control Over Dealerships" and "Business -- Franchise Agreements" for further discussion.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from vehicle sales, parts sales and vehicle service is recognized upon delivery to the customer.

Finance, Insurance and Service Contract Income Recognition

The Companies arrange financing for customers through various institutions and receive financing fees equal to the difference between the loan rates charged to customers over the predetermined financing rates set by the financing institution. In addition, the Companies receive commissions from the sale of credit life and disability insurance and extended service contracts to customers.

The Companies may be charged back (chargebacks) for unearned financing fees, insurance or service contract commissions in the event of early termination of the contracts by customers. The revenues from financing fees and commissions are recorded at the time of the sale of the vehicles. The reserves for future chargebacks are based on historical operating results and the termination provisions of the applicable contracts. Finance, insurance and service contract income, net of estimated chargebacks, are included in other dealership revenue in the accompanying combined financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that have an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase and contracts in transit. Contracts in transit represent contracts on vehicles sold, for which the proceeds are in transit from financing institutions.

Inventories

New and demonstrator vehicles are stated at cost, determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis, which is not in excess of market.

Used vehicles are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined on a specific-unit basis.

Parts and accessories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated life of the asset.

Expenditures for major additions or improvements which extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized. Minor replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the life of such assets are charged to operations as incurred. Disposals are removed at cost less accumulated depreciation, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in current operations.

F-60

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of dealerships acquired (Town North Nissan, Courtesy Nissan and Mike Smith Auto Plaza) over the fair value of assets acquired at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years and amortization expense charged to operations totaled approximately $67,000 for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. Accumulated amortization totaled approximately $889,000 and $956,000 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Companies follow the liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the underlying assets are realized or liabilities are settled.

Certain of the Companies have elected S Corporation status, as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, whereby the companies are not subject to taxation for federal purposes. Under S Corporation status, the stockholders report their share of these companies' taxable earnings or losses in their personal tax returns.

Environmental Liabilities and Expenditures

Accruals for environmental matters, if any, are recorded as operating expenses when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Accrued liabilities are exclusive of claims against third parties and are not discounted.

In general, costs related to environmental remediation are charged to expense. Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs increase the value of the property and/or mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations.

Interest Expense

Automobile manufacturers periodically provide floorplan interest assistance, or subsidies, which reduce the Companies' cost of financing. The accompanying financial statements reflect interest expense net of floor plan assistance.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Companies' financial instruments consist primarily of floor plan notes payable and long-term debt. The carrying amount of these financial instruments approximates fair value due either to length of maturity or existence of variable interest rates that approximate market rates.

Advertising

The Company expenses production and other costs of advertising as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 totaled $2,241,055, $2,097,002 and $1,879,591, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Companies to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, contracts in transit and accounts receivable. The Company

F-61

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

maintains cash balances at financial institutions which may at times be in excess of federally insured levels. The Companies grant credit to local companies in various businesses. The Companies perform ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally do not require collateral. The Companies maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts at a level which management believes is sufficient to cover potential credit losses. The Companies have not incurred significant losses related to these financial instruments to date.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The significant estimates made by management in the accompanying financial statements relate to reserves for future chargebacks on finance, insurance and service contract income. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Interim Financial Information

As is normal and customary, the interim financial statements as of June 30, 1997, and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, are unaudited, and certain information normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles has not been included herein. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to fairly present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have been properly included. Due to seasonality and other factors, the results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that will be realized for the entire fiscal year.

Statements of Cash Flows

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include contracts in transit which are typically collected within one month or less. Additionally, the net change in floor plan financing of inventory, which is a customary financing technique in the industry, is reflected as an operating activity in the statements of cash flows.

New Accounting Pronouncement

Effective January 1, 1996, the Companies adopted SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset in question may not be recoverable. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset would be compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if a write-down to market value or discounted cash flow value is necessary. Adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Companies.

During June 1996 and June 1997 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 125 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities" and SFAS No. 130 "Reporting Comprehensive Income." The major provisions of these statements and their impact on the Company are discussed below.

SFAS No. 125 established criteria for recognition of a sale in conjunction with the transfer of financial assets, under which sales may only be recognized when the transferor has surrendered control of the

F-62

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

assets. This statement is not currently anticipated to have any impact on the Company as the Company does not currently enter into transactions which fall under the scope of this statement.

SFAS No. 130 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in an entity's financial statements. Comprehensive income represents all changes in equity of an entity during the reporting period, including net income and charges directly to equity which are excluded from net income. This statement is not anticipated to have any impact on the Company as the Company currently does not enter into any transactions which result in charges (or credits) directly to equity (such as additional minimum pension liability changes, currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, etc.).

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts receivable consist of the following:

                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ----------------------------
                                                               1995            1996
                                                           ------------    ------------
Vehicle receivables......................................   $1,080,501      $1,082,909
Amounts due from manufacturers...........................    1,224,067       1,670,776
Parts and service receivables............................      593,526         949,874
Warranty receivables.....................................      313,040         314,391
Due from finance companies...............................      572,090         392,192
Other....................................................      833,635         138,948
                                                            ----------      ----------
                                                             4,616,859       4,549,090
Less -- Allowance for doubtful accounts..................     (131,500)        (81,500)
                                                            ----------      ----------
                                                            $4,485,359      $4,467,590
                                                            ==========      ==========

Activity in the Companies' allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the following:

                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ------------------------------
                                                      1994       1995       1996
                                                    --------   --------   --------
Balance, beginning of year........................  $123,800   $123,800   $131,500
Additions charged to expense......................    64,357     61,460     49,729
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written
  off.............................................   (64,357)   (53,760)   (99,729)
                                                    --------   --------   --------
                                                    $123,800   $131,500   $ 81,500
                                                    ========   ========   ========

Inventories consist of the following:

                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ----------------------------
                                                             1995            1996
                                                         ------------    ------------
New vehicles...........................................  $22,490,819     $24,302,689
Used vehicles..........................................    5,931,163       6,936,348
Parts, accessories and other...........................    3,193,566       3,102,812
Accumulated LIFO reserve...............................   (3,668,927)     (3,704,416)
                                                         -----------     -----------
                                                         $27,946,621     $30,637,433
                                                         ===========     ===========

If the specific-unit method of inventory were used, net income would have increased by approximately $511,000, $78,000 and $35,000, for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

F-63

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:

                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ----------------------------
                                                               1995            1996
                                                           ------------    ------------
Accounts payable, trade..................................   $3,342,165      $3,696,293
Reserve for finance, insurance and service contract
  chargebacks............................................    1,633,822       1,374,780
Other accrued expenses...................................    3,187,496       3,438,742
                                                            ----------      ----------
                                                            $8,163,483      $8,509,815
                                                            ==========      ==========

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

                                             ESTIMATED              DECEMBER 31,
                                            USEFUL LIVES    ----------------------------
                                              IN YEARS          1995            1996
                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
Land......................................       --         $ 4,711,997     $ 4,789,177
Buildings.................................       35           4,797,574       4,858,250
Leasehold improvements....................       15           1,274,911       1,367,199
Machinery and equipment...................        7           1,517,522       1,720,940
Furniture and fixtures....................        7           2,300,038       2,535,075
Autos and trucks..........................        5             213,198         321,316
Rental vehicles...........................       --              95,294         124,023
                                                            -----------     -----------
          Total...........................                   14,910,534      15,715,980
Less -- Accumulated depreciation..........                   (5,242,995)     (5,895,986)
                                                            -----------     -----------
  Property and equipment, net.............                  $ 9,667,539     $ 9,819,994
                                                            ===========     ===========

5. FLOOR PLAN NOTES PAYABLE:

Floorplan notes payable reflect amounts payable for the purchase of specific vehicle inventory and consist of the following:

                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ----------------------------
                                                             1995            1996
                                                         ------------    ------------
New vehicles...........................................  $25,708,702     $27,712,804
Used vehicles..........................................    1,715,530       2,963,921
                                                         -----------     -----------
          Total floor plan notes payable...............  $27,424,232     $30,676,725
                                                         ===========     ===========

Floorplan notes payable are due to various floor plan lenders, bearing interest at rates ranging from prime (adjusted for volume with lender (8.0% at December 31, 1996)) to prime plus 1.75%. As of December 31, 1995 and 1996, the weighted average interest rate on floorplan notes payable outstanding was 8.84% and 8.66%, respectively. Interest expense on floorplan notes payable, before manufacturer interest assistance, totaled approximately $2,248,351, $3,188,220 and $2,523,296 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. Manufacturer interest assistance, which is recorded as a reduction to interest expense in the accompanying financial statements, totaled approximately $731,948, $837,201 and $1,111,068 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. The flooring arrangements permit the Companies to borrow up to $37,212,000 dependent upon new and used vehicle sales and inventory levels. As of December 31, 1996, total available borrowings under floor plan agreements were approximately $6,535,000. Payments on the notes are due when the related vehicles are sold and are collateralized by substantially all new and used vehicles.

F-64

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

6. LONG-TERM DEBT:

Long-term debt consists of the following:

                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ------------------------
                                                                1995          1996
                                                             ----------    ----------
Note payable to Texas Commerce Bank (TCB), with monthly
  principal payments of $41,892, due through March 2004,
  bearing interest at 7.5%, payable monthly................  $4,143,918    $3,641,136
Mortgage loan with TCB, with monthly principal payments of
  $15,000, due through May 2005, bearing interest at prime
  plus .25% (8.50% at December 31, 1996), payable
  monthly..................................................   1,675,000     1,494,291
Note payable to Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation (NMAC),
  with monthly principal payments of $7,500, due through
  January 2002, bearing interest at prime plus 1.75% (10.0%
  at December 31, 1996), payable monthly...................          --       450,000
Other notes payable, maturing in varying amounts through
  November 2000 with interest ranging from prime plus .25%
  to prime plus 1.5%.......................................     564,507       370,612
                                                             ----------    ----------
                                                              6,383,425     5,956,039
Less -- Current portion....................................    (775,844)     (949,565)
                                                             ----------    ----------
                                                             $5,607,581    $5,006,474
                                                             ==========    ==========

The Note payable to TCB due March 2004 is secured by a security interest in the outstanding and issued capital stock of Town North and Courtesy, and is also secured by a first priority lien on the land and buildings of Town North. The note payable to TCB due May 2005 is secured by substantially all property, improvements and equipment of Acura. The note payable to NMAC is secured by substantially all of the assets of Round Rock, including vehicle inventory, machinery and equipment. Certain stockholders of the companies have also provided personal guarantees on the notes payable to TCB and NMAC.

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 1996, are as follows:

YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
------------

   1997...........................................................  $  949,565
   1998...........................................................     839,644
   1999...........................................................     846,513
   2000...........................................................     807,428
   2001...........................................................     771,704
   Thereafter.....................................................   1,741,185
                                                                    ----------
                                                                    $5,956,039
                                                                    ==========

F-65

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

Capital stock consists of the following:

                                                AUTHORIZED   ISSUED   OUTSTANDING   PAR VALUE
                                                ----------   ------   -----------   ---------
Common stock --
  MSAP........................................    10,000     1,000         800        $1.00
  Town North Nissan...........................     1,000     1,000       1,000          .01
  Town North Suzuki...........................     1,000     1,000       1,000          .01
  Town North Mitsubishi.......................     1,000     1,000       1,000         1.00
  Courtesy....................................     1,000     1,000       1,000          .05
  Acura.......................................     2,000     2,000       2,000          .01
  Round Rock..................................     1,000     1,000       1,000         1.00

Treasury stock consists of 200 shares of the common stock of MSAP at a cost of approximately $395,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1996.

8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

Operating Leases with Stockholders

MSAP and Round Rock lease land and facilities from entities owned by various stockholders of the Companies. Additional information regarding the terms of these leases is contained in Note 9 "Operating Leases".

Stockholder Loan Guarantees

The Companies have provided guarantees and/or pledged assets as security far certain outstanding loan obligations of various related parties. See Note 11 "Commitments and Contingencies," for discussion of guarantee and security arrangements provided on behalf of related parties.

Company Indebtedness Guaranteed by Stockholders

Stockholders of Acura, Town North and Round Rock have provided personal guarantees related to the repayment of long-term debt obligations incurred by those entities (see Note 6). As of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, Company debt guaranteed by stockholders totaled approximately $5.6 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

Insurance Commissions and Management Fees

The Companies sell credit life and disability insurance policies which are underwritten by an entity owned by certain stockholders of the Companies. The Companies paid commissions of approximately $88,300, $205,000 and $260,800 on such policies sold during the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

The Companies pay management fees to an entity owned by certain stockholders of the Companies for consultation and direct management assistance with respect to operations and strategic planning. Management fee expense totaled approximately $74,300, $87,700 and $75,700 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

Other

Certain stockholders of the Companies, employees and family members have invested funds through the dealerships in cash management accounts with the dealerships' floorplan institutions. These

F-66

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

funds are not available for withdrawal by the Companies, and accordingly are excluded from the accompanying financial statements. The amount of such funds totalled approximately $4,163,900 and $5,516,200 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996.

Advances to Group 1

The Companies have consummated a loan with Group 1 in order to finance the expenses of Group 1 prior to the acquisition. The balance of this loan at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 was approximately $48,000 and $403,000, respectively, bearing interest at a rate of 7.0% per annum.

9. OPERATING LEASES:

The Companies lease various facilities and equipment under operating lease agreements, including leases with related parties. These leases are noncancelable and expire on various dates through August 2013. The lease agreements are subject to renewal under essentially the same terms and conditions as the original leases.

Future minimum lease payments for operating leases are as follows:

 YEAR ENDING                                  RELATED       THIRD
DECEMBER 31 --                                PARTIES      PARTIES        TOTAL
--------------                               ----------   ----------   -----------
   1997....................................  $  918,000   $  500,681   $ 1,418,681
   1998....................................     918,000      479,876     1,397,876
   1999....................................     918,000      472,655     1,390,655
   2000....................................     499,500      453,149       952,649
   2001....................................     360,000      433,387       793,387
   Thereafter..............................   4,440,000    4,896,000     9,336,000
                                             ----------   ----------   -----------
             Total.........................  $8,053,500   $7,235,748   $15,289,248
                                             ==========   ==========   ===========

Total rent expense under all operating leases, including operating leases with related parties, was approximately $1,059,000, $1,088,000 and $1,157,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Rental expense on related-party leases, which is included in the above amounts, totaled approximately $558,000, $558,000 and $591,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

10. INCOME TAXES:

The S Corporations will terminate S Corporation status concurrent with the effective date of the offering. The Companies are subject to a Texas franchise tax which is an income based tax.

Federal and state income taxes are as follows:

                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                  --------------------------------
                                                    1994        1995        1996
                                                  --------    --------    --------
Federal --
  Current.......................................  $298,135    $382,865    $460,166
  Deferred......................................     6,547      36,310      29,304
State --
  Current.......................................   158,508     150,161     181,746
  Deferred......................................    (7,805)     (6,921)      6,535
                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                  $455,385    $562,415    $677,751
                                                  ========    ========    ========

F-67

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Actual income tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory corporate tax rate of 34 percent to income before income taxes as follows:

                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                             --------------------------------------
                                                1994          1995          1996
                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
Provision at the statutory rate............  $1,106,384    $1,025,231    $1,329,926
Increase (decrease) resulting from --
  Income of S Corporation..................    (799,855)     (619,972)     (888,533)
  State income tax, net of benefit for
     federal deduction.....................     136,750       123,800       165,900
  Other....................................      12,106        33,356        70,458
                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
                                             $  455,385    $  562,415    $  677,751
                                             ==========    ==========    ==========

Deferred income tax provisions result from temporary differences in the recognition of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and for tax purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences representing deferred tax assets and liabilities result principally from the following:

                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ----------------------
                                                               1995         1996
                                                             ---------    ---------
Reserves and accruals not deductible until paid............  $ 257,693    $ 191,862
Depreciation...............................................   (246,234)    (217,611)
Other......................................................    (11,150)      (9,781)
                                                             ---------    ---------
                                                             $     309    $ (35,530)
                                                             =========    =========

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1995        1996
                                                              --------    --------
Deferred tax assets --
  Current...................................................  $257,693    $191,862
  Long-term.................................................        --          --
                                                              --------    --------
          Total.............................................   257,693     191,862
                                                              --------    --------
Deferred tax liabilities --
  Current...................................................    11,150       9,781
  Long-term.................................................   246,234     217,611
                                                              --------    --------
          Total.............................................   257,384     227,392
                                                              --------    --------
          Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)......  $    309    $(35,530)
                                                              ========    ========

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Litigation

The Companies are defendants in several lawsuits arising from normal business activities. Management has reviewed pending litigation with legal counsel and believes that the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Companies' financial position or results of operations.

F-68

SMITH GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Insurance

The Companies carry a standard range of insurance coverage, including general and business auto liability, commercial property, workers' compensation and excess liability coverage. The Companies have not incurred significant claims or losses on any of their insurance policies.

Loan Guarantees

As discussed in Note 8, MSAP and Round Rock lease land and facilities from entities owned by certain stockholders of the Companies. Both MSAP and Round Rock serve as guarantor on mortgage loans covering the leased facilities. MSAP guarantees two loans which bear interest at prime and a fixed rate of 7.5% and mature in June 2003 and March 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, amounts outstanding or these loans totaled $2,384,272 and $2,256,064, respectively. The loan guaranteed by Round Rock bears interest at prime plus 1% and matures in November 2009. As of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, amounts outstanding on this note totaled $2,386,258 and $2,413,136, respectively.

12. PROPOSED ACQUISITION BY GROUP 1:

The stockholders of the Companies intend to enter into definitive purchase agreements with Group 1 providing for the acquisition of the Companies by Group
1. In conjunction with the acquisition of the Companies by Group 1, all existing operating leases with related parties will be restructured under new lease agreements and the principal stockholder of the Companies will obtain releases for the Companies from the stockholder loan guarantees discussed above.

F-69


NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SUCH SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                        PAGE
                                        ----
Prospectus Summary....................     3
Risk Factors..........................    13
The Acquisitions......................    23
Use of Proceeds.......................    28
Dividend Policy.......................    28
Dilution..............................    29
Capitalization........................    30
Selected Financial Data...............    31
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................    34
Business..............................    52
Management............................    68
Certain Transactions..................    74
Principal and Selling Stockholders....    78
Description of Capital Stock..........    79
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......    83
Underwriting..........................    85
Validity of Common Stock..............    86
Experts...............................    86
Available Information.................    87
Index to Financial Statements.........   F-1

THROUGH AND INCLUDING , 1997 (THE 25TH DAY AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.



4,800,000 SHARES

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

COMMON STOCK

(PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)

PROSPECTUS
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY

SECURITIES, INC.

REPRESENTATIVES OF THE UNDERWRITERS


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The expenses of the Offering are estimated to be as follows:

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.........  $   20,073
NASD filing fee.............................................       7,524
New York Stock Exchange listing fee.........................     120,000
Legal fees and expenses.....................................   1,100,000
Accounting fees and expenses................................   2,850,000
Printing expenses...........................................     600,000
Transfer Agent fees.........................................       2,500
Miscellaneous...............................................     299,003
                                                              ----------
          Total.............................................  $5,000,000
                                                              ==========

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Article Sixth, Part II, Section I of the Company's Charter, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 3.1, provides that directors, officers, employees and agents shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL.

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes, inter alia, a corporation to indemnify any person ("indemnitee") who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer or director of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify past or present officers and directors of such corporation or of another corporation or other enterprise at the former corporation's request, in an action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action referred to above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses (including attorney's fees) which he actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Section 145 further provides that any indemnification shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in each specific case upon a determination by the (i) stockholders, (ii) Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding or (iii) independent counsel if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs. Section 145 provides that indemnification pursuant to its provision is not exclusive of other rights of indemnification to which a person may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 145 of the DGCL also empowers the Company to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was an officer or director of the Company against liability asserted against or incurred by him in any such capacity, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify

II-1


such officer or director against such liability under the provisions of Section
145. The Company intends to purchase and maintain a directors' and officers' liability policy for such purposes.

The form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement contains certain provisions for indemnification of directors and officers of the Company and the Underwriters against civil liabilities under the Securities Act.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

On December 21, 1995, the Company sold 1,000 shares of Common Stock to Smith & Liu Management Company, a Texas partnership, of which Charles M. Smith is a partner, for $500. The Company relied on an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in effecting this transaction.

On July 5, 1996, the Company sold 500 shares of Common Stock to B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr. for $5,000. The Company relied on an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in effecting this transaction.

On June 14, 1997, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with each of the Founding Companies and all of their respective stockholders. Under each Stock Purchase Agreement, all of the capital stock of each Founding Company will be acquired by the Company and each stockholder of the Founding Companies will receive cash and/or shares of Common Stock. An aggregate of 9,079,084 shares of Common Stock will be issued in the Acquisitions. Each Acquisition will be consummated immediately prior to the Closing of the Offering. The Company is relying on an exemptions under Rule 506 and 4(2) under the Securities Act in effecting this transaction.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS

(a) Exhibits:

 1.1            -- Form of Underwriting Agreement
*2.1            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                   Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc. and the stockholders of Howard
                   Pontiac-GMC, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
*2.2            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                   Bob Howard Motors, Inc. and the stockholders of Bob
                   Howard Motors, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
*2.3            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                   Bob Howard Chevrolet, Inc. and the stockholders of Bob
                   Howard Chevrolet, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
*2.4            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                   Bob Howard Automotive-H, Inc. and the stockholders of Bob
                   Howard Automotive-H, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
*2.5            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                   Bob Howard Dodge, Inc. and the stockholders of Bob Howard
                   Dodge, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
*2.6            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                   Southwest Toyota, Inc. and the stockholders of Southwest
                   Toyota, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
*2.7            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                   SMC Luxury Cars, Inc. and the stockholders of SMC Luxury
                   Cars, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
*2.8            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                   Smith, Liu & Kutz, Inc. and the stockholders of Smith,
                   Liu & Kutz, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.

II-2


 *2.9            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Smith, Liu & Corbin, Inc. and the stockholders of Smith,
                    Liu & Corbin, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.10           -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Round Rock Nissan, Inc. and the stockholders of Round
                    Rock Nissan, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.11           -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Mike Smith Autoplaza, Inc. and the stockholders of Mike
                    Smith Autoplaza, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.12           -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Courtesy Nissan, Inc. and the stockholders of Courtesy
                    Nissan, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.13           -- Stock Purchase Agreement between Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
                    and the stockholders of Foyt Motors, Inc. dated June 14,
                    1997.
 *3.1            -- Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
  3.2            -- Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior
                    Participating Preferred Stock
 *3.3            -- Bylaws of the Company
  4.1            -- Specimen Common Stock certificate
  5.1            -- Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
 10.1            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and B.B.
                    Hollingsworth, Jr.
 10.2            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and
                    Robert E. Howard II.
 10.3            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and
                    Sterling B. McCall, Jr.
 10.4            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and
                    Charles M. Smith.
 10.5            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and John
                    T. Turner.
 10.6            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and
                    Scott L. Thompson.
*10.7            -- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan
*10.8            -- First Amendment to 1996 Stock Incentive Plan
*10.9            -- Form of Related Party Lease Agreement
 10.10           -- Rights Agreement between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and
                    ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as rights agent
                    dated October 3, 1997.
 10.11           -- 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 10.12           -- Form of Agreement between Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., and
                    Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
 10.13           -- Form of Supplemental Agreement to General Motors
                    Corporation Dealer Sales and Service Agreement.
 10.14           -- Approval Letter dated December 11, 1996 from Nissan Motor
                    Corporation U.S.A.
 10.15           -- Amendment to Approval Letter from Nissan Motor
                    corporation U.S.A. dated September 29
 10.16           -- Supplemental Terms and Conditions between Ford Motor
                    Company and Group 1 Automotive, Inc. dated September 4,
                    1997.
 10.17           -- Toyota Dealer Agreement between Gulf States Toyota, Inc.
                    and Southwest Toyota, Inc. dated April 5, 1993.

II-3


 10.18           -- Lexus Dealer Agreement between Toyota Motor Sales,
                    U.S.A., Inc. and SMC Luxury Cars, Inc. dated August 21,
                    1995.
 10.19           -- Commitment Letter between Group 1 Automotive, Inc., Texas
                    Commerce Bank National Association and Chase Securities
                    Inc. dated September 22, 1997.
 10.20           -- Letter Agreement between Mitsubishi Motor Sales of
                    America, Inc. and Group 1 Automotive, Inc. dated June 20,
                    1997.
 10.21           -- Supplemental Agreement to Dealer Sales and Service
                    Agreement (Public Traded Company) among Foyt Motors,
                    Inc., Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and American Isuzu Motors
                    Inc.
 10.22           -- Stock Purchase Agreement Among Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc.,
                    Bob Howard Automotive-East, Inc. and the Stockholder of
                    Bob Howard Automitive-East, Inc. dated as of September
                    12, 1997.
 10.23           -- Form of Employment Agreement between Group 1 Automotive,
                    Inc. and Kevin H. Whalen.
*11.1            -- Statement re computation of per share earnings
 23.1            -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
 23.2            -- Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit
                    5.1 hereto)
 23.3            -- Consent of Abowitz, Rhodes & Dahnke, P.C.
*24.1            -- Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to
                    this Registration Statement)
*27.1            -- Financial Data Schedule


* Previously filed.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
(4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on the 14th day of October, 1997.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By /s/ B.B. HOLLINGSWORTH, JR.
 -----------------------------------
       B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr.
    Chairman, President and Chief
           Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 14th day of October, 1997.

                      SIGNATURE                                              TITLE
                      ---------                                              -----

             /s/ B.B. HOLLINGSWORTH, JR.                   Chairman, President and Chief Executive
-----------------------------------------------------      Officer and Director (Principal Executive
               B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr.                     Officer)

                /s/ SCOTT L. THOMPSON                      Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
-----------------------------------------------------      Officer and Treasurer (Chief Financial and
                  Scott L. Thompson                        Accounting Officer)

                          *                                Director
-----------------------------------------------------
                 Robert E. Howard II

                          *                                Director
-----------------------------------------------------
               Sterling B. McCall, Jr.

                          *                                Director
-----------------------------------------------------
                  Charles M. Smith

                          *                                Director
-----------------------------------------------------
                   John H. Duncan

                          *                                Director
-----------------------------------------------------
                 Bennett E. Bidwell

             *By: /s/ SCOTT L. THOMPSON
  ------------------------------------------------
                  Scott L. Thompson
                  Attorney-in-fact

II-5


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                  DESCRIPTION
 ------                                  -----------
  1.1            -- Form of Underwriting Agreement
 *2.1            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc. and the stockholders of Howard
                    Pontiac-GMC, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.2            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Bob Howard Motors, Inc. and the stockholders of Bob
                    Howard Motors, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.3            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Bob Howard Chevrolet, Inc. and the stockholders of Bob
                    Howard Chevrolet, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.4            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Bob Howard Automotive-H, Inc. and the stockholders of Bob
                    Howard Automotive-H, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.5            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Bob Howard Dodge, Inc. and the stockholders of Bob Howard
                    Dodge, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.6            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Southwest Toyota, Inc. and the stockholders of Southwest
                    Toyota, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.7            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    SMC Luxury Cars, Inc. and the stockholders of SMC Luxury
                    Cars, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.8            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Smith, Liu & Kutz, Inc. and the stockholders of Smith,
                    Liu & Kutz, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.9            -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Smith, Liu & Corbin, Inc. and the stockholders of Smith,
                    Liu & Corbin, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.10           -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Round Rock Nissan, Inc. and the stockholders of Round
                    Rock Nissan, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.11           -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Mike Smith Autoplaza, Inc. and the stockholders of Mike
                    Smith Autoplaza, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.12           -- Stock Purchase Agreement among Group 1 Automotive, Inc.,
                    Courtesy Nissan, Inc. and the stockholders of Courtesy
                    Nissan, Inc. dated June 14, 1997.
 *2.13           -- Stock Purchase Agreement between Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
                    and the stockholders of Foyt Motors, Inc. dated June 14,
                    1997.
 *3.1            -- Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
  3.2            -- Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior
                    Participating Preferred Stock
 *3.3            -- Bylaws of the Company
  4.1            -- Specimen Common Stock certificate
  5.1            -- Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
 10.1            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and B.B.
                    Hollingsworth, Jr.
 10.2            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and
                    Robert E. Howard II.
 10.3            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and
                    Sterling B. McCall, Jr.


EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                  DESCRIPTION
 ------                                  -----------
 10.4            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and
                    Charles M. Smith.
 10.5            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and John
                    T. Turner.
 10.6            -- Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and
                    Scott L. Thompson.
*10.7            -- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan
*10.8            -- First Amendment to 1996 Stock Incentive Plan
*10.9            -- Form of Related Party Lease Agreement
 10.10           -- Rights Agreement between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and
                    ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as rights agent
                    dated October 3, 1997.
 10.11           -- 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 10.12           -- Form of Agreement between Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., and
                    Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
 10.13           -- Form of Supplemental Agreement to General Motors
                    Corporation Dealer Sales and Service Agreement.
 10.14           -- Approval Letter dated December 11, 1996 from Nissan Motor
                    Corporation U.S.A.
 10.15           -- Amendment to Approval Letter from Nissan Motor
                    corporation U.S.A. dated September 29
 10.16           -- Supplemental Terms and Conditions between Ford Motor
                    Company and Group 1 Automotive, Inc. dated September 4,
                    1997.
 10.17           -- Toyota Dealer Agreement between Gulf States Toyota, Inc.
                    and Southwest Toyota, Inc. dated April 5, 1993.
 10.18           -- Lexus Dealer Agreement between Toyota Motor Sales,
                    U.S.A., Inc. and SMC Luxury Cars, Inc. dated August 21,
                    1995.
 10.19           -- Commitment Letter between Group 1 Automotive, inc., Texas
                    Commerce Bank National Association and Chase Securities
                    Inc. dated September 22, 1997.
 10.20           -- Letter Agreement between Mitsubishi Motor Sales of
                    America, Inc. and Group 1 Automotive, Inc. dated June 20,
                    1997.
 10.21           -- Supplemental Agreement to Dealer Sales and Service
                    Agreement (Public Traded Company) among Foyt Motors,
                    inc., Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and American Isuzu Motors
                    Inc.
 10.22           -- Stock Purchase Agreement Among Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc.,
                    Bob Howard Automotive-East, Inc. and the Stockholder of
                    Bob Howard Automitive-East, Inc. dated as of September
                    12, 1997.
 10.23           -- Form of Employment Agreement between Group 1 Automotive,
                    Inc. and Kevin H. Whalen.
*11.1            -- Statement re computation of per share earnings
 23.1            -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
 23.2            -- Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit
                    5.1 hereto)
 23.3            -- Consent of Abowitz, Rhodes & Dahnke, P.C.
*24.1            -- Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to
                    this Registration Statement)
*27.1            -- Financial Data Schedule


* Previously filed.


GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

COMMON STOCK (PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)


UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

....................., 1997

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc., As representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto,
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
85 Broad Street,
New York, New York 10004.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") an aggregate of 4,428,136 shares and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to 720,000 additional shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Stock"), of the Company, and W.C. Smith (the "Selling Stockholder") proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of 371,864 shares. The aggregate of 4,800,000 shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholder is herein called the "Firm Shares" and the aggregate of 720,000 additional shares to be sold by the Company is herein called the "Optional Shares". The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the "Shares."

1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-29893)(the "Initial Registration Statement") in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a "Rule 462(b) Registration Statement"), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933,


as amended (the "Act"), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act, is hereinafter called a "Preliminary Prospectus"); the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the registration statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the "Registration Statement"; and such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the "Prospectus";

(ii) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;

(iii) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;

(iv) Neither the Company nor any of the Founding Groups (as defined in the Prospectus) has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of the Founding Groups, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company or the Founding Groups, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus;

2

(v) The Company and each of the companies listed on Schedule A hereto (the "Founding Companies") has good and indefeasible title to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and the Founding Companies; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and the Founding Companies are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and the Founding Companies, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(vi) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company or the Founding Companies to own or lease their properties or conduct their businesses as described in the Prospectus; and each of the Founding Companies has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

(vii) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock"; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each Founding Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and, upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the 13 stock purchase agreements, each dated June 14, 1997, each of which is among the Company, a Founding Company and the stockholders of such Founding Company (except for the stock purchase agreement for Foyt Motors, Inc. (the "Foyt Agreement"), which is among the Company and the stockholders of Foyt Motors, Inc.) (collectively, the "Stock Purchase Agreements"), will be owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

(viii) The Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock";

(ix) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Stock Purchase Agreements will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any Dealer Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (except as described in the Prospectus) or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Founding Companies is a party or by which the Company or any of the Founding Companies is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the

3

Company or any of the Founding Companies is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Founding Companies or any of their properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company and the Founding Companies of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreements, except (i) the registration under the Act of the Shares, (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (iii) the filings required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "H-S-R Act"), and the expiration or termination of the waiting period thereunder, which period has expired or been terminated.

(x) No consent, approval or other authorization of any automobile manufacturer is required for the issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company or the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or in the Stock Purchase Agreements, except (i) the consent of each of the manufacturers named in Schedule B hereto (collectively, the "Manufacturers' Consents"), which consents have been obtained and are in full force and effect and (ii) as described in the Prospectus.

(xi) Neither the Company nor any of the Founding Companies is
(i) in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or
(ii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except where such default would not have a material adverse effect on the current or future consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company and the Founding Companies taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse Effect");

(xii) The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock," insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, and under the caption "Underwriting", insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the documents referred to therein, are accurate in all material respects;

(xiii) Other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of the Founding Companies is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of the Founding Companies is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of the Founding Companies, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

(xiv) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares, will not be an "investment company" or an entity "controlled" by an "investment company", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act");

(xv) Arthur Andersen LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and the Founding Companies, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

4

(xvi) The Company and the Founding Companies have obtained all environmental permits, licenses and other authorizations required by federal, state and local law in order to conduct their businesses as described in the Prospectus, except where failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and the Founding Companies are conducting their businesses in compliance with such permits, licenses and authorizations and with applicable environmental laws, except where the failure to be in compliance would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and, except as described in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of the Founding Companies is in violation of any Federal or state law or regulation relating to the storage, handling, disposal, release or transportation of hazardous or toxic materials, which violation would subject it to any material liability or disability;

(xvii) The Company and the Founding Companies have all licenses, franchises, permits, authorizations, approvals and orders and other concessions of and from all governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary to own or lease their properties and conduct their businesses as described in the Prospectus, except for such licenses, franchises, permits authorizations, approvals and orders the failure to obtain which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xviii) The Company and each of the Founding Companies is conducting business in compliance with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, standards, guides and orders administered or issued by any governmental or regulatory authority in the jurisdictions in which it is conducting business, except where the failure to be so in compliance would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xix) The Company or, if applicable, a Founding Company, has entered into a dealer agreement with each of the manufacturers listed on Schedule B hereto (collectively, the "Dealer Agreements"), each of which has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company or the applicable Founding Company, is in full force and effect and constitutes the valid and binding agreement between the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable Federal and state franchise laws; the Company or the applicable Founding Companies are in compliance with all material terms and conditions of the Dealer Agreements, and, to the best knowledge of the Company, there has not occurred any material default under any of the Dealer Agreements or any event that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would constitute a default thereunder;

(xx) Each of the Stock Purchase Agreements has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of such party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles, except that no representation is being made with respect to Sections 8.2 or 8.3 of the Stock Purchase Agreements or with respect to Section 8.4 of the Foyt Agreement; each of the Stock Purchase Agreements is in full force and effect on and as of the date hereof and each of the representations and warranties of the Company and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, of each of the other parties thereto set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreements was true and correct at the time such representations and warranties were made and is true and correct at and as of the date hereof;

(xxi) No registration under the Act or the Investment Company Act, and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or governmental agency or body is required for the issuance of Stock of the Company to the stockholders of the Founding Companies pursuant to and as contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreements,

5

except such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as have been obtained or made; and

(xxii) No holders of any securities of the Company have any rights to require the Company to register any securities of the Company under the Act (other than the Selling Stockholder, with respect to the Shares to be sold by him pursuant to this Agreement).

(b) The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

(i) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by the Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement hereinafter referred to, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; and the Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power-of-Attorney and the Custody Agreement and, upon the closing of the Acquisitions, will have full right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by the Selling Stockholder with all of the provisions of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder or the property of the Selling Stockholder;

(iii) Immediately prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined in
Section 4 hereof) the Selling Stockholder will have good and valid title to the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

(iv) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided hereunder, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement), without your prior written consent;

(v) The Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(vi) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein, such Preliminary Prospectus and the Registration

6

Statement did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(vii) In order to document the Underwriters' compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery (as hereinafter defined) a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof);

(viii) Certificates in negotiable form representing all of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder will be placed in custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the "Custody Agreement"), duly executed and delivered by the Selling Stockholder to ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as custodian (the "Custodian"), and the Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the "Power of Attorney"), appointing the persons indicated in Schedule II hereto, and each of them, as the Selling Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact (the "Attorneys-in-Fact") with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of the Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholder as provided in Section 2 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of the Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement; and

(ix) The Shares to be held in custody for the Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder; the arrangements made by the Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by the Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable; the obligations of the Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of the Selling Stockholder, or by the occurrence of any other event; if the Selling Stockholder should die or become incapacitated, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates representing the Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Custody Agreement; and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the Power of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, or other event.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company and the Selling Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholder, at a purchase price per share of $.............., the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholder as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the

7

Underwriters from the Company and the Selling Stockholder hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to 720,000 Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering overallotments in the sale of the Firm Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may request upon at least forty-eight hours prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholder to Goldman, Sachs & Co., for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer to the Company and the Custodian on behalf of the Selling Stockholder in immediately available funds. The Company will cause the certificates representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004 (the "Designated Office"). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on ............., 1997 or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the written notice given by Goldman, Sachs & Co. of the Underwriters' election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the "First Time of Delivery", such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the "Second Time of Delivery", and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a "Time of Delivery".

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7(k) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., 1001 Fannin Street, Houston, Texas 77002 (the "Closing Location"), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at .......p.m., Houston, Texas time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Agreement, "New

8

York Business Day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission's close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus which shall be reasonably disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus or suspending any such qualification, promptly to use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any events shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as

9

defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided hereunder, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than (i) pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement or (ii) in connection with and as consideration for acquisitions of automobile dealerships; provided that the proposed transferee agrees in writing for the benefit of the Underwriters to be found by the foregoing provisions), without your prior written consent;

(f) To furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail;

(g) During a period of five years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders generally, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission);

(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Prospectus under the caption "Use of Proceeds";

(i) To use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange");

(j) To file with the Commission such reports on Form SR as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act; and

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act.

6. The Company and the Selling Stockholder covenant and agree with one another and with the several Underwriters that (a) the Company and the Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid a pro rata share (based on the number of Shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholder hereunder) of the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in

10

connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; and (v) the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, securing any required review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the terms of the sale of the Shares;
(b) the Company will pay or cause to be paid: (i) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar and
(iii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this
Section 6; and (c) such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholder's obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Stockholder, (ii) such Selling Stockholder's pro rata share of the fees and expenses of the Attorneys-in-Fact and the Custodian, and (iii) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholder shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8 and 11 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

7. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties of the Company and of the Selling Stockholder herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction. If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement;

(b) Sullivan & Cromwell, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such opinion or opinions (a draft of each such opinion is attached as Annex II(a) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, with respect to the incorporation of the Company, the validity of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery, this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and such other related matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

11

(c) Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P., counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion (a draft of each such opinion is attached as Annex II(b) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

(i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus;

(ii) The Company's authorized capital stock is as set forth in the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares being delivered to you at such Time of Delivery) have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; and the Shares conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock", insofar as such description relates to legal matters or provisions of governing instruments;

(iii) Each of the Founding Companies has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each such Founding Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and, upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreements, will be owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims (such counsel being entitled to rely in respect of the opinion in this clause upon opinions of local counsel and in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers of the Company or the Founding Companies, provided that such counsel shall state that they believe that both you and they are justified in relying upon such opinions and certificates);

(iv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge and other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of the Founding Companies is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of the Founding Companies is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of the Founding Companies, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others (such counsel being entitled to rely in respect of the opinion in this clause, to the extent such counsel deems appropriate, upon certificates of officers of the Company and litigation searches of Federal and state courts in the counties where the Company's and the Founding Companies' principal places of business are located, provided that such counsel shall state that they believe both you and they are justified in so relying upon such certificates and searches);

(v) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(vi) The issue and sale of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Stock Purchase Agreement will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any Dealer Agreement (except as described in the Prospectus) or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which the Company or any of the Founding Companies is a party or by which the Company or any of the Founding Companies

12

is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of the Founding Companies is subject and which is material to the Company and the Founding Companies taken as a whole, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or any statute or any order, rule or regulation known to such counsel of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Founding Companies or any of their properties (except that such counsel need express no opinion with respect to federal or state securities laws or Blue Sky laws with respect to this paragraph);

(ix) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company and the Founding Companies of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreements, except (i) the registration under the Act of the Shares, (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (iii) the filings required under the H-S-R Act, and the waiting period thereunder, which has expired or been terminated;

(x) The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock", insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, and under the caption "Underwriting", insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate in all material respects;

(xi) The Company is not an "investment company" or an entity "controlled" by an "investment company", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act; and

(xii) No registration under the Act or the Investment Company Act, and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or governmental agency or body is required for the issuance of Stock of the Company to the stockholders of the Founding Companies pursuant to and as contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreements, except such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as have been obtained or made.

Such counsel's opinion shall also state that the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any further amendments and supplements thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery (other than the financial statements, including the notes thereto, and financial statement schedules and other financial and accounting information included therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) appear on their face to comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (such counsel may state that, in passing upon such form, they have necessarily assumed the correctness and completeness of the statements made therein). Such counsel shall also state that, although they are not passing upon, do not assume any responsibility for, and have not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, except for those referred to in the opinion in subsection (xi) of this Section 7(c), and assume no responsibility for and have not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, including the notes thereto and the financial statement schedules and other financial and accounting data included in the Registration Statement (and have not examined the financial records from which such statements and data were derived), no information has come to their attention that causes them to believe that the Registration Statement or any further amendment thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery, as

13

of the time it became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus or any further amendment or supplement thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery, as of its date or as of the Time of Delivery, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Such counsel shall also state that they do not know of any amendment to the Registration Statement required to be filed or of any contracts or other documents of a character required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which are not filed or described as required;

(d) Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P., special counsel for the Selling Stockholder, shall have furnished to you their written opinion (a draft of each such opinion is attached as Annex II(c) hereto), dated the First Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

(i) A Power-of-Attorney and a Custody Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by the Selling Stockholder and constitute valid and binding agreements of the Selling Stockholder in accordance with their terms;

(ii) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder; and the sale of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by the Selling Stockholder with all of the provisions of this Agreement, the Power-of-Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other material agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of any order, rule or regulation known to such counsel (other than applicable federal or state securities laws) of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder or the property of the Selling Stockholder;

(iii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder, except (i) the registration under the Act of the Shares, (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, and (iii) the filings required under the H-S-R Act and the waiting period thereunder, which has expired or been terminated;

(iv) Immediately prior to the First Time of Delivery, the Selling Stockholder was the holder of record of the Shares to be sold at the First Time of Delivery by the Selling Stockholder under this Agreement; and

(v) Good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, has been transferred to each of the several Underwriters who have purchased such Shares in good faith and without notice of any such lien, equity or claim or any other adverse claim within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code.

In rendering the opinion in paragraphs (ii) and (iv), such counsel may rely upon a certificate of such

14

Selling Stockholder in respect of matters of fact as to ownership of, and liens, encumbrances, equities or claims on, the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder, provided that such counsel shall state that they believe that both you and they are justified in relying upon such certificate;

(e) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Arthur Anderson LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as Annex I(a) hereto and a draft of the form of letter to be delivered on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and as of each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b) hereto);

(f)(i) Neither the Company nor any of the Founding Companies shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of the Founding Groups or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company and the Founding Groups, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in Clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Representatives so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(g) On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange;
(ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company's securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, if the effect of any such event specified in this Clause (iv) in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(h) The Shares at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(i) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

(j) The Company has obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each stockholder of each Founding Company substantially to the effect set forth in Subsection 1(b)(iv) hereof in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(k) The Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have furnished or caused to be

15

furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling Stockholder, respectively, reasonably satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholder of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (f) of this Section;

(l) The Manufacturers' Consents shall be valid and binding and in full force and effect;

(m) Each of the Acquisitions shall have been consummated pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreements, and all of the conditions thereto, as set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreements, shall have been satisfied; and

(n) Each of Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. and Abowitz, Rhodes & Dahnke, shall have furnished to the Company their written confirmation, dated such Time of Delivery, of their opinions previously delivered to the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to you.

8. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein.

(b) The Selling Stockholder will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary

16

Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and provided, further, that the liability of the Selling Shareholder under this Section 8(b) shall be limited to an amount equal to the initial public offering price per Share set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus multiplied by the number of Shares sold by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or the Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and the Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or the Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection
(a), (b) or (c) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the

17

Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholder on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholder under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the respective Selling Stockholder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

9. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company that you have

18

so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company notifies you that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone a Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term "Underwriter" as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

10. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the Selling Stockholders, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

11. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholder shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided herein, the Company and the Selling Stockholder pro rata (based on the number of Shares to be sold by the Company and such Selling Stockholder hereunder) will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the Shares not so delivered except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof.

19

12. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you by Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of you as the representatives; and in all dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, you and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder made or given by any or all of the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representatives in care of Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for such Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters' Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholder by you on request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

13. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder and, to the extent provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

14. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term "business day" shall mean any day when the Commission's office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

15. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

16. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us ten counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

20

Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney-in-Fact for a Selling Stockholder represents by so doing that he has been duly appointed as Attorney-in-Fact by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power-of-Attorney which authorizes such Attorney-in-Fact to take such action.

Very truly yours,

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.

By:

Name:


Title:

W.C. Smith

By:

Name:


Title:
As Attorney-in-Fact acting on
behalf of W.C. Smith

Accepted as of the date hereof:

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc.

By:

(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

21

SCHEDULE I

                                                                                             NUMBER OF OPTIONAL
                                                                                                SHARES TO BE
                                                                      TOTAL NUMBER OF           PURCHASED IF
                                                                        FIRM SHARES            MAXIMUM OPTION
                            UNDERWRITER                               TO BE PURCHASED             EXERCISED
                            -----------                               ---------------          ---------------
Goldman, Sachs & Co.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated  . . . . . . .
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . .        _________                _________

        Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
                                                                        ============            =============

22

SCHEDULE II

                                                                                             NUMBER OF OPTIONAL
                                                                                                SHARES TO BE
                                                                      TOTAL NUMBER OF              SOLD IF
                                                                           SHARES              MAXIMUM OPTION
                                                                         TO BE SOLD               EXERCISED
                                                                    -------------------    -----------------------
The Company.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     The Selling Stockholder:                                            4,428,136                 720,000


         W.C. Smith(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           371,864                    --



                                                                         ---------               ----------
        Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          4,800,000                 720,000
                                                                         =========                 =======

(a) This Selling Stockholder is represented by Vinson & Elkins, 1001 Fannin Street, Houston, TX 77002 and has appointed [NAMES OF ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT (NOT LESS THAN TWO)], and each of them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

23

EXHIBIT 4.1

COMMON STOCK [LOGO] PAR VALUE $.01

     NUMBER                                                       SHARES
1     GPI

     INCORPORATED UNDER                      THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE
      THE LAWS OF THE                                IN NEW YORK, NY
     STATE OF DELAWARE                           AND RIDGEFIELD PARK, NJ

                                                       CUSIP 398905 10 9

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

is the owner of

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation"), transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Witness the seal of the Corporation and the signatures of its duly authorized Officers.

Dated:
        /s/ B.B. HOLLINGSWORTH, JR.    COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
        CHAIRMAN PRESIDENT AND         CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, L.L.C.
        CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER                     TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

[SEAL]

/s/ SCOTT L. THOMPSON            BY
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, TREASURER            AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER


NON-NEGOTIABLE COMMEMORATIVE CERTIFICATE
GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

The Corporation will furnish to the record holder of this certificate without charge on written request to such corporation at its principal place of business a full statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof which such corporation is authorized to issue and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common      UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -      Custodian
TEN ENT - as tenants by the                            ------         --------
          entireties                                   (Cust)          (Minor)
JT TEN -  as joint tenants with                        under Uniform Gifts to
          right of survivorship                        Minors
          and not as tenants                           Act
          in common                                       ------------------
                                                             (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
[ ]


(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)




Shares

of the Capital Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint


Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated


NOTICE: (SIGNATURE)
THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT
MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS
WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE
CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR
WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT
OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.


(SIGNATURE)

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GURANTEED BY AN
"ELIGIBLE GURANTOR INSTITUTION" AS DEFINED
IN RULE 17 AD-16 UNDER THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE ACT 103A, AS AMENDED.

Signature Guaranteed By:



This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain Rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., dated as of October 3, 1997 (the "Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by seperate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request therefor. As described in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to or acquired by any Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate thereof (each as defined in the Rights Agreement) shall,

under certain circumstances, become null and void.


EXHIBIT 5.1

October 14, 1997

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
950 Echo Lane, Suite 350
Houston, Texas 77024

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as counsel for Group 1 Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and W.C. Smith (the "Selling Stockholder"), in connection with the proposed offer and sale by the Company and the Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters (the "Underwriters"), pursuant to the prospectus forming a part of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-29893, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "S.E.C.") on June 24, 1997 (such Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date thereof being referred to herein as the "Registration Statement"), of an aggregate of 4,800,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock"), of the Company, together with a maximum of 720,000 shares of Common Stock which may be sold to the Underwriters pursuant to the over-allotment option provided in the Underwriting Agreement (collectively, said shares of Common Stock are referred to herein as the "Shares"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.

We are rendering this opinion as of the time the Registration Statement becomes effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act.

In connection with the opinion expressed herein, we have examined, among other things, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company, the records of corporate proceedings that have occurred prior to the date hereof with respect to such offering, the Registration Statement and the form of Underwriting Agreement to be executed among the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc., as Representative of the several Underwriters. We have also reviewed such questions of law as we have deemed necessary or appropriate.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (i) the Shares proposed to be sold by the Company to the Underwriters have been validly authorized for issuance and, upon the issuance and delivery thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement (assuming that it is executed in the form reviewed by us) and as set forth in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) the Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling


Group 1 Automotive, Inc.

Page 2

October 14, 1997

Stockholder to the Underwriters, when sold as described in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

This opinion is limited in all respects to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the statements with respect to us under the headings "Validity of Common Stock" and "Risk Factors -- No Agreement with American Honda Motor Co., Inc." in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, but we do not thereby admit that we are within the class of persons whose consent is required under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the S.E.C. issued thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.


EXHIBIT 10.1

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. having offices at 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77024 ("Employer"), and B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr., an individual currently residing at 5763 Indian Circle, Houston, Texas 77057 ("Employee"), to be effective as of October __, 1997.

For and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, and obligations contained herein, Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES:

1.1. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to be employed by Employer, beginning October __, 1997 and continuing throughout the Term (as defined below) of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2. Employee shall serve as "Chief Executive Officer" of Employer. Employee agrees to serve in the assigned position and to perform diligently and to the best of Employee's abilities the duties and services appertaining to such position as determined by Employer, as well as such additional or different duties and services appropriate to such position which Employee from time to time may be reasonably directed to perform by Employer. Employee shall at all times comply with and be subject to such policies and procedures as Employer may establish from time to time.

1.3. Employee shall, during the period of Employee's employment by Employer, devote Employee's full business time, energy, and best efforts to the business and affairs of Employer. Employee may not engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business, investment, or activity that interferes with Employee's performance of Employee's duties hereunder, is contrary to the interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or requires any significant portion of Employee's business time; provided, however, that Employee may engage in passive personal investments that do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or interfere with Employee's performance of his or her duties hereunder.

1.4. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and to do no act which would injure the business, interests, or reputation of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. In keeping with these duties, Employee shall make full disclosure to Employer of all business opportunities pertaining to Employer's business and shall not appropriate for Employee's own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.

1.5. It is agreed that any direct or indirect interest in, connection with, or benefit from any outside activities, particularly commercial activities, which interest might in any way adversely affect Employer, or any of its affiliates, involves a possible conflict of interest. In keeping with Employee's fiduciary duties to Employer, Employee agrees that Employee shall not knowingly become involved in a conflict of interest with Employer, or its affiliates, or upon discovery thereof, allow such a conflict to continue. Moreover, Employee agrees that Employee shall disclose to Employer's General Counsel


(who shall be Employer's outside General Counsel unless Employer has employed an inside General Counsel) any facts which might involve such a conflict of interest that has not been approved by Employer's President. Employer and Employee recognize that it is impossible to provide an exhaustive list of actions or interests which constitute a "conflict of interest". Moreover, Employer and Employee recognize there are many borderline situations. In some instances, full disclosure of facts by Employee to Employer's General Counsel may be all that is necessary to enable Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates to protect its interests. In others, if no improper motivation appears to exist and the interests of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates have not suffered, prompt elimination of the outside interest will suffice. In still others, it may be necessary for Employer to terminate the employment relationship. Employee agrees that Employer's determination as to whether a conflict of interest exists shall be conclusive. Employer reserves the right to take such action as, in its judgment, will end the conflict.

2. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS:

2.1. Employee's initial base salary under this Agreement shall be $360,000.00 per annum and shall be paid in semi-monthly installments in accordance with Employer's standard payroll practice. Employee's base salary may be increased from time to time by Employer and, after any such change, Employee's new level of base salary shall be Employee's base salary for purposes of this Agreement until the effective date of any subsequent change.

2.2 Employee's participation in bonus plans shall be governed by the bonus and incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer in which Employee is a participant.

2.3. If Employee is granted stock options, Employee will enter into a separate written stock option agreement pursuant to which Employee shall be granted the option to acquire common stock of Employer subject to the terms and conditions of Employer's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the stock option agreement entered into thereunder. The number of shares, exercise price per share and other terms of the options shall be as specified in such other written agreement.

2.4. While employed by Employer, Employee shall be allowed to participate, on the same basis generally as other employees of Employer, in all general employee benefit plans and programs, including improvements or modifications of the same, which on the effective date or thereafter are made available by Employer to all or substantially all of Employer's employees. Such benefits, plans, and programs may include, without limitation, medical, health, and dental care, life insurance, disability protection, and pension plans. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed or interpreted to provide greater rights, participation, coverage, or benefits under such benefit plans or programs than provided to similarly situated employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of such benefit plans and programs.

2.5. Employer shall not by reason of this Article 2 be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such incentive compensation or employee benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to covered employees generally. Moreover, unless specifically provided for in a written plan document adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer, none of the benefits or arrangements described in this Article 2 shall be

-2-

secured or funded in any way, and each shall instead constitute an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future exclusively from the general assets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2.6. Employer may withhold from any compensation, benefits, or amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

3. TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OF TERM, AND TERMINATION PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF TERM AND EFFECTS OF SUCH TERMINATION:

3.1. The term of this Agreement shall be for five (5) years from October __, 1997 through October __, 2002. Should Employee remain employed by Employer beyond the expiration of the Term, such employment shall convert to a month-to-month relationship terminable at any time by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, upon thirty days notice. Upon such termination of the continued at-will employment relationship by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonus with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated. Upon termination of employment, Employee shall repay to Employer all advances received by Employee from Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including all advances drawn against any bonus.

3.2. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) For "cause" upon the determination by Employer's Board of Directors that "cause" exists for the termination of the employment relationship. As used in this Section 3.2(i), the term "cause" shall mean (a) Employee has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence or willful misconduct in the performance of, or Employee's willful refusal without proper reason to perform, the duties and services required of Employee pursuant to this Agreement; (b) Employee has been convicted of a felony; or (c) Employee's material breach of any material provision of this Agreement or corporate code or policy. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the decision as to whether "cause" exists for termination of the employment relationship by Employer is delegated to Employer's Board of Directors for determination. Employee, if he so requests, after reasonable notice of such Board of Directors meeting, shall be entitled to be heard before the Board of Directors. If Employee disagrees with the decision reached by Employer's Board of Directors, the dispute will be limited to whether Employer's Board of Directors reached its decision in good faith;

-3-

(ii) for any other reason whatsoever, including termination without cause, in the sole discretion of Employer's Board of Directors;

(iii) upon Employee's death; or

(iv) upon Employee's becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness, or other circumstance which in the reasonable opinion of a qualified doctor approved by Employer's Board of Directors renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of Employee, and which will continue in the reasonable opinion of such doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.

The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute a "Termination for Cause" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(i); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4. The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iii) as a result of Employee's death is specified in Section 3.7. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iv) as a result of the Employee becoming incapacitated is specified in Section 3.8.

3.3. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employee shall have the right to terminate the employment relationship under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) a material breach by Employer of any material provision of this Agreement, which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice of such breach by Employee to Employer's Board of Directors;

(ii) the dissolution of Employer; or

(iii) for any other reason whatsoever, in the sole discretion of Employee.

The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.3(i) or 3.3(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute a "Voluntary Termination" if made pursuant to Sections 3.3(iii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4.

3.4. Upon a "Voluntary Termination" of the employment relationship by Employee or a termination of the employment relationship for "Cause" by Employer, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate as of the date of termination. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

-4-

3.5. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by either Employer or Employee pursuant to Sections 3.2(ii) or 3.3(i), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive the compensation specified in Section 2.1, payable bi-weekly, as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by Employee pursuant to Sections 3.3(ii), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive in a lump sum payment the compensation specified in
Section 2.1 as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Employee shall not be under any duty or obligation to seek or accept other employment following Involuntary Termination and the amounts due Employee hereunder shall not be reduced or suspended if Employee accepts subsequent employment. Employee's rights under this Section 3.5 are Employee's sole and exclusive rights against Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, and Employer's and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' sole and exclusive liability to Employee under this Agreement, in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship.

3.6. Employee covenants not to sue or lodge any claim, demand or cause of action against Employer based on Involuntary Termination for any monies other than those specified in Section 3.5. If Employee breaches this covenant, Employer, and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' shall be entitled to recover from Employee all sums expended by Employer, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (including costs and attorneys' fees) in connection with such suit, claim, demand or cause of action. Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall not be entitled to offset any of the amounts specified in the immediately preceding sentence against amounts otherwise owing by Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates to Employee prior to a final determination under the terms of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement that Employee has breached the covenant contained in this Section 3.6.

3.7. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's death, Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall be entitled to Employee's pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.8. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's incapacity, Employee shall be entitled to his pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.9. In all cases, the compensation and benefits payable to Employee under this Agreement upon termination of the employment relationship shall be reduced and offset by any amounts to which Employee may otherwise be entitled under any and all severance plans (excluding any pension, retirement and profit sharing plans of Employer that may be in effect from time to time) or policies of

-5-

Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates or any successor to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer.

3.10. Termination of the employment relationship shall not terminate those obligations imposed by this Agreement which are continuing in nature, including, without limitation, Employee's obligations of confidentiality, non-competition and Employee's continuing obligations with respect to business opportunities that had been entrusted to Employee by Employer during the employment relationship.

3.11. This Agreement governs the rights and obligations of Employer and Employee with respect to Employee's salary and other perquisites of employment.

4. UNITED STATES FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT AND OTHER LAWS:

4.1. Employee shall at all times comply with United States laws applicable to Employee's actions on behalf of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including specifically, without limitation, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, generally codified in 15 USC 78 (FCPA), as the FCPA may hereafter be amended, and/or its successor statutes. If Employee pleads guilty to or nolo contendre or admits civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee has personal civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee committed an action resulting in Employer or any of its subsidiaries having civil or criminal liability or responsibility under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, such action or finding shall constitute "cause" for termination under this Agreement unless Employer's Board of Directors determines that the actions found to be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable United States law were taken in good faith and in compliance with all applicable policies of Employer. Moreover, to the extent that Employer or any of its subsidiaries is found or held responsible for any civil or criminal fines or sanctions of any type under the FCPA or other applicable United States law or suffers other damages as a result of Employee's actions, Employee shall be responsible for, and shall reimburse and pay to such Employer an amount of money equal to, such civil or criminal fines, sanctions or damages. The rights afforded Employer under this provision are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by the law.

5. OWNERSHIP AND PROTECTION OF INFORMATION; COPYRIGHTS:

5.1. Employer owns certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets to which Employee will be given access for the purpose of carrying out his or her employment responsibilities hereunder. Furthermore, Employer agrees to provide Employee with confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets regarding the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, in order to assist Employee in satisfying his or her obligations hereunder.

5.2 All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, whether patentable or not, which are conceived, made, developed or acquired by Employee, individually or in conjunction with others, during Employee's employment by Employer (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's premises or otherwise) which relate to Employer's or any of

-6-

its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, research, financial and sales data, pricing and trading terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer's organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names, and marks) shall be disclosed to Employer and are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon termination of Employee's employment, for any reason, Employee promptly shall deliver the same, and all copies thereof, to Employer.

5.3. Employee will not, at any time during or after his employment by Employer, make any unauthorized disclosure of any confidential business information or trade secrets of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out of his employment responsibilities hereunder. As a result of Employee's employment by Employer, Employee may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, confidential business information or trade secrets of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Employee also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party confidential information and trade secrets to the same extent, and on the same basis, as Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' confidential business information and trade secrets.

5.4. If, during Employee's employment by Employer, Employee creates any original work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression which is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations on acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to Employer's, or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Employee or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' premises or otherwise), Employer shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Employee in the scope of his or her employment; or, if the work is not prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment but is specially ordered by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be the author of the work. If such work is neither prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire, then Employee hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to Employer all of Employee's worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.5. Both during the period of Employee's employment by Employer and thereafter, Employee shall assist Employer, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and their nominees, at any time, in the protection of Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' worldwide right, title, and interest in and to information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, and its copyrighted works, including without limitation, the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or their nominees and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

-7-

6. POST-EMPLOYMENT NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS:

6.1. As part of the consideration for the compensation and benefits to be paid and extended to Employee hereunder, and as an additional incentive for Employer to enter into this Agreement, Employer and Employee agree to the non-competition provisions of this Article 6. Employee agrees that during the period of Employee's non-competition obligations hereunder, Employee will not, directly or indirectly for Employee or for others, in any geographic area or market where Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies are conducting any business as of the date of termination of the employment relationship or have during the previous twelve months conducted any business:

(i) engage in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(ii) render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association, or entity who is engaged, directly or indirectly, in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(iii) encourage or induce any current or former employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave the employment of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or proselytize, offer employment, retain, hire or assist in the hiring of any such employee by any person, association, or entity not affiliated with Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (iii) shall prohibit Employee from offering employment to any prior employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates who was not employed by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time in the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Employee's employment.

The non-competition obligations set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) of this
Section 6.1 shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of three
(3) years after termination of employment. The obligations set forth in subsection (iii) of this Section 6.1 with respect to employees shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of five (5) years after termination of employment If Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates abandons a particular aspect of its business, that is, ceases such aspect of its business with the intention to permanently refrain from such aspect of its business, then this post-employment non-competition covenant shall not apply to such former aspect of that business.

6.2. Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the world during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that Employee will receive sufficiently high remuneration and other benefits (e.g., the right to receive compensation under Section 3.6 for the remainder of the Term upon Involuntary Termination and access to certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets) under this Agreement to

-8-

justify such restriction. Employee acknowledges that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article 6 by Employee, and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article 6 by terminating any payments then owing to Employee under this Agreement and/or to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach, without any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedies. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article 6, but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity to Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including, without limitation, the recovery of damages from Employee and his agents involved in such breach.

6.3. It is expressly understood that the restrictions contained in this Article 6 are related to and result from the agreements of Employer and Employee in Article 5 and agreed that Employer and Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Article 6 to be reasonable and necessary to protect the confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions therein set forth to be modified by such courts so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully enforced.

7. MISCELLANEOUS:

7.1. For purposes of this Agreement the terms "affiliates" or "affiliated" means an entity who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Employer.

7.2. Employee shall refrain, both during the employment relationship and after the employment relationship terminates, from publishing any oral or written statements about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory; or that disclose private or confidential information about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' business affairs, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that constitute an intrusion into the seclusion or private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about the private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that place Employer or its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives in a false light before the public; or that constitute a misappropriation of the name or likeness Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives. A violation or threatened violation of this prohibition may be enjoined.

7.3. For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

-9-

If to Employer to:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
950 Echo Lane, Suite 350
Houston, TX 77024

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2300 First City Tower
1001 Fannin Street
Houston, TX 77002-6760

Attn: John S. Watson

If to Employee, to the address shown on the first page hereof.

Either Employer or Employee may furnish a change of address to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

7.4. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflict-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction of the Agreement to the laws of another State or country.

7.5. No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

7.6. It is a desire and intent of the parties that the terms, provisions, covenants, and remedies contained in this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any such term, provision, covenant, or remedy of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances shall, to any extent, be construed to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, then such term, provision, covenant, or remedy shall be construed in a manner so as to permit its enforceability under the applicable law to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any case, the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances other than those to which they have been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect.

7.7. Any and all claims, demands, cause of action, disputes, controversies and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any provision hereof, the alleged breach thereof, or in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, involving Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates and Employee (all of which are referred to herein as "Claims"), even though some or all of such Claims allegedly are extra-contractual in nature, whether such Claims sound in

-10-

contract, tort or otherwise, at law or in equity, under state or federal law, whether provided by statute or the common law, for damages or any other relief, including equitable relief and specific performance, shall be resolved and decided by binding arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect with the American Arbitration Association. In the arbitration proceeding the Employee shall select one arbitrator, the Employer shall select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator. Should one party fail to select an arbitrator within five days after notice of the appointment of an arbitrator by the other party or should the two arbitrators selected by the Employee and the Employer fail to select an arbitrator within ten days after the date of the appointment of the last of such two arbitrators, any person sitting as a Judge of the United States District Court of the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, upon application of the Employee or the Employer, shall appoint an arbitrator to fill such space with the same force and effect as though such arbitrator had been appointed in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 7.7. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Employee, the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in Houston, Texas. Judgment upon any award rendered in any such arbitration proceeding may be entered by any federal or state court having jurisdiction.

This agreement to arbitrate shall be enforceable in either federal or state court. The enforcement of this agreement to arbitrate and all procedural aspects of this Agreement to arbitrate, including but not limited to, the construction and interpretation of this agreement to arbitrate, the scope of the arbitrable issues, allegations of waiver, delay or defenses to arbitrability, and the rules governing the conduct of the arbitration, shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.

In deciding the substance of any such Claim, the Arbitrators shall apply the substantive laws of the State of Texas; provided, however, that the Arbitrators shall have no authority to award treble, exemplary or punitive type damages under any circumstances regardless of whether such damages may be available under Texas law, the parties hereby waiving their right, if any, to recover treble, exemplary or punitive type damages in connection with any such Claims.

7.8. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employer its subsidiaries and affiliates and any other person, association, or entity which may hereafter acquire or succeed to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer by any means whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise. Employee's rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal and such rights, benefits, and obligations of Employee shall not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated, or transferred, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by Employee without the prior written consent of Employer.

7.9. Except as provided in (1) written company policies promulgated by Employer dealing with issues such as securities trading, business ethics, governmental affairs and political contributions, consulting fees, commissions and other payments, compliance with law, investments and outside business interests as officers and employees, reporting responsibilities, administrative compliance, and the like, (2) the written benefits, plans, and programs referenced in Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, or (3) any signed written agreements contemporaneously or hereafter executed by Employer and Employee, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to such subject matters, and

-11-

contains all of the covenants, promises, representations, warranties, and agreements between the parties with respect to such subject matters and replaces and merges previous agreements and discussions pertaining to the employment relationship between Employer and Employee. Specifically, but not by way of limitation, any other employment agreement or arrangement in existence as of the date hereof between Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and Employee is hereby canceled and Employee hereby irrevocably waives and renounces all of Employee's rights and claims under any such agreement or arrangement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have duly executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective on the date first stated above.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By:

B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer


Employee

-12-

EXHIBIT 10.2
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. having offices at 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77024 ("Employer"), and Robert E. Howard II, an individual currently residing at 1825 N. Coltrane, Edmond, Oklahoma 73034 ("Employee"), to be effective as of October __, 1997.

For and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, and obligations contained herein, Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES:

1.1. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to be employed by Employer, beginning October __, 1997 and continuing throughout the Term (as defined below) of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2. Employee shall serve as "President -- Howard Group" of Employer. Employee agrees to serve in the assigned position and to perform diligently and to the best of Employee's abilities the duties and services appertaining to such position as determined by Employer, as well as such additional or different duties and services appropriate to such position which Employee from time to time may be reasonably directed to perform by Employer. Employee shall at all times comply with and be subject to such policies and procedures as Employer may establish from time to time.

1.3. Employee shall, during the period of Employee's employment by Employer, devote Employee's full business time, energy, and best efforts to the business and affairs of Employer. Employee may not engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business, investment, or activity that interferes with Employee's performance of Employee's duties hereunder, is contrary to the interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or requires any significant portion of Employee's business time; provided, however, that Employee may engage in passive personal investments that do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or interfere with Employee's performance of his or her duties hereunder.

1.4. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and to do no act which would injure the business, interests, or reputation of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. In keeping with these duties, Employee shall make full disclosure to Employer of all business opportunities pertaining to Employer's business and shall not appropriate for Employee's own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.


1.5. It is agreed that any direct or indirect interest in, connection with, or benefit from any outside activities, particularly commercial activities, which interest might in any way adversely affect Employer, or any of its affiliates, involves a possible conflict of interest. In keeping with Employee's fiduciary duties to Employer, Employee agrees that Employee shall not knowingly become involved in a conflict of interest with Employer, or its affiliates, or upon discovery thereof, allow such a conflict to continue. Moreover, Employee agrees that Employee shall disclose to Employer's General Counsel (who shall be Employer's outside General Counsel unless Employer has employed an inside General Counsel) any facts which might involve such a conflict of interest that has not been approved by Employer's President. Employer and Employee recognize that it is impossible to provide an exhaustive list of actions or interests which constitute a "conflict of interest". Moreover, Employer and Employee recognize there are many borderline situations. In some instances, full disclosure of facts by Employee to Employer's General Counsel may be all that is necessary to enable Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates to protect its interests. In others, if no improper motivation appears to exist and the interests of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates have not suffered, prompt elimination of the outside interest will suffice. In still others, it may be necessary for Employer to terminate the employment relationship. Employee agrees that Employer's determination as to whether a conflict of interest exists shall be conclusive. Employer reserves the right to take such action as, in its judgment, will end the conflict.

2. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS:

2.1. Employee's initial base salary under this Agreement shall be $300,000.00 per annum and shall be paid in semi-monthly installments in accordance with Employer's standard payroll practice. Employee's base salary may be increased from time to time by Employer and, after any such change, Employee's new level of base salary shall be Employee's base salary for purposes of this Agreement until the effective date of any subsequent change.

2.2 Employee's participation in bonus plans shall be governed by the bonus and incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer in which Employee is a participant.

2.3. If Employee is granted stock options, Employee will enter into a separate written stock option agreement pursuant to which Employee shall be granted the option to acquire common stock of Employer subject to the terms and conditions of Employer's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the stock option agreement entered into thereunder. The number of shares, exercise price per share and other terms of the options shall be as specified in such other written agreement.

2.4. While employed by Employer, Employee shall be allowed to participate, on the same basis generally as other employees of Employer, in all general employee benefit plans and programs, including improvements or modifications of the same, which on the effective date or thereafter are made available by Employer to all or substantially all of Employer's employees. Such benefits, plans, and programs may include, without limitation, medical, health, and dental care, life insurance, disability protection, and pension plans. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed or interpreted to provide greater rights, participation, coverage, or benefits under such benefit plans or programs

-2-

than provided to similarly situated employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of such benefit plans and programs.

2.5. Employer shall not by reason of this Article 2 be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such incentive compensation or employee benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to covered employees generally. Moreover, unless specifically provided for in a written plan document adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer, none of the benefits or arrangements described in this Article 2 shall be secured or funded in any way, and each shall instead constitute an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future exclusively from the general assets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2.6. Employer may withhold from any compensation, benefits, or amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

3. TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OF TERM, AND TERMINATION PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF TERM AND EFFECTS OF SUCH TERMINATION:

3.1. The term of this Agreement shall be for five (5) years from October __, 1997 through October __, 2002. Should Employee remain employed by Employer beyond the expiration of the Term, such employment shall convert to a month-to-month relationship terminable at any time by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, upon thirty days notice. Upon such termination of the continued at-will employment relationship by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonus with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated. Upon termination of employment, Employee shall repay to Employer all advances received by Employee from Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including all advances drawn against any bonus.

3.2. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) For "cause" upon the determination by Employer's Board of Directors that "cause" exists for the termination of the employment relationship. As used in this Section 3.2(i), the term "cause" shall mean (a) Employee has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence or willful misconduct in the performance of, or Employee's willful refusal without proper reason to perform, the duties and services required of Employee pursuant to this Agreement; (b) Employee has been convicted of a felony; or (c) Employee's

-3-

material breach of any material provision of this Agreement or corporate code or policy. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the decision as to whether "cause" exists for termination of the employment relationship by Employer is delegated to Employer's Board of Directors for determination. Employee, if he so requests, after reasonable notice of such Board of Directors meeting, shall be entitled to be heard before the Board of Directors. If Employee disagrees with the decision reached by Employer's Board of Directors, the dispute will be limited to whether Employer's Board of Directors reached its decision in good faith;

(ii) for any other reason whatsoever, including termination without cause, in the sole discretion of Employer's Board of Directors;

(iii) upon Employee's death; or

(iv) upon Employee's becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness, or other circumstance which in the reasonable opinion of a qualified doctor approved by Employer's Board of Directors renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of Employee, and which will continue in the reasonable opinion of such doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.

The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute a "Termination for Cause" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(i); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4. The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iii) as a result of Employee's death is specified in Section 3.7. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iv) as a result of the Employee becoming incapacitated is specified in Section 3.8.

3.3. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employee shall have the right to terminate the employment relationship under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) a material breach by Employer of any material provision of this Agreement, which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice of such breach by Employee to Employer's Board of Directors;

(ii) the dissolution of Employer; or

(iii) for any other reason whatsoever, in the sole discretion of Employee.

-4-

The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.3(i) or 3.3(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute a "Voluntary Termination" if made pursuant to Sections 3.3(iii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4.

3.4. Upon a "Voluntary Termination" of the employment relationship by Employee or a termination of the employment relationship for "Cause" by Employer, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate as of the date of termination. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.5. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by either Employer or Employee pursuant to Sections 3.2(ii) or 3.3(i), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive the compensation specified in Section 2.1, payable bi-weekly, as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by Employee pursuant to Sections 3.3(ii), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive in a lump sum payment the compensation specified in
Section 2.1 as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Employee shall not be under any duty or obligation to seek or accept other employment following Involuntary Termination and the amounts due Employee hereunder shall not be reduced or suspended if Employee accepts subsequent employment. Employee's rights under this Section 3.5 are Employee's sole and exclusive rights against Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, and Employer's and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' sole and exclusive liability to Employee under this Agreement, in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship.

3.6. Employee covenants not to sue or lodge any claim, demand or cause of action against Employer based on Involuntary Termination for any monies other than those specified in Section 3.5. If Employee breaches this covenant, Employer, and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' shall be entitled to recover from Employee all sums expended by Employer, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (including costs and attorneys' fees) in connection with such suit, claim, demand or cause of action. Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall not be entitled to offset any of the amounts specified in the immediately preceding sentence against amounts otherwise owing by Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates to Employee prior to a final determination under the terms of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement that Employee has breached the covenant contained in this Section 3.6.

-5-

3.7. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's death, Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall be entitled to Employee's pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.8. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's incapacity, Employee shall be entitled to his pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.9. In all cases, the compensation and benefits payable to Employee under this Agreement upon termination of the employment relationship shall be reduced and offset by any amounts to which Employee may otherwise be entitled under any and all severance plans (excluding any pension, retirement and profit sharing plans of Employer that may be in effect from time to time) or policies of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates or any successor to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer.

3.10. Termination of the employment relationship shall not terminate those obligations imposed by this Agreement which are continuing in nature, including, without limitation, Employee's obligations of confidentiality, non-competition and Employee's continuing obligations with respect to business opportunities that had been entrusted to Employee by Employer during the employment relationship.

3.11. This Agreement governs the rights and obligations of Employer and Employee with respect to Employee's salary and other perquisites of employment.

4. UNITED STATES FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT AND OTHER LAWS:

4.1. Employee shall at all times comply with United States laws applicable to Employee's actions on behalf of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including specifically, without limitation, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, generally codified in 15 USC 78 (FCPA), as the FCPA may hereafter be amended, and/or its successor statutes. If Employee pleads guilty to or nolo contendre or admits civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee has personal civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee committed an action resulting in Employer or any of its subsidiaries having civil or criminal liability or responsibility under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, such action or finding shall constitute "cause" for termination under this Agreement unless Employer's Board of Directors determines that the actions found to be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable United States law were taken in good faith and in compliance with all applicable policies of Employer. Moreover, to the extent that Employer or any of its subsidiaries is found or held responsible for any civil or criminal fines or

-6-

sanctions of any type under the FCPA or other applicable United States law or suffers other damages as a result of Employee's actions, Employee shall be responsible for, and shall reimburse and pay to such Employer an amount of money equal to, such civil or criminal fines, sanctions or damages. The rights afforded Employer under this provision are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by the law.

5. OWNERSHIP AND PROTECTION OF INFORMATION; COPYRIGHTS:

5.1. Employer owns certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets to which Employee will be given access for the purpose of carrying out his or her employment responsibilities hereunder. Furthermore, Employer agrees to provide Employee with confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets regarding the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, in order to assist Employee in satisfying his or her obligations hereunder.

5.2 All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, whether patentable or not, which are conceived, made, developed or acquired by Employee, individually or in conjunction with others, during Employee's employment by Employer (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's premises or otherwise) which relate to Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, research, financial and sales data, pricing and trading terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer's organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names, and marks) shall be disclosed to Employer and are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon termination of Employee's employment, for any reason, Employee promptly shall deliver the same, and all copies thereof, to Employer.

5.3. Employee will not, at any time during or after his employment by Employer, make any unauthorized disclosure of any confidential business information or trade secrets of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out of his employment responsibilities hereunder. As a result of Employee's employment by Employer, Employee may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, confidential business information or trade secrets of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Employee also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party confidential information and trade secrets to the same extent, and on the same basis, as Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' confidential business information and trade secrets.

5.4. If, during Employee's employment by Employer, Employee creates any original work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression which is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations on acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to Employer's, or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products, or services,

-7-

whether such work is created solely by Employee or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' premises or otherwise), Employer shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Employee in the scope of his or her employment; or, if the work is not prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment but is specially ordered by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be the author of the work. If such work is neither prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire, then Employee hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to Employer all of Employee's worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.5. Both during the period of Employee's employment by Employer and thereafter, Employee shall assist Employer, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and their nominees, at any time, in the protection of Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' worldwide right, title, and interest in and to information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, and its copyrighted works, including without limitation, the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or their nominees and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

6. POST-EMPLOYMENT NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS:

6.1. As part of the consideration for the compensation and benefits to be paid and extended to Employee hereunder, and as an additional incentive for Employer to enter into this Agreement, Employer and Employee agree to the non- competition provisions of this Article 6. Employee agrees that during the period of Employee's non-competition obligations hereunder, Employee will not, directly or indirectly for Employee or for others, in any geographic area or market where Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies are conducting any business as of the date of termination of the employment relationship or have during the previous twelve months conducted any business:

(i) engage in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(ii) render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association, or entity who is engaged, directly or indirectly, in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(iii) encourage or induce any current or former employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave the employment of

-8-

Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or proselytize, offer employment, retain, hire or assist in the hiring of any such employee by any person, association, or entity not affiliated with Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection
(iii) shall prohibit Employee from offering employment to any prior employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates who was not employed by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time in the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Employee's employment.

The non-competition obligations set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) of this
Section 6.1 shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of three
(3) years after termination of employment. The obligations set forth in subsection (iii) of this Section 6.1 with respect to employees shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of five (5) years after termination of employment If Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates abandons a particular aspect of its business, that is, ceases such aspect of its business with the intention to permanently refrain from such aspect of its business, then this post-employment non-competition covenant shall not apply to such former aspect of that business.

6.2. Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the world during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that Employee will receive sufficiently high remuneration and other benefits (e.g., the right to receive compensation under Section 3.6 for the remainder of the Term upon Involuntary Termination and access to certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets) under this Agreement to justify such restriction. Employee acknowledges that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article 6 by Employee, and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article 6 by terminating any payments then owing to Employee under this Agreement and/or to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach, without any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedies. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article 6, but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity to Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including, without limitation, the recovery of damages from Employee and his agents involved in such breach.

6.3. It is expressly understood that the restrictions contained in this Article 6 are related to and result from the agreements of Employer and Employee in Article 5 and agreed that Employer and Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Article 6 to be reasonable and necessary to protect the confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions therein set forth to be modified by such courts so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully enforced.

-9-

7. CONCERNING THE TULSA CHEVROLET DEALERSHIP:

If the shares of common stock of Employer placed in escrow in accordance with the Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Stock Purchase Agreement") by and among Employer, Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc. and the stockholders of Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc. are released and distributed according to the formula described in Section 5.19 of the Stock Purchase Agreement, Employer shall release Employee from his obligations under Section 1 and Section 6 of this Agreement to the extent necessary to permit Employee to:

(i) Own and operate the Chevrolet dealership in Tulsa, Oklahoma ("Tulsa Chevrolet");

(ii) Own and operate the Honda and Saturn dealerships adjoining Tulsa Chevrolet;

(iii) Expand the existing Tulsa Chevrolet facility ("Existing Facility") or construct a replacement facility ("Replacement Facility") on property within five miles of the Existing Facility;

(iv) Acquire any other automobile franchise provided that such acquired automobile franchise is moved into, or adjacent to, the Existing Facility or the Replacement Facility; and

(v) Temporarily operate any acquired automobile franchise pending the relocation of such acquired automobile franchise into, or adjacent to, the Existing Facility or the Replacement Facility.

8. MISCELLANEOUS:

8.1. For purposes of this Agreement the terms "affiliates" or "affiliated" means an entity who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Employer.

8.2. Employee shall refrain, both during the employment relationship and after the employment relationship terminates, from publishing any oral or written statements about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory; or that disclose private or confidential information about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' business affairs, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that constitute an intrusion into the seclusion or private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about the private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that place Employer or its subsidiaries'

-10-

or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives in a false light before the public; or that constitute a misappropriation of the name or likeness Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives. A violation or threatened violation of this prohibition may be enjoined.

8.3. For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Employer to:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
950 Echo Lane, Suite 350
Houston, TX 77024

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2300 First City Tower
1001 Fannin Street
Houston, TX 77002-6760

Attn: John S. Watson

If to Employee, to the address shown on the first page hereof.

with a copy to:

Randall K. Calvert
6520 N. Western, Suite 100 Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73116

Either Employer or Employee may furnish a change of address to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

8.4. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Oklahoma, excluding any conflict-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction of the Agreement to the laws of another State or country.

8.5. No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be

-11-

deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

8.6. It is a desire and intent of the parties that the terms, provisions, covenants, and remedies contained in this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any such term, provision, covenant, or remedy of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances shall, to any extent, be construed to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, then such term, provision, covenant, or remedy shall be construed in a manner so as to permit its enforceability under the applicable law to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any case, the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances other than those to which they have been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect.

8.7. Any and all claims, demands, cause of action, disputes, controversies and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any provision hereof, the alleged breach thereof, or in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, involving Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates and Employee (all of which are referred to herein as "Claims"), even though some or all of such Claims allegedly are extra- contractual in nature, whether such Claims sound in contract, tort or otherwise, at law or in equity, under state or federal law, whether provided by statute or the common law, for damages or any other relief, including equitable relief and specific performance, shall be resolved and decided by binding arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect with the American Arbitration Association. In the arbitration proceeding the Employee shall select one arbitrator, the Employer shall select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator. Should one party fail to select an arbitrator within five days after notice of the appointment of an arbitrator by the other party or should the two arbitrators selected by the Employee and the Employer fail to select an arbitrator within ten days after the date of the appointment of the last of such two arbitrators, any person sitting as a Judge of the United States District Court of the Western District of Oklahoma, upon application of the Employee or the Employer, shall appoint an arbitrator to fill such space with the same force and effect as though such arbitrator had been appointed in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence of this
Section 7.7. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Employee, the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. Judgment upon any award rendered in any such arbitration proceeding may be entered by any federal or state court having jurisdiction.

This agreement to arbitrate shall be enforceable in either federal or state court. The enforcement of this agreement to arbitrate and all procedural aspects of this Agreement to arbitrate, including but not limited to, the construction and interpretation of this agreement to arbitrate, the scope of the arbitrable issues, allegations of waiver, delay or defenses to arbitrability, and the rules governing the conduct of the arbitration, shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.

-12-

In deciding the substance of any such Claim, the Arbitrators shall apply the substantive laws of the State of Oklahoma; provided, however, that the Arbitrators shall have no authority to award treble, exemplary or punitive type damages under any circumstances regardless of whether such damages may be available under Oklahoma law, the parties hereby waiving their right, if any, to recover treble, exemplary or punitive type damages in connection with any such Claims.

8.8. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employer its subsidiaries and affiliates and any other person, association, or entity which may hereafter acquire or succeed to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer by any means whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise. Employee's rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal and such rights, benefits, and obligations of Employee shall not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated, or transferred, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by Employee without the prior written consent of Employer.

8.9. Except as provided in (1) written company policies promulgated by Employer dealing with issues such as securities trading, business ethics, governmental affairs and political contributions, consulting fees, commissions and other payments, compliance with law, investments and outside business interests as officers and employees, reporting responsibilities, administrative compliance, and the like, (2) the written benefits, plans, and programs referenced in Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, or (3) any signed written agreements contemporaneously or hereafter executed by Employer and Employee, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to such subject matters, and contains all of the covenants, promises, representations, warranties, and agreements between the parties with respect to such subject matters and replaces and merges previous agreements and discussions pertaining to the employment relationship between Employer and Employee. Specifically, but not by way of limitation, any other employment agreement or arrangement in existence as of the date hereof between Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and Employee is hereby canceled and Employee hereby irrevocably waives and renounces all of Employee's rights and claims under any such agreement or arrangement.

-13-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have duly executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective on the date first stated above.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By:

B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer


Employee

-14-

EXHIBIT 10.3

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. having offices at 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77024 ("Employer"), and Sterling B. McCall, Jr., an individual currently residing at 37 Saddlebrook, Houston, Texas 77024 ("Employee"), to be effective as of October __, 1997.

For and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, and obligations contained herein, Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES:

1.1. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to be employed by Employer, beginning October __, 1997 and continuing throughout the Term (as defined below) of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2. Employee shall serve as "President -- McCall Group" of Employer. Employee agrees to serve in the assigned position and to perform diligently and to the best of Employee's abilities the duties and services appertaining to such position as determined by Employer, as well as such additional or different duties and services appropriate to such position which Employee from time to time may be reasonably directed to perform by Employer. Employee shall at all times comply with and be subject to such policies and procedures as Employer may establish from time to time.

1.3. Employee shall, during the period of Employee's employment by Employer, devote Employee's full business time, energy, and best efforts to the business and affairs of Employer. Employee may not engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business, investment, or activity that interferes with Employee's performance of Employee's duties hereunder, is contrary to the interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or requires any significant portion of Employee's business time; provided, however, that Employee may engage in passive personal investments that do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or interfere with Employee's performance of his or her duties hereunder.

1.4. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and to do no act which would injure the business, interests, or reputation of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. In keeping with these duties, Employee shall make full disclosure to Employer of all business opportunities pertaining to Employer's business and shall not appropriate for Employee's own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.

1.5. It is agreed that any direct or indirect interest in, connection with, or benefit from any outside activities, particularly commercial activities, which interest might in any way adversely affect Employer, or any of its affiliates, involves a possible conflict of interest. In keeping with Employee's fiduciary duties to Employer, Employee agrees that Employee shall not knowingly become involved in a conflict of interest with Employer, or its affiliates, or upon discovery thereof, allow such a conflict to continue. Moreover, Employee agrees that Employee shall disclose to Employer's General Counsel (who shall be Employer's outside General Counsel unless Employer has employed an inside General


Counsel) any facts which might involve such a conflict of interest that has not been approved by Employer's President. Employer and Employee recognize that it is impossible to provide an exhaustive list of actions or interests which constitute a "conflict of interest". Moreover, Employer and Employee recognize there are many borderline situations. In some instances, full disclosure of facts by Employee to Employer's General Counsel may be all that is necessary to enable Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates to protect its interests. In others, if no improper motivation appears to exist and the interests of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates have not suffered, prompt elimination of the outside interest will suffice. In still others, it may be necessary for Employer to terminate the employment relationship. Employee agrees that Employer's determination as to whether a conflict of interest exists shall be conclusive. Employer reserves the right to take such action as, in its judgment, will end the conflict.

2. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS:

2.1. Employee's initial base salary under this Agreement shall be $300,000.00 per annum and shall be paid in semi-monthly installments in accordance with Employer's standard payroll practice. Employee's base salary may be increased from time to time by Employer and, after any such change, Employee's new level of base salary shall be Employee's base salary for purposes of this Agreement until the effective date of any subsequent change.

2.2 Employee's participation in bonus plans shall be governed by the bonus and incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer in which Employee is a participant.

2.3. If Employee is granted stock options, Employee will enter into a separate written stock option agreement pursuant to which Employee shall be granted the option to acquire common stock of Employer subject to the terms and conditions of Employer's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the stock option agreement entered into thereunder. The number of shares, exercise price per share and other terms of the options shall be as specified in such other written agreement.

2.4. While employed by Employer, Employee shall be allowed to participate, on the same basis generally as other employees of Employer, in all general employee benefit plans and programs, including improvements or modifications of the same, which on the effective date or thereafter are made available by Employer to all or substantially all of Employer's employees. Such benefits, plans, and programs may include, without limitation, medical, health, and dental care, life insurance, disability protection, and pension plans. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed or interpreted to provide greater rights, participation, coverage, or benefits under such benefit plans or programs than provided to similarly situated employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of such benefit plans and programs.

2.5. Employer shall not by reason of this Article 2 be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such incentive compensation or employee benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to covered employees generally. Moreover, unless specifically provided for in a written plan document adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer, none of the benefits or arrangements described in this Article 2 shall be secured or funded in any way, and each shall instead constitute an unfunded and unsecured promise

-2-

to pay money in the future exclusively from the general assets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2.6. Employer may withhold from any compensation, benefits, or amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

3. TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OF TERM, AND TERMINATION PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF TERM AND EFFECTS OF SUCH TERMINATION:

3.1. The term of this Agreement shall be for five (5) years from October __, 1997 through October __, 2002. Should Employee remain employed by Employer beyond the expiration of the Term, such employment shall convert to a month-to-month relationship terminable at any time by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, upon thirty days notice. Upon such termination of the continued at-will employment relationship by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonus with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated. Upon termination of employment, Employee shall repay to Employer all advances received by Employee from Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including all advances drawn against any bonus.

3.2. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) For "cause" upon the determination by Employer's Board of Directors that "cause" exists for the termination of the employment relationship. As used in this Section 3.2(i), the term "cause" shall mean (a) Employee has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence or willful misconduct in the performance of, or Employee's willful refusal without proper reason to perform, the duties and services required of Employee pursuant to this Agreement; (b) Employee has been convicted of a felony; or (c) Employee's material breach of any material provision of this Agreement or corporate code or policy. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the decision as to whether "cause" exists for termination of the employment relationship by Employer is delegated to Employer's Board of Directors for determination. Employee, if he so requests, after reasonable notice of such Board of Directors meeting, shall be entitled to be heard before the Board of Directors. If Employee disagrees with the decision reached by Employer's Board of Directors, the dispute will be limited to whether Employer's Board of Directors reached its decision in good faith;

-3-

(ii) for any other reason whatsoever, including termination without cause, in the sole discretion of Employer's Board of Directors;

(iii) upon Employee's death; or

(iv) upon Employee's becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness, or other circumstance which in the reasonable opinion of a qualified doctor approved by Employer's Board of Directors renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of Employee, and which will continue in the reasonable opinion of such doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.

The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute a "Termination for Cause" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(i); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4. The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iii) as a result of Employee's death is specified in Section 3.7. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iv) as a result of the Employee becoming incapacitated is specified in Section 3.8.

3.3. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employee shall have the right to terminate the employment relationship under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) a material breach by Employer of any material provision of this Agreement, which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice of such breach by Employee to Employer's Board of Directors;

(ii) the dissolution of Employer; or

(iii) for any other reason whatsoever, in the sole discretion of Employee.

The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.3(i) or 3.3(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute a "Voluntary Termination" if made pursuant to Sections 3.3(iii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4.

3.4. Upon a "Voluntary Termination" of the employment relationship by Employee or a termination of the employment relationship for "Cause" by Employer, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate as of the date of termination. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

-4-

3.5. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by either Employer or Employee pursuant to Sections 3.2(ii) or 3.3(i), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive the compensation specified in Section 2.1, payable bi-weekly, as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by Employee pursuant to Sections 3.3(ii), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive in a lump sum payment the compensation specified in
Section 2.1 as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Employee shall not be under any duty or obligation to seek or accept other employment following Involuntary Termination and the amounts due Employee hereunder shall not be reduced or suspended if Employee accepts subsequent employment. Employee's rights under this Section 3.5 are Employee's sole and exclusive rights against Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, and Employer's and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' sole and exclusive liability to Employee under this Agreement, in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship.

3.6. Employee covenants not to sue or lodge any claim, demand or cause of action against Employer based on Involuntary Termination for any monies other than those specified in Section 3.5. If Employee breaches this covenant, Employer, and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' shall be entitled to recover from Employee all sums expended by Employer, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (including costs and attorneys' fees) in connection with such suit, claim, demand or cause of action. Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall not be entitled to offset any of the amounts specified in the immediately preceding sentence against amounts otherwise owing by Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates to Employee prior to a final determination under the terms of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement that Employee has breached the covenant contained in this Section 3.6.

3.7. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's death, Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall be entitled to Employee's pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.8. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's incapacity, Employee shall be entitled to his pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.9. In all cases, the compensation and benefits payable to Employee under this Agreement upon termination of the employment relationship shall be reduced and offset by any amounts to which Employee may otherwise be entitled under any and all severance plans (excluding any pension, retirement and profit sharing plans of Employer that may be in effect from time to time) or policies of

-5-

Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates or any successor to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer.

3.10. Termination of the employment relationship shall not terminate those obligations imposed by this Agreement which are continuing in nature, including, without limitation, Employee's obligations of confidentiality, non-competition and Employee's continuing obligations with respect to business opportunities that had been entrusted to Employee by Employer during the employment relationship.

3.11. This Agreement governs the rights and obligations of Employer and Employee with respect to Employee's salary and other perquisites of employment.

4. UNITED STATES FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT AND OTHER LAWS:

4.1. Employee shall at all times comply with United States laws applicable to Employee's actions on behalf of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including specifically, without limitation, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, generally codified in 15 USC 78 (FCPA), as the FCPA may hereafter be amended, and/or its successor statutes. If Employee pleads guilty to or nolo contendre or admits civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee has personal civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee committed an action resulting in Employer or any of its subsidiaries having civil or criminal liability or responsibility under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, such action or finding shall constitute "cause" for termination under this Agreement unless Employer's Board of Directors determines that the actions found to be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable United States law were taken in good faith and in compliance with all applicable policies of Employer. Moreover, to the extent that Employer or any of its subsidiaries is found or held responsible for any civil or criminal fines or sanctions of any type under the FCPA or other applicable United States law or suffers other damages as a result of Employee's actions, Employee shall be responsible for, and shall reimburse and pay to such Employer an amount of money equal to, such civil or criminal fines, sanctions or damages. The rights afforded Employer under this provision are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by the law.

5. OWNERSHIP AND PROTECTION OF INFORMATION; COPYRIGHTS:

5.1. Employer owns certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets to which Employee will be given access for the purpose of carrying out his or her employment responsibilities hereunder. Furthermore, Employer agrees to provide Employee with confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets regarding the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, in order to assist Employee in satisfying his or her obligations hereunder.

5.2 All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, whether patentable or not, which are conceived, made, developed or acquired by Employee, individually or in conjunction with others, during Employee's employment by Employer (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's premises or otherwise) which relate to Employer's or any of

-6-

its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, research, financial and sales data, pricing and trading terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer's organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names, and marks) shall be disclosed to Employer and are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon termination of Employee's employment, for any reason, Employee promptly shall deliver the same, and all copies thereof, to Employer.

5.3. Employee will not, at any time during or after his employment by Employer, make any unauthorized disclosure of any confidential business information or trade secrets of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out of his employment responsibilities hereunder. As a result of Employee's employment by Employer, Employee may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, confidential business information or trade secrets of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Employee also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party confidential information and trade secrets to the same extent, and on the same basis, as Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' confidential business information and trade secrets.

5.4. If, during Employee's employment by Employer, Employee creates any original work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression which is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations on acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to Employer's, or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Employee or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' premises or otherwise), Employer shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Employee in the scope of his or her employment; or, if the work is not prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment but is specially ordered by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be the author of the work. If such work is neither prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire, then Employee hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to Employer all of Employee's worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.5. Both during the period of Employee's employment by Employer and thereafter, Employee shall assist Employer, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and their nominees, at any time, in the protection of Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' worldwide right, title, and interest in and to information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, and its copyrighted works, including without limitation, the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or their nominees and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

-7-

6. POST-EMPLOYMENT NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS:

6.1. As part of the consideration for the compensation and benefits to be paid and extended to Employee hereunder, and as an additional incentive for Employer to enter into this Agreement, Employer and Employee agree to the non-competition provisions of this Article 6. Employee agrees that during the period of Employee's non-competition obligations hereunder, Employee will not, directly or indirectly for Employee or for others, in any geographic area or market where Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies are conducting any business as of the date of termination of the employment relationship or have during the previous twelve months conducted any business:

(i) engage in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(ii) render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association, or entity who is engaged, directly or indirectly, in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(iii) encourage or induce any current or former employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave the employment of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or proselytize, offer employment, retain, hire or assist in the hiring of any such employee by any person, association, or entity not affiliated with Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (iii) shall prohibit Employee from offering employment to any prior employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates who was not employed by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time in the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Employee's employment.

The non-competition obligations set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) of this
Section 6.1 shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of three
(3) years after termination of employment. The obligations set forth in subsection (iii) of this Section 6.1 with respect to employees shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of five (5) years after termination of employment If Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates abandons a particular aspect of its business, that is, ceases such aspect of its business with the intention to permanently refrain from such aspect of its business, then this post-employment non-competition covenant shall not apply to such former aspect of that business.

6.2. Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the world during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that Employee will receive sufficiently high remuneration and other benefits (e.g., the right to receive compensation under Section 3.6 for the remainder of the Term upon Involuntary Termination and access to certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets) under this Agreement to

-8-

justify such restriction. Employee acknowledges that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article 6 by Employee, and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article 6 by terminating any payments then owing to Employee under this Agreement and/or to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach, without any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedies. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article 6, but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity to Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including, without limitation, the recovery of damages from Employee and his agents involved in such breach.

6.3. It is expressly understood that the restrictions contained in this Article 6 are related to and result from the agreements of Employer and Employee in Article 5 and agreed that Employer and Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Article 6 to be reasonable and necessary to protect the confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions therein set forth to be modified by such courts so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully enforced.

7. MISCELLANEOUS:

7.1. For purposes of this Agreement the terms "affiliates" or "affiliated" means an entity who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Employer.

7.2. Employee shall refrain, both during the employment relationship and after the employment relationship terminates, from publishing any oral or written statements about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory; or that disclose private or confidential information about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' business affairs, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that constitute an intrusion into the seclusion or private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about the private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that place Employer or its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives in a false light before the public; or that constitute a misappropriation of the name or likeness Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives. A violation or threatened violation of this prohibition may be enjoined.

7.3. For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

-9-

If to Employer to:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
950 Echo Lane, Suite 350
Houston, TX 77024

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2300 First City Tower
1001 Fannin Street
Houston, TX 77002-6760

Attn: John S. Watson

If to Employee, to the address shown on the first page hereof.

with a copy to:

Robert D. Remy
Two Memorial City Plaza 820 Gessner, Suite 1360 Houston, Texas 77024

Either Employer or Employee may furnish a change of address to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

7.4. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflict-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction of the Agreement to the laws of another State or country.

7.5. No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

7.6. It is a desire and intent of the parties that the terms, provisions, covenants, and remedies contained in this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any such term, provision, covenant, or remedy of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances shall, to any extent, be construed to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, then such term, provision, covenant, or remedy shall be construed in a manner so as to permit its enforceability under the applicable law to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any case, the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association,

-10-

or entity or circumstances other than those to which they have been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect.

7.7. Any and all claims, demands, cause of action, disputes, controversies and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any provision hereof, the alleged breach thereof, or in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, involving Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates and Employee (all of which are referred to herein as "Claims"), even though some or all of such Claims allegedly are extra-contractual in nature, whether such Claims sound in contract, tort or otherwise, at law or in equity, under state or federal law, whether provided by statute or the common law, for damages or any other relief, including equitable relief and specific performance, shall be resolved and decided by binding arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect with the American Arbitration Association. In the arbitration proceeding the Employee shall select one arbitrator, the Employer shall select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator. Should one party fail to select an arbitrator within five days after notice of the appointment of an arbitrator by the other party or should the two arbitrators selected by the Employee and the Employer fail to select an arbitrator within ten days after the date of the appointment of the last of such two arbitrators, any person sitting as a Judge of the United States District Court of the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, upon application of the Employee or the Employer, shall appoint an arbitrator to fill such space with the same force and effect as though such arbitrator had been appointed in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 7.7. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Employee, the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in Houston, Texas. Judgment upon any award rendered in any such arbitration proceeding may be entered by any federal or state court having jurisdiction.

This agreement to arbitrate shall be enforceable in either federal or state court. The enforcement of this agreement to arbitrate and all procedural aspects of this Agreement to arbitrate, including but not limited to, the construction and interpretation of this agreement to arbitrate, the scope of the arbitrable issues, allegations of waiver, delay or defenses to arbitrability, and the rules governing the conduct of the arbitration, shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.

In deciding the substance of any such Claim, the Arbitrators shall apply the substantive laws of the State of Texas; provided, however, that the Arbitrators shall have no authority to award treble, exemplary or punitive type damages under any circumstances regardless of whether such damages may be available under Texas law, the parties hereby waiving their right, if any, to recover treble, exemplary or punitive type damages in connection with any such Claims.

7.8. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employer its subsidiaries and affiliates and any other person, association, or entity which may hereafter acquire or succeed to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer by any means whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise. Employee's rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal and such rights, benefits, and obligations of Employee shall not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated, or transferred, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by Employee without the prior written consent of Employer.

-11-

7.9. Except as provided in (1) written company policies promulgated by Employer dealing with issues such as securities trading, business ethics, governmental affairs and political contributions, consulting fees, commissions and other payments, compliance with law, investments and outside business interests as officers and employees, reporting responsibilities, administrative compliance, and the like, (2) the written benefits, plans, and programs referenced in Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, or (3) any signed written agreements contemporaneously or hereafter executed by Employer and Employee, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to such subject matters, and contains all of the covenants, promises, representations, warranties, and agreements between the parties with respect to such subject matters and replaces and merges previous agreements and discussions pertaining to the employment relationship between Employer and Employee. Specifically, but not by way of limitation, any other employment agreement or arrangement in existence as of the date hereof between Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and Employee is hereby canceled and Employee hereby irrevocably waives and renounces all of Employee's rights and claims under any such agreement or arrangement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have duly executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective on the date first stated above.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By:

B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer


Employee

-12-

EXHIBIT 10.4

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. having offices at 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77024 ("Employer"), and Charles M. Smith, an individual currently residing at 11145 N. Country Squire, Houston, Texas 77024 ("Employee"), to be effective as of October __, 1997.

For and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, and obligations contained herein, Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES:

1.1. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to be employed by Employer, beginning October __, 1997 and continuing throughout the Term (as defined below) of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2. Employee shall serve as "President -- Smith Group" of Employer. Employee agrees to serve in the assigned position and to perform diligently and to the best of Employee's abilities the duties and services appertaining to such position as determined by Employer, as well as such additional or different duties and services appropriate to such position which Employee from time to time may be reasonably directed to perform by Employer. Employee shall at all times comply with and be subject to such policies and procedures as Employer may establish from time to time.

1.3. Except for Employee's performance of his duties relating to the ownership and operation of Russell & Smith Ford, Inc. (also d/b/a Russell & Smith Honda) and W. C. & M. Enterprises Incorporated (d/b/a Streater-Smith) consistent with Employee's past conduct in performing such duties:

(i) Employee shall, during the period of Employee's employment by Employer, devote Employee's full business time, energy, and best efforts to the business and affairs of Employer; and

(ii) Employee may not engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business, investment, or activity that interferes with Employee's performance of Employee's duties hereunder, is contrary to the interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or requires any significant portion of Employee's business time (provided, however, that Employee may engage in passive personal investments that do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or interfere with Employee's performance of his duties hereunder).

1.4. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and to do no act which would injure the business, interests, or reputation of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. In keeping with these duties, Employee shall make full disclosure to Employer of all business opportunities pertaining to Employer's business and shall not appropriate for Employee's own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.


1.5. It is agreed that any direct or indirect interest in, connection with, or benefit from any outside activities, particularly commercial activities, which interest might in any way adversely affect Employer, or any of its affiliates, involves a possible conflict of interest. In keeping with Employee's fiduciary duties to Employer, Employee agrees that Employee shall not knowingly become involved in a conflict of interest with Employer, or its affiliates, or upon discovery thereof, allow such a conflict to continue. Moreover, Employee agrees that Employee shall disclose to Employer's General Counsel (who shall be Employer's outside General Counsel unless Employer has employed an inside General Counsel) any facts which might involve such a conflict of interest that has not been approved by Employer's President. Employer and Employee recognize that it is impossible to provide an exhaustive list of actions or interests which constitute a "conflict of interest". Moreover, Employer and Employee recognize there are many borderline situations. In some instances, full disclosure of facts by Employee to Employer's General Counsel may be all that is necessary to enable Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates to protect its interests. In others, if no improper motivation appears to exist and the interests of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates have not suffered, prompt elimination of the outside interest will suffice. In still others, it may be necessary for Employer to terminate the employment relationship. Employee agrees that Employer's determination as to whether a conflict of interest exists shall be conclusive. Employer reserves the right to take such action as, in its judgment, will end the conflict. For the purposes of this Agreement, Employee's performance of his duties relating to the ownership and operation of Russell & Smith Ford, Inc. (also d/b/a Russell & Smith Honda) and W. C. & M. Enterprises Incorporated (d/b/a Streater-Smith) consistent with Employee's past conduct in discharging such duties shall not constitute a "conflict of interest."

2. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS:

2.1. Employee's initial base salary under this Agreement shall be $300,000.00 per annum and shall be paid in semi-monthly installments in accordance with Employer's standard payroll practice. Employee's base salary may be increased from time to time by Employer and, after any such change, Employee's new level of base salary shall be Employee's base salary for purposes of this Agreement until the effective date of any subsequent change.

2.2 Employee's participation in bonus plans shall be governed by the bonus and incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer in which Employee is a participant.

2.3. If Employee is granted stock options, Employee will enter into a separate written stock option agreement pursuant to which Employee shall be granted the option to acquire common stock of Employer subject to the terms and conditions of Employer's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the stock option agreement entered into thereunder. The number of shares, exercise price per share and other terms of the options shall be as specified in such other written agreement.

2.4. While employed by Employer, Employee shall be allowed to participate, on the same basis generally as other employees of Employer, in all general employee benefit plans and programs, including improvements or modifications of the same, which on the effective date or thereafter are made available by Employer to all or substantially all of Employer's employees. Such benefits, plans, and programs may include, without limitation, medical, health, and dental care, life insurance,

-2-

disability protection, and pension plans. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed or interpreted to provide greater rights, participation, coverage, or benefits under such benefit plans or programs than provided to similarly situated employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of such benefit plans and programs.

2.5. Employer shall not by reason of this Article 2 be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such incentive compensation or employee benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to covered employees generally. Moreover, unless specifically provided for in a written plan document adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer, none of the benefits or arrangements described in this Article 2 shall be secured or funded in any way, and each shall instead constitute an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future exclusively from the general assets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2.6. Employer may withhold from any compensation, benefits, or amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

3. TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OF TERM, AND TERMINATION PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF TERM AND EFFECTS OF SUCH TERMINATION:

3.1. The term of this Agreement shall be for five (5) years from October __, 1997 through October __, 2002. Should Employee remain employed by Employer beyond the expiration of the Term, such employment shall convert to a month-to-month relationship terminable at any time by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, upon thirty days notice. Upon such termination of the continued at-will employment relationship by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonus with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated. Upon termination of employment, Employee shall repay to Employer all advances received by Employee from Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including all advances drawn against any bonus.

3.2. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) For "cause" upon the determination by Employer's Board of Directors that "cause" exists for the termination of the employment relationship. As used in this Section 3.2(i), the term "cause" shall mean (a) Employee has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence or willful misconduct in the performance of, or Employee's willful refusal without proper reason to perform, the duties and services required of Employee pursuant to this Agreement; (b) Employee has been convicted of a felony; or (c) Employee's material breach of any

-3-

material provision of this Agreement or corporate code or policy. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the decision as to whether "cause" exists for termination of the employment relationship by Employer is delegated to Employer's Board of Directors for determination. Employee, if he so requests, after reasonable notice of such Board of Directors meeting, shall be entitled to be heard before the Board of Directors. If Employee disagrees with the decision reached by Employer's Board of Directors, the dispute will be limited to whether Employer's Board of Directors reached its decision in good faith;

(ii) for any other reason whatsoever, including termination without cause, in the sole discretion of Employer's Board of Directors;

(iii) upon Employee's death; or

(iv) upon Employee's becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness, or other circumstance which in the reasonable opinion of a qualified doctor approved by Employer's Board of Directors renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of Employee, and which will continue in the reasonable opinion of such doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.

The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute a "Termination for Cause" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(i); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4. The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iii) as a result of Employee's death is specified in Section 3.7. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iv) as a result of the Employee becoming incapacitated is specified in Section 3.8.

3.3. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employee shall have the right to terminate the employment relationship under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) a material breach by Employer of any material provision of this Agreement, which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice of such breach by Employee to Employer's Board of Directors;

(ii) the dissolution of Employer; or

(iii) for any other reason whatsoever, in the sole discretion of Employee.

The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.3(i) or 3.3(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5.

-4-

The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute a "Voluntary Termination" if made pursuant to Sections 3.3(iii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4.

3.4. Upon a "Voluntary Termination" of the employment relationship by Employee or a termination of the employment relationship for "Cause" by Employer, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate as of the date of termination. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.5. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by either Employer or Employee pursuant to Sections 3.2(ii) or 3.3(i), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive the compensation specified in Section 2.1, payable bi-weekly, as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by Employee pursuant to Sections 3.3(ii), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive in a lump sum payment the compensation specified in
Section 2.1 as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Employee shall not be under any duty or obligation to seek or accept other employment following Involuntary Termination and the amounts due Employee hereunder shall not be reduced or suspended if Employee accepts subsequent employment. Employee's rights under this Section 3.5 are Employee's sole and exclusive rights against Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, and Employer's and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' sole and exclusive liability to Employee under this Agreement, in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship.

3.6. Employee covenants not to sue or lodge any claim, demand or cause of action against Employer based on Involuntary Termination for any monies other than those specified in Section 3.5. If Employee breaches this covenant, Employer, and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' shall be entitled to recover from Employee all sums expended by Employer, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (including costs and attorneys' fees) in connection with such suit, claim, demand or cause of action. Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall not be entitled to offset any of the amounts specified in the immediately preceding sentence against amounts otherwise owing by Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates to Employee prior to a final determination under the terms of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement that Employee has breached the covenant contained in this Section 3.6.

3.7. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's death, Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall be entitled to Employee's pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

-5-

3.8. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's incapacity, Employee shall be entitled to his pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.9. In all cases, the compensation and benefits payable to Employee under this Agreement upon termination of the employment relationship shall be reduced and offset by any amounts to which Employee may otherwise be entitled under any and all severance plans (excluding any pension, retirement and profit sharing plans of Employer that may be in effect from time to time) or policies of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates or any successor to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer.

3.10. Termination of the employment relationship shall not terminate those obligations imposed by this Agreement which are continuing in nature, including, without limitation, Employee's obligations of confidentiality, non-competition and Employee's continuing obligations with respect to business opportunities that had been entrusted to Employee by Employer during the employment relationship.

3.11. This Agreement governs the rights and obligations of Employer and Employee with respect to Employee's salary and other perquisites of employment.

4. UNITED STATES FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT AND OTHER LAWS:

4.1. Employee shall at all times comply with United States laws applicable to Employee's actions on behalf of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including specifically, without limitation, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, generally codified in 15 USC 78 (FCPA), as the FCPA may hereafter be amended, and/or its successor statutes. If Employee pleads guilty to or nolo contendere or admits civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee has personal civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee committed an action resulting in Employer or any of its subsidiaries having civil or criminal liability or responsibility under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, such action or finding shall constitute "cause" for termination under this Agreement unless Employer's Board of Directors determines that the actions found to be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable United States law were taken in good faith and in compliance with all applicable policies of Employer. Moreover, to the extent that Employer or any of its subsidiaries is found or held responsible for any civil or criminal fines or sanctions of any type under the FCPA or other applicable United States law or suffers other damages as a result of Employee's actions, Employee shall be responsible for, and shall reimburse and pay to such Employer an amount of money equal to, such civil or criminal fines, sanctions or damages. The rights afforded Employer under this provision are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by the law.

-6-

5. OWNERSHIP AND PROTECTION OF INFORMATION; COPYRIGHTS:

5.1. Employer owns certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets to which Employee will be given access for the purpose of carrying out his employment responsibilities hereunder. Furthermore, Employer agrees to provide Employee with confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets regarding the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, in order to assist Employee in satisfying his obligations hereunder.

5.2 All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, whether patentable or not, which are conceived, made, developed or acquired by Employee, individually or in conjunction with others, during Employee's employment by Employer (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's premises or otherwise) which relate to Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, research, financial and sales data, pricing and trading terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer's organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names, and marks) shall be disclosed to Employer and are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon termination of Employee's employment, for any reason, Employee promptly shall deliver the same, and all copies thereof, to Employer.

5.3. Employee will not, at any time during or after his employment by Employer, make any unauthorized disclosure of any confidential business information or trade secrets of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out of his employment responsibilities hereunder. As a result of Employee's employment by Employer, Employee may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, confidential business information or trade secrets of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Employee also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party confidential information and trade secrets to the same extent, and on the same basis, as Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' confidential business information and trade secrets.

5.4. If, during Employee's employment by Employer, Employee creates any original work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression which is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations on acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to Employer's, or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Employee or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' premises or otherwise), Employer shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Employee in the scope of his employment; or, if the work is not prepared by Employee within the scope of his employment but is specially ordered by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be the author of the work. If such work is neither prepared by Employee within the scope of his employment nor a work specially

-7-

ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire, then Employee hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to Employer all of Employee's worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.5. Both during the period of Employee's employment by Employer and thereafter, Employee shall assist Employer, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and their nominees, at any time, in the protection of Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' worldwide right, title, and interest in and to information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, and its copyrighted works, including without limitation, the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or their nominees and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

6. POST-EMPLOYMENT NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS:

6.1. As part of the consideration for the compensation and benefits to be paid and extended to Employee hereunder, and as an additional incentive for Employer to enter into this Agreement, Employer and Employee agree to the non-competition provisions of this Article 6. Employee agrees that during the period of Employee's non-competition obligations hereunder, Employee will not, directly or indirectly for Employee or for others, in any geographic area or market where Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies are conducting any business as of the date of termination of the employment relationship or have during the previous twelve months conducted any business:

(i) engage in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(ii) render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association, or entity who is engaged, directly or indirectly, in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(iii) encourage or induce any current or former employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave the employment of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or proselytize, offer employment, retain, hire or assist in the hiring of any such employee by any person, association, or entity not affiliated with Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (iii) shall prohibit Employee from offering employment to any prior employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates who was not employed by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time in the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Employee's employment.

-8-

The non-competition obligations set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) of this
Section 6.1 shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of three
(3) years after termination of employment. The obligations set forth in subsection (iii) of this Section 6.1 with respect to employees shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of five (5) years after termination of employment If Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates abandons a particular aspect of its business, that is, ceases such aspect of its business with the intention to permanently refrain from such aspect of its business, then this post-employment non-competition covenant shall not apply to such former aspect of that business.

6.2. Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the world during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that Employee will receive sufficiently high remuneration and other benefits (e.g., the right to receive compensation under Section 3.6 for the remainder of the Term upon Involuntary Termination and access to certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets) under this Agreement to justify such restriction. Employee acknowledges that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article 6 by Employee, and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article 6 by terminating any payments then owing to Employee under this Agreement and/or to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach, without any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedies. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article 6, but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity to Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including, without limitation, the recovery of damages from Employee and his agents involved in such breach.

6.3. It is expressly understood that the restrictions contained in this Article 6 are related to and result from the agreements of Employer and Employee in Article 5 and agreed that Employer and Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Article 6 to be reasonable and necessary to protect the confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions therein set forth to be modified by such courts so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully enforced.

6.4. Nothing in this Section 6 shall prohibit Employee from performing his duties relating to the ownership and operation of Russell & Smith Ford, Inc. (also d/b/a Russell & Smith Honda) and W. C. & M. Enterprises Incorporated (d/b/a Streater-Smith) in a manner consistent with Employee's past conduct in performing such duties.

7. MISCELLANEOUS:

7.1. For purposes of this Agreement the terms "affiliates" or "affiliated" means an entity who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Employer.

-9-

7.2. Employee shall refrain, both during the employment relationship and after the employment relationship terminates, from publishing any oral or written statements about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory; or that disclose private or confidential information about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' business affairs, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that constitute an intrusion into the seclusion or private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about the private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that place Employer or its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives in a false light before the public; or that constitute a misappropriation of the name or likeness Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives. A violation or threatened violation of this prohibition may be enjoined.

7.3. For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Employer to:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
950 Echo Lane, Suite 350
Houston, TX 77024

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2300 First City Tower
1001 Fannin Street
Houston, TX 77002-6760

Attn: John S. Watson

If to Employee, to the address shown on the first page hereof.

Either Employer or Employee may furnish a change of address to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

7.4. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflict-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction of the Agreement to the laws of another State or country.

7.5. No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed

-10-

a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

7.6. It is a desire and intent of the parties that the terms, provisions, covenants, and remedies contained in this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any such term, provision, covenant, or remedy of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances shall, to any extent, be construed to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, then such term, provision, covenant, or remedy shall be construed in a manner so as to permit its enforceability under the applicable law to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any case, the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances other than those to which they have been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect.

7.7. Any and all claims, demands, cause of action, disputes, controversies and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any provision hereof, the alleged breach thereof, or in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, involving Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates and Employee (all of which are referred to herein as "Claims"), even though some or all of such Claims allegedly are extra-contractual in nature, whether such Claims sound in contract, tort or otherwise, at law or in equity, under state or federal law, whether provided by statute or the common law, for damages or any other relief, including equitable relief and specific performance, shall be resolved and decided by binding arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect with the American Arbitration Association. In the arbitration proceeding the Employee shall select one arbitrator, the Employer shall select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator. Should one party fail to select an arbitrator within five days after notice of the appointment of an arbitrator by the other party or should the two arbitrators selected by the Employee and the Employer fail to select an arbitrator within ten days after the date of the appointment of the last of such two arbitrators, any person sitting as a Judge of the United States District Court of the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, upon application of the Employee or the Employer, shall appoint an arbitrator to fill such space with the same force and effect as though such arbitrator had been appointed in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 7.7. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Employee, the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in Houston, Texas. Judgment upon any award rendered in any such arbitration proceeding may be entered by any federal or state court having jurisdiction.

This agreement to arbitrate shall be enforceable in either federal or state court. The enforcement of this agreement to arbitrate and all procedural aspects of this Agreement to arbitrate, including but not limited to, the construction and interpretation of this agreement to arbitrate, the scope of the arbitrable issues, allegations of waiver, delay or defenses to arbitrability, and the rules governing the conduct of the arbitration, shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.

In deciding the substance of any such Claim, the Arbitrators shall apply the substantive laws of the State of Texas; provided, however, that the Arbitrators shall have no authority to award treble, exemplary or punitive type damages under any circumstances regardless of whether such damages may

-11-

be available under Texas law, the parties hereby waiving their right, if any, to recover treble, exemplary or punitive type damages in connection with any such Claims.

7.8. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employer its subsidiaries and affiliates and any other person, association, or entity which may hereafter acquire or succeed to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer by any means whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise. Employee's rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal and such rights, benefits, and obligations of Employee shall not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated, or transferred, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by Employee without the prior written consent of Employer.

7.9. Except as provided in (1) written company policies promulgated by Employer dealing with issues such as securities trading, business ethics, governmental affairs and political contributions, consulting fees, commissions and other payments, compliance with law, investments and outside business interests as officers and employees, reporting responsibilities, administrative compliance, and the like, (2) the written benefits, plans, and programs referenced in Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, or (3) any signed written agreements contemporaneously or hereafter executed by Employer and Employee, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to such subject matters, and contains all of the covenants, promises, representations, warranties, and agreements between the parties with respect to such subject matters and replaces and merges previous agreements and discussions pertaining to the employment relationship between Employer and Employee. Specifically, but not by way of limitation, any other employment agreement or arrangement in existence as of the date hereof between Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and Employee is hereby canceled and Employee hereby irrevocably waives and renounces all of Employee's rights and claims under any such agreement or arrangement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have duly executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective on the date first stated above.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By:

B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer


Employee

-12-

EXHIBIT 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. having offices at 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77024 ("Employer"), and John T. Turner, an individual currently residing at 5405 Maryanna Drive, Austin, Texas 78746 ("Employee"), to be effective as of October __, 1997.

For and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, and obligations contained herein, Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES:

1.1. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to be employed by Employer, beginning October __, 1997 and continuing throughout the Term (as defined below) of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2. Employee shall serve as "Senior Vice President -- Corporate Development" of Employer. Employee agrees to serve in the assigned position and to perform diligently and to the best of Employee's abilities the duties and services appertaining to such position as determined by Employer, as well as such additional or different duties and services appropriate to such position which Employee from time to time may be reasonably directed to perform by Employer. Employee shall at all times comply with and be subject to such policies and procedures as Employer may establish from time to time.

1.3. Employee shall, during the period of Employee's employment by Employer, devote Employee's full business time, energy, and best efforts to the business and affairs of Employer. Employee may not engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business, investment, or activity that interferes with Employee's performance of Employee's duties hereunder, is contrary to the interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or requires any significant portion of Employee's business time; provided, however, that Employee may engage in passive personal investments that do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or interfere with Employee's performance of his or her duties hereunder.

1.4. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and to do no act which would injure the business, interests, or reputation of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. In keeping with these duties, Employee shall make full disclosure to Employer of all business opportunities pertaining to Employer's business and shall not appropriate for Employee's own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.


1.5. It is agreed that any direct or indirect interest in, connection with, or benefit from any outside activities, particularly commercial activities, which interest might in any way adversely affect Employer, or any of its affiliates, involves a possible conflict of interest. In keeping with Employee's fiduciary duties to Employer, Employee agrees that Employee shall not knowingly become involved in a conflict of interest with Employer, or its affiliates, or upon discovery thereof, allow such a conflict to continue. Moreover, Employee agrees that Employee shall disclose to Employer's General Counsel (who shall be Employer's outside General Counsel unless Employer has employed an inside General Counsel) any facts which might involve such a conflict of interest that has not been approved by Employer's President. Employer and Employee recognize that it is impossible to provide an exhaustive list of actions or interests which constitute a "conflict of interest". Moreover, Employer and Employee recognize there are many borderline situations. In some instances, full disclosure of facts by Employee to Employer's General Counsel may be all that is necessary to enable Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates to protect its interests. In others, if no improper motivation appears to exist and the interests of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates have not suffered, prompt elimination of the outside interest will suffice. In still others, it may be necessary for Employer to terminate the employment relationship. Employee agrees that Employer's determination as to whether a conflict of interest exists shall be conclusive. Employer reserves the right to take such action as, in its judgment, will end the conflict.

2. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS:

2.1. Employee's initial base salary under this Agreement shall be $250,000.00 per annum and shall be paid in semi-monthly installments in accordance with Employer's standard payroll practice. Employee's base salary may be increased from time to time by Employer and, after any such change, Employee's new level of base salary shall be Employee's base salary for purposes of this Agreement until the effective date of any subsequent change.

2.2 Employee's participation in bonus plans shall be governed by the bonus and incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer in which Employee is a participant.

2.3. If Employee is granted stock options, Employee will enter into a separate written stock option agreement pursuant to which Employee shall be granted the option to acquire common stock of Employer subject to the terms and conditions of Employer's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the stock option agreement entered into thereunder. The number of shares, exercise price per share and other terms of the options shall be as specified in such other written agreement.

2.4. While employed by Employer, Employee shall be allowed to participate, on the same basis generally as other employees of Employer, in all general employee benefit plans and programs, including improvements or modifications of the same, which on the effective date or thereafter are made available by Employer to all or substantially all of Employer's employees. Such benefits, plans, and programs may include, without limitation, medical, health, and dental care, life insurance, disability protection, and pension plans. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed or interpreted to provide greater rights, participation, coverage, or benefits under such benefit plans or programs than provided to similarly situated employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of such benefit plans and programs.

-2-

2.5. Employer shall not by reason of this Article 2 be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such incentive compensation or employee benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to covered employees generally. Moreover, unless specifically provided for in a written plan document adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer, none of the benefits or arrangements described in this Article 2 shall be secured or funded in any way, and each shall instead constitute an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future exclusively from the general assets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2.6. Employer may withhold from any compensation, benefits, or amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

3. TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OF TERM, AND TERMINATION PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF TERM AND EFFECTS OF SUCH TERMINATION:

3.1. The term of this Agreement shall be for five (5) years from October __, 1997 through October __, 2002. Should Employee remain employed by Employer beyond the expiration of the Term, such employment shall convert to a month-to-month relationship terminable at any time by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, upon thirty days notice. Upon such termination of the continued at-will employment relationship by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonus with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated. Upon termination of employment, Employee shall repay to Employer all advances received by Employee from Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including all advances drawn against any bonus.

3.2. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) For "cause" upon the determination by Employer's Board of Directors that "cause" exists for the termination of the employment relationship. As used in this Section 3.2(i), the term "cause" shall mean (a) Employee has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence or willful misconduct in the performance of, or Employee's willful refusal without proper reason to perform, the duties and services required of Employee pursuant to this Agreement; (b) Employee has been convicted of a felony; or (c) Employee's material breach of any material provision of this Agreement or corporate code or policy. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the decision as to whether "cause" exists for termination of the employment relationship by Employer is delegated to Employer's Board of Directors for determination. Employee, if he so requests, after reasonable notice of such Board of Directors meeting, shall be

-3-

entitled to be heard before the Board of Directors. If Employee disagrees with the decision reached by Employer's Board of Directors, the dispute will be limited to whether Employer's Board of Directors reached its decision in good faith;

(ii) for any other reason whatsoever, including termination without cause, in the sole discretion of Employer's Board of Directors;

(iii) upon Employee's death; or

(iv) upon Employee's becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness, or other circumstance which in the reasonable opinion of a qualified doctor approved by Employer's Board of Directors renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of Employee, and which will continue in the reasonable opinion of such doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.

The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute a "Termination for Cause" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(i); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4. The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iii) as a result of Employee's death is specified in Section 3.7. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iv) as a result of the Employee becoming incapacitated is specified in Section 3.8.

3.3. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employee shall have the right to terminate the employment relationship under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) a material breach by Employer of any material provision of this Agreement, which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice of such breach by Employee to Employer's Board of Directors;

(ii) the dissolution of Employer; or

(iii) for any other reason whatsoever, in the sole discretion of Employee.

The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.3(i) or 3.3(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute a "Voluntary Termination" if made pursuant to Sections 3.3(iii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4.

3.4. Upon a "Voluntary Termination" of the employment relationship by Employee or a termination of the employment relationship for "Cause" by Employer, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate

-4-

as of the date of termination. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.5. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by either Employer or Employee pursuant to Sections 3.2(ii) or 3.3(i), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive the compensation specified in Section 2.1, payable bi-weekly, as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by Employee pursuant to Sections 3.3(ii), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non- competition obligations), to receive in a lump sum payment the compensation specified in
Section 2.1 as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Employee shall not be under any duty or obligation to seek or accept other employment following Involuntary Termination and the amounts due Employee hereunder shall not be reduced or suspended if Employee accepts subsequent employment. Employee's rights under this Section 3.5 are Employee's sole and exclusive rights against Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, and Employer's and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' sole and exclusive liability to Employee under this Agreement, in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship.

3.6. Employee covenants not to sue or lodge any claim, demand or cause of action against Employer based on Involuntary Termination for any monies other than those specified in Section 3.5. If Employee breaches this covenant, Employer, and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' shall be entitled to recover from Employee all sums expended by Employer, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (including costs and attorneys' fees) in connection with such suit, claim, demand or cause of action. Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall not be entitled to offset any of the amounts specified in the immediately preceding sentence against amounts otherwise owing by Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates to Employee prior to a final determination under the terms of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement that Employee has breached the covenant contained in this Section 3.6.

3.7. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's death, Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall be entitled to Employee's pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.8. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's incapacity, Employee shall be entitled to his pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

-5-

3.9. In all cases, the compensation and benefits payable to Employee under this Agreement upon termination of the employment relationship shall be reduced and offset by any amounts to which Employee may otherwise be entitled under any and all severance plans (excluding any pension, retirement and profit sharing plans of Employer that may be in effect from time to time) or policies of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates or any successor to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer.

3.10. Termination of the employment relationship shall not terminate those obligations imposed by this Agreement which are continuing in nature, including, without limitation, Employee's obligations of confidentiality, non-competition and Employee's continuing obligations with respect to business opportunities that had been entrusted to Employee by Employer during the employment relationship.

3.11. This Agreement governs the rights and obligations of Employer and Employee with respect to Employee's salary and other perquisites of employment.

4. UNITED STATES FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT AND OTHER LAWS:

4.1. Employee shall at all times comply with United States laws applicable to Employee's actions on behalf of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including specifically, without limitation, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, generally codified in 15 USC 78 (FCPA), as the FCPA may hereafter be amended, and/or its successor statutes. If Employee pleads guilty to or nolo contendre or admits civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee has personal civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee committed an action resulting in Employer or any of its subsidiaries having civil or criminal liability or responsibility under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, such action or finding shall constitute "cause" for termination under this Agreement unless Employer's Board of Directors determines that the actions found to be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable United States law were taken in good faith and in compliance with all applicable policies of Employer. Moreover, to the extent that Employer or any of its subsidiaries is found or held responsible for any civil or criminal fines or sanctions of any type under the FCPA or other applicable United States law or suffers other damages as a result of Employee's actions, Employee shall be responsible for, and shall reimburse and pay to such Employer an amount of money equal to, such civil or criminal fines, sanctions or damages. The rights afforded Employer under this provision are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by the law.

5. OWNERSHIP AND PROTECTION OF INFORMATION; COPYRIGHTS:

5.1. Employer owns certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets to which Employee will be given access for the purpose of carrying out his or her employment responsibilities hereunder. Furthermore, Employer agrees to provide Employee with confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets regarding the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, in order to assist Employee in satisfying his or her obligations hereunder.

-6-

5.2 All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, whether patentable or not, which are conceived, made, developed or acquired by Employee, individually or in conjunction with others, during Employee's employment by Employer (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's premises or otherwise) which relate to Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, research, financial and sales data, pricing and trading terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer's organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names, and marks) shall be disclosed to Employer and are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon termination of Employee's employment, for any reason, Employee promptly shall deliver the same, and all copies thereof, to Employer.

5.3. Employee will not, at any time during or after his employment by Employer, make any unauthorized disclosure of any confidential business information or trade secrets of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out of his employment responsibilities hereunder. As a result of Employee's employment by Employer, Employee may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, confidential business information or trade secrets of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Employee also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party confidential information and trade secrets to the same extent, and on the same basis, as Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' confidential business information and trade secrets.

5.4. If, during Employee's employment by Employer, Employee creates any original work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression which is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations on acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to Employer's, or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Employee or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' premises or otherwise), Employer shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Employee in the scope of his or her employment; or, if the work is not prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment but is specially ordered by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be the author of the work. If such work is neither prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire, then Employee hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to Employer all of Employee's worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.5. Both during the period of Employee's employment by Employer and thereafter, Employee shall assist Employer, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and their nominees, at any time, in the protection of Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' worldwide right, title, and interest in and to information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, and its

-7-

copyrighted works, including without limitation, the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or their nominees and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

6. POST-EMPLOYMENT NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS:

6.1. As part of the consideration for the compensation and benefits to be paid and extended to Employee hereunder, and as an additional incentive for Employer to enter into this Agreement, Employer and Employee agree to the non-competition provisions of this Article 6. Employee agrees that during the period of Employee's non-competition obligations hereunder, Employee will not, directly or indirectly for Employee or for others, in any geographic area or market where Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies are conducting any business as of the date of termination of the employment relationship or have during the previous twelve months conducted any business:

(i) engage in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(ii) render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association, or entity who is engaged, directly or indirectly, in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(iii) encourage or induce any current or former employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave the employment of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or proselytize, offer employment, retain, hire or assist in the hiring of any such employee by any person, association, or entity not affiliated with Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (iii) shall prohibit Employee from offering employment to any prior employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates who was not employed by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time in the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Employee's employment.

The non-competition obligations set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) of this
Section 6.1 shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of three
(3) years after termination of employment. The obligations set forth in subsection (iii) of this Section 6.1 with respect to employees shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of five (5) years after termination of employment If Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates abandons a particular aspect of its business, that is, ceases such aspect of its business with the intention to permanently refrain from such aspect of its business, then this post-employment non-competition covenant shall not apply to such former aspect of that business.

-8-

6.2. Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the world during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that Employee will receive sufficiently high remuneration and other benefits (e.g., the right to receive compensation under Section 3.6 for the remainder of the Term upon Involuntary Termination and access to certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets) under this Agreement to justify such restriction. Employee acknowledges that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article 6 by Employee, and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article 6 by terminating any payments then owing to Employee under this Agreement and/or to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach, without any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedies. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article 6, but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity to Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including, without limitation, the recovery of damages from Employee and his agents involved in such breach.

6.3. It is expressly understood that the restrictions contained in this Article 6 are related to and result from the agreements of Employer and Employee in Article 5 and agreed that Employer and Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Article 6 to be reasonable and necessary to protect the confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions therein set forth to be modified by such courts so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully enforced.

7. MISCELLANEOUS:

7.1. For purposes of this Agreement the terms "affiliates" or "affiliated" means an entity who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Employer.

7.2. Employee shall refrain, both during the employment relationship and after the employment relationship terminates, from publishing any oral or written statements about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory; or that disclose private or confidential information about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' business affairs, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that constitute an intrusion into the seclusion or private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about the private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that place Employer or its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives in a false light before the public; or that constitute a misappropriation of the name or likeness Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives. A violation or threatened violation of this prohibition may be enjoined.

-9-

7.3. For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Employer to:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
950 Echo Lane, Suite 350
Houston, TX 77024

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2300 First City Tower
1001 Fannin Street
Houston, TX 77002-6760

Attn: John S. Watson

If to Employee, to the address shown on the first page hereof.

Either Employer or Employee may furnish a change of address to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

7.4. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflict-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction of the Agreement to the laws of another State or country.

7.5. No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

7.6. It is a desire and intent of the parties that the terms, provisions, covenants, and remedies contained in this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any such term, provision, covenant, or remedy of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances shall, to any extent, be construed to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, then such term, provision, covenant, or remedy shall be construed in a manner so as to permit its enforceability under the applicable law to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any case, the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances other than those to which they have been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect.

-10-

7.7. Any and all claims, demands, cause of action, disputes, controversies and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any provision hereof, the alleged breach thereof, or in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, involving Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates and Employee (all of which are referred to herein as "Claims"), even though some or all of such Claims allegedly are extra-contractual in nature, whether such Claims sound in contract, tort or otherwise, at law or in equity, under state or federal law, whether provided by statute or the common law, for damages or any other relief, including equitable relief and specific performance, shall be resolved and decided by binding arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect with the American Arbitration Association. In the arbitration proceeding the Employee shall select one arbitrator, the Employer shall select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator. Should one party fail to select an arbitrator within five days after notice of the appointment of an arbitrator by the other party or should the two arbitrators selected by the Employee and the Employer fail to select an arbitrator within ten days after the date of the appointment of the last of such two arbitrators, any person sitting as a Judge of the United States District Court of the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, upon application of the Employee or the Employer, shall appoint an arbitrator to fill such space with the same force and effect as though such arbitrator had been appointed in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 7.7. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Employee, the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in Houston, Texas. Judgment upon any award rendered in any such arbitration proceeding may be entered by any federal or state court having jurisdiction.

This agreement to arbitrate shall be enforceable in either federal or state court. The enforcement of this agreement to arbitrate and all procedural aspects of this Agreement to arbitrate, including but not limited to, the construction and interpretation of this agreement to arbitrate, the scope of the arbitrable issues, allegations of waiver, delay or defenses to arbitrability, and the rules governing the conduct of the arbitration, shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.

In deciding the substance of any such Claim, the Arbitrators shall apply the substantive laws of the State of Texas; provided, however, that the Arbitrators shall have no authority to award treble, exemplary or punitive type damages under any circumstances regardless of whether such damages may be available under Texas law, the parties hereby waiving their right, if any, to recover treble, exemplary or punitive type damages in connection with any such Claims.

7.8. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employer its subsidiaries and affiliates and any other person, association, or entity which may hereafter acquire or succeed to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer by any means whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise. Employee's rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal and such rights, benefits, and obligations of Employee shall not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated, or transferred, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by Employee without the prior written consent of Employer.

7.9. Except as provided in (1) written company policies promulgated by Employer dealing with issues such as securities trading, business ethics, governmental affairs and political contributions,

-11-

consulting fees, commissions and other payments, compliance with law, investments and outside business interests as officers and employees, reporting responsibilities, administrative compliance, and the like, (2) the written benefits, plans, and programs referenced in Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, or (3) any signed written agreements contemporaneously or hereafter executed by Employer and Employee, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to such subject matters, and contains all of the covenants, promises, representations, warranties, and agreements between the parties with respect to such subject matters and replaces and merges previous agreements and discussions pertaining to the employment relationship between Employer and Employee. Specifically, but not by way of limitation, any other employment agreement or arrangement in existence as of the date hereof between Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and Employee is hereby canceled and Employee hereby irrevocably waives and renounces all of Employee's rights and claims under any such agreement or arrangement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have duly executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective on the date first stated above.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By:

B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer


Employee

-12-

EXHIBIT 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. having offices at 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77024 ("Employer"), and Scott L. Thompson, an individual currently residing at 8610 Hawaii Lane, Jersey Village, Texas 77040 ("Employee"), to be effective as of October __, 1997.

For and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, and obligations contained herein, Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES:

1.1. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to be employed by Employer, beginning October __, 1997 and continuing throughout the Term (as defined below) of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2. Employee shall serve as "Senior Vice President -- Chief Financial Officer" and "Treasurer" of Employer. Employee agrees to serve in the assigned position and to perform diligently and to the best of Employee's abilities the duties and services appertaining to such position as determined by Employer, as well as such additional or different duties and services appropriate to such position which Employee from time to time may be reasonably directed to perform by Employer. Employee shall at all times comply with and be subject to such policies and procedures as Employer may establish from time to time.

1.3. Employee shall, during the period of Employee's employment by Employer, devote Employee's full business time, energy, and best efforts to the business and affairs of Employer. Employee may not engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business, investment, or activity that interferes with Employee's performance of Employee's duties hereunder, is contrary to the interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or requires any significant portion of Employee's business time; provided, however, that Employee may engage in passive personal investments that do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or interfere with Employee's performance of his or her duties hereunder.

1.4. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and to do no act which would injure the business, interests, or reputation of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. In keeping with these duties, Employee shall make full disclosure to Employer of all business opportunities pertaining to Employer's business and shall not appropriate for Employee's own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.


1.5. It is agreed that any direct or indirect interest in, connection with, or benefit from any outside activities, particularly commercial activities, which interest might in any way adversely affect Employer, or any of its affiliates, involves a possible conflict of interest. In keeping with Employee's fiduciary duties to Employer, Employee agrees that Employee shall not knowingly become involved in a conflict of interest with Employer, or its affiliates, or upon discovery thereof, allow such a conflict to continue. Moreover, Employee agrees that Employee shall disclose to Employer's General Counsel (who shall be Employer's outside General Counsel unless Employer has employed an inside General Counsel) any facts which might involve such a conflict of interest that has not been approved by Employer's President. Employer and Employee recognize that it is impossible to provide an exhaustive list of actions or interests which constitute a "conflict of interest". Moreover, Employer and Employee recognize there are many borderline situations. In some instances, full disclosure of facts by Employee to Employer's General Counsel may be all that is necessary to enable Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates to protect its interests. In others, if no improper motivation appears to exist and the interests of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates have not suffered, prompt elimination of the outside interest will suffice. In still others, it may be necessary for Employer to terminate the employment relationship. Employee agrees that Employer's determination as to whether a conflict of interest exists shall be conclusive. Employer reserves the right to take such action as, in its judgment, will end the conflict.

2. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS:

2.1. Employee's initial base salary under this Agreement shall be $180,000.00 per annum and shall be paid in semi-monthly installments in accordance with Employer's standard payroll practice. Employee's base salary may be increased from time to time by Employer and, after any such change, Employee's new level of base salary shall be Employee's base salary for purposes of this Agreement until the effective date of any subsequent change.

2.2 Employee's participation in bonus plans shall be governed by the bonus and incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer in which Employee is a participant.

2.3. If Employee is granted stock options, Employee will enter into a separate written stock option agreement pursuant to which Employee shall be granted the option to acquire common stock of Employer subject to the terms and conditions of Employer's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the stock option agreement entered into thereunder. The number of shares, exercise price per share and other terms of the options shall be as specified in such other written agreement.

2.4. While employed by Employer, Employee shall be allowed to participate, on the same basis generally as other employees of Employer, in all general employee benefit plans and programs, including improvements or modifications of the same, which on the effective date or thereafter are made available by Employer to all or substantially all of Employer's employees. Such benefits, plans, and programs may include, without limitation, medical, health, and dental care, life insurance, disability protection, and pension plans. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed or interpreted to provide greater rights, participation, coverage, or benefits under such benefit plans or programs than provided to similarly situated employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of such benefit plans and programs.

-2-

2.5. Employer shall not by reason of this Article 2 be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such incentive compensation or employee benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to covered employees generally. Moreover, unless specifically provided for in a written plan document adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer, none of the benefits or arrangements described in this Article 2 shall be secured or funded in any way, and each shall instead constitute an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future exclusively from the general assets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2.6. Employer may withhold from any compensation, benefits, or amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

3. TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OF TERM, AND TERMINATION PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF TERM AND EFFECTS OF SUCH TERMINATION:

3.1. The term of this Agreement shall be for five (5) years from October __, 1997 through October __, 2002. Should Employee remain employed by Employer beyond the expiration of the Term, such employment shall convert to a month-to-month relationship terminable at any time by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, upon thirty days notice. Upon such termination of the continued at-will employment relationship by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonus with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated. Upon termination of employment, Employee shall repay to Employer all advances received by Employee from Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including all advances drawn against any bonus.

3.2. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) For "cause" upon the determination by Employer's Board of Directors that "cause" exists for the termination of the employment relationship. As used in this Section 3.2(i), the term "cause" shall mean (a) Employee has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence or willful misconduct in the performance of, or Employee's willful refusal without proper reason to perform, the duties and services required of Employee pursuant to this Agreement; (b) Employee has been convicted of a felony; or (c) Employee's material breach of any material provision of this Agreement or corporate code or policy. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the decision as to whether "cause" exists for termination of the employment relationship by Employer is delegated to Employer's Board of Directors for determination. Employee, if he so requests, after reasonable notice of such Board of Directors meeting, shall be

-3-

entitled to be heard before the Board of Directors. If Employee disagrees with the decision reached by Employer's Board of Directors, the dispute will be limited to whether Employer's Board of Directors reached its decision in good faith;

(ii) for any other reason whatsoever, including termination without cause, in the sole discretion of Employer's Board of Directors;

(iii) upon Employee's death; or

(iv) upon Employee's becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness, or other circumstance which in the reasonable opinion of a qualified doctor approved by Employer's Board of Directors renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of Employee, and which will continue in the reasonable opinion of such doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.

The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute a "Termination for Cause" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(i); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4. The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iii) as a result of Employee's death is specified in Section 3.7. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iv) as a result of the Employee becoming incapacitated is specified in Section 3.8.

3.3. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employee shall have the right to terminate the employment relationship under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) a material breach by Employer of any material provision of this Agreement, which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice of such breach by Employee to Employer's Board of Directors;

(ii) the dissolution of Employer; or

(iii) for any other reason whatsoever, in the sole discretion of Employee.

The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.3(i) or 3.3(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute a "Voluntary Termination" if made pursuant to Sections 3.3(iii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4.

3.4. Upon a "Voluntary Termination" of the employment relationship by Employee or a termination of the employment relationship for "Cause" by Employer, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate

-4-

as of the date of termination. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.5. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by either Employer or Employee pursuant to Sections 3.2(ii) or 3.3(i), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive the compensation specified in Section 2.1, payable bi-weekly, as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by Employee pursuant to Sections 3.3(ii), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive in a lump sum payment the compensation specified in
Section 2.1 as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Employee shall not be under any duty or obligation to seek or accept other employment following Involuntary Termination and the amounts due Employee hereunder shall not be reduced or suspended if Employee accepts subsequent employment. Employee's rights under this Section 3.5 are Employee's sole and exclusive rights against Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, and Employer's and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' sole and exclusive liability to Employee under this Agreement, in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship.

3.6. Employee covenants not to sue or lodge any claim, demand or cause of action against Employer based on Involuntary Termination for any monies other than those specified in Section 3.5. If Employee breaches this covenant, Employer, and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' shall be entitled to recover from Employee all sums expended by Employer, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (including costs and attorneys' fees) in connection with such suit, claim, demand or cause of action. Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall not be entitled to offset any of the amounts specified in the immediately preceding sentence against amounts otherwise owing by Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates to Employee prior to a final determination under the terms of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement that Employee has breached the covenant contained in this Section 3.6.

3.7. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's death, Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall be entitled to Employee's pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.8. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's incapacity, Employee shall be entitled to his pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

-5-

3.9. In all cases, the compensation and benefits payable to Employee under this Agreement upon termination of the employment relationship shall be reduced and offset by any amounts to which Employee may otherwise be entitled under any and all severance plans (excluding any pension, retirement and profit sharing plans of Employer that may be in effect from time to time) or policies of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates or any successor to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer.

3.10. Termination of the employment relationship shall not terminate those obligations imposed by this Agreement which are continuing in nature, including, without limitation, Employee's obligations of confidentiality, non-competition and Employee's continuing obligations with respect to business opportunities that had been entrusted to Employee by Employer during the employment relationship.

3.11. This Agreement governs the rights and obligations of Employer and Employee with respect to Employee's salary and other perquisites of employment.

4. UNITED STATES FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT AND OTHER LAWS:

4.1. Employee shall at all times comply with United States laws applicable to Employee's actions on behalf of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including specifically, without limitation, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, generally codified in 15 USC 78 (FCPA), as the FCPA may hereafter be amended, and/or its successor statutes. If Employee pleads guilty to or nolo contendre or admits civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee has personal civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee committed an action resulting in Employer or any of its subsidiaries having civil or criminal liability or responsibility under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, such action or finding shall constitute "cause" for termination under this Agreement unless Employer's Board of Directors determines that the actions found to be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable United States law were taken in good faith and in compliance with all applicable policies of Employer. Moreover, to the extent that Employer or any of its subsidiaries is found or held responsible for any civil or criminal fines or sanctions of any type under the FCPA or other applicable United States law or suffers other damages as a result of Employee's actions, Employee shall be responsible for, and shall reimburse and pay to such Employer an amount of money equal to, such civil or criminal fines, sanctions or damages. The rights afforded Employer under this provision are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by the law.

5. OWNERSHIP AND PROTECTION OF INFORMATION; COPYRIGHTS:

5.1. Employer owns certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets to which Employee will be given access for the purpose of carrying out his or her employment responsibilities hereunder. Furthermore, Employer agrees to provide Employee with confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets regarding the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, in order to assist Employee in satisfying his or her obligations hereunder.

-6-

5.2 All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, whether patentable or not, which are conceived, made, developed or acquired by Employee, individually or in conjunction with others, during Employee's employment by Employer (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's premises or otherwise) which relate to Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, research, financial and sales data, pricing and trading terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer's organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names, and marks) shall be disclosed to Employer and are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon termination of Employee's employment, for any reason, Employee promptly shall deliver the same, and all copies thereof, to Employer.

5.3. Employee will not, at any time during or after his employment by Employer, make any unauthorized disclosure of any confidential business information or trade secrets of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out of his employment responsibilities hereunder. As a result of Employee's employment by Employer, Employee may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, confidential business information or trade secrets of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Employee also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party confidential information and trade secrets to the same extent, and on the same basis, as Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' confidential business information and trade secrets.

5.4. If, during Employee's employment by Employer, Employee creates any original work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression which is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations on acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to Employer's, or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Employee or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' premises or otherwise), Employer shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Employee in the scope of his or her employment; or, if the work is not prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment but is specially ordered by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be the author of the work. If such work is neither prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire, then Employee hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to Employer all of Employee's worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.5. Both during the period of Employee's employment by Employer and thereafter, Employee shall assist Employer, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and their nominees, at any time, in the protection of Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' worldwide right, title, and interest in and to information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, and its

-7-

copyrighted works, including without limitation, the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or their nominees and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

6. POST-EMPLOYMENT NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS:

6.1. As part of the consideration for the compensation and benefits to be paid and extended to Employee hereunder, and as an additional incentive for Employer to enter into this Agreement, Employer and Employee agree to the non-competition provisions of this Article 6. Employee agrees that during the period of Employee's non-competition obligations hereunder, Employee will not, directly or indirectly for Employee or for others, in any geographic area or market where Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies are conducting any business as of the date of termination of the employment relationship or have during the previous twelve months conducted any business:

(i) engage in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(ii) render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association, or entity who is engaged, directly or indirectly, in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(iii) encourage or induce any current or former employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave the employment of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or proselytize, offer employment, retain, hire or assist in the hiring of any such employee by any person, association, or entity not affiliated with Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (iii) shall prohibit Employee from offering employment to any prior employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates who was not employed by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time in the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Employee's employment.

The non-competition obligations set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) of this
Section 6.1 shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of three
(3) years after termination of employment. The obligations set forth in subsection (iii) of this Section 6.1 with respect to employees shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of five (5) years after termination of employment If Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates abandons a particular aspect of its business, that is, ceases such aspect of its business with the intention to permanently refrain from such aspect of its business, then this post-employment non-competition covenant shall not apply to such former aspect of that business.

-8-

6.2. Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the world during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that Employee will receive sufficiently high remuneration and other benefits (e.g., the right to receive compensation under Section 3.6 for the remainder of the Term upon Involuntary Termination and access to certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets) under this Agreement to justify such restriction. Employee acknowledges that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article 6 by Employee, and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article 6 by terminating any payments then owing to Employee under this Agreement and/or to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach, without any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedies. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article 6, but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity to Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including, without limitation, the recovery of damages from Employee and his agents involved in such breach.

6.3. It is expressly understood that the restrictions contained in this Article 6 are related to and result from the agreements of Employer and Employee in Article 5 and agreed that Employer and Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Article 6 to be reasonable and necessary to protect the confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions therein set forth to be modified by such courts so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully enforced.

7. MISCELLANEOUS:

7.1. For purposes of this Agreement the terms "affiliates" or "affiliated" means an entity who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Employer.

7.2. Employee shall refrain, both during the employment relationship and after the employment relationship terminates, from publishing any oral or written statements about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory; or that disclose private or confidential information about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' business affairs, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that constitute an intrusion into the seclusion or private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about the private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that place Employer or its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives in a false light before the public; or that constitute a misappropriation of the name or likeness Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives. A violation or threatened violation of this prohibition may be enjoined.

-9-

7.3. For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Employer to:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
950 Echo Lane, Suite 350
Houston, TX 77024

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2300 First City Tower
1001 Fannin Street
Houston, TX 77002-6760

Attn: John S. Watson

If to Employee, to the address shown on the first page hereof.

Either Employer or Employee may furnish a change of address to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

7.4. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflict-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction of the Agreement to the laws of another State or country.

7.5. No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

7.6. It is a desire and intent of the parties that the terms, provisions, covenants, and remedies contained in this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any such term, provision, covenant, or remedy of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances shall, to any extent, be construed to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, then such term, provision, covenant, or remedy shall be construed in a manner so as to permit its enforceability under the applicable law to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any case, the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances other than those to which they have been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect.

-10-

7.7. Any and all claims, demands, cause of action, disputes, controversies and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any provision hereof, the alleged breach thereof, or in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, involving Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates and Employee (all of which are referred to herein as "Claims"), even though some or all of such Claims allegedly are extra-contractual in nature, whether such Claims sound in contract, tort or otherwise, at law or in equity, under state or federal law, whether provided by statute or the common law, for damages or any other relief, including equitable relief and specific performance, shall be resolved and decided by binding arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect with the American Arbitration Association. In the arbitration proceeding the Employee shall select one arbitrator, the Employer shall select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator. Should one party fail to select an arbitrator within five days after notice of the appointment of an arbitrator by the other party or should the two arbitrators selected by the Employee and the Employer fail to select an arbitrator within ten days after the date of the appointment of the last of such two arbitrators, any person sitting as a Judge of the United States District Court of the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, upon application of the Employee or the Employer, shall appoint an arbitrator to fill such space with the same force and effect as though such arbitrator had been appointed in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 7.7. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Employee, the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in Houston, Texas. Judgment upon any award rendered in any such arbitration proceeding may be entered by any federal or state court having jurisdiction.

This agreement to arbitrate shall be enforceable in either federal or state court. The enforcement of this agreement to arbitrate and all procedural aspects of this Agreement to arbitrate, including but not limited to, the construction and interpretation of this agreement to arbitrate, the scope of the arbitrable issues, allegations of waiver, delay or defenses to arbitrability, and the rules governing the conduct of the arbitration, shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.

In deciding the substance of any such Claim, the Arbitrators shall apply the substantive laws of the State of Texas; provided, however, that the Arbitrators shall have no authority to award treble, exemplary or punitive type damages under any circumstances regardless of whether such damages may be available under Texas law, the parties hereby waiving their right, if any, to recover treble, exemplary or punitive type damages in connection with any such Claims.

7.8. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employer its subsidiaries and affiliates and any other person, association, or entity which may hereafter acquire or succeed to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer by any means whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise. Employee's rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal and such rights, benefits, and obligations of Employee shall not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated, or transferred, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by Employee without the prior written consent of Employer.

7.9. Except as provided in (1) written company policies promulgated by Employer dealing with issues such as securities trading, business ethics, governmental affairs and political contributions,

-11-

consulting fees, commissions and other payments, compliance with law, investments and outside business interests as officers and employees, reporting responsibilities, administrative compliance, and the like, (2) the written benefits, plans, and programs referenced in Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, or (3) any signed written agreements contemporaneously or hereafter executed by Employer and Employee, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to such subject matters, and contains all of the covenants, promises, representations, warranties, and agreements between the parties with respect to such subject matters and replaces and merges previous agreements and discussions pertaining to the employment relationship between Employer and Employee. Specifically, but not by way of limitation, any other employment agreement or arrangement in existence as of the date hereof between Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and Employee is hereby canceled and Employee hereby irrevocably waives and renounces all of Employee's rights and claims under any such agreement or arrangement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have duly executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective on the date first stated above.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By:

B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer


Employee

-12-

EXHIBIT 10.10

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

between

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.

and

ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.

as Rights Agent

Dated as of October 3, 1997


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 1.  Certain Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
            -------------------

Section 2.  Appointment of Rights Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
            ---------------------------

Section 3.  Issue of Right Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
            ---------------------------

Section 4.  Form of Right Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
            --------------------------

Section 5.  Execution, Authentication and Delivery  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
            --------------------------------------

Section 6.  Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
            ---------------------------------------------------

Section 7.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Right Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
            --------------------------------------------------------

Section 8.  Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
            -------------------------------------------------------------

Section 9.  Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
            --------------------------------------------------

Section 10.  Reservation and Availability of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
             --------------------------------------

Section 11.  Record Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
             -----------

Section 12.  Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
             ------------------------------------------------------------------

Section 13.  Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
             ----------------------------------------------------------

Section 14.  Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
             --------------------------------------------------------------------

Section 15.  Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
             ---------------------------------------

Section 16.  Rights of Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
             ----------------

Section 17.  Agreement of Right Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
             --------------------------

Section 18.  Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
             -------------------------------------------------

Section 19.  Concerning the Rights Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
             ---------------------------

Section 20.  Duties of Rights Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
             ----------------------

Section 21.  Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
             ---------------------------------------------------------

Section 22.  Change of Rights Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
             ----------------------

Section 23.  Issuance of New Right Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
             ----------------------------------

-i-

Section 24.  Redemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
             ----------

Section 25.  Mandatory Redemption and Exchange  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
             ---------------------------------

Section 26.  Notice of Certain Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
             ------------------------

Section 27.  Securities Laws Registrations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
             -----------------------------

Section 28.  Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
             -------

Section 29.  Supplements and Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
             --------------------------

Section 30.  Successors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
             ----------

Section 31.  Benefits of this Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
             --------------------------

Section 32.  Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
             ------------

Section 33.  Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
             -------------

Section 34.  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
             ------------

Section 35.  Descriptive Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
             --------------------

Exhibits

Exhibit A - Certificate of Designation of Preferred Shares Exhibit B - Right Certificate
Exhibit C - Summary of Rights

-ii-

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Rights Agreement, dated as of October 3, 1997, is between Group 1 Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., a national banking association, as Rights Agent.

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company, having determined its actions to be in the interests of the Company, has authorized the creation of Rights, has authorized and directed the issuance to the Holders of record of Common Shares of the Company outstanding on the date (the "Effective Date") of closing of the acquisition by the Company (the "Acquisitions") of Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc., Bob Howard Chevrolet, Inc., Bob Howard Automotive-H, Inc. Bob Howard Motors, Inc., Bob Howard Dodge, Inc., Southwest Toyota, Inc., SMC Luxury Cars, Inc., Mike Smith Autoplaza, Inc., Smith, Liu & Kutz, Inc., Courtesy Nissan, Inc., Smith, Liu & Corbin, Inc., Round Rock Nissan, Inc. and Foyt Motors, Inc., immediately after the Acquisitions of one Right with respect to each Common Share of the Company outstanding on the Effective Date and has further authorized and directed the issuance of one Right with respect to each Common Share that shall become outstanding between the Effective Date and the earlier of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and directed that the terms and conditions under which the Rights are to be distributed, including without limitation those affecting the exercise thereof, the securities or other property to be acquired thereby and the purchase price to be paid therefor, shall be set forth in a written agreement between the Company and a rights agent made for the benefit of the holders of the Rights to the extent so provided therein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

-1-

Section 1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

"Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of 20% or more of the Voting Shares of the Company then outstanding, but shall not include (i) the Company, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company or trustee or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity, (iv) any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity, or (v) any Grandfathered Stockholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall become an "Acquiring Person" as the result of an acquisition of Voting Shares by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such Person to 20% or more of the Voting Shares of the Company then outstanding; provided, however, that, if a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of 20% or more of the Voting Shares of the Company then outstanding by reason of share purchases by the Company and shall, after such share purchases by the Company and at a time when such Person is the Beneficial Owner of 20% or more of the Voting Shares of the Company then outstanding, become the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Shares of the Company, then such Person shall be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person". Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person", as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of

-2-

this paragraph (a), has become such inadvertently, and such Person divests as promptly as practicable a sufficient number of Common Shares so that such Person would no longer be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a), then such Person shall not be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement.

"Agreement" shall mean this Rights Agreement as hereafter amended from time to time.

"Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of and shall be deemed to "own beneficially" any securities which (without duplication):

(i) such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, within the meaning of either Section 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act;

(ii) such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than these Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

(iii) are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any securities of the Company; provided, however, that, for purposes of each clause of this definition, a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial

-3-

Owner of, or to own beneficially, securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange; and provided, further, that, for purposes of each clause of this definition, a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to own beneficially, any security as a result of any agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security if such agreement, arrangement or understanding (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report) and provided, further, that notwithstanding anything to the foregoing to the contrary, a Person engaged in the business of underwriting securities shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "own beneficially", any securities acquired in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.

Notwithstanding anything in this definition to the contrary, the phrase "then outstanding", when used with reference to a Person's Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Company (or to the number of such securities "beneficially owned"), shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.

"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of Texas or the state wherein the principal office of the Rights Agent is located are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

-4-

"Close of Business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., eastern time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., eastern time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

"Closing Price", with respect to any security, shall mean the last sale price, regular way, on a specific Trading Day or, in case no such sale takes place on such Trading Day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if such security is not then listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such security is listed or admitted to trading or, if such security is not then listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or such other system then in use, or, if on any such Trading Day such security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such security selected by the Board of Directors of the Company. If such security is not publicly held or so listed or traded, "Closing Price" shall mean the fair value per unit of such security as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described and the Closing Price set forth in a statement filed with the Rights Agent.

"Common Shares" when used with reference to the Company shall mean shares of capital stock of the Company which have no preference over any other class of stock with respect to dividends or assets, which are not redeemable at the option of the Company and with

-5-

respect to which no sinking, purchase or similar fund is provided and shall initially mean the shares of Common Stock, par value $.01, of the Company. "Common Shares" when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall, if used with reference to a corporation, mean the capital stock (or equity interest) with the greatest voting power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person and, if used with reference to any other Person, mean the equity interest in such Person (or, if the net worth determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of another Person (other than an individual) which controls such first-mentioned Person is greater than such first-mentioned Person, then such other Person) with the greatest voting power or managerial power with respect to the business and affairs of such Person.

"Company" shall mean Group 1 Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

"Company Order" means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President or a Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Rights Agent.

"Distribution Date" shall mean the earlier of (i) the tenth Business Day after the Shares Acquisition Date or (ii) the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person) after the date of commencement by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the

-6-

Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity) of, or after the date of the first public announcement of the intent of any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity) to commence, a tender or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in any Person becoming the Beneficial Owner of 20% or more of the then outstanding Voting Shares of the Company; provided, however, that an occurrence described in clause (ii) of this definition above shall not cause the occurrence of the Distribution Date if the Board of Directors of the Company shall, prior to such tenth Business Day (or such later date as described in clause (ii) above), determine that such tender or exchange offer is spurious, unless, thereafter, the Board of Directors of the Company shall make a contrary determination, in which event the Distribution Date shall occur on the later to occur of such tenth Business Day (or such later date as described in clause (ii) above) and the date of such latter determination.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute thereto.

"Final Expiration Date" shall mean the Close of Business on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

"Grandfathered Stockholders" shall mean at any time Robert E. Howard, II, provided, however, that Robert E. Howard, II shall not be a Grandfathered Stockholder if he makes an acquisition of Common Shares that would increase his percentage ownership of the outstanding Common Shares immediately after consummation of the Company's initial public offering (the "Offering"), before taking into account any acquisitions of Common Shares by Robert E. Howard, II in the Offering, by 2.0%.

"Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

-7-

"Preferred Shares" shall mean shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company having the rights and preferences set forth in the form of Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock attached hereto as Exhibit A.

"Purchase Price" shall mean the initial price at which the holder of a Right may, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, purchase one one-thousandth (1/1000) of a Preferred Share (which initial price is set forth in Section 8(b) hereof), as such price shall be adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

"Redemption Date" shall mean the time at which the Rights are redeemed pursuant to Section 24 herein or the time at which all of the Rights are mandatorily redeemed and exchanged pursuant to Section 25 hereof.

"Redemption Price" shall have the meaning specified in Section 24(b) herein. "Right" shall mean one preferred share purchase right which initially represents the right of the registered holder thereof to purchase one one-thousandth (1/1000) of a Preferred Share upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth.

"Rights Agent" shall mean ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., a national banking association, and any successor thereto appointed in accordance with the terms hereof, in its capacity as agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights pursuant to this Agreement.

"Right Certificate" shall mean a certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached to this Rights Agreement, evidencing the Rights registered in the name of the holder thereof.

"Rights Register" and "Rights Registrar" shall have the meanings specified in Section 6.

-8-

"Shareholder Services" means the principal office of the Rights Agent at which it administers shareholder services business, which, in the case of ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. shall, until hereafter changed, be its office at 2323 Bryan Street, Suite 2300, Dallas, Texas 75201.

"Shares Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public announcement (which for purposes of this definition shall include without limitation a report filed pursuant to Section 13(d) or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such.

"Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests having ordinary voting power in the election of directors or similar officials is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

"Summary of Rights" shall mean a Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares in substantially the form attached as Exhibit C to this Agreement.

"Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market on which any of the Voting Shares of the Company are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if none of the Voting Shares of the Company is listed or admitted to trading on any national stock exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, a Business Day.

"Voting Shares" shall mean (i) the Common Shares of the Company and (ii) any other shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or entitled to vote together with the Common Shares in respect of any merger or consolidation of the Company, any sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Whenever any provision of this Agreement requires a determination of whether a number of Voting Shares comprising a specified

-9-

percentage of such Voting Shares is, was or will be beneficially owned or has been voted, tendered, acquired, sold or otherwise disposed of or a determination of whether a Person has offered or proposed to acquire a number of Voting Shares comprising such specified percentage, the number of Voting Shares comprising such specified percentage of Voting Shares shall in every such case be deemed to be the number of Voting Shares comprising the specified percentage of all the Company's then outstanding Voting Shares.

"Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" of a Person shall mean any corporation or other entity all the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of which having ordinary voting power in the election of directors or similar officials (other than directors' qualifying shares or similar interests) are owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.

Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates. (a) From and after the Effective Date until the Distribution Date, (i) outstanding Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 3) by the certificates for outstanding Common Shares of the Company and not by separate Right Certificates, and (ii) the right to receive Right Certificates will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Shares of the Company. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will send, by first-class, insured, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Shares of the Company as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the stock transfer records of the Company, a Right Certificate evidencing one Right for each Common Share so held. From and after the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.

-10-

(b) On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Company will send a copy of a Summary of Rights, by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Shares of the Company as of the Close of Business on the Effective Date, at the address of such holder shown on the stock transfer records of the Company. With respect to Common Shares outstanding on the Effective Date, the certificates evidencing such Common Shares shall, together with copies of such Summary of Rights, thereafter also evidence the outstanding Rights (as such Rights may be amended or supplemented) distributed with respect thereto until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the date of surrender thereof to the Company's transfer agent for registration of transfer or exchange of Common Shares. Until the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Redemption Date or Final Expiration Date), the surrender for registration of transfer or exchange of any certificate for Common Shares outstanding as of the Close of Business on the Effective Date, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights attached thereto, shall also constitute the surrender for registration of transfer or exchange of the outstanding Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby.

(c) The Company agrees that, at any time after the Effective Date and prior to the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Redemption Date or Final Expiration Date) at which it issues any of its Common Shares upon original issue or out of treasury, it will concurrently distribute to the holder of such Common Shares one Right for each such Common Share, which Right shall be subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement and will evidence the right to purchase the same number of one one-thousandths (1/1000) of a Preferred Share at the same Purchase Price as the Rights then outstanding.

(d) Certificates for Common Shares issued after the Effective Date but prior to the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date, whether upon registration of transfer or exchange of Common Shares outstanding on the Effective Date or upon

-11-

original issue or out of treasury thereafter, shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the following legend:

This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain Rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., dated as of October 3, 1997 (the "Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request therefor. As described in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to or acquired by any Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate thereof (each as defined in the Rights Agreement) shall, under certain circumstances, become null and void.

With respect to certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the Distribution Date, outstanding Rights associated with the Common Shares represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender of any such certificate for registration of transfer or exchange of the Common Shares evidenced thereby shall also constitute surrender for registration of transfer or exchange of outstanding Rights (as such Rights may be amended or supplemented) associated with the Common Shares represented thereby.

(e) If the Company purchases or acquires any of its Common Shares after the Effective Date, but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common Shares shall be deemed cancelled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Shares which are no longer outstanding.

Section 4. Form of Right Certificates. The form of Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase Preferred Shares (or other securities) and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall in form and substance be substantially the same as Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made

-12-

pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from time to time be listed or as may be necessary to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 23 hereof, the Right Certificates, whenever issued, shall be dated as of the date of authentication thereof, but, regardless of any adjustments of the Purchase Price or the number of Preferred Shares (or other securities) as to which a Right is exercisable (whether pursuant to this Agreement or any future amendments or supplements to this Agreement), or both, occurring after the Effective Date and prior to the date of such authentication, such Right Certificates may, on their face, without invalidating or otherwise affecting any such adjustment, expressly entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of Preferred Shares at the Purchase Price per one one-thousandth (1/1000) of a Preferred Share as to which a Right would be exercisable if the Distribution Date were the Effective Date; no adjustment of the Purchase Price or the number of Preferred Shares (or other securities) as to which a Right is exercisable, or both, effected subsequent to the date of authentication of any Right Certificate shall be invalidated or otherwise affected by the fact that such adjustment is not expressly reflected on the face or in the provisions of such Right Certificate.

Pending the preparation of definitive Right Certificates, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Rights Agent shall authenticate and send, by first-class, insured, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Shares of the Company as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, temporary Right Certificates which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced substantially of the tenor of the definitive Right Certificates in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Right Certificates may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Right Certificates.

If temporary Right Certificates are issued, the Company will cause definitive Right Certificates to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Right Certificates, the

-13-

temporary Right Certificates shall be exchangeable for definitive Right Certificates, upon surrender of the temporary Right Certificates at the Shareholder Services Office of the Rights Agent, without charge to the holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Right Certificates, the Company shall execute and the Rights Agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Right Certificates, evidencing a like number of Rights. Until so exchanged, the temporary Right Certificates shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as definitive Right Certificates.

Section 5. Execution, Authentication and Delivery. The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President or one of its Vice Presidents, attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Right Certificates may be manual or facsimile.

Right Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Right Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of authentication of such Right Certificates. At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Distribution Date, the Company may deliver Right Certificates executed by the Company to the Rights Agent for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Right Certificates; and the Rights Agent in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Right Certificates as in this Agreement provided and not otherwise.

No Right Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit under this Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Right Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Rights Agent by manual signature, and

-14-

such certificate upon any Right Certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Right Certificate has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 6. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange. From and after the Distribution Date and prior to the earlier of the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date, the Company shall cause to be kept at the Shareholder Services Office of the Rights Agent a Rights Register (a "Rights Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Right Certificates and of transfers of Rights. The Rights Agent is hereby appointed the registrar and transfer agent (the "Rights Registrar") for the purpose of registering Right Certificates and transfers of Rights as herein provided and the Rights Agent agrees to maintain such Rights Register in accordance with such regulations so long as it continues to be designated as Rights Registrar hereunder.

Upon surrender to the Rights Agent for registration of transfer of any Right Certificate, the Company shall execute, and the Rights Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Right Certificates evidencing a like number of Rights.

At the option of the holder, Right Certificates may be exchanged for other Right Certificates upon surrender of the Right Certificates to be exchanged to the Rights Agent. Whenever any Right Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Rights Agent shall authenticate and deliver, the Right Certificates which the holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Right Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Right Certificates shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same Rights, and entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement, as the Right Certificates surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

-15-

Every Right Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Rights Agent) be duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Rights Registrar duly executed, by the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Right Certificates, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Right Certificates, other than exchanges not involving any transfer.

The provisions of this Section 6 shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 15.

Section 7. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Right Certificates. If any mutilated Right Certificate is surrendered to the Rights Agent, the Company shall execute and the Rights Agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Right Certificate of like tenor, for a like number of Rights and bearing a registration number not contemporaneously outstanding.

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Rights Agent (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of a Right Certificate and (ii) such security or indemnity, if any, as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Rights Agent that such Right Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Rights Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Right Certificate, a new Right Certificate of like tenor, for a like number of Rights and bearing a registration number not contemporaneously outstanding.

Upon the issuance of any new Right Certificate under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed

-16-

in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Rights Agent) connected therewith.

Every new Right Certificate issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Right Certificate shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Right Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Right Certificates duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Right Certificates.

Section 8. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights. (a) The registered holder of any Right Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of election to purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at its Shareholder Services Office, together with payment of the Purchase Price for each one one-thousandth (1/1000) of a Preferred Share (or other securities) as to which the Rights are exercised, at or prior to the earliest of (i) the Close of Business on the Final Expiration Date, (ii) the time of redemption on the Redemption Date or (iii) the time at which such Rights are mandatorily redeemed and exchanged as provided in Section 25 hereof.

(b) The Purchase Price for each one one-thousandth (1/1000) of a Preferred Share pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be $65, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 12 and 14 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

-17-

(c) Upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for the securities to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Right Certificate in accordance with Section 10 in cash, or by certified check or cashier's check payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares (or other securities) certificates for such number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or other securities) as are to be purchased and registered in such name or names as may be designated by the registered holder of such Right Certificate or, if appropriate, in the name of a depositary agent or its nominee, and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests, and (B) requisition from a depositary agent appointed by the Company, if any, depositary receipts representing such number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share as are to be purchased and registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with such depositary agent), and the Company hereby directs such depositary agent to comply with all such requests, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 15, (iii) promptly after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, promptly deliver such cash to or upon the order of such holder.

(d) If the registered holder of the Right Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equal to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of
Section 15 hereof.

-18-

Section 9. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates. All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its other agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for such purpose and for cancellation or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent for such purpose, shall be cancelled by it. No Right Certificates shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Right Certificates cancelled as provided in this Section except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel, any other Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company. The Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Right Certificates to the Company, or shall, pursuant to a Company Order, destroy such cancelled Right Certificates and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.

Section 10. Reservation and Availability of Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares or any Preferred Shares held in its treasury, the number of Preferred Shares that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights in accordance with Section 8; provided, however, that the Company will not be required to reserve and keep available Common Shares or Preferred Shares sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights pursuant to the adjustments set forth in
Section 12(a)(ii) or Section 14 until such time as the Rights become exercisable pursuant to such adjustments.

The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares or Common Shares of the Company issued upon exercise of Rights shall (subject to payment of the Purchase Price) be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery

-19-

of the Right Certificates or of any Preferred Shares (or depository receipts therefor) or Common Shares of the Company upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a Person other than, or in respect of the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Shares or Common Shares of the Company upon exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for transfer or exercise or to issue or deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Shares or Common Shares of the Company upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender thereof) or until it has been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax is due.

Section 11. Record Date. Each Person in whose name any certificate for Preferred Shares or Common Shares of the Company is issued upon the exercise of, or upon mandatory redemption and exchange of, Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Preferred Shares or Common Shares represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated,
(i) in the case of the exercise of Rights, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made, or (ii) in the case of the mandatory redemption and exchange of Rights, the date of such mandatory redemption and exchange; provided, however, that, if the date of such surrender and payment or mandatory redemption and exchange is a date upon which the transfer books of the Company for its Preferred Shares or Common Shares, as the case may be, are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which such transfer books of the Company are open.

-20-

Section 12. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights. The Purchase Price, the number and kind of shares of capital stock of the Company covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 12.

(a) (i) If the Company shall at any time (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Shares into a smaller number of Preferred Shares or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this Section 12(a), the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of capital stock issuable on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised thereafter shall be entitled to receive, upon payment of the Purchase Price for the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such date, the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if such Right had been duly exercised immediately prior to such date (at a time when the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company were open), such holder would have acquired upon such exercise and been entitled to receive upon payment or effectuation of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both Section 12(a)(i) and Section 12(a)(ii), the adjustment provided for in this Section 12(a)(i) shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section 12(a)(ii).

-21-

(ii) Subject to action of the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to Section 25 of this Agreement, if any Person shall become an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right shall thereafter have a right to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common Shares of the Company as shall equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product by (y) 50% of the then current per share market price of the Company's Common Shares (determined pursuant to Section 12(d)) on the date such Person became an Acquiring Person. If any Person shall become an Acquiring Person and the Rights shall then be outstanding, the Company shall not take any action which would eliminate or diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, from and after the time any Person shall become an Acquiring Person, any Rights that are or were acquired or beneficially owned by any such Acquiring Person (or any Associate or Affiliate of such Acquiring Person) shall be null and void and any holder of such Rights shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights under any provision of this Agreement. No Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to this Agreement that represents Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be null and void pursuant to the preceding sentence or by any Associate or Affiliate thereof; no Right Certificate shall be issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be null and void pursuant to the preceding sentence or to any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee (acting in its capacity as such) of such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate; and any Right Certificate delivered to the Rights Agent for transfer to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be null and void

-22-

pursuant to the preceding sentence or to any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee (acting in its capacity as such) of such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate shall be cancelled.

(iii) If on or after the Distribution Date there shall not be sufficient Common Shares issued but not outstanding, or authorized but unissued, to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii), the Company agrees to take all such action as is within its power, including without limitation appropriate action by its Board of Directors, as may be necessary to amend the Company's charter to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exercise of the Rights. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the stockholders shall not approve an amendment to the Company's charter authorizing such additional Common Shares, the adjustment prescribed in Section 12(a)(ii) shall not be made but, in lieu thereof, each holder of a Right shall have the right to receive, upon exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such number of one one-thousandths of Preferred Shares as shall equal the result obtained by
(x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product by (y) 50% of the then current per share market price of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (determined pursuant to Section 12(d)) on the date such Person became an Acquiring Person.

(b) If the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares (or shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Shares ("equivalent preferred shares")) or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Shares or equivalent preferred shares at a price per Preferred Share or equivalent preferred share (together with any additional consideration required upon conversion or exchange in the case of a security convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Shares or equivalent preferred shares), less than the current per share market price of the Preferred Shares

-23-

(determined pursuant to Section 12(d) on such record date), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of Preferred Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Shares and/or equivalent preferred shares so to be offered (together with the aggregate of any additional consideration required upon conversion or exchange in the case of any convertible or exchangeable securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current market price and the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional Preferred Shares and/or equivalent preferred shares to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into or for which the convertible or exchangeable securities so to be offered are initially convertible or exchangeable); provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case all or part of such subscription or purchase price may be paid in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent. Preferred Shares owned by or held for the account of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any computation described in this Section 12(b). The adjustment described in this Section 12(b) shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and, if none of such rights, options or warrants is so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(c) If the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness

-24-

or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend or a dividend payable in Preferred Shares) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 12(b)), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then current per share market price of the Preferred Shares (determined pursuant to Section 12(d)) on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one Preferred Share and the denominator of which shall be such current per share market price of the Preferred Shares; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued upon the exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and, if such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(d)(i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of the Common Shares on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily Closing Prices per share of such Common Shares for the 30 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date; provided, however, that, if the issuer of such Common Shares shall announce (A) a dividend or distribution on such Common Shares payable in such Common Shares or securities convertible into such Common Shares or (B) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Common Shares, and the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, shall occur during such period of 30 Trading Days, then, and in each such case,

-25-

the current per share market price of the Common Shares shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per Common Share equivalent.

(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be determined in the same manner as set forth above for Common Shares in paragraph (i) of this
Section 12(d). If the current per share market price of the Preferred Shares cannot be determined in the manner provided above, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the current per share market price of the Common Shares (determined in the manner provided above) multiplied by one thousand.

(e) No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; provided; however, that any adjustments which by reason of this
Section 12(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 12 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a Common Share or other share or one ten-millionth of a Preferred Share, as the case may be, and references herein to the "number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share" (or similar phrases) shall be construed to include fractions of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 12(e), any adjustment required by this Section 12 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the thirtieth day preceding the Final Expiration Date.

(f) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section
12(a), the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the shares contained in this Section 12 and the provisions

-26-

of this Agreement, including without limitation Sections 8, 10, 11 and 14, with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

(g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall, whether or not the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights reflects such adjusted Purchase Price, evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 12(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, that number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share obtained by (i) multiplying
(x) the number of one-thousandths of a share covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.

(i) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights outstanding in lieu of any adjustment in the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each Right outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make

-27-

a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least 10 days later than the date of the public announcement. Until such record date, however, any adjustment in the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right shall be exercisable made as required by this Agreement shall remain in effect. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 12(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 15 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and authenticated in the manner provided for herein and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

(j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.

(k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below one one-thousandth of the amount of consideration per Preferred Share determined by the Board

-28-

of Directors of the Company to be capital, or below one one-thousandth of the par value, if any, per Preferred Share issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company agrees to take such corporate action as is within its power, including without limitation appropriate action by its Board of Directors, and which is, in the opinion of its counsel, necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable one one-thousandths of Preferred Shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.

(l) In any case in which this Section 12 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of the Preferred Shares or other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Preferred Shares or other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional securities upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(m) Anything in this Section 12 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 12, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any combination or subdivision of the Preferred Shares, issuance wholly for cash of any of the Preferred Shares at less than the current market price, issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Shares, dividends on Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares or issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in subsection (b) of this Section 12, hereafter effected by the Company to holders of its Preferred Shares shall not be taxable to such shareholders.

-29-

(n) If at any time prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall (i) declare or pay any dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or (ii) effect a subdivision or combination of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Shares) into a greater or lesser number of Common Shares, then in any such case (i) the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision or combination shall be adjusted by multiplying such Purchase Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event, and (ii) the number of Rights outstanding immediately after such event shall be adjusted, either through cancellation of outstanding Rights or through distribution of additional Rights (but without duplication of the Company's obligations under Section 3(c)), so that the certificate evidencing each Common Share outstanding immediately after such event shall also evidence the associated Right to purchase the same number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share as to which a Right would have entitled the holder thereof to purchase immediately prior to such event. The adjustment provided for in this
Section 12(n) shall be made successively whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a subdivision or combination is effected. If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under Section 12(a)(ii) and this Section
12(n), the adjustments provided for in this Section 12(n) shall be in addition and prior to any adjustment required pursuant to Section 12(a)(ii).

Section 13. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 12 or 14 hereof, the Company shall (a) promptly prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment,
(b) promptly file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Shares of the Company and the Preferred Shares a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of record of a Right Certificate in accordance with Section 28 hereof.

-30-

Section 14. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power. If, directly or indirectly, (a) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person, (b) any Person shall merge with and into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger and, in connection with any such merger, all or part of the Common Shares of the Company shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or the Company) or cash or any other property, or (c) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or a series of two or more transactions, assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries which constitute more than 50% of the assets or which produce more than 50% of the earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person other than the Company or one or more of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, then, and in each such case, the Company agrees that, as a condition to engaging in any such transaction, it will make or cause to be made proper provision so that (i) each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided herein) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common Shares of such other Person (including the Company as successor thereto or as the surviving corporation) or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, of the Person or Persons (other than individuals) which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person, as shall be equal to the result obtained by (X) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable (without taking into account any adjustment previously made pursuant to Section
12(a)(ii)) and dividing that product by (Y) 50% of the current per share market price of the Common Shares of such other Person (determined pursuant to Section
12(d)) on the date of consummation of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (ii) the issuer of such Common Shares shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such consolidation, merger, sale or

-31-

transfer, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) the term "Company", as used herein, shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such issuer; and (iv) such issuer shall take such steps (including without limitation the reservation of a sufficient number of shares of its Common Shares in accordance with Section 10) in connection with such consummation as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to the Common Shares thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights. The Company shall not enter into any transaction of the kind referred to in this
Section 14 if at the time of such transaction there are outstanding any rights, warrants, instruments or securities or any agreement or arrangements which, as a result of the consummation of such transaction, would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights. The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer unless prior thereto the Company and such issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent an agreement supplemental to this Agreement complying with the provisions of this Section 14. The provisions of this
Section 14 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers. For the purposes of this Section 14, 50% of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be determined by reference to the book value of such assets as set forth in the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries (which need not be audited) and 50% of the earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be determined by reference to the mathematical average of the operating income resulting from the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the two most recent full fiscal years as set forth in the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such years; provided, however, that, if the Company has, during such period, engaged in one or more transactions to which purchase accounting is applicable, such determination shall be made by reference to the pro forma operating income of the Company and its

-32-

Subsidiaries giving effect to such transactions as if they had occurred at the commencement of such two-year period.

Section 15. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares. (a) The Company shall not be required to issue or distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. If, on the Distribution Date or thereafter, as a result of any adjustment effected pursuant to Section 12(i) or otherwise hereunder, a Person would otherwise be entitled to receive a Right Certificate evidencing a fractional Right, the Company shall, in lieu thereof, pay or cause to be paid to such Person an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purpose of this Section 15(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the Closing Price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable.

(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share). Fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it, provided that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares. If, on the Distribution Date or thereafter, as a result of any adjustment effected hereunder in the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share as to which a Right has become exercisable, a Person would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional Preferred Share that is not an integral multiple of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall, in lieu thereof, pay to such Person at the time such Right is exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction (which is not an integral multiple of one

-33-

one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) of the current market value of one Preferred Share. For purposes of this Section 15(b), the current market value of a Preferred Share shall be the Closing Price of a Preferred Share for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

(c) Should any adjustment contemplated by Section 12(a)(ii) or any mandatory redemption and exchange contemplated by Section 25 occur, the Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares. If after any such adjustment or mandatory redemption and exchange, a Person would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional Common Share of the Company upon exercise of any Right Certificate or upon mandatory redemption and exchange as contemplated by Section 25, the Company shall, in lieu thereof, pay to such Person at the time such Right is exercised as herein provided or upon such mandatory redemption and exchange an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one Common Share. For purposes of this
Section 15(c), the current market value of a Common Share shall be the Closing Price of a Common Share for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise or the date of such mandatory redemption and exchange.

(d) The holder of a Right by the acceptance thereof expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise or mandatory redemption and exchange of a Right (except as provided above).

Section 16. Rights of Action. (a) All rights of action in respect of the obligations and duties owed to the holders of the Rights under this Agreement are vested in the registered holders of the Rights; and, without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Rights, any registered holder of any Rights may, in his own behalf and for his own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding, judicial or otherwise, against the Company to enforce, or otherwise to act in respect of, such holder's right to exercise such Rights in the manner provided in the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights and in this Agreement. Without limiting the

-34-

foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of, the obligations of any Person subject to this Agreement.

(b) No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the registered holder of Rights is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy, whether hereunder or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

(c) No delay or omission of any registered holder of Rights to exercise any right or remedy accruing hereunder shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any default hereunder or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given hereunder or by law to such holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by such holders.

Section 17. Agreement of Right Holders. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the Common Shares of the Company;

(b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the Shareholder Services Office of the Rights Agent duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer; and

-35-

(c) the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Shares certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificates or the associated Common Shares certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 18. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder. No holder, as such, of any Right (whether or not then evidenced by a Right Certificate) shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of Preferred Shares, Common Shares of the Company or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise (or mandatory redemption and exchange) of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon any such holder, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including without limitation any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in Section 26) or to receive dividends or subscription rights until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised (or mandatorily redeemed and exchanged) in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 19. Concerning the Rights Agent. The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless

-36-

against, any loss, liability or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises.

The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for, or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right Certificate or certificate for Preferred Shares, Common Shares of the Company or other securities of the Company, Company Order, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper person or persons, or otherwise upon the advice of its counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof.

Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound.

(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the

-37-

Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company or any other Person only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Rights Agent be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its authentication thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

(e) The Rights Agent shall not have any responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or with respect to the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its authentication thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 12(a)(ii) hereof) or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Sections 3, 12, 14, 24 and 25, or the ascertainment of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after actual notice that such change or adjustment is required); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of

-38-

any Preferred Shares or Common Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares or Common Shares will, when issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer.

(h) The Rights Agent and any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company.

(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss of the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

-39-

Section 21. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent. Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business or shareholder services business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of
Section 22. If at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement any of the Right Certificates shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the authentication of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right Certificates so authenticated, and, if at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been authenticated, any successor Rights Agent may authenticate such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement. If at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been authenticated but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the authentication under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so authenticated; and, in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been authenticated, the Rights Agent may authenticate such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

Section 22. Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent for the Common Shares of the Company and the Preferred

-40-

Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon 30 days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent for the Common Shares of the Company and the Preferred Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the registered holder of a Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of Common Shares), then any registered holder of a Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of Common Shares) may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be either (A) a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or shareholder services powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million or (B) an affiliate of such a corporation. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent for the Common Shares of the Company and the Preferred Shares, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the

-41-

registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 22, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

Section 23. Issuance of New Right Certificates. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price per share and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities purchasable under the Right Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 24. Redemption. (a) The Rights may be redeemed by action of the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 24, or may be redeemed and exchanged by action of the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to Section 25 herein, but shall not be redeemed in any other manner.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time prior to the time any Person becomes an Acquiring Person redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of one cent ($0.01) per Right then outstanding, appropriately adjusted to reflect any adjustment in the number of Rights outstanding pursuant to Section 12(i) herein (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price"). Any such redemption of the Rights by the Board of Directors may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish.

(c) The right of the registered holders of Right Certificates to exercise the Rights evidenced thereby or, if the Distribution Date has not theretofore occurred, the inchoate right of the registered holders of Rights to exercise the same shall, without notice to such holders or to the Rights Agent and without further action, terminate and be of no further force or effect effective as of the time of adoption

-42-

by the Board of Directors of the Company of a resolution authorizing and directing the redemption of the Rights pursuant to paragraph (b) of this
Section 24 (or, alternatively, if the Board of Directors qualified such action as to time, basis or conditions, then at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors may have established pursuant to such paragraph (b)); thereafter, the only right of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any redemption resolution pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 24; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within 10 days after the adoption of any redemption resolution pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 24, the Company shall give notice of such redemption to the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to all such holders at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agents for the Common Shares. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption shall state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.

(d) Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may acquire (other than, in the case of such Affiliates and Associates, in their capacity as holders of Common Shares of the Company), redeem or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than as specifically set forth in this Section 24 or in Section 25 herein, and other than in connection with the purchase of Common Shares prior to the Distribution Date.

Section 25. Mandatory Redemption and Exchange. (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time after any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, issue Common Shares of the Company in mandatory redemption of, and in exchange for, all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become null and void pursuant to the provisions of Section 12(a)(ii) hereof) at an exchange ratio of one Common Share for

-43-

each Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to effect such redemption and exchange at any time after any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any such Subsidiary, or any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Voting Shares then outstanding.

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the mandatory redemption and exchange of any Rights pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 25 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive such number of Common Shares as is provided in paragraph (a) of this Section 25. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption and exchange; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption and exchange. The Company promptly shall mail a notice of any such redemption and exchange to all the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of mandatory redemption and exchange shall state the method by which the redemption and exchange of the Common Shares for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial redemption and exchange, the number of Rights which will be redeemed and exchanged. Any partial redemption and exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become null and void pursuant to the provisions of Section 12(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.

-44-

(c) In any mandatory redemption and exchange pursuant to this
Section 25, the Company, at its option, may substitute Preferred Shares (or equivalent preferred shares, as such term is defined in Section 12(b) hereof) for Common Shares, at the initial rate of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or equivalent preferred share) for each Common Share, as appropriately adjusted.

Section 26. Notice of Certain Events. If the Company shall, on or after the Distribution Date, propose (a) to pay any dividend or other distribution payable in stock of any class of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Preferred Shares, (b) to distribute to the holders of its Preferred Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Preferred Shares or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (c) to make any other distribution to the holders of its Preferred Shares (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend),
(d) to effect any reclassification of its Preferred Shares (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding Preferred Shares), (e) to effect any consolidation or merger into or with, or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one or more transactions, of more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (determined as provided in Section 14 herein) to, any other Person (other than the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries), (f) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or (g) if the Rights have theretofore become exercisable with respect to Common Shares pursuant to Section 12(a)(ii) herein, to declare or pay any dividend or other distribution on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or in stock of any other class of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or to effect a subdivision or combination of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Shares) then, in each such case, the Company shall give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 28 hereof, notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the date of authorization by the Board of Directors of the Company of, and record date for, such stock dividend

-45-

or such distribution of rights or warrants or the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, winding up, subdivision or combination is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Shares of the Company or the Preferred Shares, or both, if any such date is to be fixed. Such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (a),
(b) or (g) above at least 20 days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred Shares or of the Common Shares of the Company, as the case may be, for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least 20 days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of the Preferred Shares or Common Shares of the Company, as the case may be, whichever shall be the earlier.

If any of the events set forth in Section 12(a)(ii) of this Agreement shall occur, then, in any such case, the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with
Section 28 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which shall specify the event and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under
Section 12(a)(ii) hereof.

Section 27. Securities Laws Registrations. To the extent legally required, the Company agrees that it will prepare and file, no later than the Distribution Date, and will use its best efforts to cause to be declared effective, a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, registering the offering, sale and delivery of the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights, and the Company will, thereafter, use its best efforts to maintain such registration statement (or another) continuously in effect so long as any Rights remain outstanding and exercisable with respect to Preferred Shares. Should the Rights become exercisable with respect to securities of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries other than Preferred Shares, the Company agrees that it will, to the extent legally required, promptly thereafter prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, and will use its best efforts to cause to be declared effective, a registration statement under such Act registering the

-46-

offering, sale and delivery of such other securities and the Company will, thereafter, use its best efforts to maintain such registration statement (or another) continuously in effect so long as any outstanding Rights are exercisable with respect to such securities. The Company further agrees to use its best efforts, from and after the Distribution Date, to qualify or register for sale the Preferred Shares or other securities of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries issuable upon exercise of the Rights under the securities or "blue sky" laws (to the extent legally required thereunder) of all jurisdictions in which registered holders of Right Certificates reside determined by reference to the Rights Register.

Section 28. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc. 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350 Houston, Texas 77024 Attention: Secretary

Subject to the provisions of Section 22 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.

2323 Bryan Street, Suite 2300
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Shareholder Services Division

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the Rights

-47-

Register of the Company or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the stock transfer records for the Common Shares of the Company.

Section 29. Supplements and Amendments. The Company may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement (which supplement or amendment shall be evidenced by a writing signed by the Company and the Rights Agent) without the approval of any holders of Right Certificates in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder, or to add, delete, modify or otherwise amend any provision, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable, including without limitation extending the Final Expiration Date and, provided that at the time of such amendment or supplement the Distribution Date has not occurred, the period during which the Rights may be redeemed; provided, however, that, from and after such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, any such amendment or supplement shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of Right Certificates. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board of Directors of the Company may by resolution adopted at any time prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person amend this Agreement to lower the thresholds set forth in the definitions of Acquiring Person and Distribution Date herein from 20% to a percentage not less than the greater of (i) the sum of .001% and the largest percentage of the outstanding Voting Shares then known to the Company to be beneficially owned by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity), and (ii) 10%.

Section 30. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

-48-

Section 31. Benefits of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares).

Section 32. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

SECTION 33. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH RIGHT CERTIFICATE (AND, PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION DATE, THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY CERTIFICATES FOR COMMON SHARES) ISSUED HEREUNDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS TO BE MADE AND PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE.

Section 34. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 35. Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

-49-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

Attest:

By   /s/ John S. Watson                 By  /s/ B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.
   ------------------------------------    -----------------------------------
Name:    John S. Watson                 Name:   B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.
Title:   Secretary                      Title:  Chairman, President and
Officer                                         Chief Executive Officer

ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.

As Rights Agent

Attest:

By   /s/ Margaret W. Smith              By  /s/ Barbara J. Robbins
   ------------------------------------    -----------------------------------
Name:    Margaret W. Smith              Name:   Barbara J. Robbins
Title:   Authorized Officer             Title:  Authorized Officer

-50-

EXHIBIT 10.11

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

1998 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. PURPOSE. The GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 1998 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (the "Plan") is intended to provide an incentive for employees of GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC. (the "Company") and certain of its subsidiaries to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of shares of the Company's common stock. The Plan is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). The provisions of the Plan shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of that section of the Code.

2. DEFINITIONS. Where the following words and phrases are used in the Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:

(a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(c) "Committee" means a committee appointed from time to time by the Board to administer the Plan as provided in paragraph 3.

(d) "Company" means Group 1 Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(e) "Date of Exercise" means the last day of each Option Period.

(f) "Date of Grant" means January 1, 1998, and, thereafter, the first day of each successive April, July, October, and January.

(g) "Eligible Compensation" means regular straight-time earnings or base salary, except that such term shall not include payments for overtime, incentive compensation, bonuses and other special payments.

(h) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(i) "Option Period" means the three month period beginning on each Date of Grant.

(j) "Option Price" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in paragraph 8(b).

(k) "Participating Company" means any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company that participates in the Plan pursuant to paragraph 4.


(l) "Plan" means this Group 1 Automotive, Inc. 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time.

(m) "Restriction Period" means the period of time during which shares of Stock acquired by a participant in the Plan may not be sold, assigned, pledged, exchanged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred, encumbered or disposed of by such participant as provided in paragraph 8(d).

(n) "Stock" means the shares of the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share.

3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, the members of which shall be appointed from time to time by the Board. Each member of the Committee shall serve for a term commencing on a date specified by the Board and continuing until he dies, resigns, or is removed from office by the Board. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall interpret the Plan and all options granted under the Plan, make such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. In addition, the Committee shall correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, or in any option granted under the Plan, in the manner and to the extent that the Committee deems desirable to carry the Plan or any option into effect. The Committee shall, in its sole discretion, make such decisions or determinations and take such actions, and all such decisions, determinations and actions taken or made by the Committee pursuant to this and the other paragraphs of the Plan shall be conclusive on all parties. The Committee shall not be liable for any decision, determination or action taken in good faith in connection with the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to delegate routine day-to-day administration of the Plan to such officers and employees of the Company as the Committee deems appropriate.

4. PARTICIPATING COMPANIES. The Committee may designate any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company that is eligible by law to participate in the Plan as a Participating Company by written instrument delivered to the designated Participating Company. Such written instrument shall specify the effective date of such designation and shall become, as to such designated Participating Company and persons in its employment, a part of the Plan. The terms of the Plan may be modified as applied to the Participating Company only to the extent permitted under Section 423 of the Code. Transfer of employment among the Company and Participating Companies (and among any other parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company) shall not be considered a termination of employment hereunder. Any Participating Company may, by appropriate action of its Board of Directors, terminate its participation in the Plan. Moreover, the Committee may, in its discretion, terminate a Participating Company's Plan participation at any time.

5. ELIGIBILITY. Subject to the provisions hereof, all employees of the Company and the Participating Companies who are employed by the Company or any Participating Company as of a Date of Grant shall be eligible to participate in the Plan; provided, however, that no option shall be granted to an employee if such employee, immediately after the option is granted, owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock

-2-

of the Company or of its parent or subsidiary corporations (within the meaning of Sections 423(b)(3) and 424(d) of the Code).

6. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 13, the aggregate number of shares which may be sold pursuant to options granted under the Plan shall not exceed 200,000 shares of the authorized Stock, which shares may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, including shares bought on the market or otherwise for purposes of the Plan. Should any option granted under the Plan expire or terminate prior to its exercise in full, the shares theretofore subject to such option may again be subject to an option granted under the Plan. Any shares that are not subject to outstanding options upon the termination of the Plan shall cease to be subject to the Plan.

7. GRANT OF OPTIONS.

(a) IN GENERAL. Following the effective date of the Plan and continuing while the Plan remains in force, the Company shall offer options under the Plan to purchase shares of Stock to all eligible employees who elect to participate in the Plan. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, these options shall be granted on each Date of Grant. Except as provided in paragraph 13, the term of each option shall be for three months, which shall begin on a Date of Grant and end on the last day of such three-month period. Subject to subparagraph 7(d), the number of shares of Stock subject to an option for a participant shall be equal to the quotient of (i) the aggregate payroll deductions withheld on behalf of such participant during the Option Period in accordance with subparagraph 7(b), divided by (ii) the Option Price of the Stock applicable to the Option Period, including fractions; provided, however, that the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be subject to any option for a participant may not exceed 3,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph 13).

(b) ELECTION TO PARTICIPATE; PAYROLL DEDUCTION AUTHORIZATION. An eligible employee may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction. Except as provided in subparagraph 7(f), each eligible employee who elects to participate in the Plan shall deliver to the Company, within the time period prescribed by the Committee, a written payroll deduction authorization in a form prepared by the Company whereby he gives notice of his election to participate in the Plan as of the next following Date of Grant, and whereby he designates an integral percentage of his Eligible Compensation to be deducted from his compensation for each pay period and paid into the Plan for his account. The designated percentage may not be less than 1% nor exceed 10%.

(c) CHANGES IN PAYROLL AUTHORIZATION. The payroll deduction authorization referred to in subparagraph 7(b) may not be changed during the Option Period. However, a participant may withdraw from the Plan as provided in paragraph 9.

(d) $25,000 LIMITATION. No employee shall be granted an option under the Plan which permits his rights to purchase Stock under the Plan and under all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of fair market value of Stock (determined at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time (within the meaning of Section

-3-

423(b)(8) of the Code). Any payroll deductions in excess of the amount specified in the foregoing sentence shall be returned to the participant as soon as administratively feasible after the next following Date of Exercise.

(e) LEAVES OF ABSENCE. During a paid leave of absence approved by the Company and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.421-7(h)(2), a participant's elected payroll deductions shall continue. A participant may not contribute to the Plan during an unpaid leave of absence. If a participant takes an unpaid leave of absence that is approved by the Company and meets the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-7(h)(2), then such participant's payroll deductions for such Option Period that were made prior to such leave may remain in the Plan and be used to purchase Stock under the Plan on the Date of Exercise relating to such Option Period. If a participant takes a leave of absence that is not described in the first or third sentence of this subparagraph 7(e), then he shall be considered to have withdrawn from the Plan pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 9 hereof. Further, notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph
7(e), if a participant takes a leave of absence that is described in the first or third sentence of this subparagraph 7(e) and such leave of absence exceeds 90 days, then he shall be considered to have withdrawn from the Plan pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 9 hereof on the 91st day of such leave of absence.

(f) CONTINUING ELECTION. Subject to the limitation set forth in subparagraph 7(d), a participant (i) who has elected to participate in the Plan pursuant to subparagraph 7(b) as of a Date of Grant and (ii) who takes no action to change or revoke such election as of the next following Date of Grant and/or as of any subsequent Date of Grant prior to any such respective Date of Grant shall be deemed to have made the same election, including the same attendant payroll deduction authorization, for such next following and/or subsequent Date(s) of Grant as was in effect immediately prior to such respective Date of Grant. Payroll deductions that are limited by subparagraph 7(d) shall recommence at the rate provided in such participant's payroll deduction authorization at the beginning of the first Option Period that is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless the participant changes the amount of his payroll deduction authorization pursuant to paragraph 7, withdraws from the Plan as provided in paragraph 9, or is terminated from participation in the Plan as provided in paragraph 10.

8. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.

(a) GENERAL STATEMENT. Subject to the limitation set forth in subparagraph 7(d), each participant in the Plan automatically and without any act on his part shall be deemed to have exercised his option on each Date of Exercise to the extent of his unused payroll deductions under the Plan and to the extent the issuance of Stock to such participant upon such exercise is lawful.

(b) "OPTION PRICE" DEFINED. The term "Option Price" shall mean the per share price of Stock to be paid by each participant on each exercise of his option, which price shall be equal to 85% of the fair market value of the Stock on the Date of Exercise or on the Date of Grant, whichever amount is less. For all purposes under the Plan, the fair market value of a share of Stock on a particular date shall be equal to the closing price of the Stock on the New York Stock Exchange,

-4-

Inc. on that date (or, if no shares of Stock have been traded on that date, on the next regular business date on which shares of the Stock are so traded).

(c) DELIVERY OF SHARE CERTIFICATES. As soon as practicable after each Date of Exercise, the Company shall deliver to a custodian selected by the Committee one or more certificates representing (or shall otherwise cause to be credited to the account of such custodian) the total number of whole shares of Stock respecting options exercised on such Date of Exercise in the aggregate (for both whole and fractional shares) of all of the participating employees hereunder. Any remaining amount representing a fractional share shall not be certificated (or otherwise so credited) and such remaining amount shall be paid in cash to the custodian. Such custodian shall keep accurate records of the beneficial interests of each participating employee in such shares by means of participant accounts under the Plan, and shall provide each eligible employee with quarterly or such other periodic statements with respect thereto as may be directed by the Committee. If the Company is required to obtain from any U.S. commission or agency authority to issue any such shares, the Company shall seek to obtain such authority. Inability of the Company to obtain from any commission or agency (whether U.S. or foreign) authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance of any such shares shall relieve the Company from liability to any participant in the Plan except to return to him the amount of his payroll deductions under the Plan which would have otherwise been used upon exercise of the relevant option.

(d) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. The Committee may from time to time specify with respect to a particular grant of options the Restriction Period that shall apply to the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to such options. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, the Restriction Period applicable to shares of Stock acquired under the Plan shall be a period of six months after the Date of Exercise of the options pursuant to which such shares were acquired. Except as hereinafter provided, during the Restriction Period applicable to shares of Stock acquired under the Plan, such shares may not be sold, assigned, pledged, exchanged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred, encumbered or disposed of by the participant who has purchased such shares; provided, however, that such restriction shall not apply to the transfer, exchange or conversion of such shares of Stock pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other plan of reorganization of the Company, but the stock, securities or other property (other than cash) received upon any such transfer, exchange or conversion shall also become subject to the same transfer restrictions applicable to the original shares of Stock, and shall be held by the custodian, pursuant to the provisions hereof. Upon the expiration of such Restriction Period, the transfer restrictions set forth in this subparagraph 8(d) shall cease to apply and the optionee may, pursuant to procedures established by the Committee and the custodian, direct the sale or distribution of some or all of the whole shares of Stock in his Company stock account that are not then subject to transfer restrictions and, in the event of a sale, request payment of the net proceeds from such sale. Further, upon the termination of the participant's employment with the Company and its parent or subsidiary corporations for any reason whatsoever, the transfer restrictions set forth in this subparagraph 8(d) shall cease to apply and the custodian shall, upon the request of such participant, deliver to such participant a certificate issued in his name representing (or otherwise credit to an account of such participant) the aggregate whole number of shares of Stock in his Company stock account under the Plan. At the time of distribution of such shares, any fractional share in such Company stock account shall be converted to cash based on the fair market value of the Stock on the date of distribution and such cash shall be paid to the

-5-

participant. The Committee may cause the Stock issued in connection with the exercise of options under the Plan to bear such legends or other appropriate restrictions, and the Committee may take such other actions, as it deems appropriate in order to reflect the transfer restrictions set forth in this subparagraph 8(d) and to assure compliance with applicable laws.

9. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE PLAN.

(a) GENERAL STATEMENT. Any participant may withdraw in whole from the Plan at any time prior to the Date of Exercise relating to a particular Option Period. Partial withdrawals shall not be permitted. A participant who wishes to withdraw from the Plan must timely deliver to the Company a notice of withdrawal in a form prepared by the Company. The Company, promptly following the time when the notice of withdrawal is delivered, shall refund to the participant the amount of his payroll deductions under the Plan which have not yet been otherwise returned to him or used upon exercise of options; and thereupon, automatically and without any further act on his part, his payroll deduction authorization and his interest in unexercised options under the Plan shall terminate.

(b) ELIGIBILITY FOLLOWING WITHDRAWAL. A participant who withdraws from the Plan shall be eligible to participate again in the Plan upon expiration of the Option Period during which he withdrew (provided that he is otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan at such time).

10. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) GENERAL STATEMENT. Except as provided in subparagraph 10(b), if the employment of a participant terminates for any reason whatsoever, then his participation in the Plan automatically and without any act on his part shall terminate as of the date of the termination of his employment. The Company shall promptly refund to him the amount of his payroll deductions under the Plan which have not yet been otherwise returned to him or used upon exercise of options, and thereupon his interest in unexercised options under the Plan shall terminate.

(b) TERMINATION BY RETIREMENT, DEATH OR DISABILITY. If the employment of a participant terminates after such participant has attained age 65 or due to such participant's death or permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), then such participant, or such participant's personal representative, as applicable, shall have the right to elect either to:

(1) withdraw all of such participant's accumulated unused payroll deductions under the Plan; or

(2) exercise such participant's option for the purchase of Stock on the last day of the Option Period during which termination of employment occurs for the purchase of the number of full shares of Stock which the accumulated payroll deductions at the date of such participant's termination of employment will purchase at the applicable Option Price (subject to subparagraph 7(d)), with any excess payroll deduction amounts to be returned to such participant or such personal representative.

-6-

The participant or, if applicable, such personal representative, must make such election by giving written notice to the Committee at such time and in such manner as the Committee prescribes. In the event that no such written notice of election is timely received by the Committee, the participant or personal representative will automatically be deemed to have elected as set forth in clause (2) above, and promptly after the exercise so described in clause (2) above, all shares of Stock in such participant's account under the Plan shall be distributed to the participant or such personal representative.

11. RESTRICTION UPON ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION. An option granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Each option shall be exercisable, during his lifetime, only by the employee to whom granted. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or purported assignment by an employee of his option or of any rights under his option or under the Plan.

12. NO RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDER UNTIL EXERCISE OF OPTION. With respect to shares of Stock subject to an option, an optionee shall not be deemed to be a stockholder, and he shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder, until such option has been exercised. With respect to an individual's Stock held by the custodian pursuant to subparagraph
8(d), the custodian shall, as soon as practicable, pay the individual any cash dividends attributable thereto and shall, in accordance with procedures adopted by the custodian, facilitate the individual's voting rights attributable thereto.

13. CHANGES IN STOCK; ADJUSTMENTS. Whenever any change is made in the Stock, by reason of a stock dividend or by reason of subdivision, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, combination, reclassification of shares or other similar change, appropriate action will be taken by the Committee to adjust accordingly the number of shares subject to the Plan, the maximum number of shares that may be subject to any option, and the number and Option Price of shares subject to options outstanding under the Plan.

If the Company shall not be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (or survives only as a subsidiary of another entity), or if the Company is to be dissolved or liquidated, then, unless a surviving corporation assumes or substitutes new options (within the meaning of Section 424(a) of the Code) for all options then outstanding, (i) the Date of Exercise for all options then outstanding shall be accelerated to a date fixed by the Committee prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation or such dissolution or liquidation and (ii) upon such effective date any unexercised options shall expire and the Company promptly shall refund to each participant the amount of such participant's payroll deductions under the Plan which have not yet been otherwise returned to him or used upon exercise of options.

14. USE OF FUNDS; NO INTEREST PAID. All funds received or held by the Company under the Plan shall be included in the general funds of the Company free of any trust or other restriction, and may be used for any corporate purpose. No interest shall be paid to any participant.

15. TERM OF THE PLAN. The Plan shall be effective upon the date of its adoption by the Board, provided the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months thereafter. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan, no option granted under the Plan shall be

-7-

exercisable prior to such stockholder approval, and, if the stockholders of the Company do not approve the Plan by the Date of Exercise of the first option granted hereunder, then the Plan shall automatically terminate, no options may be exercised hereunder, and the Company promptly shall refund to each participant the amount of such participant's payroll deductions under the Plan; and thereupon, automatically and without any further act on his part, his payroll deduction authorization and his interest in unexercised options under the Plan shall terminate. Except with respect to options then outstanding, if not sooner terminated under the provisions of paragraph 16, the Plan shall terminate upon and no further payroll deductions shall be made and no further options shall be granted after June 30, 2007.

16. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. The Board in its discretion may terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any Stock for which options have not theretofore been granted. The Board and the Committee shall each have the right to alter or amend the Plan or any part thereof from time to time; provided, however, that no change in any option theretofore granted may be made that would impair the rights of the optionee without the consent of such optionee.

17. SECURITIES LAWS. The Company shall not be obligated to issue any Stock pursuant to any option granted under the Plan at any time when the offer, issuance or sale of shares covered by such option has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or does not comply with such other state, federal or foreign laws, rules or regulations, or the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Stock may then be listed, as the Company or the Committee deems applicable and, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Company, there is no exemption from the requirements of such laws, rules, regulations or requirements available for the offer, issuance and sale of such shares. Further, all Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to the Company's policies concerning compliance with securities laws and regulations, as such policies may be amended from time to time. The terms and conditions of options granted hereunder to, and the purchase of shares by, persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall comply with any applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3. As to such persons, the Plan shall be deemed to contain, and such options shall contain, and the shares issued upon exercise thereof shall be subject to, such additional conditions and restrictions as may be required from time to time by Rule 16b-3 to qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Plan transactions.

18. NO RESTRICTION ON CORPORATE ACTION. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company or any subsidiary from taking any corporate action that is deemed by the Company or such subsidiary to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have an adverse effect on the Plan or any option granted under the Plan. No employee, beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against the Company or any subsidiary as a result of any such action.

19. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) PARENT AND SUBSIDIARY CORPORATIONS. For all purposes of the Plan, a corporation shall be considered to be a parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company only if such corporation is a parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code.

-8-

(b) NUMBER AND GENDER. Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.

(c) HEADINGS. The headings and subheadings in the Plan are included solely for convenience, and if there is any conflict between such headings or subheadings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.

(d) NOT A CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT. The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not be deemed to be a contract between the Company or any Participating Company and any person or to be consideration for the employment of any person. Participation in the Plan at any given time shall not be deemed to create the right to participate in the Plan, or any other arrangement permitting an employee of the Company or any Participating Company to purchase Stock at a discount, in the future. The rights and obligations under any participant's terms of employment with the Company or any Participating Company shall not be affected by participation in the Plan. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Participating Company or to restrict the right of the Company or any Participating Company to discharge any person at any time, nor shall the Plan be deemed to give the Company or any Participating Company the right to require any person to remain in the employ of the Company or such Participating Company or to restrict any person's right to terminate his employment at any time. The Plan shall not afford any participant any additional right to compensation as a result of the termination of such participant's employment for any reason whatsoever.

(e) COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS. The Company's obligation to offer, issue, sell or deliver Stock under the Plan is at all times subject to all approvals of and compliance with any governmental authorities (whether domestic or foreign) required in connection with the authorization, offer, issuance, sale or delivery of Stock as well as all federal, state, local and foreign laws. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, and notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated to grant options or to offer, issue, sell or deliver Stock under the Plan to any employee who is a citizen or resident of a jurisdiction the laws of which, for reasons of its public policy, prohibit the Company from taking any such action with respect to such employee.

(f) SEVERABILITY. If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof; instead, each provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

(g) GOVERNING LAW. All provisions of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas except to the extent preempted by federal law.

-9-

EXHIBIT 10.12

AGREEMENT BETWEEN
TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
AND
GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

Agreement, dated _____________,1997, entered between Group Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 950 Echo Lane, Houston, TX 77024, ("Group 1") and Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. ("TMS"), a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 19001 South Western Avenue, Torrance, CA, 90509.

WHEREAS, Group 1 is currently the owner, directly or through its Affiliates (as defined in Paragraph 1 below) of three (3) Toyota and one (1) Lexus automobile dealerships; and

WHEREAS, Group 1 may wish to acquire, directly or through an Affiliate, additional Toyota and Lexus dealerships; and

WHEREAS, Group 1 wants to issue stock in a public offering of securities anticipated to be traded on the New York Stock Exchange; and

WHEREAS, TMS has advised Group 1 of TMS' policy limiting the number of commonly owned or controlled, directly or through an Affiliate (as defined below), dealerships by a single entity, which is currently as follows:

A. TOYOTA

A single entity shall not hold an ownership interest, directly or through an Affiliate, in more than: (a) the greater of one
(1) dealership or 20% of the Toyota dealer count in a "Metro" market ("Metro" markets are multiple Toyota dealership markets as defined by TMS); (b) the lesser of five (5) dealerships or 5% of the Toyota dealerships in any Toyota Region ("Toyota Region" currently includes nine TMS Regions, Central Atlantic Toyota, Southeast Toyota, and Gulf States Toyota); and (c) seven (7) Toyota dealerships nationally.

LEXUS

A single entity shall not hold an ownership interest, directly or through an Affiliate, in more than: (a) two (2) Lexus dealerships in any Area ("Area" currently includes Eastern, Southern, Central and Western); and (b) three (3) Lexus dealerships nationally.

"Affiliate" of, or a person or entity "affiliated" with, a specified person or entity, means a person or entity that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person or entity specified. For the purpose of this definition, the term "control" (including the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with" means the possession, directly or indirectly, or the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or entity, whether through the ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise.


B. In order for an entity to acquire additional Toyota or Lexus dealerships, within the limits of this Agreement, each Toyota or Lexus dealership which it owns, directly or through an Affiliate, must: a) be in full compliance with all of the terms of its Dealer Agreement;
b) meet all of the applicable Toyota or Lexus Market Representation policies and standards; and c) meet applicable performance criteria for the most recent twelve (12) month period.

C. In order to allow TMS sufficient time to evaluate performance at its existing dealerships, an entity may not acquire any additional Toyota or Lexus dealership within nine (9) months of its prior acquisition of a similar make dealership.

D. If the purchase of any Toyota or Lexus dealership would result in exceeding the limits set forth in Paragraph 1 above, TMS will reject a dealer's application for approval of the ownership transfer until such time as the dealer shall divest itself of the appropriate number of dealerships to bring it into compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Group 1 and TMS are willing to resolve these issues in accordance with the terms set forth herein,

NOW THEREFORE, Group 1 and TMS agree as follows:

CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP OF GROUP 1

1. TMS shall have the right to approve any ownership or voting rights of Group 1 of twenty percent (20%) or greater by any individual or entity; PROVIDED HOWEVER, that if TMS reasonably determines that such individual or entity is unqualified to own a Toyota or Lexus dealership, or has interests incompatible with TMS, and such transfer is effected, Group 1 must, within ninety (90) days from the date of notification by TMS of its determination, either: a) transfer the assets of its Toyota and Lexus dealerships to a third party acceptable to TMS; b) voluntarily terminate its Toyota and Lexus Dealership Agreements; or c) demonstrate that such individual or entity in fact owns less that 20% of the outstanding shares of Group 1, or does not have 20% of the voting rights in Group 1.

OWNERSHIP OF CONTIGUOUS DEALERSHIPS

2. Group 1 shall not own contiguous dealerships (as that term is defined in the applicable Toyota or Lexus Dealer Agreement or policy) with common boundaries.

SEPARATE LEGAL ENTITIES FOR EACH TOYOTA AND LEXUS DEALERSHIP

3. Group 1 shall create separate legal entities for each Toyota and Lexus dealership which it owns, directly or through an Affiliate, shall obtain a separate motor vehicle license for each dealership, and shall maintain separate financial statements for each such dealership. Consistent with TMS policy, the name "Toyota" or "Lexus," as applicable shall appear in the d/b/a of each dealership.

-2-

FACILITY STANDARDS

4. In no instance shall a Toyota or Lexus dealership or any department(s) thereof be dualled with any other brand without TMS' prior written approval.

GENERAL MANAGERS

5. Each Toyota and Lexus dealership owned or controlled by Group 1 shall have a qualified, approved (subject to the exception noted in Paragraph 6 below) General Manager. Each General Manager shall work at the Toyota or Lexus dealership premises, shall devote all of his/her efforts to the management of the dealership and shall have no other business interests or management responsibilities.

APPROVAL OF THE GENERAL MANAGER

6. Whenever Group 1 nominates a new General Manager candidate for a Toyota or Lexus dealership, TMS shall have the right to withhold a decision concerning approval or rejection of the candidate for a period of up to one year, at its sole discretion; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the candidate may operate in the capacity of General Manager until TMS has approved or rejected him/her.

LIMITATIONS ON THE AUTHORITY OF THE GENERAL MANAGER

7. Group 1 shall advise TMS of the limitations, by category and, where applicable, by specific action, on the authority of the General Manager regarding the operation of the dealership, and shall provide the name of the individual at Group 1 who has such authority with respect to each listed category or specific action, in accordance with Paragraph 8 below.

IDENTIFICATION OF GROUP 1 CONTACT OFFICIAL

8. Group 1 shall identify, in each Toyota and Lexus Dealer Agreement, the Group 1 executive (other than the General Manager of the dealership) who will respond directly to any Toyota or Lexus concerns regarding the operation or performance of the dealership, which executive will have full authority, in accordance with Group 1 management policies, to resolve issues raised by TMS in connection with the operation of the dealership.

SELLING TOYOTA AND LEXUS PRODUCTS

9. Group 1 shall make available to the customers at its Toyota and Lexus dealerships, all Toyota products, including vehicles, Genuine Parts and Accessories, retail financing (whether for purchases or leases) and extended service contracts.

REPRESENTATION ON TOYOTA AND LEXUS DEALER ORGANIZATIONS

10. No more than one representative each from the Toyota, and, separately, Lexus, dealerships owned, directly or through an Affiliate, by Group 1, may serve on the National Dealer

-3-

Council or any future Toyota or Lexus national board(s) which may be established, and no more than one representative each may serve on either a Regional or Area Dealer Council, or Toyota or Lexus Dealer Association Board of Directors.

DEALERSHIP PERSONNEL TRAINING

11. Group 1 shall not substitute training courses or certification programs of its own for those provided or sponsored by TMS without the prior approval of TMS.

PUBLIC OFFERING OF SECURITIES BY GROUP 1

12. TMS shall not object to a public offering of securities by Group 1 so long as the limitations on ownership of voting control of Group 1 contained in this agreement are not exceeded or breached in any way. In addition, TMS hereby approves the increase to 100% in equity interest in each Toyota and Lexus dealership in which subsidiaries of Group 1 now have a majority equity interest.

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

13. Group 1 shall provide TMS with copies of all information and materials filed with the Securities Exchange Commission, including, but not limited to, quarterly and annual financial statement filings, prospectuses and other materials related to Group 1.

PROSPECTUS DISCLAIMER AND INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT

14. Group 1 shall place in its registration statement and its prospectus, as well as in any other document offering shares in Group 1 to public or private investors, the following disclaimer:

No Manufacturer (as defined in this Prospectus) has been involved, directly or indirectly, in the preparation of this Prospectus or in the Offering being made hereby. No Manufacturer has made any statements or representations in connection with the Offering or has provided any information or materials that were used in connection with the Offering, and no Manufacturer has any responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of this Prospectus.

Group 1 shall indemnify and hold harmless TMS pursuant to the terms of the Indemnification and Hold Harmless Agreement set forth in Attachment 1 to this Agreement.

SOLE AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES

15. There are no prior agreements or understandings, either oral or written, between the Parties affecting this Agreement, except as otherwise specified or referred to in this Agreement. No change or addition to, or deletion of any portion of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties hereto unless approved in writing signed by an officer of each of the parties hereto.

-4-

SEVERABILITY

16. If any provision of this Agreement should be held invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, or conflicts with any applicable law, this Agreement will be considered divisible as to such provision(s), and such provision(s) will be deemed amended to comply with such law, or if it (they) cannot be so amended without materially affecting the tenor of the Agreement, then it (they) will be deemed deleted from this Agreement in such jurisdiction, and in either case, the remainder of the Agreement will be valid and binding.

NO IMPLIED WAIVERS

17. The failure of either party at any time to require performance by the other party of any provision herein shall in no way affect the right of such party to require such performance an any time thereafter, nor shall any waiver by any party of a breach of any provision herein constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision, nor constitute a waiver of the provision itself.

TMS POLICIES

18. This Agreement refers to certain policies and standards. Group 1 acknowledges that these policies and standards are prepared by TMS in its sole discretion based upon TMS' evaluation of the marketplace. TMS may reasonably amend its policies and standards from time to time.

APPLICABLE LAW

19. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of California.

BENEFIT

20. This Agreement is entered into by and between TMS and Group 1 for their sole and mutual benefit. Neither this Agreement nor any specific provision contained in it is intended or shall be construed to be for the benefit of any third party.

NOTICE TO THE PARTIES

21. Any notices permitted or required under the terms of this Agreement shall be directed to the following respective addresses of the parties, or if either of the parties shall have specified another address by notice in writing to the other party, then to the address last specified:

TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
19001 South Western Avenue
Torrance, California 90509

-5-

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
950 Echo Lane
Houston, TX 77024

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE INC.

BY:

ITS:

TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.

BY:

ITS:

-6-

ATTACHMENT I

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, made this _____ day of, ____________ 1997 between Group 1 Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Group 1") the address of which is 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77024 and Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc., a California corporation the address of which is 19001 S. Western Avenue, Torrance, CA 90509 ("TMS").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Group 1 has been formed to own subsidiary corporations which will own and operate automobile dealerships; and

WHEREAS, Group 1 intends to publicly offer and sell shares of stock ("Group 1 Stock") in a public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act");

WHEREAS, TMS has consented to the offer and sale of such Group 1 Stock to the public; and

WHEREAS, in recognition of TMS' demand for complete protection against liability and threats of legal action and in order to obtain TMS' consent to the offer and sale of such shares, Group 1 wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of TMS as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. INDEMNITY OF TMS

Group 1 hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless TMS and its affiliates from and against any and all losses, liabilities, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever (collectively a "Claim"), including, but not limited to, any and all expenses whatsoever incurred investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, to which TMS may become subject under the Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), the securities laws of any state (the "Blue Sky Laws"), any other statute or at common law or otherwise under the laws of any foreign country, arising in connection with the sale of the Group 1 stock. In addition, Group 1 hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless TMS from any and all claims of the shareholders of Group 1 with respect to the sale of the Group 1 Stock. If it is ultimately determined, based upon a final decision of a court, arbitrator or other authorized panel or a settlement entered into by the parties to the dispute and consented to by TMS that TMS was liable for such Claim in whole or in part, the indemnification set forth herein shall be of no force or effect, and TMS shall immediately reimburse Group 1 for any expenses advanced by Group 1 pursuant to this Agreement. Group 1 shall reimburse TMS for expenses incurred by TMS which are covered by the indemnification provisions of this Agreement within

-1-

thirty (30) days after receipt by Group 1 of the written request for reimbursement (which shall include detailed information with respect to such expenses) by TMS.

2. NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM

(a) If any litigation is commenced against TMS in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to this Agreement, TMS shall promptly notify Group 1 in writing of the commencement of any such litigation.

(b) If any litigation referred to in paragraph (a) above is brought against TMS and it gives notice to Group 1 of the commencement of such litigation, Group 1 will be entitled to participate in such litigation, and, to the extent that it wishes (unless (i) Group 1 is also a party to such proceeding and TMS determines in good faith that joint representation would be inappropriate, or (ii) Group 1 fails to provide reasonable assurance to TMS of its financial capacity to defend such proceeding and provide indemnification with respect to such litigation), to assume the defense of such litigation with counsel reasonably satisfactory to TMS and, after notice from Group 1 to TMS of its election to assume the defense of such litigation, Group 1 will not, as long as it diligently conducts such defense, be liable to TMS under this Agreement for any fees of other counsel or any expenses with respect to the defense of such litigation, in each case subsequently incurred by TMS in connection with the defense of such litigation.

(c) Group 1 agrees promptly to notify TMS of the commencement of any litigation against Group 1 in connection with the issue and sale of the Group 1 Stock. Group 1 and TMS agree to cooperate with each other in the defense of any litigation.

(d) TMS shall not, except with Group 1 prior written consent, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or the plaintiff to TMS of a release from all liability in respect to such litigation.

3. ENFORCEMENT

(a) Group 1 expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it in order to induce TMS to consent to the offer and sale of the Group 1 Stock and acknowledges that TMS is relying upon this Agreement to grant such consent.

(b) In the event TMS is required to bring any action to enforce rights or to collect moneys due under this Agreement and is successful in such action, Group 1 shall reimburse TMS for all of TMS' reasonable fees and expenses in bringing and pursuing such action.

-2-

4. SUBROGATION

(a) In the event of payment under this Agreement, Group 1 shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of TMS, which shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such document necessary to enable Group 1 effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(b) Group 1 shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim or litigation made against TMS to the extent TMS has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

5. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law rules.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Group 1, TMS and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.

(c) No amendment, modification or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by both parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.

By:

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By:

B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr.

President

-3-

EXHIBIT 10.13

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT TO
GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION
DEALER SALES AND SERVICE AGREEMENT

This Supplemental Agreement to General Motors Corporation Dealer Sales and Service Agreement is entered into between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and General Motors Corporation.

WHEREAS Group 1 Automotive, Inc. is interested in acquiring ownership of one or more GM Dealerships in selected areas of the United States;

WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into a positive and productive business relationship which will accomplish our mutual goals and promote sales of GM products consistent with GM's Brand strategy for its products and focus on a total customer enthusiasm;

WHEREAS, the organization and ownership structure of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and its retail operating systems are such that the terms of the Dealer Agreement are not wholly adequate to address the legitimate business needs and concerns of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and GM;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Purpose of Agreement

1.1 Purpose of Agreement. The parties acknowledge that Group 1 Automotive, Inc. desires to purchase the stock or assets of one or more current GM Dealerships and to be appointed as the replacement Dealer by the appropriate Divisions. The parties further acknowledge that the ownership arrangements of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and the operating processes and procedures of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. require that the parties supplement the standard terms and provisions of the Dealer Agreement to assure that the legitimate business needs of GM in regard to the representation of its products are satisfied. The parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement for that purpose. This agreement shall not apply in any respect to Saturn Dealers or dealerships.

1.2 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated:

1.2.1    "Agreement" means this Supplemental Agreement to
         General Motors Corporation Dealer Sales and Service
         Agreement.

1.2.2    "Group 1 Automotive" or "Group 1" means Group 1
         Automotive, Inc.

1.2.3    "Dealer Agreement" means a General Motors Corporation
         Dealer Sales and Service Agreement, a copy of which
         is attached hereto as Exhibit A and is incorporated
         herein by reference.  It also includes any
         superseding Dealer Agreements.

1.2.4    "Dealer Company" or "Dealer" means the business
         entity owned or controlled by Group 1 Automotive,
         Inc. that is a party to a Dealer Agreement and is
         defined as the "Dealer" for purposes of the Dealer
         Agreement.

1.2.5    "Division" or "Divisions" means one or more of the
         marketing divisions of GM; Chevrolet, Pontiac-GMC,
         Oldsmobile, Buick, Cadillac.

1.2.6    "GM" means General Motors Corporation.

1.2.7    "GM Dealerships" means a specific, physical location
         from which Dealership Operations are conducted by a
         Dealer pursuant to the terms of one or more Dealer
         Agreements.  It does not include Saturn Dealerships.

1.2.8    "Voting stock" means any stock of Group 1 Automotive,
         Inc. that has voting rights as well as any debt or
         equity security of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. that is
         convertible into stock of Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
         that has voting rights.

2. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. Ownership

2.1 Ownership Structure.

Each Dealer will be a separate company, distinct from Group 1 Automotive, Inc. in the form of either a corporation, partnership or other business enterprise form acceptable to GM, which is capitalized in accordance with the "GM Owned Working Capital Agreement". Each of the Dealer companies will be owned by Group 1 Automotive, Inc. or may have minority interests held by employees of that Dealer Company subject to GM approval.

2.2 Group 1 Automotive, Inc. hereby warrants that the representations and assurances contained in this Agreement are within its authority to make and do not contravene any directive, policy or procedure of Group 1 Automotive, Inc..

2.3 Change in Ownership. Any material change in ownership of any Dealer company and any material change in Group 1 Automotive, Inc. or any event described in section 2.4.2(b) shall be considered a change in ownership of the Dealer Company under the terms of the dealer agreements and all applicable terms of the Dealer Agreement as supplemented by this Agreement will apply to any such change.

2.4 Acquisition of Ownership Interest by Third Party. Given the ultimate control Group 1 Automotive, Inc., will have over the Dealer Companies, and the Divisions' strong interest in assuring that those who own and control their Dealers have interests consistent with those of the Divisions Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees to the following:

-2-

2.4.1    Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will deliver to GM copies of
         all Schedules 13D and 13G, and all amendments thereto
         and terminations thereof, received by Group 1
         Automotive, Inc., within five (5) days of receipt of
         such Schedules.  If Group 1 Automotive Inc. is aware
         of any ownership of its stock that should have been
         reported to it on Schedule 13D but that is not
         reported in a timely manner, it will promptly give GM
         written notice of such ownership, with any relevant
         information about the owner that Group 1 Automotive,
         Inc. possesses.

2.4.2    If Group 1 Automotive, Inc. through its Board of
         Directors or through shareholder action proposes or
         if any person, entity or group sends Group 1
         Automotive, Inc. a schedule 13D, or any amendment
         thereto, disclosing (a) a binding agreement to acquire
         or the acquisition of aggregate ownership of more
         than twenty percent (20%) of the voting stock of
         Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and (b) Group 1 Automotive,
         Inc. through its Board of Directors or through
         shareholder action proposes or if any plans or
         proposals which relate to or would result in the
         following:  (i) the acquisition by any person of more
         than 20% of the voting stock of Group 1 Automotive,
         Inc. other than for the purposes of ordinary passive
         investment (ii) an extraordinary corporate
         transaction, such as a material merger,
         reorganization or liquidation, involving Group 1
         Automotive, Inc. or a sale or transfer of a material
         amount of assets of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and its
         subsidiaries; or (iii) any change which together with
         any changes made to the Board of Directors within the
         preceding year, would result in a change in control
         of the then current board of directors of Group 1
         Automotive, Inc. or (iv) in the case of an entity
         that produces or controls or is controlled by or is
         under common control with an entity that either
         produces motor vehicles or is a motor vehicle
         franchisor, the acquisition by any such person entity
         or group of more than 20% of the voting stock of
         Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and any proposal by any such
         person, entity or group through the Group 1
         Automotive, Inc. Board of Directors or shareholders
         action to change the board of directors of Group 1
         Automotive, Inc., then if such actions in GM's
         business judgment could have a material or adverse
         effect on its image or reputation in the GM
         dealerships or be materially incompatible with GM's
         interest (and upon notice of GM's reasons for such
         judgment), Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agree that it
         will take one of the remedial actions set forth in
         Section 2.4.3 below within ninety (90) days of
         receiving such Schedule 13D or such amendment.

2.4.3    If Group 1 Automotive, Inc. is obligated under
         Section 2.4.2 above to take remedial action, it will
         (a) transfer to GM or its designee, and GM or its
         designee will acquire the assets, properties or
         business associated with any Dealer Company at fair
         market value as determined in accordance with Exhibit
         B, or (b) provide evidence to the Divisions that such
         person entity or group no longer has such threshold
         level of ownership interest in Group 1 Automotive,
         Inc. or that the actions described in Section
         2.4.2(b) will not occur.

-3-

2.4.4    Should Group 1 Automotive, Inc. or Dealer company
         enter into an agreement to transfer the assets of a
         Dealer company to a third party, the right of first
         refusal described in Article 12.3 of the Dealer
         Agreement shall apply to any such transfer.

2.4.5    Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will describe such
         provisions of this Section in any  prospectus it
         delivers in connection with the offer or sale of its
         stock as may be required by any applicable laws or
         regulations.

2.5 Officers and Key Management. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees to provide to GM a list of the key management of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and their responsibilities in regard to the control and management of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and each Dealer Company. Each Dealer Company shall agree to propose to GM any material changes in the key management of the Dealer Company or their responsibilities. Such proposal should be provided to GM in writing prior to such change to the extent practicable and shall include sufficient information to permit GM to evaluate the proposed change consistent with normal policies and procedures. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will notify GM in writing of any material change in the key management of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. or their responsibilities. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "key management" shall mean CEO, President and Vice Presidents with respect to each dealer company and executive officers with respect to Group 1 Automotive, Inc..

3. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. Operating Policies and Procedures

3.1 GM Brand Strategy. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. acknowledges that GM has a Brand Strategy and has invested significant capital in the development of corporate, divisional and brand image. Relevant information regarding this strategy has been shared with Group 1 Automotive, Inc.. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees to accommodate GM's Brand Strategy in its GM Dealerships Operations. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will incorporate in each of its GM Dealerships the following as a minimum in support of the GM Brand Strategy:

3.1.1    GM has developed retail and service operating
         standards for each of its Divisions.  At each of its
         GM Dealerships, Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will
         implement and use those divisional standards, or
         higher standards which it may develop, subject to
         GM's approval.

3.1.2    Dealer marketing associations for each of the
         Divisions are an integral part of GM's Brand
         Strategy.  Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and enhance GM
         and Divisional brand and marketing practices and
         goals.  Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees and each
         Dealer Company shall agree that the Dealer Company
         will participate in the appropriate dealer marketing
         association or group as provided in Section 11.

-4-

3.1.3    Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will not, and will not
         permit any Dealer Company to jointly advertise or
         market any of their non-GM automotive operations in
         conjunction with its approved GM Dealership
         Operations (it being understood that the advertising
         example attached hereto as Exhibit C will be
         permissible).

4. Acquisition of GM Dealerships

4.1 In consideration for the representations, covenants and commitments contained herein, and assuming compliance with the normal requirements of General Motors regarding transfer of assets and appointment as a dealer, General Motors will permit the acquisition of up to ten (10) General Motors Dealerships during the period commencing from the date of this Agreement and ending 24 months thereafter. If GM requests Group 1 Automotive, Inc. to consider purchasing certain GM dealerships, such dealerships are to be included in the number of acquisitions. If there is a material dispute between any GM affiliate and Group 1 Automotive, Inc., then GM may elect not to approve any public companies dealerships until the dispute is resolved (even if the preapproved number has not been met).

4.2 Following the 24 month period, each Dealer company in which Group 1 Automotive, Inc. has an investment must be in compliance with the terms of the General Motors Policies for Changes in GM Dealership Ownership/management bulletin of September 19, 1994 (a copy of which has already been provided) including any revisions or replacements of that bulletin, in order to be approved for additional acquisitions of General Motors Dealerships.

4.3 Multiple Dealer Policy. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. recognizes that customers benefit from competition in the market place and agree that any proposal to acquire additional GM dealerships shall be subject to the terms of General Motors Multiple Dealer Investor/Multiple Dealer Operator policies as set forth in NAO Bulletin 94-11, including any revisions of replacements to the bulletin.

4.4 Limitation in Multiple Dealer Area. GM and Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agree that Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will not attempt to acquire more than 50% of the GM dealerships, by franchise line in a GM defined Multiple Dealer area. GM will provide upon Group 1 Automotive, Inc. request the number of GM dealerships, by line, in the Multiple Dealer area and the maximum number of dealerships Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and may acquire in that Multiple Dealer Area.

4.5 Evaluation of Operations. GM will conduct semiannual evaluation meetings with the management of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and the Dealer Operators of each GM Dealer Company to review the performance of each GM Dealer Company. In the event GM advises Group 1 Automotive, Inc. for any two consecutive evaluation periods that the performance of a GM dealership is not meeting the sales volume, Customer Satisfaction and Branding requirements of GM, GM will have the right to demand a change in the management of the dealer company not meeting those

-5-

requirements. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will make the management changes at any deficient dealership within not more than six (6) months after notice of the deficiencies.

5. Dealership Operations

5.1 Dealership Operations. Each Dealer Company shall be a distinct and complete business entity which shall include complete Dealership Operations as that term is defined in the Dealer Agreement including, but not limited to, sales, service, parts, and used car operations. This requirement will not preclude certain centralized functions provided that they are consistent with GM's Channel Strategy, and that such centralized functions are reviewed with and approved by GM, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. However, no sales, service or parts operations may be combined with any non-GM representation and all GM Dealerships will have reasonable used or car operations.

5.2 GM Channel Strategy. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. further stipulates and agrees that if Group 1 Automotive, Inc., GM, and the public are to realize the potential benefits that Group 1 Automotive, Inc. represents to be the result of the acquisitions proposed by Group 1 Automotive, Inc., then an integral component of the participation by Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and Dealer Company is their agreement that all GM Dealerships shall fully comply with General Motors Channel Strategy including proper divisional representation alignment and facilities that are properly located and that are in compliance with appropriate divisional image programs. The Channel Strategy is set forth in a memorandum dated October 5, 1995, from Ronald L. Zarrella to all GM dealers, and in the written statement of the strategy as it relates to each of Dealer Company, copies of which will be provided to Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and each Dealer Company Group, 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees and each Dealer Company shall agree that within 12 months of the acquisition of any GM Dealership that is not consistent with the Channel Strategy, Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and Dealer Company will have complied with the Channel Strategy for that location. Notwithstanding the above, GM will consider reasonable requests from Group 1 Automotive, Inc. for an extension if Group 1 Automotive, Inc. is making reasonable progress and is unable to comply with the Channel Strategy for reasons beyond Group 1 Automotive, Inc. control. If Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and Dealer Company fail to do so within the time provided, then Group 1 Automotive, Inc. will cause Dealer Company and Dealer Company will agree to terminate the representation of such products as reasonably required by GM to comply with the Channel Strategy. If such Termination is required, GM will compensate Group 1 Automotive, Inc. the sum of $1,000 for each unit of GM retail planning guide for each Dealer Agreement so terminated.

5.3 Exclusive Representation. Group I Automotive, Inc. agrees and each Dealer Company shall agree that all GM Dealerships shall be used solely for the exclusive representation of GM products and related services and in no event shall be used for the display, sale or promotion or warranty service of any new vehicle other than those

-6-

of General Motors Corporation (provided that if Group 1 Automotive, Inc. acquires a GM Dealership having a sales and service agreement with a competitive automobile manufacturer of importer and related sales and service operations at the same facility, at GM's request Group 1 Automotive, Inc. shall cause the competitive sales and service operations to be relocated within one year of acquisition, Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees and each Dealer Company shall agree that should a Dealer Company cease to provide exclusive representation of GM products, based on the proper franchise alignment as determined by the Channel Strategy, then that shall constitute good cause in and of itself for the termination of the Dealer Agreement then in effect with such Dealer Company and Group 1 Automotive, Inc. shall cause Dealer Company to and Dealer Company shall voluntarily terminate the Dealer Agreements then in effect.

5.4 Image Compliance. Any Dealer Company acquired by Group 1 Automotive, Inc. shall be brought into compliance with applicable Divisional facility image requirements. Any new construction or significant interior or exterior remodeling of any GM Dealerships shall incorporate the appropriate divisional image program and shall be subject to approval by the appropriate Division before such construction is undertaken.

5.5 Corporate Name and Tradenames. Both the corporate name and any tradename or d/b/a of each Dealer Company must include the names of those GM Divisions represented by such Dealer Company.

5.6 Dealer Company Advertising. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees that the advertising of each of the Dealer companies will maintain and support the GM brand strategy. Newspaper, radio, television and any other form of advertising will not combine GM brands or non GM brands, unless GM has approved combined operations and will clearly identify each GM dealership as a separate entity at its approved location (it being understood that the advertising example attached hereto as Exhibit C will be permissible).

6. Dealer Operator

6.1 Appointment of Dealer Operator. For purposes of the Dealer Agreement, including Paragraph Third and Article 2 and for each GM Dealership, Group 1 Automotive, Inc. shall appoint an individual who shall act as Executive Manager of that GM Dealership only and who shall be considered as Dealer Operator for purposes of the Dealer Agreement. The Divisions will rely upon the personal qualifications and management skills of Dealer Operator. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. hereby represents that Dealer Operator will have complete managerial authority to make all decisions, and enter into any and all necessary business commitments required in the normal course of conducting Dealership Operations on behalf of Dealer Company and may take all actions normally required of a Dealer Operator pursuant to Paragraph Third and Article 2 of the Dealer Agreement. Group 1 Automotive, Inc will not revoke, modify or amend such authority without the prior written approval of the applicable

-7-

Division (except as provided in Section 6.3 below). Because of the unique structure of Group 1 Automotive, Inc., the 15% ownership requirement contained in Article 2 of the Dealer Agreement shall not apply to Dealer Operator.

6.2 Removal of Dealer Operator. Except as provided in Section 6.3 below, the removal or withdrawal of Dealer Operator without Divisions' prior written consent shall constitute grounds for termination of the Dealer Agreements. However, the Divisions recognize that employment responsibilities of the Dealer Operator with Dealer Company may change, making it impractical for the Dealer Operator to continue to fulfill his/her responsibilities as Dealer Operator. In that case, or in the event Dealer Operator leaves the employ of the Dealer Company, Dealer Company shall have the opportunity to propose a replacement Dealer Operator. The Divisions will not unreasonably withhold approval of any such proposal, provided the proposed replacement has the skills and qualifications to act as Dealer Operator pursuant to the standard policies and procedures of GM.

6.3 Replacement Dealer Operator. Dealer Company shall make every effort to obtain the consent of the Divisions to a proposed replacement Dealer Operator prior to the removal or withdrawal of the approved Dealer Operator. If that is not practical, Dealer Company shall notify Division in writing within 10 days following the removal or withdrawal of the approved Dealer Operator. Within 30 days of that removal or withdrawal, Dealer Company will submit to Division a plan and appropriate applications to replace Dealer Operator with a qualified replacement acceptable to Divisions. The replacement Dealer Operator must assume his/her responsibilities no later than 90 days following the withdrawal of the approved Dealer Operator. Republic shall be permitted to appoint a temporary general manager to manage the GM Dealership during the interim period while the Dealer Operator is being replaced.

7. Dispute Resolution. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees not to join any legal or administrative action a seller of a General Motors dealership may take against General Motors in the event General Motors declines to approve a proposed transfer to Group 1 Automotive, Inc. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and GM stipulate and agree and each Dealer Company shall stipulate and agree that the dispute resolution process attached hereto as Exhibit D, or any replacement process offered to all GM Dealers, shall be the exclusive source of resolution of any dispute regarding the Dealer Agreements and this agreement including, but not limited to, involuntary termination of the Dealer Agreements and/or approval of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. for additional investment in or ownership of GM Dealerships. The parties further agree that the Chevrolet dealer dispute resolution process will be used for the resolution of the matter, regardless of the GM Division involved.

8. Right to Purchase or Lease. In the event of any termination of the Dealer Agreement or any transaction or event that would, in effect, discontinue Dealership Operations from that GM Dealership, or a transfer of assets, properties or business to GM or a GM designee pursuant to Section 2.4.3, Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees and each Dealer Company shall agree to provide GM with: (a) the right to purchase the dealership assets, properties or business for

-8-

fair market value based on automotive use through the process attached hereto as Exhibit B, and (b) an assignment of any existing lease or lease options that are available, subject in each case to any legal or contractual obligations existing at such time, provided, however, that Group 1 Automotive, Inc. shall assure GM or its delegate of quite possession of the dealership facilities for a period of not less than five years if this right is exercised with respect to such facilities within ten years of the execution of this Agreement. If, however, Group 1 Automotive, Inc. enters into a financing arrangement with respect to such facilities then such assurance of quite possession would be subordinated to the interests of any lender in connection with any default by Group 1 Automotive, Inc. under the terms of the financing arrangement other than a default due to the discontinuance of dealership operations from such facilities. The Parties agree that GM may exercise its rights under this Section 8 with respect to some or all of the dealership facilities to which it may apply at any given time, and that failure to exercise such rights as to one facility shall not affect GM's rights as to other facilities.

9. Electronic Funds Transfer. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees that each Dealer Company will use Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) for settlement of the dealership obligations to GM and that GM will have right of offset for any unpaid debit balances for any Dealer Company at the time the indebtedness is due and will have the right to collect those amounts from the account for any other Dealer Company.

10. Compliance with Policies and Procedures. Each Dealer Company must comply with all terms of the Dealer Agreement and all GM policies applicable to Dealer Company's Dealership Operations. Those procedures include policies precluding joint advertising and prohibiting sales of GM auction vehicles from other than the purchasing GM Dealership. Except as specifically provided herein, all Dealership Operations shall be conducted consistent with requirements for other GM dealerships.

11. Membership in Dealer Marketing Group. Each Dealer Company will join its respective dealer marketing group and area marketing group including membership financial support and will participate as a regular member in meetings and marketing activities.

12. Capital Standards. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. agrees and Dealer Company shall agree that Dealer Company shall maintain, at all times, sufficient working capital to meet or exceed the minimum net working capital standards for the Dealer Company as determined from time to time by GM consistent with its normal practices and procedures. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and Dealer Company shall provide such documentation as reasonably requested by GM to assure compliance with that requirement. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. shall submit an annual consolidated balance sheet for the combined GM Dealership operations of Group 1 Automotive, Inc.

13. Discontinuance of Representation. In the event that Group 1 Automotive, Inc. determines, voluntarily or otherwise to discontinue representation in any given Multiple Dealer Area, Group 1 Automotive, Inc. shall grant the right to GM to acquire at fair market value as determined in accordance with Exhibit B the right to representation of the Divisions previously represented by any Dealer Company in that Multiple Dealer Area. GM shall also

-9-

have the option to acquire the fixed assets and/or the Dealership Facilities in that Multiple Dealer Area. The terms and conditions for the exercise of such rights shall be set forth in appropriate and customary documents. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. has received GM's standard option agreements modified for this Agreement.

14. Supplement to Dealer Agreement. The parties agree that each Dealer Company shall be required to execute an addendum to the Dealer Agreements binding the Dealer Company to the applicable portions of this Agreement. For each Dealer Company, this Agreement shall supplement the terms of the Dealer Agreements in accordance with Article 17.11 of the Dealer Agreements.

15. Further Modifications. In the event that the policies of GM with regard to Dealerships owned or controlled in whole or in part by public shareholders should be modified, the parties agree to review such modifications to determine whether modification to this Agreement is appropriate.

16. No Third Party Rights. Nothing in this Agreement or the Dealer Agreement shall be construed to confer any rights upon any person not a party hereto or thereto, nor shall it create in any party an interest as a third party beneficiary of this Agreement or the Dealer Agreement. Group 1 Automotive, Inc. and Dealer Company hereby agree to indemnify and hold harmless GM, its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries, agents and representatives from and against all claims, actions, damages, expenses, costs and liability, including attorneys fees, arising from or in connection with any action by a thirty-party in its capacity as a stockholder of Group 1 Automotive, Inc. relating to this Agreement other than through a derivative stockholder suit authorized by the Board of Group 1 Automotive, Inc., provided that Group 1 Automotive, Inc. shall have the right to assume the defense and control any such actions or suits and that GM shall not settle any such actions or suits without Group 1 Automotive, Inc. consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). Notwithstanding the above, GM may choose, at its own expense, to manage and control its own defense in any such action.

17. Modification of Dealer Agreement. This Agreement is intended to modify and adapt certain provisions of the Dealer Agreement and is intended to be incorporated as part of the Dealer Agreement for each Dealer Company. In the event that any provisions of this Agreement are in conflict with other provisions of the standard Dealer Agreement, the provisions contained in this Agreement shall govern. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement the terms of the Dealer Agreements remain unchanged and apply herein.

18. Confidentiality. Each party agrees not to disclose the content of this Agreement to non-affiliated entities and to treat the Agreement with the same degree of confidentiality as it treats its own confidential documents of the same nature, except as expressly provided by Article 2.3.5 of this Agreement or unless authorized by the other party, required by law, pertinent to judicial or administrative proceedings or to proceedings under the Dispute Resolution Process.

-10-

19. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement remains in effect so long as Group 1 Automotive, Inc. or any successor thereto, directly or indirectly holds or has an agreement to hold an ownership interest in any GM Dealer Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement this _____ day of ________________, 1997.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.              GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION

By:                                   By:


--------------------------------      -----------------------------------------
B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr.               E. K. Roggenkamp, III
Chairman, President and               General Manager
Chief Executive Officer               North American Operations
                                      Dealer Network Investment and Development

rosie.wpd

-11-

EXHIBIT 10.14

NISSAN
NISSAN MOTOR CORPORATION U.S.A

December 11, 1996

Mr. Charles M. Smith
Acura Southwest
10455 Southwest Fwy.
Houston, TX 77074-1101

Dear Mr. Smith:

You have requested that Nissan Motor Corporation in U.S.A. ("Nissan") consent to a re-structuring of your dealerships wherein the Sterling Automotive Group, Inc. ("Sterling"), which will become a publicly held corporation, acquires all of the stock of Round Rock Nissan, Inc.; Town North Nissan, Inc.; and Courtesy Nissan, Inc., ("Dealer").

This is to advise you that Nissan has approved the proposed restructuring and transfer in principle, SUBJECT TO THE EXECUTION BY DEALER AND YOU OF A TERM AGREEMENT ("AGREEMENT") AND INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO NISSAN CONTAINING CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:

1. Sterling will at all times own 100% of the stock of Dealer;

2. Dealer will be maintained as a separate corporate entity;

3. The officers of Dealer will be Charles M. Smith ("Smith" or "you"), Sterling B. McCall, Jr., and James M. Kline;

4. Smith agrees that any transfer of his ownership interest in Sterling, or other action (such as dilution due to subsequent acquisitions) which would significantly decrease his overall ownership in Sterling requires the prior written consent of Nissan, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Accordingly, any change in the ownership of one or more key directors which would result in an ownership interest less than 20% without consent from Nissan will be void and grounds for termination of the Agreement;

5. Nissan will have no obligation to transact business with any person who is not named either as a Dealer Principal or Executive Manager of Dealer in the Agreement;

6. Restrictions in the Registration Statement providing that in the event that anyone acquires, after the date of the initial public offering, an ownership interest in Sterling greater than 20% and Nissan determines that said interest is adverse to Nissan, the Agreement shall be terminated. This provision would not, however, prevent Sterling from re-applying for the dealership based on the new ownership structure;

7. Smith, Ronald Kutz, Catherine Andrus, and Randy Ross will devote 100% of their time to the affairs of Dealer;


Mr. Charles M. Smith
December 11, 1996

Page 2

8. The Board of Directors of Sterling will delegate the management of the dealership operations to the Dealer Principal and the Executive Manager and the Dealer Principal and Executive Manager will have full and complete control over the Dealership Operations;

9. The Executive Manager will be physically present at the dealership on a full-time basis and have a substantial portion of their compensation tied to Dealer's overall performance;

10. Any change in the Dealer Principal or Executive Manager of Dealer, or the CEO, Chairman or equivalent officer of Sterling, from that specified in the Agreement requires the prior written consent of Nissan and any change in the management of Dealer or the CEO, Chairman or equivalent officer of Sterling without such consent is void and grounds for termination.

11. Site Control rights, including the Right of First Refusal on sale of dealership assets in the event of a transfer by dealer or a change in control of Sterling as referred to in paragraphs 4 and 6 above, Right of First Refusal on the sale or lease of the dealership property and Exclusivity;

12. Dealer must achieve at least regional average sales penetration and CSI within six months of the date of the Agreement and maintain at least regional average sales penetration and CSI at all times thereafter. Sterling will not be considered for additional dealerships until it is in compliance with this provision; and

13. Smith, Sterling B. McCall, Jr., and James M. Kline will hold harmless and indemnify Nissan from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, etc., relating to the public offering.

Additionally, receipt of outstanding documentation and any additional documentation as requested may be necessary in order to complete processing to this receipt.

Very Truly Yours,

NISSAN MOTOR CORPORATION U.S.A

J.C. Fassino
Regional Vice President

South Central Region


EXHIBIT 10.15

September 29, 1997

Mr. Charles S. Smith
Acura Southwest
10455 Southwest Freeway
Houston, TX 77074-1101

Dear Mr. Smith:

By letter dated December 11, 1996 (the "Approval Letter") Nissan advised you that Nissan would approve the proposed restructuring of your dealership wherein Group 1 Automotive, Inc. ("Group 1"), which become a publicly held corporation, acquires all of the stock of Round Rock Nissan, Inc., Town North Nissan, Inc. and Courtesy Nissan, Inc. (collectively referred to as "Dealer"), subject to certain terms and conditions, including those set forth therein. This letter will confirm our recent discussions in which Nissan has agreed to modify certain of the terms and conditions for approval previously communicated to you as follows:

1. All references to Sterling Automotive Group, Inc. shall mean Group 1.

2. Paragraph 3 of the Approval Letter shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Charles M. Smith ("Smith") will be an officer of Dealer."

3. Paragraph 4 of the Approval Letter shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Smith agrees that for a period of five years after the execution of the Nissan Dealer Sales and Service Agreements for the Dealers referenced above, which Nissan and Smith agree to use their best efforts to execute as soon as reasonably practicable, any transfer of his stock ownership in Group 1 which would decrease his stock ownership in Group 1, which will be 679,000 shares upon completion of the Group 1 acquisitions, to less than 169,750 shares, requires the prior written consent of Nissan."

4. Paragraph 6 of the Approval Letter shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Nissan shall have the right to approve any ownership or voting rights of Group 1 of twenty percent (20%) or greater by any individual or entity; PROVIDED HOWEVER, that if Nissan determines that such individual or entity is unqualified to own a Nissan dealership, or has interests incomparable with Nissan, and such transfer is effected, Group 1 must, within ninety (90) days from the date of notification by Nissan of its determination, either; (a) transfer the assets of its Nissan dealerships to a third party acceptable to Nissan; or (b) voluntarily terminate its Nissan dealership agreements; or (c)


demonstrate that such individual or entity in fact owns less than 20% of the outstanding shares of Group 1."

5. Paragraph 10 of the Approval Letter shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Any change in the Dealer Principal or Executive Manager of Dealer from that specified in the Agreement requires the prior written consent of Nissan, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, recognizing that some time may be required to find a replacement in the event of death, incapacity or termination and termination may require prompt action, and any change in the management of Dealer without such consent is void and grounds for termination."

6. Paragraph 11 of the Approval Letter shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Site Control rights, including the Right of First Refusal on sale of dealership assets in the event of a transfer by dealer or a change of control Group 1 as referred to in paragraph 6 above, Right of First Refusal on the sale or lease of the dealership property and Exclusivity."

7. Paragraph 13 of the Approval Letter shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Group 1 and Smith (in Smith's case up to a maximum of $350,000, and only in the event Group 1 is unable to satisfy its obligation) will hold harmless and indemnity Nissan from and against all losses, liabilities and claims relating to the public offering."

Aside from the above modifications, the other terms and conditions for approval of your proposed restructuring remain as set forth in the Approval Letter.

Very truly yours,

NISSAN MOTORS CORPORATION U.S.A.

J.C. Fassino
Regional Vice President

South Central Region


EXHIBIT 10.16

Supplemental Terms and Conditions

This Agreement is made this 4th day of September, 1997 by and between Ford Motor the Company, a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at The American Road, Dearborn, Michigan (hereinafter called "Ford"), and Group 1 Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77024 (hereinafter called the "the Company").

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions. For purposes hereof, the following definitions shall apply

a. "Agreement" shall mean the Ford, Lincoln or Mercury Sales and Service Agreement.

b. "General Manager" shall mean the person designated by the Company pursuant to paragraph F (ii) of the Agreement with full day to day management authority and approved by Ford in writing.

c. "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

d. "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

e. "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

f. "Dealership" shall mean each Ford, Mercury or Lincoln authorized dealership owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Company.

g. "Delegation Certificate" shall be the instrument executed by an authorized officer of the Company granting full day to day operational and management control of the Dealership to the General Manager.

h. "CSI" shall mean the Customer Satisfaction Index used by Ford to measure customer satisfaction in terms of the selling process as well as after sales service, as such may be modified from time to time by Ford.

i. "Supplemental Terms" shall mean these Supplemental Terms and Conditions.

2. Scope. The Company has indicated that it will seek to acquire or to apply for Ford, Mercury and Lincoln authorized dealerships. In order to simplify future discussions and to avoid any misunderstanding, these Supplemental Terms are intended to apply to those situations where Ford is willing to approve the Company (or its designated wholly owned or controlled direct or indirect subsidiary) as the purchaser of the capital stock or assets of a Ford, Mercury or Lincoln authorized dealership or where it is willing to enter into an Agreement with the Company with respect to a new dealership location. In each situation where Ford is willing to enter into an Agreement, the Company


2

will cause the Dealership to execute an Agreement and will cause such Dealership to be bound by these Supplemental Terms.

3. Sole Ownership. To maintain financial and operational autonomy and accountability, each Dealership will be a separate corporation with the Ford, Mercury and/or Lincoln dealership operation being its sole business unless otherwise agreed in writing by Ford; provided, however, that if, at the time of acquisition of any Dealership, such Dealership is not a separate corporation, the Company will use reasonable efforts to cause the Dealership to be held as a separate corporation as soon as practicable. The Company shall furnish to Ford a copy of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of each Dealership. As is required of all Ford authorized dealerships, each Dealership shall submit monthly financial and operating performance data to Ford.

4. Capitalization. Each Dealership will be separately and fully capitalized to ensure the maintenance of net cash, working capital and operating investment in accordance with Ford guidelines. Other than through dividends permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of each Dealership, the effect of which shall not impair the ability of the Dealership, to meet the above mentioned Ford capitalization guidelines, or through arms-length transactions, all cash and other assets generated by each Dealership will remain within the Dealership and none of the assets of any Dealership owned or controlled by the Company shall be used directly or indirectly to secure the debt or liability of the Company or any other Dealership or other business owned or controlled by the Company.

5. General Manager. The Company shall delegate in writing the complete day to day management control of each Dealership to the General Manager of such Dealership whose appointment shall be subject to Ford's prior written approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The General Manager shall be designated in paragraph F (ii) of the Agreement and shall have full managerial authority and accountability for operating the Dealership in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Supplemental Terms. Each person nominated by the Company as a General Manager must have substantial, successful retail automotive experience and must meet Ford's high standards for moral and ethical behavior. Upon the appointment of a General Manager, a copy of the Delegation Certificate shall be submitted to Ford. All proposed changes to the Delegation Certificate shall be in writing, submitted to Ford and subject to Ford's prior written approval. The Company will notify Ford and obtain Ford's prior written approval of any proposed change to the General Manager, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall have the right to appoint an interim General Manager as a temporary replacement for any General Manager who is terminated for cause or who voluntarily resigns, in each case without the prior written approval of Ford. In the event that an interim General Manager is appointed, the Company shall work with Ford to appoint a permanent General Manager within 90 days after the appointment of the interim General Manager. In addition to meeting the criteria Ford customarily applies to new dealer candidates, the General Manager will be assigned to the Dealership for a sufficient time (being a minimum of 3 years unless otherwise agreed by Ford in writing) to allow the General Manager to develop and maintain ties to the local community evidenced by involvement in community civic and


3

charitable organizations. The General Manager must reside in the Dealer Locality as required by the Agreement.

6. Compensation Plans. The Company will cause each Dealership to provide to its General Manager and other key employees of the Dealership, as deemed appropriate, as part of their compensation, incentive programs that will provide specific financial rewards to the General Manager and such other employees that are payable to them at least annually and are based upon the achievement and maintenance by the Dealership of the long term and short term operating performance objectives described in paragraph 7 hereof.

7. Performance Criteria. Should any Dealership fail to meet reasonable performance criteria established by Ford relating to such matters as sales performance, CSI and such other performance criteria that Ford may reasonably apply to all its authorized dealers, Ford will have the right to implement the following procedure. Ford shall notify the Company and the General Manager in writing of such failure and shall grant the Company and the General Manager 90 days to either cure the failure in total or, with respect to sales performance and CSI only, to present to Ford evidence of progress to cure the failure indicating in Ford's reasonable judgment that the failure will be cured within one year of Ford's notice. Should the failure not be cured within the above period, persons delegated with authority from the Company immediately shall meet with authorized personnel from Ford to arrange for the orderly and expeditious replacement of the General Manager. Should agreement not be reached upon the identity of an appropriate replacement General Manger within 90 days of the end of the cure period, Ford may terminate the Agreement with immediate effect. Requirements that each Dealership consistently meet or exceed Ford's regional average retail car and truck market share and comparable dealer group average customer satisfaction ratings, as measured by CSI or other criteria established by Ford, shall be considered reasonable performance requirements. Ford will not unreasonably withhold its consent to the appointment of an appropriate replacement General Manger.

8. Additional Appointments. Should any Dealership fail to maintain for any 12 month period the level of CSI at substantially the same level that was reported for such Dealership as of the date of its acquisition by the Company, the Company shall not seek or apply for another Ford authorized dealership until such time as such level of CSI is restored to Ford's reasonable satisfaction. Ford will provide each Dealership a report monthly, summarizing its CSI performance for the preceding month and for the calendar year to date. Unless otherwise agreed by Ford in writing, the Company shall not seek or apply for a Ford authorized dealership if, once owning such dealership, the Company would own or control, directly or indirectly, the greater of (a) 15 Ford and 15 Lincoln Mercury Dealerships or (b) that number of Ford authorized dealerships with total retail sales of new vehicles in the immediately preceding calendar year of more than 5% of the total Ford and Lincoln Mercury branded vehicles sold at retail in the United States; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company seek or apply for a Ford authorized dealership in any market area, as defined from time to time by Ford for its dealership network, that would result in the Company owning or


4

controlling, directly or indirectly, more than one Ford authorized dealership in those market areas having 2 or less Ford authorized dealerships in them, or in the Company owning or controlling, directly or indirectly, more than 33% of the Ford authorized dealerships in market areas, as defined from time to time by Ford for its dealership network, having more than 3 authorized Ford dealerships in them, it being understood that this proviso is intended to apply separately to Ford and to Lincoln Mercury dealerships. Should the above limitations be exceeded and, notwithstanding the above limitations, the Company seek Ford's approval to acquire an additional authorized dealership, Ford's refusal to approve such an acquisition shall be deemed to be a reasonable action by Ford.

9. Major Changes. The Company shall submit to Ford copies of all effective registration statements and final reports, proxies and information statements it files with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act or the Exchange Act within five (5) business days of filing with the SEC. The Company, shall submit to Ford all filings submitted to the SEC by third parties that are required to disclose significant holdings or substantial acquisitions of, or changes in, the ownership of the voting securities (or other securities convertible into voting securities) of the Company including, without limitation, Schedules 13D or 13G. Should any SEC filing disclose that (a) a person, entity or group has a binding agreement to acquire, or has acquired, voting securities (or other securities convertible into voting securities) of the Company that would place 50% or more of the voting securities (or other securities convertible into voting securities) of the Company into the hands of such person, entity or group, or (b) a person or entity that owns or controls fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities (or other securities convertible into voting securities) of the Company intends or may intend to acquire additional voting securities (or other securities convertible into voting securities) of the Company, or (c) an extraordinary corporate transaction, such as a merger, reorganization or liquidation, involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries is planned or anticipated or (d) a sale or transfer of a material amount of assets of the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, is planned or anticipated, or (e) a change has been made or is planned to be made in the Board of Directors or management of the Company or (f) any other material change in the Company's business or corporate structure or (g) any action similar to those noted above, the Company shall provide 30 days prior written notice to Ford describing the matter disclosed in such filing in detail. If any such action is believed by Ford in its reasonable judgment to have a material and adverse effect on its reputation in the market place with respect to an action described in (e), (f), or (g) or with respect to the other actions should Ford reasonably conclude that such action will not be compatible with the interests of Ford, the Company agrees that within 90 days of Ford's notice thereof, the Company shall sell or cause to be sold one or more of the Dealerships, as specified in the notice, to Ford or its designee at fair market value, determined in accordance with Attachment A or resign the Agreements, or provide evidence to Ford that the proposed action which gave rise to the issuance of Ford's notice will not take place. Should the Company enter into an agreement to transfer the assets or capital stock of any Dealership to a third party, Ford's right of first refusal provided in paragraph 24(b) of the Agreement shall apply.

10. Exclusive Dealership Facilities. Each Dealership shall operate as an exclusive fully dedicated Ford, Mercury and/or Lincoln dealership, as the case may be, and the Company will not accept a sales and service agreement with any other automobile manufacturer or importer or allow the merchandising, display, sale or service of new vehicles other than Ford, Mercury or Lincoln vehicles at the facilities and locations approved by Ford and used by any Dealership for the conduct


5

of its business ("Ford Approved Facilities"). Unless otherwise agreed in writing, should the Company acquire a Dealership having a sales and service agreement with a competitive automobile manufacturer or importer and related sales and service operations at the Ford Approved Facilities, it shall cause the Dealership to relocate such competitive sales and service operations from the Ford Approved Facilities within one year of acquisition; provided, however, that Ford shall grant the Company additional time to effect such relocation if Ford believes the Company is making reasonable progress in so doing. No Dealership will merchandise, display or sell new Ford, Mercury or Lincoln vehicles at any unauthorized location including those owned or controlled by the Company. In conducting its advertising programs each Dealership shall portray the products it is authorized to sell and service under the Agreement in a distinctive manner taking care not to mingle such advertising with advertising of competitive make new vehicles or used vehicles.

11. Advertising. The Company recognizes the benefit of local cooperative advertising and has indicated that it will cause each Dealership to become a fully participating member of the local Ford, Lincoln or Mercury dealer advertising group (FDAF/LMDA).

12. Auctions. Used vehicle purchases from Ford sponsored auctions will be governed by a separate "Sponsored Auction Agreement" which will be executed by each Dealership.

13. Dealership Name. The trade name and corporate name of each Dealership will be subject to Ford's approval and will not include any reference to any non-Ford, Mercury or Lincoln make vehicle.

14. Site Control. Any existing agreement covering a Dealership or its assets relating to site control will be assumed by the Company and shall remain in full force and effect.

15. Dispute Settlement. Any dispute concerning the Agreement or the Supplemental Terms shall be resolved Using the arbitration plan described in paragraph 18 of the Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the use of such Plan shall be mandatory and not optional and; provided, further, that no dispute need be brought before the Ford Dealer Policy Board.

16. Agreement and Supplemental Terms. The Company confirms that the provisions of these Supplemental Terms are material to its relationship with Ford and that a failure by the Company to fully comply with any material term hereof, after having been given a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure, will constitute good and just cause for Ford, in its discretion, to terminate the Agreement and these Supplemental Terms with immediate effect.

17. Binding Effect. These Supplemental Terms are intended to modify certain provisions of the Agreement and to be incorporated as a part of the Agreement. Should there be an inconsistency between the terms of these Supplemental Terms and any provision of the Agreement, the terms of these Supplemental Terms shall apply.


6

18. Parent-Subsidiary. The Company shall cause each Dealership to carry out the actions and to assume the responsibilities provided herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Ford, through their authorized officers, have set there hands on the day and year above written.

Ford Motor Company                           Group 1 Automotive, Inc.

By: /s/ FORD MOTOR COMPANY                   By: /s/ B.B. HOLLINGSWORTH, JR.
   ------------------------                     -------------------------------
                                             B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr.
Its:

    -----------------------


EXHIBIT 10.17

TOYOTA DEALER AGREEMENT

This is an Agreement between Gulf States Toyota, Inc. (DISTRIBUTOR), and Southwest Toyota, Inc. (DEALER), a(n) [ ] individual, [ ] partnership, [x] corporation. If a corporation, DEALER is duly incorporated in the State of Texas and doing business as Sterling McCall Toyota.

PURPOSES AND OBJECTIVES OF THIS AGREEMENT

DISTRIBUTOR sells Toyota Products which are manufactured or approved by Toyota Motor Corporation (FACTORY) and imported and/or sold to DISTRIBUTOR by Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (IMPORTER). It is of vital importance to DISTRIBUTOR that Toyota Products are sold and serviced in a manner which promotes consumer confidence and satisfaction and leads to increased product acceptance. Accordingly, DISTRIBUTOR has established a network of authorized Toyota dealers, operating at approved locations and pursuant to certain standards, to sell and service Toyota Products. DEALER desires to become one of DISTRIBUTOR's authorized dealers. Based upon the representations and promises of DEALER, set forth herein, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to appoint DEALER as an authorized Toyota dealer and welcomes DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR's network of authorized dealers of Toyota Products.

This Agreement sets forth the rights and responsibilities of DISTRIBUTOR as seller and DEALER as buyer of Toyota Products. DISTRIBUTOR enters into this Agreement in reliance upon DEALER's integrity, ability, assurance of personal services, expressed intention to deal fairly with the consuming public and with DISTRIBUTOR, and promise to adhere to the terms and conditions herein. Likewise, DEALER enters into this Agreement in reliance upon DISTRIBUTORS's promise to adhere to the terms and conditions herein. DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER shall refrain from conduct which may be detrimental to or adversely reflect upon the reputation of the FACTORY, IMPORTER, DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER or Toyota Products in general. The parties acknowledge that the success of the relationship between DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER depends upon the mutual understanding and cooperation of both DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER.

Dealer Code 42073

-1-

I. RIGHTS GRANTED TO THE DEALER

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR hereby grants DEALER the nonexclusive right:

A. To buy and resell the Toyota Products identified in the Toyota Product Addendum hereto which may be periodically revised by IMPORTER;

B. To identify itself as an authorized Toyota dealer utilizing approved signage at the location(s) approved herein;

C. To use the name Toyota and the Toyota Marks in the advertising, promotion, sale and servicing of Toyota Products in the manner herein provided.

DISTRIBUTOR reserves the unrestricted right to sell Toyota Products and to grant the privilege of using the name Toyota or the Toyota Marks to other dealers or entities, wherever they may be located.

II. RESPONSIBILITIES ACCEPTED BY THE DEALER

DEALER accepts its appointment as an authorized Toyota dealer and agrees to:

A. Sell and promote Toyota Products subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

B. Service Toyota Products subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

C. Establish and maintain satisfactory dealership facilities at the location(s) set forth herein; and

D. Make all payments to DISTRIBUTOR when due.

III. TERM OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 5th day of April, 1993, and shall continue for a period of six (6) years, and shall expire on April 4, 1999 unless ended earlier by mutual agreement or terminated as provided herein. This Agreement may not be continued beyond its expiration date except by written consent of DISTRIBUTOR and IMPORTER.

IV. OWNERSHIP OF DEALERSHIP

This Agreement is a personal service Agreement and has been entered into by DISTRIBUTOR in reliance upon and in consideration of DEALER's representation that only the following named persons are the Owners of DEALER, that such persons will serve in the capacities indicated, and that such persons are committed to achieving the purposes, goals and commitments of this Agreement:

-2-

        OWNERS'                         TITLE                PERCENT OF
         NAMES                                               OWNERSHIP
---------------           -------------------------          ----------
Sterling McCall           President/General Manager             100%
---------------           -------------------------          ----------

---------------           -------------------------          ----------

---------------           -------------------------          ----------

---------------           -------------------------          ----------

---------------           -------------------------          ----------

---------------           -------------------------          ----------

V. MANAGEMENT OF DEALERSHIP

DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER agree that the retention of qualified management is of critical importance to satisfy the commitments made by DEALER in this Agreement. DISTRIBUTOR, therefore, enters into this Agreement in reliance upon DEALER's representation that Sterling McCall, and no other person, will exercise the function of General Manager, be in complete charge of DEALER's operations, and will have authority to make all decisions on behalf of DEALER with respect to DEALER's operations. DEALER further agrees that the General Manager shall devote his or her full efforts to DEALER's operations.

VI. CHANGE IN MANAGEMENT OR OWNERSHIP

This is a personal service contract. DISTRIBUTOR has entered into this Agreement because DEALER has represented to DISTRIBUTOR that the Owners and General Manager of DEALER identified herein possess the personal qualifications, skill and commitment necessary to ensure that DEALER will promote, sell and service Toyota Products in the most effective manner, enhance the Toyota image and increase market acceptance of Toyota Products. Because DISTRIBUTOR has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon these representations and DEALER's assurances of the active involvement of such persons in DEALER operations, any change in ownership, no matter what the share or relationship between parties, or any changes in General Manager from the person specified herein, requires the prior written consent of DISTRIBUTOR, which DISTRIBUTOR shall not unreasonably withhold.

DEALER agrees that factors which would make DISTRIBUTOR's withholding of consent reasonable would include, without limitation, the failure of a new Owner or General Manager to meet DISTRIBUTOR'S standards with regard to financial capability, experience and success in the automobile dealership business.

-3-

VII. APPROVED DEALER LOCATIONS

In order that DISTRIBUTOR may establish and maintain an effective network of authorized Toyota dealers, DEALER agrees that it shall conduct its Toyota operation only and exclusively in facilities and at locations herein designated and approved by DISTRIBUTOR. DISTRIBUTOR hereby designates and approves the following facilities as the exclusive location(s) for the sale and servicing of Toyota Products and the display of Toyota Marks:

New Vehicle Sales and Showroom                   Used Vehicle
Display and Sales

9400 Southwest Freeway                           9400 Southwest Freeway
Houston, Texas 77057                             Houston, Texas 77057

Sales and General Office                         Body and Paint

9400 Southwest Freeway
Houston, Texas 77057

Parts                                            Service

9400 Southwest Freeway                           9400 Southwest Freeway
Houston, Texas 77057                             Houston, Texas 77057

Other Facilities

DEALER may not, either directly or indirectly, display Toyota Marks or establish or conduct any dealership operations contemplated by this Agreement, including the display, sale and servicing of Toyota Products, at any location or facility other than those approved herein without the prior written consent of DISTRIBUTOR. DEALER may not modify or change the usage or function of any location or facility approved herein or otherwise utilize such locations or facilities for any functions other than the approved function(s) without the prior written consent of DISTRIBUTOR.

VIII. PRIMARY MARKET AREA

DISTRIBUTOR will assign DEALER a geographic area called a Primary Market Area ("PMA"). The PMA is used by DISTRIBUTOR to evaluate DEALER's performance of its obligations, among other things. DEALER agrees that it has no exclusive right to any such PMA. DISTRIBUTOR may add new dealers, relocate dealers, or adjust DEALER's PMA as it reasonably determines is necessary. DEALER's PMA is set forth on the PMA Addendum hereto.

-4-

Nothing contained in this Agreement, with the exception of Section XIV(B), shall limit or be construed to limit the geographical area in which, or the persons to whom, DEALER may sell or promote the sale of Toyota products.

IX. STANDARD PROVISIONS

The "Toyota Dealer Agreement Standard Provisions" are incorporated herein and made part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.

X. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

In consideration of DISTRIBUTOR's agreement to appoint DEALER as an authorized Toyota dealer, DEALER further agrees:

Dealer Initials:________

-5-

XI. EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the parties to this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER, agree that this Agreement shall be valid and binding only if it is signed:

A. On behalf of DEALER by a duly authorized person;

B. On behalf of DISTRIBUTOR by the President and/or an authorized General Manager, if any, of DISTRIBUTOR; and

C. On behalf of IMPORTER, solely in connection with its limited undertaking herein, by President of IMPORTER.

XII. CERTIFICATION

By their signatures hereto, the parties agree that they have read and understand this Agreement, including the Standard Provisions incorporated herein, are committed to its purposes and objectives and agree to abide by all of its terms and conditions.

Southwest Toyota, Inc. d/b/a Sterling McCall Toyota                       DEALER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Dealer Entity Name)

Date:          By:       /s/ Sterling B. McCall, Jr.
      --------     ---------------------------------------- --------------------
                                  Signature                        Title

Date:          By:
      --------     ---------------------------------------- --------------------
                                  Signature                        Title

Date:          By:
      --------     ---------------------------------------- --------------------
                                  Signature                        Title



Gulf States Toyota, Inc.                                             DISTRIBUTOR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Distributor Name)
                                                            Group Vice President
Date:  2/9/93  By:            /s/ J.S. Bishop               Sales & Marketing
      --------     ---------------------------------------- --------------------
                            Signature J.S. Bishop                 Title

Date:          By:


Signature Title

-6-

Undertaking by IMPORTER: In the event of termination of this Agreement by virtue of termination or expiration of DISTRIBUTOR's contract with IMPORTER, IMPORTER, through its designee, will offer DEALER a new agreement of no less than one year's duration and containing the terms of the Toyota Dealer Agreement then prescribed by IMPORTER.

TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.

Date: APR 5 1993 By:        /s/  Shinji Sakai                    President
      ----------     -------------------------------------- --------------------
                                                                   Title

-7-

TOYOTA DEALER AGREEMENT
STANDARD PROVISIONS

The following Standard Provisions are expressly incorporated in and made a part of the Toyota Dealer Agreement.

XIII. ACQUISITION, DELIVERY AND INVENTORY OF TOYOTA PRODUCTS

A. ACQUISITION OF TOYOTA PRODUCTS

DEALER shall have the right to purchase Toyota Products from DISTRIBUTOR in accordance with the provisions set forth herein and such other requirements as may be established from time to time by DISTRIBUTOR.

B. AVAILABILITY AND ALLOCATION OF PRODUCT

DISTRIBUTOR agrees to use its best efforts to provide Toyota Products to DEALER in such quantities and types as may be required by DEALER to fulfill its obligations with respect to the sale and servicing of Toyota Products under this Agreement, subject to available supply from IMPORTER, DISTRIBUTOR's requirements, and any change or discontinuance with respect to any Toyota Product. DISTRIBUTOR will endeavor to allocate Toyota Products among its dealers in a fair and equitable manner, which it shall determine in its sole discretion. DISTRIBUTOR agrees to provide DEALER with an explanation of the method used to distribute such products and, upon written request, will advise DEALER of DISTRIBUTOR's total wholesale sales of new motor vehicles, by series, in DISTRIBUTOR's area and to DEALER individually, for a reasonable time frame.

C. PRICES AND TERMS OF SALE

DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to establish and revise prices and other terms for the sale of Toyota Products to DEALER. Ownership and title of Toyota Products sold by DISTRIBUTOR to DEALER shall pass upon payment therefor by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER shall have no ownership interest in such Products until such payment is received. Risk of loss for Toyota Products sold by DISTRIBUTOR to DEALER shall pass upon delivery of such Products to DEALER. Revised prices and terms shall apply to any Toyota Products not invoiced to DEALER by DISTRIBUTOR at the time the notice of such change is given to DEALER (in the case of Toyota Motor Vehicles), or upon issuance of a new or modified Parts Price List or through change notices, letters, bulletins, or revision sheets (in the case of parts, options and accessories), or at such other times as may be designated in writing by DISTRIBUTOR.

-8-

Payment for all Toyota Products shall be made when billed, unless other terms are established by DISTRIBUTOR in writing.

D. MODE, PLACE AND CHARGES FOR DELIVERY OF PRODUCTS

DISTRIBUTOR shall designate the distribution points and the mode of transportation and shall select carrier(s) for the transportation of Toyota Products to DEALER. DEALER shall pay DISTRIBUTOR such charges as DISTRIBUTOR in its sole discretion establishes for such transportation services.

E. INVENTORY DAMAGE CLAIMS AND LIABILITY

DEALER shall promptly notify DISTRIBUTOR of any damage occurring during transit and shall, if so directed by DISTRIBUTOR, file claims on DISTRIBUTOR's behalf against transportation carrier for damage. DEALER agrees to assist DISTRIBUTOR in obtaining recovery against any transportation carrier or insurer for loss or damage to Toyota Products shipped hereunder.

To the extent required by law, DEALER shall notify the purchaser of a vehicle of any damage sustained by such vehicle prior to sale. DEALER shall indemnify and hold DISTRIBUTOR harmless from any liability resulting from DEALER's failure to so notify such purchasers.

F. DELAY OR FAILURE OF DELIVERY

DISTRIBUTOR shall not be liable for delay or failure to deliver Toyota Products which it has previously agreed to deliver, where such delay or failure to deliver is the result of any event beyond the control of DISTRIBUTOR, IMPORTER or FACTORY, including but not limited to fire, floods, storms or other acts of God, any law or regulation of any governmental entity, foreign or civil wars, riots, interruptions of navigation, shipwrecks, strikes, lockouts or other labor troubles, embargoes, blockades, or delay or failure of FACTORY to deliver Toyota Products.

G. DIVERSION CHARGES

If after delivery DEALER fails or refuses to accept Toyota Products that it has agreed to purchase, DEALER shall pay all charges incurred by DISTRIBUTOR as a result of such refusal. Such charges shall not exceed the charge of returning any such product to the point of original shipment by DISTRIBUTOR plus all charges for demurrage, storage or other charges related to such refusal.

-9-

DEALER also agrees to assume responsibility for, and shall pay any and all reasonable charges for, demurrage, storage or other charges accruing after arrival of shipment at the point of original shipment.

H. CHANGES OF DESIGN, OPTIONS OR SPECIFICATIONS

DISTRIBUTOR, IMPORTER or FACTORY may change the design or specifications of any Toyota Product or the options in any Toyota Product and shall be under no obligation to provide notice of same or to make any similar change upon any product previously purchased by or shipped to DEALER. No change shall be considered a model year change unless so specified by DISTRIBUTOR.

I. DISCONTINUANCE OF MANUFACTURE OR IMPORTATION

FACTORY, IMPORTER and/or DISTRIBUTOR may discontinue the manufacture, importation or distribution of all or part of any Toyota Product, whether motor vehicle, parts, options, or accessories, including any model, series, or body style of any Toyota Motor Vehicle at any time without any obligation or liability to DEALER by reason thereof.

J. MINIMUM VEHICLE INVENTORIES

Subject to the ability of DISTRIBUTOR to supply Toyota Motor Vehicles to DEALER, DEALER agrees that it shall, at all times, maintain at least the minimum inventory of Toyota Motor Vehicles as may be established by DISTRIBUTOR from time to time. DEALER also agrees that it shall ha~e available at all times, for purposes of display and demonstration, the number of Toyota Motor Vehicles of the most current models as may be established by DISTRIBUTOR from time to time, and shall, at all times, maintain such Motor Vehicles in showroom ready condition.

K. PRODUCT MODIFICATIONS

DEALER agrees that it will not make any modifications to Toyota Products that may impair or adversely affect a vehicle's safety, emissions or structural integrity.

XIV. DEALER MARKETING OF TOYOTA PRODUCTS

A. DEALER'S SALES RESPONSIBILITIES

DEALER recognizes that customer satisfaction and the successful promotion and sale of Toyota Products are significantly dependent on DEALER's advertising and sales promotion activities. DEALER shall actively and effectively promote, through DEALER's own advertising and sales promotion activities, the purchase of Toyota Products by customers. Therefore, DEALER at all times shall:

-10-

1. Actively and effectively advertise, merchandise, promote and sell Toyota Products;

2. Maintain an adequate, stable and trained sales organization, and, to that end, make all reasonable efforts to ensure that its sales personnel attend all sales training courses prescribed by DISTRIBUTOR at DEALER's expense;

3. Maintain high standards of ethics in advertising, promoting and selling Toyota Products and avoid engaging in any misrepresentation or unfair or deceptive practices; and

4. Accurately represent to customers the total selling price of Toyota Products. DEALER agrees to explain to customers of Toyota Products the items that make up the total selling price and to give the customers itemized statements and all other information required by law. DEALER understands and hereby acknowledges that it may sell Toyota Products at whatever price DEALER desires.

B. EXPORT PROHIBITION

DEALER is authorized to sell Toyota Motor Vehicles only to customers located in the continental United States. DEALER agrees that it will not sell Toyota Motor Vehicles for resale or use outside the continental United States. DEALER agrees to abide by any export policy established by DISTRIBUTOR.

C. USED VEHICLES

DEALER agrees to display, promote and sell used vehicles at the Approved Location. DEALER shall maintain for resale an inventory of used vehicles.

D. ASSISTANCE PROVIDED BY DISTRIBUTOR

1. SALES TRAINING ASSISTANCE

To assist DEALER in the fulfillment of its sales responsibilities under this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to offer general and specialized sales management and sales training programs for the benefit and use of DEALER's sales organization. When requested by DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER's personnel shall participate in such programs at DEALER's expense.

2. SALES PROMOTION ASSISTANCE

In order that authorized Toyota dealers may be assured of the benefits of comprehensive advertising and promotion of Toyota Products, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to establish and maintain general advertising and promotion programs and will from time to time make sales promotion and

-11-

campaign materials available to DEALER to promote the sales of such Toyota Products at a reasonable charge where applicable.

3. FIELD SALES PERSONNEL ASSISTANCE

To assist DEALER in handling its sales responsibilities under is Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to provide trained field sales personnel to advise and counsel DEALER on sales-related subjects, including merchandising, training and sales management.

XV. DEALER SERVICE OBLIGATIONS

A. CUSTOMER SERVICE STANDARDS

DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR agree that the success and future growth of DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER are substantially dependent upon the customer's ability to obtain high-quality vehicle servicing. Therefore, DEALER agrees to:

1. Take all reasonable steps to provide service of the highest quality for all Toyota Motor Vehicles, regardless of where purchased and whether or not under warranty;

2. Ensure that the customer is advised of the necessary repairs and that his or her consent is obtained prior to the initiation of any repairs;

3. Ensure that problems on Toyota Motor Vehicles are accurately diagnosed and repairs are promptly and professionally performed; and

4. Ensure that the customer is treated courteously and fairly at all times.

B. NEW MOTOR VEHICLE PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE

DEALER agrees that prior to delivery of a new Toyota Motor Vehicle to a customer it shall perform, as directed by DISTRIBUTOR, pre-delivery service on each Toyota Motor Vehicle in accordance with Toyota standards. DISTRIBUTOR shall pay DEALER for such pre-delivery service according to such directives and the applicable provisions of the Toyota Warranty Policy and Procedures Manual.

C. WARRANTY AND POLICY SERVICE

DEALER acknowledges that the only warranties of DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY applicable to Toyota Products shall be the New Vehicle Limited Warranty or such other written warranties that may be expressly furnished or sold by DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY. Except for its limited liability under such written warranty or warranties, DISTRIBUTOR and FACTORY do not assume any other warranty obligation or liability. DEALER is not authorized to assume any additional warranty

-12-

obligations or liabilities on behalf of DISTRIBUTOR, IMPORTER or FACTORY. Any such additional obligations assumed by DEALER shall be the sole responsibility of DEALER. Any extended service contract sold by IMPORTER, DISTRIBUTOR or Toyota-affiliated entity shall be governed by its own terms.

DEALER shall perform warranty service specified by DISTRIBUTOR in accordance with the Toyota Warranty Policy and Procedures Manual. DISTRIBUTOR agrees to compensate DEALER for all warranty work, including labor, diagnosis and Genuine Toyota Parts and Accessories, in accordance with procedures and at rates to be announced from time to time by DISTRIBUTOR. Unless otherwise approved in writing in advance by DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER shall use only Genuine Toyota Parts and Accessories when performing Toyota warranty repairs. Warranty service is provided for the benefit of customers and DEALER agrees that the customer shall not be obligated to pay any charges for warranty work or any other services for which DEALER is reimbursed or paid by DISTRIBUTOR.

D. USE OF PARTS AND ACCESSORIES IN NON-WARRANTY SERVICING

Subject to the provisions set forth below, DEALER has the right to sell, install or use, for making non-warranty repairs, products that are not Genuine Toyota Parts or Accessories.

DEALER acknowledges, however, that its customers expect that any parts or accessories that DEALER sells, installs or uses in the sale, repair or servicing of Toyota Motor Vehicles are, or meet the high quality standards of, Genuine Toyota Parts or Accessories. DEALER agrees that in sales, repairs or servicing where DEALER does not use Genuine Toyota Parts or Accessories, DEALER will only utilize such other parts or accessories that will not adversely affect the mechanical operation of the Toyota Motor Vehicle being sold, repaired or serviced, and that are equivalent in quality and design to Genuine Toyota Parts or Accessories.

E. WARRANTY DISCLOSURES AS TO NON-GENUINE PARTS AND ACCESSORIES

In order to avoid confusion and to minimize potential customer dissatisfaction, in any instance where DEALER sells, installs or uses other than Genuine Toyota Parts or Accessories, DEALER shall disclose such fact to the customer and shall advise the customer that these items are not included in warranties furnished by DISTRIBUTOR. Such disclosure shall be written, conspicuous and stated on the customer's copy of the service or repair order or sale document. In addition, DEALER will clearly explain to the customer the extent of any warranty covering the parts or accessories involved and will deliver a copy of the Warranty to the customer.

-13-

F. SERVICE CAMPAIGN INSPECTIONS AND CORRECTIONS

DEALER agrees to perform service campaign inspections and/or corrections for owners or users of all Toyota Products that qualify for such inspections and/or corrections. DEALER further agrees to comply with all DISTRIBUTOR's directives and with the applicable procedures in the Toyota Warranty Policy and Procedures Manual relating to those inspections and/or corrections. DISTRIBUTOR agrees to reimburse DEALER for all replacement parts and/or other materials required and used in connection with such work and for labor according to such directives and the applicable provisions of the Toyota Warranty Policy and Procedures Manual.

G. COMPLIANCE WITH SAFETY AND EMISSION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

DEALER agrees to comply and operate consistently with all applicable provisions of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 and the Federal Clean Air Act, as amended, including applicable rules and regulations issued from time to time thereunder, and all other applicable federal, state and local motor vehicle safety and emission control statutes, rules and regulations.

In the event that the laws of the state in which DEALER is located require motor vehicle dealers or distributors to install in new or used motor vehicles, prior to their retail sale, any safety devices or other equipment not installed or supplied as standard equipment by FACTORY, then DEALER, prior to the sale of any Toyota Motor Vehicle on which such installations are required, shall properly install such devices or equipment on such Toyota Motor Vehicles. DISTRIBUTOR agrees to reimburse DEALER for all parts and/or other materials required and used in connection with such work and for labor according to the applicable provisions of the Toyota Warranty Policy and Procedures Manual. DEALER shall comply with state and local laws pertaining to the installation and reporting of such equipment.

In the interest of motor vehicle safety and emission control, DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER agree to provide to each other such information and assistance as may reasonably be requested by the other in connection with the performance of obligations imposed on either party by the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 and the Federal Clean Air Act, as amended, and their rules and regulations, and all other applicable federal, state and local motor vehicle safety and emissions control statutes, rules and regulations.

H. COMPLIANCE WITH CONSUMER PROTECTION STATUTES, RULES AND REGULATIONS

Because certain customer complaints may impose liability upon DISTRIBUTOR under various repair or replace laws or other consumer protection laws and regulations, DEALER agrees to provide prompt notice to DISTRIBUTOR of such complaints and take such other steps as DISTRIBUTOR may reasonably require.

-14-

DEALER will do nothing to affect adversely DISTRIBUTOR's rights under such laws and regulations. Subject to any law or any regulation to the contrary, DEALER shall be liable to DISTRIBUTOR for any refunds or vehicle replacements provided to customer where DISTRIBUTOR reasonably establishes that DEALER failed to carry out vehicle repairs in accordance with DISTRIBUTOR's written published policies and procedures or its express oral instructions subsequently confirmed in writing. DEALER also agrees to provide applicable required customer notifications and disclosures as prescribed by repair or replacement laws or other consumer laws or regulations.

XVI. SERVICE AND PARTS OPERATIONS

A. ORGANIZATION AND STANDARDS

DEALER agrees to organize and maintain an adequate, stable and trained service and parts organization of the highest quality, including a qualified Service Manager and a qualified Parts Manager, and a number of competent customer relations, service and parts personnel sufficient to meet the needs of the marketplace in the reasonable opinion of DISTRIBUTOR. DEALER's personnel will meet the educational, management and technical training standards established by DISTRIBUTOR.

B. SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND SPECIAL TOOLS

DEALER agrees to acquire and properly maintain adequate service equipment and such special service tools and instruments as are specified by DISTRIBUTOR.

C. PARTS INVENTORY

DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR recognize that the owners and users of Toyota Motor Vehicles may reasonably expect that DEALER will have Genuine Toyota Parts or Accessories immediately available for purchase or installation. DEALER, therefore, agrees to carry in stock at all times during the term of this Agreement an adequate inventory of Genuine Toyota Parts or Accessories, as listed in DISTRIBUTOR's current inventory guide, to enable DEALER to meet its customers' needs and to fulfill its service responsibilities under this Agreement.

D. ASSISTANCE PROVIDED BY DISTRIBUTOR

1. SERVICE TRAINING ASSISTANCE

To assist DEALER in fulfilling its service and parts responsibilities under this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to offer general and specialized service and parts training programs for the benefit and use of DEALER's service and parts organizations. When requested by DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER's personnel shall participate in such programs at DEALER's expense.

-15-

2. MANUALS AND MATERIALS

DISTRIBUTOR agrees to make available to DEALER, at DEALER's expense, copies of such dealer manuals, catalogs, bulletins, publications and technical data as DISTRIBUTOR shall deem to be necessary for the needs of DEALER's service and parts organization. DEALER shall be responsible for keeping such manuals, publications and data current and available for consultation by its employees.

3. FIELD PERSONNEL ASSISTANCE

To assist DEALER in handling its parts and service responsibilities under this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to make available qualified field parts and service personnel who will, from time to time, advise and counsel DEALER on parts and service-related subjects, including parts and service policies, product quality, technical adjustments, repair and replacement of product components, customer relations, warranty administration, service and parts merchandising, and personnel/management training.

XVII. CUSTOMER SATISFACTION RESPONSIBILITIES

A goal of DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER is to be recognized as marketing the finest products and providing the best service in the automobile industry. The Toyota name should be synonymous with the highest level of customer satisfaction. DEALER will take all reasonable steps to ensure that each customer is completely satisfied with his or her Toyota Products and the services and practices of DEALER.

Whenever requested by DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER shall:

A. Designate an employee responsible for customer satisfaction commensurate with the needs of the marketplace; and

B. Provide a detailed written plan of DEALER's customer satisfaction program to DISTRIBUTOR and implement such program on a continuous basis. This plan shall include an ongoing system for:

1. Emphasizing customer satisfaction to all DEALER's employees;

2. Training DEALER's employees, including participation in DISTRIBUTOR's customer satisfaction training at DEALER's expense; and

3. Responding immediately to, and resolving promptly, requests for customer assistance, and conveying to customers that DEALER is committed to the highest possible level of customer satisfaction.

-16-

XVIII. DEALERSHIP FACILITIES AND IDENTIFICATION

A. FACILITIES

1. In order for DISTRIBUTOR to establish an effective network of authorized Toyota dealers, DEALER shall provide, and at all times maintain, attractive dealership facilities at the Approved Location(s) that satisfy the image, size, layout, interior design, color, equipment, identification and other factors established by DISTRIBUTOR. DEALER shall meet the minimum facility standards and policies established by DISTRIBUTOR which can be amended from time to time.

2. To assist DEALER in planning, building, or remodeling dealership facilities, DISTRIBUTOR will provide DEALER, upon request, a Toyota Dealer Facility Planner and will assist in identifying sources from which DEALER may purchase architectural materials and furnishings that meet Toyota standards and guidelines. In addition, representatives of DISTRIBUTOR will be available to DEALER from time to time to counsel and advise DEALER in connection with DEALER's planning and equipping the dealership premises.

B. DEALER'S OPERATING HOURS

DEALER agrees to keep all of its dealership operations open for business during all days and hours that are customary and lawful for such operations in the community or locality in which DEALER is located and in accordance with industry standards. The dealership shall not be considered open unless all sales, service and parts operations are open to the public and dealership personnel are present to assist customers.

C. SIGNS

Subject to applicable governmental ordinances, regulations, and statutes, DEALER agrees to comply with IMPORTER's signage program and to display only standard authorized signage which conforms to the approved corporate identification program.

D. USE OF TOYOTA MARKS

1. USE BY DEALER

DISTRIBUTOR grants to DEALER the non-exclusive privilege of displaying or otherwise using authorized Toyota Marks as specified in the Toyota Brand Graphic Standards Manual at the Approved Location(s) in connection with the selling or servicing of Toyota Products.

-17-

DEALER further agrees that it promptly shall discontinue the display and use of any Toyota Marks, or shall change the manner in which any Toyota Marks are displayed and used, when for any reason it is requested to do so by DISTRIBUTOR. DEALER may use the Toyota Marks as specified in the Toyota Brand Graphic Standards Manual only at Approved Location(s) and for such purposes as are specified in this Agreement. DEALER agrees that such Toyota Marks may be used as part of the name under which DEALER's business is conducted only with the prior written approval of DISTRIBUTOR.

DEALER shall discontinue any advertising that DISTRIBUTOR may find to be injurious to DISTRIBUTOR's business or reputation or the Toyota Marks.

2. DISCONTINUANCE OF USE

Upon termination, non-renewal, or expiration of this Agreement, DEALER agrees that it shall immediately:

a. Discontinue the use of Toyota Marks, or any semblance of same, including without limitation, the use of all stationery, telephone directory listing, and other printed material referring in any way to Toyota or bearing any Toyota Mark,

b. Discontinue the use of the Toyota Marks, or any semblance of same, as part of its business or corporate name, and file a change or discontinuance of such name with appropriate authorities;

c. Remove all product signs bearing Toyota Marks. Product signs owned by DEALER shall be removed and disposed of at DEALER's sole cost and expense. Product signs leased to DEALER by or through IMPORTER or its representative shall be removed from DEALER's premises at IMPORTER's sole cost and expense. DEALER hereby grants permission for DISTRIBUTOR to enter upon DEALER's premises to remove signs leased to DEALER by IMPORTER;

d. Cease representing itself as an authorized Toyota Dealer; and

e. Refrain from any action, including without limitation, any advertisement, statement or implication that it is authorized to sell or distribute Toyota Products.

In the event DEALER fails to comply promptly with the terms and conditions of this Section, DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to enter upon DEALER's premises and remove, without notice or liability, all such product signs and identification bearing the Toyota Marks. DEALER agrees that it shall

-18-

reimburse DISTRIBUTOR for any costs and expenses incurred in the removal of signs owned by DEALER bearing the Toyota Marks, including reasonable attorney fees.

XIX. EVALUATION OF DEALER'S PERFORMANCE

DEALER acknowledges the importance of its overall performance in relation to the purposes and objectives of this Agreement. DISTRIBUTOR will periodically evaluate DEALER's performance of its responsibilities in the areas of sales, service and parts, facilities and customer satisfaction, based upon such reasonable criteria as DISTRIBUTOR my establish from time to time, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to review all such evaluations with DEALER and will provide DEALER a copy thereof. Where performance is below acceptable standards of DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER agrees to take prompt action to improve its performance and, if requested by DISTRIBUTOR, to notify DISTRIBUTOR in writing of its detailed plans and timetables for accomplishing those improvements.

A. SALES PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

Pursuant to Section XIV herein, DISTRIBUTOR will evaluate DEALER's sales performance under criteria established by DISTRIBUTOR, which may include, but is not limited to, the achievement of reasonable sales objectives as DISTRIBUTOR may establish; comparisons of DEALER's sales and/or registrations to those of comparable Toyota dealers and other line makes within DEALER's Primary Market Area or such area(s) which DISTRIBUTOR believes is a reasonable basis for comparison; sales performance trends over a reasonable period of time; and the manner in which DEALER has conducted its sales and marketing operations.

B. SERVICE PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

Pursuant to Sections XV and XVI herein, DISTRIBUTOR will evaluate DEALER's service performance in such areas as, without limitation, warranty management, compliance with the Toyota Warranty Policy and Procedures Manual, service management, service operating procedures, service staffing and training, administration, service facilities and equipment, new vehicle pre-delivery service, customer handling and customer retention.

C. PARTS PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

Pursuant to Section XVI herein, DISTRIBUTOR will evaluate DEALER's parts performance in such areas as, without limitation, general parts management, parts operating procedures, parts staffing and training, parts facilities, parts inventory management, parts sales, accessory sales, parts merchandising and parts availability to customers.

-19-

D. CUSTOMER SATISFACTION PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

Pursuant to Section XVII, herein, DISTRIBUTOR will evaluate DEALER's performance of its responsibilities in the area of customer satisfaction based on the following considerations:

1. DISTRIBUTOR will provide DEALER with customer satisfaction reports or such other equivalent data as will permit DEALER to assess its performance and maintain the highest level of customer satisfaction. DEALER agrees to review with its employees on a regular basis the results of the customer satisfaction reports or other data it receives.

2. DEALER agrees to develop, implement and review with DISTRIBUTOR specific action plans for improving results in the event that DEALER is below the average customer satisfaction levels for other Toyota dealers in such areas that DISTRIBUTOR believes are a reasonable basis for comparison. DEALER shall respond on a timely basis to requests from DISTRIBUTOR to take action on unsatisfactory customer satisfaction matters and to commit necessary resources to remedy deficiencies reasonably specified by DISTRIBUTOR, and DEALER shall remedy those deficiencies. DISTRIBUTOR reserves the right to establish reasonable, uniform criteria to be used to evaluate DEALER.

E. DEALERSHIP FACILITIES EVALUATION

Pursuant to Section XVIII, herein, DISTRIBUTOR will evaluate DEALER's performance of its responsibilities in the area of dealership facilities.

XX. CAPITAL, CREDIT, RECORDS AND UNIFORM SYSTEMS

A. NET WORKING CAPITAL

The amount and structure of the net working capital required to properly conduct the business of DEALER depends upon many factors, including the nature, size and volume of DEALER's vehicle sales, service and parts operations. Therefore, DEALER agrees to establish and maintain actual net working capital in an amount not less than the minimum net working capital specified in a separate Minimum Net Working Capital Agreement executed by DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR concurrently with this Agreement. If, either because of changed conditions or because DISTRIBUTOR adopts a new net working capital formula, DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to revise DEALER's minimum net working capital requirement to be used in DEALER's operation. If so revised, DEALER agrees to enter into the revised Minimum Net Working Capital Agreement and to meet the new standard within a reasonable period of time as established by DISTRIBUTOR.

-20-

B. FLOORING LINE

DEALER recognizes that its ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement is dependent upon its maintenance of flooring which is sufficient to sustain its ongoing operations. DEALER agrees to obtain and maintain at all times a confirmed and adequate flooring line with a bank or financial institution or other method of financing acceptable to DISTRIBUTOR to enable DEALER to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing obligations, DEALER is free to do its financing business, wholesale, retail or both, with whomever it chooses and to the extent it desires.

C. PAYMENT TERMS AND SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNTS

All monies or accounts due DEALER from DISTRIBUTOR will be considered net of DEALER's obligations to DISTRIBUTOR on DEALER's parts/open account. DISTRIBUTOR may deduct or offset any amounts due or to become due from DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR, or any amounts held by DISTRIBUTOR, from or against any sums or accounts due or to become due from DISTRIBUTOR to DEALER. Payments by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR shall be made by electronic bank draft or in any other manner prescribed by DISTRIBUTOR and shall be applied against DEALER's indebtedness in accordance with DISTRIBUTOR's policies and practices. DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to apply payments received from DEALER to any amount owed to DISTRIBUTOR, in DISTRIBUTOR's sole discretion. All obligations owed by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR shall be due and payable when billed, unless other terms are established by DISTRIBUTOR in writing.

Under no circumstances will DISTRIBUTOR enter into a new Agreement with a proposed transferee unless DEALER first makes arrangements acceptable to DISTRIBUTOR to satisfy any outstanding obligations to DISTRIBUTOR on DEALER's parts/open account.

D. UNIFORM ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

DEALER agrees to maintain its financial books and records in accordance with the Toyota Dealer Accounting Manual, as amended from time to time by DISTRIBUTOR. In addition, DEALER shall furnish to DISTRIBUTOR, who may also furnish it to IMPORTER and FACTORY, complete and accurate financial and operating information by the tenth (l0th) of each month in a format prescribed by DISTRIBUTOR. This information shall include, without limitation, a complete and accurate financial and operating statement covering the preceding month and calendar year-to-date operations, including any adjusted year-end statements, showing the true condition of DEALER's business. All such information shall be furnished by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR via DISTRIBUTOR's electronic communications network and/or in hard copy and/or in any other manner designated by DISTRIBUTOR.

-21-

E. RECORDS MAINTENANCE

DEALER agrees to keep complete, accurate and current records regarding its sale, lease and servicing of Toyota Products for a minimum of five (5) years, regardless of any retention period required by any governmental entity. DEALER shall prepare, keep current and retain records in support of requests for reimbursement for warranty and policy work performed by DEALER in accordance with the IMPORTER's Toyota Warranty Policy and Procedures Manual.

F. EXAMINATION OF DEALERSHIP ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

DISTRIBUTOR, in its sole discretion, without notice and for any reason whatsoever, shall have the right during regular business hours to inspect DEALER's facilities and to examine, audit and to reproduce all records, accounts and supporting data relating to the operations of DEALER, including without limitation, sales, sales reporting, service and repair of Toyota Products by DEALER. If requested by DEALER, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to review any report with DEALER and to provide a copy of any report of the examination or audit of DEALER.

G. TAXES

DEALER shall be responsible for and duly pay all taxes of any kind, including, but not limited to, sales taxes, use taxes, excise taxes and other governmental municipal charges imposed, levied or based upon the sale of Toyota Products by DEALER, and shall maintain accurate records of the same.

H. CONFIDENTIALITY

Except as provided in Sections XX(D) above and XXI(A), below, DISTRIBUTOR agrees that it shall not provide any financial information, documents or other information submitted to it by DEALER to any third party, other than subsidiary and parent corporations of DISTRIBUTOR, unless authorized by DEALER, required by law, required to effectuate the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or required to generate composite or comparative data for analytical purposes.

DEALER agrees to keep confidential and not to disclose, directly or indirectly, any information that DISTRIBUTOR designates as confidential.

I. INFORMATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

To facilitate the accurate and prompt reporting of such relevant dealership operational and financial information as DISTRIBUTOR may require, DEALER agrees to install and maintain electronic communication processing facilities which are compatible with and which will facilitate the transmission and reception of such information on the electronic communications network utilized by DISTRIBUTOR.

-22-

J. SALES REPORTING

DEALER agrees to report accurately to DISTRIBUTOR, together with such information as DISTRIBUTOR may reasonably require, the delivery of each new motor vehicle to a purchaser by the end of the day in which the vehicle is delivered to the purchaser thereof; and to furnish DISTRIBUTOR with such other reports in such form as DISTRIBUTOR may reasonably require from time to time.

XXI. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OR OPTION TO PURCHASE

A. RIGHTS GRANTED

If a proposal to sell the dealership's assets or transfer its ownership is submitted by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR, or in the event of the death of the majority Owner of DEALER, DISTRIBUTOR has a right of first refusal or option to purchase the dealership assets or stock, including any leasehold interests or realty. DISTRIBUTOR's exercise of its right or option under this Section supersedes any right or attempt by DEALER to transfer its interest in, or ownership of, the dealership. DISTRIBUTOR's right or option may be assigned by it to any third party and DISTRIBUTOR hereby guarantees the full payment to DEALER of the purchase price by such assignee. DISTRIBUTOR may disclose the terms of any pending buy/sell agreement and any other relevant dealership performance information to any potential assignee. DISTRIBUTOR's rights under this Section will be binding on and enforceable against any successor in interest of DEALER or purchaser of DEALER's assets or stock.

B. EXERCISE OF DISTRIBUTOR'S RIGHTS

DISTRIBUTOR shall have thirty (30) days from the following events within which to exercise its right of first refusal or option to purchase: (i) DISTRIBUTOR's receipt of all data and documentation customarily required by it to evaluate a proposed transfer of ownership; (ii) DISTRIBUTOR's receipt of written notice from DEALER of the death of the majority Owner of DEALER; or (iii) DISTRIBUTOR's disapproval of any application submitted by an Owner's heirs pursuant to Section
XXII. DISTRIBUTOR's exercise of its right of first refusal under this Section shall neither be dependent upon nor require its prior consideration of or refusal to approve the proposed buyer or transferee.

C. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

If DEALER has entered into a bona fide written agreement to sell its dealership stock or assets, DISTRIBUTOR's right under this Section is a right of first refusal, enabling DISTRIBUTOR to assume the buyer's rights and obligations under such agreement, and to terminate this Agreement and all rights granted DEALER. Upon DISTRIBUTOR's request, DEALER agrees to provide other documents relating to the proposed transfer and any other information which DISTRIBUTOR deems

-23-

appropriate, including, but not limited to, those reflecting other agreements or understandings between the parties to the buy/sell agreement. Refusal to provide such documentation or to state in writing that no such documents exist shall create the presumption that the buy/sell agreement is not a bona fide agreement.

D. OPTION TO PURCHASE

In the event of the death of the majority Owner of DEALER or if DEALER submits a proposal which DISTRIBUTOR reasonably believes is not bona fide, DISTRIBUTOR has the option to purchase the principal assets of DEALER utilized in the dealership business, including real estate and leasehold interests, and to cancel this Agreement and the rights granted DEALER. The terms and conditions of the purchase of the dealership assets will be determined by good faith negotiations between the parties. If an agreement cannot be reached, those terms will be exclusively determined by arbitration in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association. The site of the arbitration shall be the office of the American Arbitration Association in the locality of DISTRIBUTOR's principal place of business.

E. DEALER'S OBLIGATIONS

Upon DISTRIBUTOR's exercise of its right or option and tender of performance hereunder, DEALER shall forthwith transfer the affected real property by warranty deed or its equivalent, conveying marketable title free and clear of all liens, claims, mortgages, encumbrances, interests and occupancies. The warranty deed or its equivalent shall be in proper form for recording, and DEALER shall deliver complete possession of the property and deed at the time of closing. DEALER shall also furnish to DISTRIBUTOR all copies of any easements, licenses or other documents affecting the property or dealership operations and shall assign any permits or licenses that are necessary or desirable for the use of or appurtenant to the property or the conduct of such dealership operations. DEALER shall also forthwith execute and deliver to DISTRIBUTOR instruments satisfactory to DISTRIBUTOR conveying title to all affected personal property and leasehold interests involved in the transfer or sale to DISTRIBUTOR. If any personal property is subject to any lien or charge of any kind, DEALER agrees to procure the discharge and satisfaction thereof prior to the closing of sale of such property to DISTRIBUTOR.

F. NO APPLICABILITY TO NOMINATED SUCCESSOR

Section XXI shall not apply to any DEALER whose proposed transfer of assets or ownership is to a candidate who is currently approved by DISTRIBUTOR to be DEALER's nominated successor pursuant to Section XXII(C).

-24-

XXII. SUCCESSION RIGHTS UPON DEATH OR INCAPACITY

A. SUCCESSION TO OWNERSHIP AFTER DEATH OF OWNER

In the event that Owner dies and his or her interest in Dealership passes directly to any person or persons ("Heirs") who wish to succeed to Owner's interest, then Owner's legal representative must notify DISTRIBUTOR within sixty (60) days of the death of the Owner of such Heir's or Heirs' intent to succeed Owner. The legal representative also must then designate a proposed General Manager for DISTRIBUTOR approval. The effect of such notice from Owner's legal representative will be to suspend any notice of termination provided for in
Section XXIII(B)(4) issued hereunder.

Upon delivery of such notice, Owner's legal representative shall immediately request any person(s) identified by it as intending to succeed Owner and the designated candidate for General Manager to submit an application and to provide all personal and financial information that DISTRIBUTOR may reasonably and customarily require in connection with its review of such applications. All requested information must be provided promptly to DISTRIBUTOR and in no case later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such request from Owner's legal representative. Upon the submission of all requested information, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to review such application(s) pursuant to the then current criteria generally applied by DISTRIBUTOR in qualifying dealer Owners and/or General Managers. DISTRIBUTOR shall either approve or disapprove the application(s) within ninety (90) days of full compliance with all DISTRIBUTOR's requests for information. If DISTRIBUTOR approves the application(s), it shall offer to enter into a new Toyota Dealer Agreement with Owner's Heir(s) in the form then currently in use, subject to such additional conditions and for such a term as DISTRIBUTOR deems appropriate.

In the event that DISTRIBUTOR does not approve the designated Heir(s) or designated candidate for General Manager, or if the Owner's legal representative withdraws his or her notice of the Heir(s) intent to succeed as Owner(s), or if the legal representative or any proposed owners or General Manager fails to timely provide the required information, DISTRIBUTOR may reinstate or issue a notice of termination. Nothing in this
Section shall constitute a waiver of DISTRIBUTOR's right under
Section XXI to exercise its right of first refusal or option to purchase.

B. INCAPACITY OF OWNER

The parties agree that, as used herein, incapacity shall refer to any physical or mental ailment that, in DISTRIBUTOR's opinion, adversely affects Owner's ability to meet his other obligations under this Agreement. DISTRIBUTOR may terminate this Agreement when an incapacitated Owner also is the General Manager identified herein.

-25-

Prior to the effective date of any notice of termination, an incapacitated Owner who is also the General Manager, or his or her legal representative, may propose a new candidate for the position of General Manager. Such proposal shall be in writing and shall suspend any pending notice of termination until DISTRIBUTOR advises DEALER of its approval or disapproval of the new candidate. Upon receipt of such notice, DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER shall follow the qualification procedures set forth in subsection (A) above.

C. NOMINATION OF SUCCESSOR PRIOR TO DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF OWNER

An Owner owning a majority of DEALER's stock may nominate a candidate to assume ownership and/or the position of General Manager of the dealership upon his or her death or incapacity.

As soon as practicable after such nomination, DISTRIBUTOR will request such personal and financial information from the nominated Owner and/or General Manager candidate as it reasonably and customarily may require in evaluating such candidates. DISTRIBUTOR shall apply criteria then currently used by DISTRIBUTOR in qualifying Owners and/or General Managers of authorized dealers. Upon receipt of all requested information, DISTRIBUTOR shall either approve or disapprove such candidate. Approval by DISTRIBUTOR will not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of the death or incapacity of the nominating Owner, DISTRIBUTOR will enter into a new Toyota Dealer Agreement with the approved nominee of a length to be determined by DISTRIBUTOR. DISTRIBUTOR agrees that DEALER may renominate the candidate after the expiration of this Agreement, and DISTRIBUTOR will approve such nomination provided: (1) DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER have entered into a new Toyota Dealer Agreement; and (2) the proposed candidate continues to comply with the then current criteria used by DISTRIBUTOR in qualifying such candidates. If DISTRIBUTOR does not initially qualify the candidate, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to review the reason(s) for its decision with Owner. Owner is free at any time to renew its nomination. However, in such instances, the candidate must again qualify pursuant to the then current criteria. Owner may, by written notice, withdraw a nomination at any time, even if DISTRIBUTOR has previously qualified said candidate.

XXIII. TERMINATION

A. VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY DEALER

DEALER may voluntarily terminate this Agreement at any time by written notice to DISTRIBUTOR. Termination shall be effective thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice by DISTRIBUTOR, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing.

-26-

B. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE

1. IMMEDIATE TERMINATION

DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR agree that the following conduct is within DEALER's control and is so contrary to the goals, purposes and objectives of this Agreement as to warrant its immediate termination. Accordingly, DEALER agrees that if it engages in any of the following types of conduct, DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately:

a. If DEALER fails to conduct any customary dealership operations for seven consecutive business days during DEALER's customary business hours, except in the event such closure or cessation of operation is caused by some physical event beyond the control of DEALER, such as fires, floods, earthquakes, or other acts of God;

b. If DEALER becomes insolvent, or files any petition under bankruptcy law, or executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or appoints a receiver or trustee or another officer having similar powers is appointed for DEALER and is not removed within thirty
(30) days from his appointment thereto or there is any levy under attachment or execution or similar process which is not vacated or removed by payment or bonding within ten (10) days;

c. If DEALER, or any Owner or officer or parent company of DEALER, is convicted of any felony;

d. If DEALER or any Owner, officer or General Manager of DEALER makes any material misrepresentation to DISTRIBUTOR, including, but not limited to, any misrepresentations made by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR in applying for this Agreement or for approval as Owner or General Manager of DEALER;

e. If DEALER fails to obtain or maintain any license, permit or authorization necessary for the conduct by DEALER of his or her business pursuant to this Agreement, or such license, permit or authorization is suspended or revoked; or

f. If DEALER makes any attempted or actual sale, transfer or assignment by DEALER of this Agreement or any of the rights granted DEALER hereunder, or upon any attempted or actual transfer, assignment or delegation by DEALER of any of the responsibilities assumed by it under this Agreement without the prior written approval of DISTRIBUTOR.

-27-

2. TERMINATION UPON SIXTY DAYS NOTICE

The following conduct violates the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, if DEALER engages in such conduct, DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days notice:

a. Appointment of a new General Manager without the prior written approval of DISTRIBUTOR;

b. Conducting, directly or indirectly, any Toyota dealership operation at any location other than at the Approved Location(s);

c. Failure of DEALER to make any payments to DISTRIBUTOR when due;

d. Failure of DEALER to establish or maintain during the existence of this Agreement the required net working capital or adequate flooring line;

e. Any dispute, disagreement or controversy among Owners, partners, managers, officers or stockholders of DEALER that, in the reasonable opinion of DISTRIBUTOR, adversely affects the ownership, operation, management, business, reputation or interests of DEALER or DISTRIBUTOR;

f. Impairment of the reputation or financial standing of DEALER, Owner, officer or parent company subsequent to the execution of this Agreement;

g. Refusal to permit DISTRIBUTOR to examine or audit DEALER's accounting records as provided herein upon receipt by DEALER from DISTRIBUTOR of written notice requesting such permission or information;

h. Failure of DEALER to furnish all required sales or financial information and related supporting information in a timely manner;

i. Any civil, criminal or administrative liability found against DEALER or any Owner, officer or parent company of DEALER for any automotive-related matter which adversely affects the ownership, operation, management, reputation, business or interests of DEALER, or impairs the goodwill associated with the Toyota Marks; or

j. Breach or violation by DEALER of any other term or provision of this Agreement.

-28-

3. TERMINATION FOR FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE

If, upon evaluation of DEALER's performance pursuant to Section XIX, herein, DISTRIBUTOR concludes that DEALER has failed to perform adequately its sales, service, parts or customer satisfaction responsibilities or to provide adequate dealership facilities, DISTRIBUTOR shall notify DEALER in writing of such failure(s) and will endeavor to review promptly with DEALER the nature and extent of such failure(s), and will grant DEALER 180 days or such other period as may be required by law to correct such failure(s). If DEALER fails or refuses to correct such failure(s) or has not made substantial progress towards remedying such failure(s) at the expiration of such period, DISTRIBUTOR may terminate this Agreement upon sixty
(60) days notice or such other notice as may be required by law. Section XXIII(B)(3) shall not be applicable where DEALER has relocated without DISTRIBUTOR's approval.

4. TERMINATION UPON DEATH OR INCAPACITY

DISTRIBUTOR may terminate this Agreement in the event of the death of an Owner or upon the incapacity of any Owner who is also the General Manager identified herein, upon written notice to DEALER and/or such Owner's legal representative. Termination upon either of these events shall be effective ninety (90) days from the date of such notice.

C. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

Any notice of termination under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be mailed to DEALER or its General Manager at DEALER's Approved Location by certified mail, return receipt requested, or shall be delivered in person to the dealership. Such notice shall be effective upon the date of receipt. DISTRIBUTOR need not state all grounds on which it relies in its termination of DEALER, and shall have the right to amend such notice as appropriate. DISTRIBUTOR's failure to refer to any additional grounds for termination shall not constitute a waiver of its right later to rely upon such grounds.

D. CONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS RELATIONS

Upon receipt of any notice of termination or non-renewal, DEALER agrees to conduct itself and its operation until the effective date of termination or non-renewal in a manner that will not injure the reputation or goodwill of the Toyota Marks or DISTRIBUTOR.

-29-

E. REPURCHASE PROVISIONS

1. DISTRIBUTOR'S OBLIGATIONS

Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement (other than pursuant to an approved agreement to sell the dealership business or assets or to otherwise transfer the ownership of DEALER), DISTRIBUTOR shall repurchase from DEALER the following:

a. New, unused, never titled, unmodified, undamaged, current model year Toyota Motor Vehicles with less than 100 miles, then unsold in DEALER's inventory. The prices of such Motor Vehicles shall be the same as those at which they were originally purchased by DEALER, less all prior refunds or other allowances made by DISTRIBUTOR to DEALER with respect thereto.

b. New, unused and undamaged Toyota parts and accessories, contained in the original packaging, then unsold in DEALER's inventory that are in good and saleable condition. The prices for such parts and accessories shall be the prices last established by DISTRIBUTOR for the sale of identical parts or accessories to dealers in the area in which DEALER is located.

c. Special service tools recommended by DISTRIBUTOR and then owned by DEALER and that are especially designed for servicing Toyota Motor Vehicles. The prices for such special service tools will be the price paid by DEALER less appropriate depreciation, or such other price as the parties may negotiate.

d. Signs that DISTRIBUTOR has recommended for identification of DEALER and are owned by DEALER. The price of such signs shall be the price paid by DEALER less appropriate depreciation or such other price as the parties may negotiate.

2. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DEALER

DISTRIBUTOR's obligations to repurchase the items set forth in this Section are contingent upon DEALER fulfilling the following obligations:

a. Within thirty (30) days after the date of expiration or the effective date of termination of this Agreement, DEALER shall deliver or mail to DISTRIBUTOR a detailed inventory of all items referred to in this
Section which it requests DISTRIBUTOR to repurchase and shall certify that such list is true and accurate.

-30-

b. DEALER shall be entitled to request repurchase of only those items which it purchased from DISTRIBUTOR, unless DISTRIBUTOR agrees otherwise.

c. Products and special service tools to be repurchased by DISTRIBUTOR from DEALER shall be delivered by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR's place of business at DEALER's expense.

d. DEALER will execute and deliver to DISTRIBUTOR instruments satisfactory to DISTRIBUTOR conveying good and marketable title to the aforesaid items to DISTRIBUTOR. If such items are subject to any lien or charge of any kind, DEALER will procure the discharge in satisfaction thereof prior to their repurchase by DISTRIBUTOR.

e. DEALER will remove, at its own expense, all signage bearing Toyota marks which it owns from DEALER's Approved Location(s) before it is eligible for payment for any repurchased items pursuant to Section XXIII(E).

3. PAYMENT BY DISTRIBUTOR

DISTRIBUTOR will pay DEALER for such items as DEALER may request be repurchased and that qualify hereunder as soon as practicable upon DEALER's compliance with the obligations set forth herein and upon computation of any outstanding indebtedness of DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR. DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to offset from any amounts due to DEALER hereunder the total sum of DEALER's outstanding indebtedness to DISTRIBUTOR.

If DEALER disagrees with DISTRIBUTOR's valuation of any item herein, and DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR have not resolved their disagreement within sixty (60) days of the effective date of termination or expiration of this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR shall pay to DEALER the amount to which it reasonably believes DEALER is entitled. DEALER's exclusive remedy to recover any additional sums that it believes is due under this
Section shall be by resort to any existing Alternative Dispute Resolution program established by DISTRIBUTOR that is binding on DISTRIBUTOR. If no Alternative Dispute Resolution program is then existing, DEALER's exclusive remedy shall be by resort to arbitration in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (AAA). The site of the arbitration shall be the office of the AAA in the locality of DISTRIBUTOR's principal place of business.

-31-

XXIV. MANAGEMENT OF DISPUTES

A. ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROGRAMS

DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER acknowledge that disputes involving the performance of this Agreement may from time to time arise that cannot be resolved at the DISTRIBUTOR level. In order to minimize the effects of such disputes on their business relationship, the parties agree to participate in such Alternative Dispute Resolution programs, including mediation, as may be established by DISTRIBUTOR in its sole discretion.

It is expressly understood that, unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the results of any Alternative Dispute Resolution program will not be binding upon DEALER, but shall be binding upon DISTRIBUTOR. The parties' commitment to support and participate in Alternative Dispute Resolution programs specifically is not a waiver of DEALER's right to later resort to litigation before any judicial or administrative forum.

B. APPLICABLE LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the state in which DEALER is located.

C. MUTUAL RELEASE

Each party hereby releases the other from any and all claims and causes of action that it may have against the other for money damages arising from any event occurring prior to the date of execution of this Agreement, except for any accounts payable by one party to the other as a result of the purchase of any Toyota Products, audit adjustments or reimbursement for any services. This release does not extend to claims which either party does not know or reasonably suspect to exist in its favor at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

XXV. DEFENSE AND INDEMNIFICATION

A. DEFENSE AND INDEMNIFICATION BY DISTRIBUTOR

DISTRIBUTOR agrees to assume the defense of DEALER and to indemnify and hold harmless DEALER, expressly conditioned and subject to all provisions of Section XXV(C), against loss in any lawsuit or claim naming DEALER for bodily injury, property damage or breach of warranty caused solely by an alleged defect in design, manufacture or assembly of a Toyota Product (except for tires not manufactured by FACTORY) sold by DISTRIBUTOR to DEALER for resale that has not been altered, converted or modified by or for DEALER, provided that the alleged defect could not reasonably have been discovered by DEALER during pre-delivery inspection or service or installation of Toyota Products, less any offset.

-32-

DISTRIBUTOR agrees to defend, to indemnify and hold harmless DEALER for alleged misrepresentations, misleading statements, unfair or deceptive trade practices of DISTRIBUTOR, IMPORTER or FACTORY or any substantial damage to a Toyota Product purchased by DEALER from DISTRIBUTOR which was improperly repaired by DISTRIBUTOR unless DEALER has been notified of such damage in writing prior to retail delivery of the affected Toyota Product. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR shall not be required to defend, to indemnify or hold harmless DEALER against loss resulting from any claim, complaint, or action alleging DEALER misconduct, including but not limited to, improper or unsatisfactory service or repair, or misrepresentations, or any claim of DEALER's unfair or deceptive trade practices or any claim of improper environmental or work place practices or conditions.

B. DEFENSE AND INDEMNIFICATION BY DEALER

DEALER agrees to assume the defense of DISTRIBUTOR, IMPORTER or FACTORY and to indemnify and hold them harmless, expressly conditioned and subject to all provisions of Section XXV(C), against loss in any lawsuit or claim naming DISTRIBUTOR, IMPORTER or FACTORY, or their subsidiaries or affiliates, when the claim or lawsuit directly or indirectly involves any allegations of: (1) DEALER's alleged failure to comply, in whole or in part, with any obligation assumed by DEALER pursuant to this Agreement; or (2) DEALER's alleged negligent or improper repairing or servicing or installation of a new or used Toyota Motor Vehicle or Toyota Product, or any loss related to other motor vehicles or equipment, other than Toyota Motor Vehicles or Products, as may be sold, serviced, repaired or installed by DEALER; or (3) DEALER's alleged breach of any contract or warranty other than that provided by DISTRIBUTOR, IMPORTER or FACTORY; or (4) DEALER's alleged misleading statements, misrepresentations, or deceptive or unfair trade practices; or (5) any modification, conversion or alteration made by or for DEALER to a Toyota Product, except those made pursuant to the express written approval and instruction of DISTRIBUTOR, IMPORTER or FACTORY; or (6) any and all claims arising out of or in any way connected to the hiring, retention or termination of any person by DEALER, including but not limited to, claims of employment discrimination, age, race or sex discrimination or harassment, wrongful discharge or termination, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, breach of contract, interference with contractual relations, intentional and/or negligent infliction of emotional distress, defamation, negligent hiring, violations of or non-compliance with the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, or the Employment Retirement Income and Security Act ("ERISA") or any similar state or local laws.

C. CONDITIONAL DEFENSE AND/OR INDEMNIFICATION

The obligations of the DEALER, DISTRIBUTOR, IMPORTER or FACTORY to defend, to indemnify and hold harmless are expressly conditioned and subject to all of the following terms:

-33-

1. The party initially requesting defense and/or indemnification shall make such request in writing and deliver to the other party within twenty (20) days of service of any legal process or within twenty
(20) days of discovery of facts giving rise to indemnification, whichever is sooner.

2. The party requesting defense and/or indemnification covenants, represents and warrants that it, its agents or employees have not permitted a default judgment to be entered and have not made any direct or indirect admissions of liability, and are not aware of any credible evidence to support any independent claim of liability or lack of unity of interest. Said party further agrees to cooperate fully in the defense of such action as may be reasonably required.

3. The party requested to defend and/or indemnify shall have sixty (60) days from receipt of a request in writing to conduct an investigation or otherwise determine whether or not, or under what conditions, it will agree to defend and/or indemnify.

4. During the pendency of a request for defense and/or indemnification, and thereafter, the requesting party shall have a continuing duty to avoid undue prejudice to the other party and to mitigate damages. The party requesting indemnification shall protect its own interests until a decision has been made to assume the defense and/or provide indemnification.

5. The party accepting the request for defense and/or indemnification shall have the right to engage and direct counsel of its own choosing and shall have the obligation to reimburse the requesting party for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred prior to such assumption except where the request is made under the circumstances described in XXV(C)(6), and subject to the provisions of XXV(C)(9).

6. If subsequent developments in a case, supported by credible evidence, cause a party to reasonably conclude that the allegations which initially preclude a request or acceptance of a request for defense and/or indemnification are meritless or no longer at issue, then the request may be retendered.

7. No party shall be required to agree to such a subsequent request or retender of defense and/or indemnification where that party would be unduly prejudiced by such delay. Initial acceptance by any party of defense and/or indemnification is not a waiver of the right to retender timely.

8. A party agreeing to defend and/or indemnify may make its written agreement conditioned upon the continued existence of the state of facts as then known as well as such other reasonable conditions as may be dictated by the particular allegations or claims.

-34-

9. Any party withdrawing from its agreement to defend and/or indemnify, shall give timely written notice which shall be effective upon receipt. The withdrawing party shall be responsible for all costs and expenses of defense prior to receipt of notice of withdrawal, except for those reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred solely for the benefit of the other party.

10. The defense, indemnification and hold harmless obligations of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

XXVI. GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. NOTICES

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice required to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and delivered personally to the dealership or by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be effective on the date of receipt. Notices to DEALER shall be directed to DEALER or its General Manager at DEALER's Approved Location. Notices to DISTRIBUTOR shall be directed to the General Manager of DISTRIBUTOR.

B. NO IMPLIED WAIVERS

The failure of either party at any time to require performance by the other party of any provision herein shall in no way affect the right of such party to require such performance at any time thereafter, nor shall any waiver by any party of a breach of any provision herein constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision, nor constitute a waiver of the provision itself.

Any continuation of business relations between the parties following expiration of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of the expiration nor shall it imply that either party has committed to continue to do business with the other at any time in the future. Should this Agreement be renewed or any other form of agreement be offered to DEALER, DISTRIBUTOR reserves the right to offer an agreement of a length and upon such additional terms and conditions as it deems reasonable.

C. SOLE AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES

There are no prior agreements or understandings, either oral or written, between the parties affecting this Agreement or relating to the sale or service of Toyota Products, except as otherwise specifically provided for or referred to in this Agreement. DEALER acknowledges that no representations or statements other than those expressly set forth herein were made by DISTRIBUTOR or any officer, employee, agent or representative thereof, or were relied upon by DEALER in entering into this Agreement. This Agreement cancels and supersedes all previous agreements between the parties relating to the subject matters covered herein. No change or

-35-

addition to, or deletion of, any portion of this Agreement (except as provided in Section III) shall be valid or binding upon the parties hereto unless the same is approved in writing by an officer of each of the parties hereto.

D. DEALER NOT AN AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE

DEALER is an independent business. This Agreement is not a property right and does not constitute DEALER, Owners or employees of DEALER as the agent or legal representatives of DISTRIBUTOR for any purpose whatsoever. DEALER, Owners and employees of DEALER or any other persons acting on behalf of DEALER are not granted any express or implied right or authority to assume or create any obligation on behalf of or in the name of DISTRIBUTOR or to bind DISTRIBUTOR in any manner whatsoever.

E. ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS OR DELEGATION OF DUTIES

This is a personal service agreement and may not be assigned or sold in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written approval of DISTRIBUTOR. Any attempted transfer, assignment or sale without DISTRIBUTOR's prior written approval will be void and not binding upon DISTRIBUTOR.

F. NO FRANCHISE FEE

DEALER warrants that it has paid no fee, nor has it provided any goods or services in lieu of same, to DISTRIBUTOR or any other party in consideration of entering into this Agreement. The sole consideration for DISTRIBUTOR's entering into this Agreement is DEALER's ability, integrity, assurance of personal services and expressed intention to deal fairly and equitably with DISTRIBUTOR and the public.

G. SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement should be held invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, or conflicts with any applicable law, this Agreement will be considered divisible as to such provisions, and such provisions will be deemed amended to comply with such law, or if it cannot be so amended without materially affecting the tenor of the Agreement, then it will be deemed deleted from this Agreement in such jurisdiction, and in either case, the remainder of the Agreement will be valid and binding.

H. NEW AND SUPERSEDING DEALER AGREEMENTS

In the event any new and superseding form of dealer Agreement is offered by DISTRIBUTOR to authorized Toyota dealers generally at any time prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR may, by written notice to

-36-

DEALER, replace this Agreement with a new agreement in a new and superseding form for a term not less than the then unexpired term of this Agreement.

I. BENEFIT

This Agreement is entered into by and between DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER for their sole and mutual benefit. Neither this Agreement nor any specific provision contained in it is intended or shall be construed to be for the benefit of any third party.

J. NO FIDUCIARY RELATIONSHIP

This Agreement shall not be construed to create a fiduciary relationship between DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR.

K. NO JOINT EMPLOYMENT

DEALER acknowledges that it has assumed obligations under this Agreement to use its best efforts to sell and service Toyota Products, to increase the future growth in Toyota Product sales through increased customer satisfaction and other obligations related to the operation of the dealership and recognizes the necessity to employ and train qualified personnel to satisfy these commitments. To this end, DEALER agrees to employ only qualified persons who will fulfill the commitments made by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, DEALER retains the sole and exclusive right to determine whom to hire and their qualifications, to direct, control and supervise DEALER's employees, and to establish all terms and conditions of employment of DEALER's employees. All supervision, control and direction of DEALER's employees shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of DEALER. DEALER shall at all times remain the sole employer of persons employed by DEALER and, to this end, DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR agree that no act or omission of DEALER or DISTRIBUTOR shall be construed to make or render them joint employer, co-employer or alter ego of each other.

L. CONSENT OF DISTRIBUTOR

Any time that this Agreement provides that DEALER must obtain DISTRIBUTOR's consent to any proposed conduct or change, DEALER must provide all information requested by DISTRIBUTOR concerning the proposal, and DISTRIBUTOR shall have a reasonable amount of time in which to evaluate the proposal.

M. DISTRIBUTOR'S POLICIES

This Agreement, from time to time, refers to certain policies and standards. DEALER acknowledges that these policies and standards are prepared by DISTRIBUTOR in its sole discretion based upon DISTRIBUTOR's evaluation of the

-37-

marketplace. DISTRIBUTOR may reasonably amend its policies and standards as the marketplace changes from time to time.

XXVII. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the parties agree that the following terms shall be defined as exclusively set forth below.

A. OWNER: The persons identified in Section IV hereof.

B. GENERAL MANAGER: The person identified in Section V hereof.

C. DEALER FACILITIES: The buildings, improvements, fixtures, and equipment situated at the Approved Location(s).

D. APPROVED LOCATION(S): The location(s) and any facilities thereon, designated in Section VII that DISTRIBUTOR has approved for the dealership operation(s) specified therein.

E. TOYOTA MARKS: The various Toyota trademarks, service marks, names, logos and designs that DEALER is authorized by DISTRIBUTOR to use in the sale and servicing of Toyota Products as specified in the current Toyota Brand Graphic Standards Manual.

F. TOYOTA PRODUCTS: All Toyota Motor Vehicles, parts, accessories and equipment which IMPORTER, in its sole discretion, sells to DISTRIBUTOR for resale to authorized Toyota dealers.

G. TOYOTA MOTOR VEHICLES: All motor vehicles identified in the current Toyota Product Addendum that DISTRIBUTOR sells to DEALER for resale.

H. GENUINE TOYOTA PARTS AND ACCESSORIES: All Toyota brand Parts and Accessories manufactured by or on behalf of DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY, or other parts and accessories specifically approved by FACTORY for use in servicing Toyota Motor Vehicles and sold by DISTRIBUTOR to DEALER for resale.

-38-

TOYOTA PRODUCT ADDENDUM TO
TOYOTA DEALER AGREEMENT

Pursuant to Paragraph I(A) of the Toyota Dealer Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR hereby grants DEALER the non-exclusive right to buy and resell the Toyota Products as defined in the Toyota Dealer Agreement and identified below:

  (Internal combustion models only)

Avalon                    Land Cruiser
Camry                     Previa
Celica                    RAV4
Corolla                   4Runner
Paseo                     Tacoma Truck
Supra                     T100 Truck
Tercel

and all parts, accessories and equipment for such vehicles.

This Toyota Product Addendum shall remain in effect unless and until superseded by a new Toyota Product Addendum furnished DEALER by IMPORTER.


PRIMARY MARKET AREA DEFINITION
ADDENDUM TO TOYOTA DEALER AGREEMENT

Pursuant to Section VIII of the Toyota Dealer Agreement, the following documents provide a detailed definition of the Primary Market Area (PMA) that is currently assigned to Southwest Toyota, Inc., dba Sterling McCall Toyota, (DEALER).

If DEALER's PMA is modified by DISTRIBUTOR, DISTRIBUTOR will provide DEALER

with a revised Addendum which defines the structure of the modified PMA.


EXHIBIT 10.18

LEXUS

DEALER AGREEMENT


LEXUS DEALER AGREEMENT
AND
STANDARD PROVISIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.           TERM OF AGREEMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
II.          OWNERSHIP AND OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
III.         MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
IV.          APPROVED DEALER LOCATIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
V.           CERTIFICATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3


VI.          ACQUISITION, DELIVERY AND INVENTORY OF LEXUS PRODUCTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
             A.    APPOINTMENT OF DEALER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
             B.    AVAILABILITY AND ALLOCATION OF PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
             C.    PRICES AND TERMS OF SALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
             D.    MODE, PLACE AND CHARGES FOR DELIVERY OF PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
             E.    DAMAGE CLAIMS AGAINST TRANSPORTATION CARRIERS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
             F.    DELAY OR FAILURE OF DELIVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
             G.    DIVERSION CHARGES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
             H.    CHANGES OF DESIGN, OPTIONS OR SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
             I.    DISCONTINUANCE OF MANUFACTURE OR IMPORTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
             J.    MINIMUM VEHICLE INVENTORIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
             K.    PRODUCT MODIFICATIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

VII.         DEALER MARKETING OF LEXUS PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
             A.    DEALER'S SALES RESPONSIBILITIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
             B.    EXPORT POLICY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
             C.    LEXUS DEALER ASSOCIATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
             D.    USED VEHICLES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
             E.    PRIMARY AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
             F.    EVALUATION OF DEALER'S SALES AND MARKETING PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

III.         DEALER SERVICE OBLIGATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
             A.    CUSTOMER SERVICE STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
             B.    NEW MOTOR VEHICLE PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
             C.    WARRANTY AND POLICY SERVICE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

-i-

IX.          USE OF PARTS AND ACCESSORIES IN NON-WARRANTY SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
             A.    WARRANTY DISCLOSURES AS TO NON-GENUINE PARTS AND ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
             B.    ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
             C.    SERVICE CAMPAIGN INSPECTIONS AND CORRECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
             D.    COMPLIANCE WITH SAFETY AND EMISSION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
             E.    COMPLIANCE WITH CONSUMER PROTECTION STATUTES, RULES AND REGULATIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

X.           SERVICE AND PARTS ORGANIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
             A.    ORGANIZATION AND STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
             B.    SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND SPECIAL TOOLS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
             C.    PARTS STOCKING LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
             D.    AFTER-HOURS DELIVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
             E.    ASSISTANCE PROVIDED BY DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
                   1.   Service Manuals And Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
                   2.   Field Service Personnel Assistance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
             F.    EVALUATION OF DEALER'S SERVICE AND PARTS
                   PERFORMANCE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

XI.          CUSTOMER SATISFACTION RESPONSIBILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
             A.    DEALER'S CUSTOMER SATISFACTION OBLIGATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
                   1.   DEALER's Customer Satisfaction Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
                   2.   Employee Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
                   3.   Customer Satisfaction Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
                   4.   Customer Assistance Response System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
             B.    EVALUATION OF DEALER'S CUSTOMER SATISFACTION PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

XII.         DEALERSHIP FACILITIES AND IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
             A.    FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
             B.    SERVICE RECEPTION AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
             C.    DEALER'S OPERATING HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
             D.    SIGNS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
             E.    EVALUATION OF DEALERSHIP FACILITIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
             F.    USE OF LEXUS MARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
                   1.   Use By Dealer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
                   2.   Discontinuance of Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

-ii-

XIII.        CAPITAL, CREDIT, RECORDS AND UNIFORM SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
             A.    NET WORKING CAPITAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
             B.    FLOORING AND LINES OF CREDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
             C.    PAYMENT TERMS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
             D.    UNIFORM ACCOUNTING SYSTEM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
             E.    RECORDS MAINTENANCE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
             F.    EXAMINATION OF DEALERSHIP ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
             G.    TAXES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
             H.    CONFIDENTIALITY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
             I.    DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
             J.     SALES REPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

XIV.         TRANSFERS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
             A.    SALE OF OWNERSHIP INTEREST IN DEALERSHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
             B.    RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OR OPTION TO PURCHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
                   1.   Rights Granted  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
                   2.   Exercise of Distributor's Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
                   3.   Right of First Refusal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
                   4.   Option to Purchase  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
                   5.   Dealer's Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

XV.          SUCCESSION RIGHTS UPON DEATH OR INCAPACITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
             A.    SUCCESSION TO OWNERSHIP AFTER DEATH OF OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
             B.    INCAPACITY OF OWNER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
             C.    NOMINATION OF SUCCESSOR PRIOR TO DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF OWNER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

XVI.         TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
             A.    VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY DEALER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
             B.    TERMINATION FOR CAUSE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
                   1.   Immediate Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
                   2.   Termination Upon Sixty Days Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
                   3.   Termination for Failure of Performance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                   4.   Termination Upon Death or Incapacity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
             C.    NOTICE OF TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
             D.    CONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS RELATIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
             E.    REPURCHASE PROVISIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
                   1.   DISTRIBUTOR'S Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
                   2.   Responsibilities of DEALER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                   3.   Payment by DISTRIBUTOR  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

-iii-

XVII.        MANAGEMENT OF DISPUTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
             A.    ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROGRAMS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
             B.    APPLICABLE LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
             C.    MUTUAL RELEASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

XVIII.       DEFENSE AND INDEMNIFICATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
             A.    DEFENSE AND INDEMNIFICATION BY DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
             B.    DEFENSE AND INDEMNIFICATION BY DEALER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
             C.    CONDITIONAL DEFENSE AND/OR INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
             D.    THE EFFECT OF SUBSEQUENT DEVELOPMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
             E.    TIME TO RESPOND AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

XIX.         GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
             A.    NOTICES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
             B.    NO IMPLIED WAIVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
             C.    SOLE AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
             D.    DEALER NOT AN AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
             E.    ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS OR DELEGATION OF DUTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
             F.    NO FRANCHISE FEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
             G.    SEVERABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
             H.    NEW AND SUPERSEDING DEALER AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
             I.    BENEFIT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32

XX.          DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
             A.    DEALER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
             B.    OWNER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
             C.    GENERAL MANAGER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
             D.    DEALER FACILITIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
             E.    APPROVED LOCATION(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
             F.    LEXUS MARKS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
             G.    LEXUS MOTOR VEHICLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
             H.    GENUINE LEXUS PARTS AND ACCESSORIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
             I.    LEXUS PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33

XXI.         ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34

-iv-

LEXUS DEALER AGREEMENT

This is an Agreement between LEXUS, A Division of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC., (LEXUS" or "DISTRIBUTOR") and SMC Luxury Cars, Inc. ("DEALER") a closely held corporation, incorporated in the State of Texas and doing business as Sterling McCall Lexus.

LEXUS GOALS AND COMMITMENT

LEXUS is committed to creating luxury automobiles which are and will be among the finest ever built anywhere in the world. LEXUS is equally committed to setting a new standard for extraordinary customer satisfaction throughout the ownership cycle. To achieve this goal, LEXUS intends to maintain the finest dealer network in the industry.

This Agreement embodies the LEXUS commitment to promote fairness within a harmonious and mutually profitable business relationship between LEXUS and DEALER. The ultimate goal shared by all parties to this Agreement is the satisfaction of the LEXUS customer.

PURPOSES OF AGREEMENT

LEXUS is the exclusive distributor in the continental United States of LEXUS Products which are manufactured or approved by TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION ("FACTORY"). The principal purposes of this Agreement are to set forth and affirm the commitment of LEXUS and DEALER to the goals of LEXUS; authorize DEALER to sell and service LEXUS Products; and identify the rights and responsibilities of LEXUS and DEALER.

I. TERM OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective on the date signed by LEXUS and shall continue for a period of six years unless ended earlier by mutual agreement or terminated as provided herein. This Agreement may not be extended except by written consent of LEXUS. Any continuation of business relations between the parties following expiration of this Agreement shall be on a day-to-day basis and subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Such a continuation shall not be deemed a waiver of the right of termination nor shall it imply that either party has committed to continue to do business with the other at any time in the future.

Upon the expiration of this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR shall have no obligation to renew the Agreement or to extend DEALER a subsequent Agreement. However, should this Agreement be renewed or any other form of agreement be offered to DEALER, DISTRIBUTOR reserves the right to offer an agreement of a term to be determined at DISTRIBUTOR'S sole discretion.


II. OWNERSHIP AND OFFICERS

This is a personal service Agreement and has been entered into by LEXUS upon, and in consideration of, DEALER'S representation that only the following named persons are the owners and officers of DEALER, and that such persons are committed to achieving the purposes, goals and commitments of this Agreement:

                                                                    PERCENT OF
             OWNERS NAMES                        ADDRESS            OWNERSHIP

             Sterling B. McCall, Jr.     9400 Southwest Freeway     100%
                                         Houston, TX 77057


             OFFICERS NAMES                      ADDRESS            TITLE

             Sterling B. McCall, Jr.     9400 Southwest Freeway     President
             Sterling B. McCall, III     Houston, TX 77057          Secretary

III.         MANAGEMENT

LEXUS and DEALER agree that qualified dealership management and active, day-to-day owner involvement are critical to the successful operation of DEALER. OWNERS agree, and LEXUS enters into this Agreement on the condition that at least one OWNER will be involved on a full-time basis in the day-to-day operations of the dealership. If no OWNER is involved on a full-time basis in DEALER's day-to-day operations, the General Manager named below shall devote his or her personal services on a full-time basis to the general management of the dealership.

DEALER appoints Sterling B. McCall, Jr. as General Manager. The General Manager has full managerial authority to make all operating decisions on behalf of DEALER. DEALER shall make no change in the dealership's ownership or General Manager without the prior written approval of LEXUS.

IV. APPROVED DEALER LOCATIONS

In order that DISTRIBUTOR may establish and maintain an effective network of authorized LEXUS dealers, DEALER agrees that it shall conduct its LEXUS operations only in facilities and at locations herein designated and approved by DISTRIBUTOR. DISTRIBUTOR hereby designates and approves the following facilities as the exclusive location(s) for the sale and servicing of LEXUS Products and the display of LEXUS Marks:

NEW VEHICLE SALES AND SHOWROOM USED VEHICLE DISPLAY AND SALES

10422 Southwest Freeway 10422 Southwest Freeway
Houston, TX 77074 Houston, TX 77074

-2-

SALES AND GENERAL OFFICE                       BODY AND PAINT

10422 Southwest Freeway
Houston, TX 77074

PARTS AND SERVICE                              OTHER FACILITIES

10422 Southwest Freeway
Houston, TX 77074

DEALER shall not modify or change the designated usage or function of any facility without the prior written consent of LEXUS.

V. CERTIFICATION

By their signatures hereto, the parties certify that they have read and understood this Agreement, including the Standard Provisions which are incorporated herein, and agree to abide and be bound by all of its terms and conditions.

Sterling McCall Lexus , DEALER DBA

DATE: 6/27/95      By:       /s/ Sterling B. McCall                Pres.
     -----------      ---------------------------------------      ----------
                      SIGNATURE                                    TITLE


                                  LEXUS, A Division of
                                  TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.



DATE: 8/21/95      By:       /s/ Shinji Sakai                      Pres.
     -----------      ---------------------------------------      ----------
                      SIGNATURE                                    TITLE

-3-

LOCATION AMENDMENT TO LEXUS DEALER AGREEMENT

Agreement by and between SMC Luxury Cars, Inc., d/b/a Sterling McCall Lexus ,

located at               ---------------------------------------------------
                                       (Dealer) McCall Lexus

10400 Southwest Freeway                           Houston, Texas
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Address                                     (City, State)

a (an) Corporation , hereinafter called DEALER,


(Individual / Partnership / Corporation)

and LEXUS, A Division of Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc., hereinafter called
LEXUS.

In consideration of the mutual covenants of the parties hereto, and other good and valuable consideration, DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER hereby agree that Paragraph IV (Approved Dealer Locations) of the LEXUS Dealer Agreement entered into between them on August 8, 1989, is hereby amended to read as follows:

IV. APPROVED DEALER LOCATIONS

In order that DISTRIBUTOR may establish and maintain an effective network of authorized LEXUS dealers, DEALER agrees that it shall conduct its LEXUS operations only in facilities and at locations herein designated and approved by DISTRIBUTOR. DISTRIBUTOR hereby designates and approves the following facilities as the exclusive location(s) for the-sale and servicing of LEXUS Products and the display of LEXUS Marks:

NEW VEHICLE SALES AND SHOWROOM            USED VEHICLE DISPLAY AND SALES
10422 Southwest Freeway                   10422 Southwest Freeway
Houston, Texas 77074                      Houston, Texas 77074

SALES AND GENERAL OFFICE                  BODY AND PAINT
10422 Southwest Freeway
Houston, Texas 77074

PARTS AND SERVICE                         OTHER FACILITIES
10422 Southwest Freeway
Houston, Texas 77074

DEALER shall not modify or change the designated usage or function of any facility without prior written consent of LEXUS.

                                      SMC Luxury Cars, Inc.         , DEALER
                                      ------------------------------
                                               (Dealer Entity Name)


DATE:              By:     /s/ Sterling B. McCall                President
     ----------         ---------------------------------------  ---------------
                        SIGNATURE                                TITLE

LEXUS, A Division of Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

DATE: 5/21/90      By:    /s/ Y. Togo                              President
     -----------      ---------------------------------------      ----------
                      SIGNATURE                                    TITLE

-1-

LEXUS DEALER AGREEMENT

STANDARD PROVISIONS

The following Standard Provisions are expressly incorporated in and made a part of the LEXUS Dealer Agreement.

VI. ACQUISITION, DELIVERY AND INVENTORY OF LEXUS PRODUCTS

A. APPOINTMENT OF DEALER

DISTRIBUTOR hereby appoints DEALER and grants unto it the non-exclusive right to buy and resell the LEXUS Products identified in the LEXUS Product Addendum. DEALER accepts such appointment and understands that its appointment as a DEALER does not grant it an exclusive right to sell LEXUS Products in any specified geographical area.

DEALER shall have the right to purchase LEXUS Products from DISTRIBUTOR in accordance with the provisions set forth herein and such other requirements as may be established from time to time by LEXUS.

B. AVAILABILITY AND ALLOCATION OF PRODUCT

DISTRIBUTOR will allocate LEXUS Products among its dealers in a fair and equitable manner. DEALER acknowledges and agrees that DISTRIBUTOR may consider, among other things, DEALER'S service capacity, customer satisfaction performance, sales performance, sales potential and facilities in determining the quantity of Product to offer to DEALER. DISTRIBUTOR will, upon DEALER'S request, explain the considerations and method used to distribute LEXUS Products to DEALER.

C. PRICES AND TERMS OF SALE

DISTRIBUTOR, from time to time, shall establish and revise prices and other terms for the sale of LEXUS Products to DEALER Revised prices, terms, or provisions shall apply to any LEXUS Product not invoiced to DEALER by DISTRIBUTOR at the time the notice of such change is given to DEALER (in the case of LEXUS Motor Vehicles), or upon issuance of a new or modified Parts Price List or through change notices, letters, bulletins, or revision sheets (in the case of parts, options and accessories), or at such other times as may be designated in writing by DISTRIBUTOR.


D. MODE, PLACE AND CHARGES FOR DELIVERY OF PRODUCTS

DISTRIBUTOR shall designate the distribution points and the mode of transportation and shall select carrier(s) for the delivery of LEXUS Products to DEALER. DEALER shall pay DISTRIBUTOR such charges as DISTRIBUTOR in its sole discretion establishes for such transportation services.

E. DAMAGE CLAIMS AGAINST TRANSPORTATION CARRIERS

DEALER shall promptly notify DISTRIBUTOR of any damage occurring during transit and shall, if so directed by DISTRIBUTOR, file claims against transportation carrier for damage. DEALER agrees to assist DISTRIBUTOR in obtaining recovery against any transportation carrier or insuree for loss or damage to LEXUS Products shipped hereunder. DISTRIBUTOR shall not be liable for loss or damage to LEXUS Products sold hereunder occurring after delivery thereof to premises of DEALER.

To the extent required by law, DEALER shall notify the purchaser of a vehicle of any damage sustained by such vehicle prior to sale. DEALER shall indemnify and hold DISTRIBUTOR harmless from any liability resulting from DEALER'S failure to so notify such purchasers.

F. DELAY OR FAILURE OF DELIVERY

DISTRIBUTOR shall not be liable for delay or failure to deliver LEXUS Products which it has previously agreed to deliver, where such delay or failure to deliver is the result of any event beyond the control of DISTRIBUTOR, including but not limited to any law or regulation of any governmental entity, acts of God, foreign or civil wars, riots, interruptions of navigation, shipwrecks, fires, floods, storms, strikes, lockouts or other labor troubles, embargoes, blockades, or delay or failure of FACTORY to deliver LEXUS Products.

G. DIVERSION CHARGES

If after shipment DEALER fails or refuses to accept LEXUS Products that it had agreed to purchase, DEALER shall pay all charges incurred by DISTRIBUTOR as a result of such diversion. Such charges shall not exceed the charge of returning any such product to the point of original shipment by DISTRIBUTOR plus all charges for demurrage, storage or other charges related to such diversion.

DEALER also agrees to assume responsibility for, and shall pay any and all reasonable charges for, demurrage, storage or other charges accruing after arrival of shipment at the diversion point established by DISTRIBUTOR.

-2-

H. CHANGES OF DESIGN, OPTIONS OR SPECIFICATIONS

DISTRIBUTOR may change the design or specifications of any LEXUS Product or the options in any LEXUS Product and shall be under no obligation to provide notice of same or to make any similar change upon any product previously purchased by or shipped to DEALER. No change shall be considered a model year change unless so specified by DISTRIBUTOR.

I. DISCONTINUANCE OF MANUFACTURE OR IMPORTATION

FACTORY and/or DISTRIBUTOR may discontinue the manufacture, importation or distribution of all or part of any LEXUS Product, whether motor vehicle, parts, options, or accessories, including any model, series, or body style of any LEXUS Motor Vehicle at any time without any obligation or liability to DEALER by reason thereof.

J. MINIMUM VEHICLE INVENTORIES

DEALER agrees that it shall, at all times, maintain in showroom ready condition at least the minimum inventory of LEXUS Motor Vehicles as may be established by DISTRIBUTOR from time to time.

K. PRODUCT MODIFICATIONS

DEALER agrees that it will not install after market accessories or make any modifications to LEXUS vehicles that may impair or adversely affect a vehicle's safety, emissions, structural integrity or performance.

VII. DEALER MARKETING OF LEXUS PRODUCTS

A. DEALER'S SALES RESPONSIBILITIES

DEALER recognizes that customer satisfaction and the successful promotion and sale of LEXUS Products are significantly dependent on DEALER'S advertising and sales promotion activities. Therefore, DEALER at all times shall:

1. Use its best efforts to promote, sell and service new and used LEXUS Products;

2. Advertise and merchandise LEXUS Products and use current LEXUS showroom displays;

-3-

3. Ensure that its sales personnel meet the educational and management standards established by DISTRIBUTOR and have such personnel, as are appropriate, attend all sales training courses prescribed by DISTRIBUTOR at DEALER'S expense;

4. Maintain a high standard of ethics in advertising, promoting and selling LEXUS Products and avoid engaging in any misrepresentation or unfair or deceptive practices. DEALER shall discontinue any advertising that DISTRIBUTOR may find to be injurious to DISTRIBUTOR'S business or reputation or to the LEXUS Marks, or that are likely to be violative of applicable laws or regulations;

5. Advertise in the local classified telephone directories identifying itself as an authorized LEXUS DEALER Such ad(s) shall properly display the LEXUS Marks; and

6. Accurately represent to customers the total selling price of LEXUS Products. DEALER agrees to explain to customers of LEXUS Products the items that make up the total selling price and to give the customers itemized invoices and all other information required by law. DEALER understands and hereby acknowledges that it may sell LEXUS Products at whatever price DEALER desires.

B. EXPORT POLICY

DEALER is authorized to sell LEXUS Motor Vehicles only to customers located in the United States. DEALER agrees that it will not sell LEXUS Motor Vehicles for resale or use outside the United States. DEALER agrees to abide by any export policy established by DISTRIBUTOR.

C. LEXUS DEALER ASSOCIATION

Except where prohibited by law, DEALER will participate in a LEXUS Dealer Advertising Association. DEALER agrees to cooperate in the establishment of such an association and to fund its fair share of advertising and merchandising programs undertaken by the association.

D. USED VEHICLES

DEALER agrees to display and sell used vehicles at the Approved Location(s). DEALER shall maintain for resale an adequate inventory of used vehicles.

-4-

E. PRIMARY AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY

DISTRIBUTOR will assign DEALER a geographic area called a Primary Market Area ("PMA"). DEALER'S PMA may be altered or adjusted by DISTRIBUTOR at any time. The PMA is a tool used by DISTRIBUTOR to evaluate DEALER'S performance of its obligations. DEALER agrees that it has no right or interest in any PMA that DISTRIBUTOR, in its sole discretion, may designate. As permitted by local law, DISTRIBUTOR may add new dealers to, or relocate dealers in or into the PMA assigned to DEALER.

F. EVALUATION OF DEALER'S SALES AND MARKETING PERFORMANCE

DISTRIBUTOR periodically will evaluate DEALER'S sales and marketing performance under this Agreement. DEALER'S evaluation will be based on such reasonable criteria as DISTRIBUTOR may establish including, without limitation, comparisons of DEALER'S sales with those of other LEXUS dealers. DISTRIBUTOR will review such evaluations with DEALER and DEALER shall take prompt corrective action, if required, to improve its performance.

VIII. DEALER SERVICE OBLIGATIONS

A. CUSTOMER SERVICE STANDARDS

DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR agree that the success and future growth of the LEXUS franchise is substantially dependent upon the customers' ability to obtain responsive, high-quality vehicle servicing. Therefore, DEALER agrees to:

1. Take all reasonable steps to provide service of the highest quality for all LEXUS Motor Vehicles, regardless of where purchased and whether or not under warranty;

2. Ensure that the customer is advised of the necessary repairs and his or her consent is obtained prior to the initiation of any repairs;

3. Ensure that necessary repairs on LEXUS Motor Vehicles are accurately diagnosed and professionally performed; and

4. Assure that the customer is treated courteously and fairly at all times.

-5-

B. NEW MOTOR VEHICLE PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE

DEALER agrees that, prior to delivery of a new LEXUS Motor Vehicle to a customer, it shall perform, if directed by DISTRIBUTOR, pre-delivery service on each LEXUS Motor Vehicle in accordance with LEXUS standards. DISTRIBUTOR shall reimburse DEALER for such pre-delivery service according to such directives and the applicable provisions of the LEXUS Warranty Policies and Procedures Manual.

C. WARRANTY AND POLICY SERVICE

DEALER acknowledges that the only warranties of DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY applicable to LEXUS Products shall be the New Vehicle Limited Warranty or such other written warranties that may be expressly furnished by DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY. Except for its limited liability under such written warranty or warranties, DISTRIBUTOR and FACTORY do not assume any other warranty, obligation or liability. DEALER is not authorized to assume any additional warranty obligations or liabilities on behalf of DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY. Any such additional obligations assumed by DEALER shall be the sole responsibility of DEALER.

DEALER shall perform warranty and policy service specified by DISTRIBUTOR, in accordance with the LEXUS Warranty Policies and Procedures Manual. DISTRIBUTOR agrees to compensate DEALER for all warranty and policy work, including labor, diagnosis and Genuine LEXUS Parts and Accessories, in accordance with procedures and at rates to be announced from time to time by DISTRIBUTOR and in accordance with applicable law. Unless otherwise approved in advance by DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER shall use only Genuine LEXUS Parts and Accessories when performing LEXUS warranty repairs. Warranty and policy service is provided for the benefit of customers and DEALER agrees that the customer shall not be obligated to pay any charges for warranty or policy work or any other services for which DEALER is reimbursed by DISTRIBUTOR, except as required by law.

IX. USE OF PARTS AND ACCESSORIES IN NON-WARRANTY SERVICE

Subject to the provisions of Sections VI(k) and VIII(c), DEALER has the right to sell, install or use for making non-warranty repairs products that are not Genuine LEXUS Parts or Accessories.

DEALER acknowledges, however, that its customers expect that any parts or accessories that DEALER sells, installs or uses in the sale, repair or servicing of LEXUS vehicles are, or meet the high quality standards of, Genuine LEXUS Parts or Accessories.

-6-

DEALER agrees that in sales, repairs or servicing where DEALER does not use Genuine LEXUS Parts or Accessories, DEALER only will utilize such other parts or accessories as:

1. Will not adversely affect the mechanical operation of the LEXUS vehicle being sold, repaired or serviced; and

2. Are equivalent in quality and design to Genuine LEXUS Parts or Accessories.

DEALER further agrees that it will not offer to sell any parts or accessories that for reasons of quality or image are reasonably objected to by LEXUS.

A. WARRANTY DISCLOSURES AS TO NON-GENUINE PARTS AND ACCESSORIES

In order to avoid confusion and to minimize potential customer dissatisfaction, in any non-warranty instance where DEALER sells, installs or uses non Genuine LEXUS Parts or Accessories, DEALER shall disclose such fact to the customer and shall advise the customer that the item is not included in warranties furnished by DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY. Such disclosure shall be written, conspicuous and stated on the customer's copy of the service or repair order or sale document. In addition, DEALER will clearly explain to the customer the extent of any warranty covering the parts or accessories involved and will deliver a copy of the warranty to the customer.

B. ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

Dealer agrees to participate in the LEXUS Roadside Assistance Program as specified by DISTRIBUTOR.

C. SERVICE CAMPAIGN INSPECTIONS AND CORRECTIONS

DEALER agrees to perform service campaign inspections and/or corrections for owners or users of all LEXUS Products that qualify for such inspections and/or corrections. DEALER further agrees to comply with all DISTRIBUTOR'S directives and with the applicable procedures in the LEXUS Warranty Policies and Procedures Manual relating to those inspections and/or corrections. DISTRIBUTOR agrees to reimburse DEALER for all replacement parts and/or other materials required and used in connection with such work and for labor according to such directives and the applicable provisions of the LEXUS Warranty Policies and Procedures Manual.

-7-

D. COMPLIANCE WITH SAFETY AND EMISSION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

DEALER agrees to comply and operate consistently with all applicable provisions of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 and the Federal Clean Air Act, as amended, including applicable rules and regulations issued from time to time thereunder, and all other applicable federal, state and local motor vehicle safety and emission control statutes, rules and regulations.

In the event that the laws of the state in which DEALER is located require motor vehicle dealers or distributors to install in new or used motor vehicles, prior to their retail sale, any safety devices or other equipment not installed or supplied as standard equipment by FACTORY, then DEALER, prior to the sale of any LEXUS Motor Vehicle on which such installations are required, shall properly install such devices or equipment on such LEXUS Motor Vehicles. DEALER shall comply with state and local laws pertaining to the installation and reporting of such equipment.

In the interest of motor vehicle safety and emission control, DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER agree to provide to each other such information and assistance as may reasonably be requested by the other in connection with the performance of obligations imposed on either party by the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 and the Federal Clean Air Act, as amended, and their rules and regulations, and all other applicable federal, state and local motor vehicle safety and emissions control statutes, rules and regulations.

E. COMPLIANCE WITH CONSUMER PROTECTION STATUTES, RULES AND REGULATIONS

Because certain customer complaints may impose liability upon DISTRIBUTOR under various repair or replace laws or other consumer protection laws and regulations, DEALER agrees to provide prompt notice to DISTRIBUTOR of such complaints and take such other steps as DISTRIBUTOR may require. DEALER will do nothing to affect adversely DISTRIBUTOR'S rights under such laws and regulations. Subject to any law or any regulation to the contrary, DEALER shall be liable to DISTRIBUTOR for any refunds or vehicle replacements provided to customer where DISTRIBUTOR reasonably establishes that DEALER failed to carry out vehicle repairs in accordance with DISTRIBUTOR'S written published policies and procedures or its express oral instructions subsequently confirmed in writing. DEALER also agrees to provide applicable required customer notifications and disclosures as prescribed by repair or replacement laws or other consumer laws or regulations.

-8-

X. SERVICE AND PARTS ORGANIZATION

A. ORGANIZATION AND STANDARDS

DEALER agrees to organize and maintain a complete service and parts organization of the highest quality, including a qualified Service Manager, Parts Manager, Diagnostic Specialists, Technicians and a sufficient complement of qualified customer relations, service and parts personnel as recommended in the LEXUS Dealer Facility Planner. DEALER'S personnel will meet the educational, management and technical training standards established by DISTRIBUTOR, and will attend all service, parts and customer satisfaction training courses prescribed by DISTRIBUTOR at DEALER'S expense.

B. SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND SPECIAL TOOLS

DEALER agrees to acquire and properly maintain adequate service equipment and such special service tools and instruments as are specified by DISTRIBUTOR.

C. PARTS STOCKING LEVEL

DEALER agrees to maintain its parts stock at minimum stocking levels established by DISTRIBUTOR. In consideration for DEALER'S maintenance of the Dealer Stocking Guide, DISTRIBUTOR grants DEALER a one hundred percent (100%) obsolescence parts return policy. For non-stocking guide parts, parts orders will accrue a five percent (5%) obsolescence eligibility.

D. AFTER-HOURS DELIVERY

Dealer agrees to provide DISTRIBUTOR, upon request, access to a secure area for after-hours parts or vehicle delivery.

E. ASSISTANCE PROVIDED BY DISTRIBUTOR

1. SERVICE MANUALS AND MATERIALS

DISTRIBUTOR agrees to make available to DEALER copies of such service manuals and bulletins, publications and technical data as DISTRIBUTOR shall deem to be necessary for the needs of DEALER'S service and parts organization. DEALER shall be responsible for keeping such manuals, publications and data current and available for consultation by its employees.

-9-

2. FIELD SERVICE PERSONNEL ASSISTANCE

To assist DEALER in handling service responsibilities under this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to make available qualified field service personnel who will, from time to time, advise and counsel DEALER on service-related subjects, including service policies, product and technical adjustments, repair and replacement of product components, customer relations, warranty administration, service and parts merchandising, and personnel management training.

F. EVALUATION OF DEALER'S SERVICE AND PARTS PERFORMANCE

DISTRIBUTOR will evaluate periodically DEALER'S: (i) service performance in areas such as customer satisfaction, warranty administration, service repairs, service management, facilities, operating procedures, new vehicle pre-delivery service; and (ii) parts operations, facilities, tools and equipment. DISTRIBUTOR agrees to review such evaluations with DEALER and DEALER agrees to take prompt action to improve the service and parts performance to satisfactory levels as DISTRIBUTOR may require. Such action shall, if requested by DISTRIBUTOR, include an action plan by DEALER for improvement of service and parts performance within a specific time period approved by DISTRIBUTOR.

XI. CUSTOMER SATISFACTION RESPONSIBILITIES

A goal of DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER is to be recognized as marketing the finest products and providing the best service in the automobile industry. The LEXUS name should be synonymous with the highest level of customer satisfaction.

A. DEALER'S CUSTOMER SATISFACTION OBLIGATIONS

DEALER will be responsible for satisfying LEXUS customers in all matters except those that are directly related to product design and manufacturing or are otherwise out of DEALER'S control. DEALER will take all reasonable steps to ensure that each customer is completely satisfied with his or her LEXUS Products and the services and practices of DEALER. DEALER will not engage in any practice or method of operation if its nature or quality may impair the reputation of LEXUS or LEXUS Products and it has been reasonably objected to by DISTRIBUTOR.

1. DEALER'S CUSTOMER SATISFACTION PLAN

DEALER shall provide a detailed plan of DEALER'S customer satisfaction program to DISTRIBUTOR and shall implement such program on a continuous basis. This plan shall include an ongoing system for emphasizing

-10-

customer satisfaction to all DEALER'S employees, for training DEALER employees and for conveying to customers that DEALER is committed to the highest possible level of customer satisfaction.

2. EMPLOYEE TRAINING

DEALER agrees to participate and to have its employees participate in LEXUS customer satisfaction training as required by DISTRIBUTOR, at DEALER'S expense.

3. CUSTOMER SATISFACTION MANAGER

If requested by DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER agrees to employ a full-time Customer Satisfaction Manager with the necessary authority to make all decisions regarding customer satisfaction and to resolve all customer problems.

4. CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE RESPONSE SYSTEM

DEALER agrees to implement a system, approved by DISTRIBUTOR, that will respond immediately to requests for customer assistance from DISTRIBUTOR.

B. EVALUATION OF DEALER'S CUSTOMER SATISFACTION PERFORMANCE

DISTRIBUTOR periodically will evaluate DEALER'S customer satisfaction performance based on the following considerations and efforts by DEALER.

1. DISTRIBUTOR will provide DEALER with Owner Satisfaction Index ("OSI") reports or such other equivalent data as will permit DEALER to assess its performance and maintain the highest level of customer satisfaction.

DEALER agrees to review with its employees on a regular basis the results of the customer satisfaction reports or other data it receives.

2. DEALER agrees to develop and implement specific action plans to improve results in the event that DEALER is below the average for other LEXUS dealers. The plans are to be reviewed with DISTRIBUTOR on a basis that DISTRIBUTOR deems appropriate. DEALER will use its best efforts to respond on a timely basis to requests from DISTRIBUTOR to take action on unsatisfactory customer satisfaction matters and to commit necessary resources to remedy deficiencies reasonably specified by DISTRIBUTOR.

-11-

XII. DEALERSHIP FACILITIES AND IDENTIFICATION

A. FACILITIES

1. In order for DISTRIBUTOR to establish an effective network of authorized LEXUS dealers, DEALER shall provide, and at all times maintain, attractive dealership facilities at the Approved Location(s) that satisfy the image, size, layout, interior design, color, equipment and identification required by DISTRIBUTOR DEALER'S facility shall meet the minimum facility standards established by LEXUS.

2. To assist DEALER in planning, building, remodeling, or maintaining dealership facilities, DISTRIBUTOR will provide DEALER a LEXUS Dealer Facility Planner and will identify sources from which DEALER may purchase facility consultation and planning services, and architectural materials and furnishings that meet LEXUS standards and guidelines. DISTRIBUTOR will also make available to DEALER, upon request, sample copies of building layout plans, facility planning recommendations, and an applicable identification program covering the placement, installation and maintenance of required signs. In addition, representatives of DISTRIBUTOR will be available to DEALER from time to time to counsel and advise DEALER and dealership personnel in connection with DEALER'S planning and equipping the dealership premises.

B. SERVICE RECEPTION AREA

DEALER agrees to maintain a service reception area that meets all requirements set forth in the LEXUS Dealer Facility Planner, that is consistent with the LEXUS image and that will promote a high level of customer satisfaction.

C. DEALER'S OPERATING HOURS

DEALER agrees to keep its dealership operations open for business during all days and hours that are customary and lawful for such operations in the community or locality in which DEALER is located and in accordance with industry standards.

D. SIGNS

Subject to applicable governmental statutes, ordinances and regulations, DEALER agrees to erect, display and maintain, at Approved Location(s) only and at DEALER'S sole expense, such standard authorized product and service signs as specified by DISTRIBUTOR.

-12-

E. EVALUATION OF DEALERSHIP FACILITIES

DISTRIBUTOR periodically will evaluate DEALER'S facilities. In making such evaluations, DISTRIBUTOR may consider, among other things: the actual building and land provided by DEALER for the performance of its responsibilities under this Agreement; compliance with DISTRIBUTOR'S current requirements for dealership operations; the appearance, condition, layout and sign age of the dealership facilities; and such other factors as in DISTRIBUTOR'S opinion may relate to DEALER'S performance of its responsibilities under this Agreement. DISTRIBUTOR will discuss such evaluations with DEALER and DEALER shall take prompt action to comply with DISTRIBUTOR'S recommendations and minimum facility standards.

F. USE OF LEXUS MARKS

1. USE BY DEALER

DISTRIBUTOR grants to DEALER the non-exclusive privilege of displaying or otherwise using authorized LEXUS Marks as specified in the LEXUS Graphic Standards Manual at the Approved Location(s) in connection with the selling or servicing of LEXUS Products.

DEALER further agrees that it promptly shall discontinue the display and use of any such LEXUS Marks, and shall change the manner in which any LEXUS Marks are displayed and used, when for any reason it is requested to do so by DISTRIBUTOR. DEALER may use the LEXUS Marks only at Approved Location(s) and for such purposes as are specified in this Agreement. DEALER agrees that such LEXUS Marks may be used as part of the name under which DEALER'S business is conducted only with the prior written approval of DISTRIBUTOR.

2. DISCONTINUANCE OF USE

Upon termination, non-renewal, or expiration of this Agreement, DEALER agrees that it shall immediately:

a. Discontinue the use of the word LEXUS and the LEXUS Marks, or any semblance of same, including without limitation, the use of all stationery, telephone directory listing, and other printed material referring in any way to LEXUS or bearing any LEXUS Mark;

-13-

b. Discontinue the use of the word LEXUS or the LEXUS Marks, or any semblance of same, as part of its business or corporate name, and file a change or discontinuance of such name with appropriate authorities;

c. Remove all product signs bearing said word(s) or LEXUS Marks at DEALER'S sole cost and expense;

d. Cease representing itself as an authorized LEXUS Dealer; and

e. Refrain from any action, including without limitation, any advertising, stating or implying that it is authorized to sell or distribute LEXUS Products.

In the event DEALER fails to comply with the terms and conditions of this Section, DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to enter upon DEALER'S premises and remove, without liability, all such product signs and identification bearing the word LEXUS or any LEXUS Marks. DEALER agrees that it shall reimburse DISTRIBUTOR for any costs and expenses incurred in such removal, including reasonable attorney fees.

XIII. CAPITAL, CREDIT, RECORDS AND UNIFORM SYSTEMS

A. NET WORKING CAPITAL

DEALER agrees to establish and maintain actual net working capital in an amount not less than the minimum net working capital specified by DISTRIBUTOR. DISTRIBUTOR will have the right to increase the minimum net working capital required, and DEALER agrees promptly to establish and maintain the increased amount.

B. FLOORING AND LINES OF CREDIT

DEALER agrees to obtain and maintain at all times a confirmed and adequate flooring line with a bank or financial institution or other method of financing acceptable to DISTRIBUTOR to enable DEALER to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

DISTRIBUTOR may increase the required amounts of flooring or lines of credit, and DEALER agrees promptly to establish and maintain the increased amount.

Subject to the foregoing obligations, DEALER is free to do its financing business, wholesale, retail or both, with whomever it chooses and to the extent it desires.

-14-

C. PAYMENT TERMS

All monies or accounts due DEALER from DISTRIBUTOR will be considered net of DEALER'S indebtedness to DISTRIBUTOR. DISTRIBUTOR may deduct or offset any amounts due or to become due from DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR, or any amounts held by DISTRIBUTOR, from or against any sums or accounts due or to become due from DISTRIBUTOR to DEALER. Any amounts owed by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR that are not paid when due shall bear interest as established by DISTRIBUTOR and permitted by law. Payments by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR shall be made in such a manner as prescribed by DISTRIBUTOR and shall be applied against DEALER'S indebtedness in accordance with DISTRIBUTOR'S policies and practices.

D. UNIFORM ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

DEALER agrees to maintain its financial books and records in accordance with the LEXUS Accounting Manual, as amended from time to time by DISTRIBUTOR. In addition, DEALER shall furnish to DISTRIBUTOR complete and accurate financial or operating information, including without limitation, a financial and/or operating statement covering the current month and calendar year-to-date operations and showing the true and accurate condition of DEALER'S business. DEALER shall promptly furnish to DISTRIBUTOR copies of any adjusted financial and/or operating statements, including any and all adjusted, year-end statements prepared for tax or any other purposes. All such information shall be furnished by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR via DISTRIBUTOR'S electronic communications network and in such a format and at such times as prescribed by DISTRIBUTOR.

E. RECORDS MAINTENANCE

DEALER agrees to keep complete, accurate and current records regarding its sale, leasing and servicing of LEXUS Products for a minimum of five (5) years, exclusive of any retention period required by any governmental entity. DEALER shall prepare, keep current and retain records in support of requests for reimbursement for warranty and policy work performed by DEALER in accordance with the LEXUS Warranty Policies and Procedures Manual.

F. EXAMINATION OF DEALERSHIP ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right at all reasonable times and during regular business hours to inspect DEALER'S facilities and to examine, audit and to reproduce all records, accounts and supporting data relating to the operations of

-15-

DEALER, including without limitation, sales reporting, service and repair of LEXUS Products by DEALER.

G. TAXES

DEALER shall be responsible for and duly pay all sales taxes, use taxes, excise taxes and other governmental or municipal charges imposed, levied or based upon the purchase or sale of LEXUS Products by DEALER, and shall maintain accurate records of the same.

H. CONFIDENTIALITY

DISTRIBUTOR agrees that it shall not provide any financial data or documents submitted to it by DEALER to any third party unless authorized by DEALER, required by law, or required to generate composite or comparative data for analytical purposes.

DEALER agrees to keep confidential and not to disclose, directly or indirectly, any information that DISTRIBUTOR designates as confidential.

I. DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS

DISTRIBUTOR has established a national, private, centralized database of information about all LEXUS vehicles and customers. In order to provide the highest level of service and support and to facilitate accurate and timely reporting of relevant DEALER operational and financial data, DEALER shall provide information to DISTRIBUTOR as specified by DISTRIBUTOR from time to time, including, but not limited to, customer service, sales, parts inventory and accounting information. All information shall be submitted by DEALER via the LEXUS electronic communications network. DEALER will acquire, install and maintain at its expense the necessary equipment and systems compatible with the LEXUS electronic communications network. DISTRIBUTOR will recommend to DEALER an independent source for purchasing the required equipment and systems. DEALER, however, may purchase equipment from any source, provided the equipment meets the LEXUS electronic communications network specifications.

J. SALES REPORTING

DEALER agrees to accurately report to DISTRIBUTOR, with such relevant information as DISTRIBUTOR may reasonably require, the delivery of each new motor vehicle to a purchaser by the end of the day in which the vehicle is delivered

-16-

to the purchaser thereof, and to furnish DISTRIBUTOR with such other reports as DISTRIBUTOR may reasonably require from time to time.

XIV. TRANSFERS

A. SALE OF OWNERSHIP INTEREST IN DEALERSHIP

This is a personal services Agreement based upon the personal skills, service, qualifications and commitment of DEALER'S OWNERS and General Manager. For this reason, and because DISTRIBUTOR has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon DEALER'S, OWNERS' and General Manager's qualifications, DEALER agrees to obtain DISTRIBUTOR'S prior written approval of any proposed change in its ownership, General Manager or any proposed disposition of DEALER'S principal assets.

DISTRIBUTOR shall not be obligated to renew this Agreement or to execute a new Agreement to a proposed transferee unless DEALER first makes arrangements acceptable to DISTRIBUTOR to satisfy any outstanding indebtedness to DISTRIBUTOR.

B. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OR OPTION TO PURCHASE

1. RIGHTS GRANTED

If a proposal to sell the dealership's assets or transfer its ownership is submitted by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR, or in the event of the death of the majority owner of DEALER, DISTRIBUTOR has a right of first refusal or option to purchase the dealership assets or stock, including any leasehold interest or realty DISTRIBUTOR'S exercise of its right or option under this Section supersedes DEALER'S right to transfer its interest in, or ownership of, the dealership. DISTRIBUTOR'S right or option may be assigned by it to any third party and DISTRIBUTOR hereby guarantees the full payment to DEALER of the purchase price by such assignee. DISTRIBUTOR may disclose the terms of any pending buy/sell agreement and any other relevant dealership performance information to any potential assignee. DISTRIBUTOR'S rights under this Section will be binding on and enforceable against any assignee or successor in interest of DEALER or purchaser of DEALER'S assets.

2. EXERCISE OF DISTRIBUTOR'S RIGHTS

DISTRIBUTOR shall have thirty (30) days from the following events within which to exercise its option to purchase or right of first refusal.

-17-

(i) DISTRIBUTOR'S receipt of all data and documentation customarily required by it to evaluate a proposed transfer of ownership; (ii) DISTRIBUTOR'S receipt of notice from DEALER of the death of the majority owner of DEALER; or (iii) DISTRIBUTOR'S disapproving of any application submitted by an OWNER'S heirs pursuant to
Section XIV. DISTRIBUTOR'S exercise of its right of first refusal under this Section neither shall be dependent upon nor require its prior refusal to approve the proposed transfer.

3. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

If DEALER has entered into a bona fide written buy/sell agreement for its dealership business or assets, DISTRIBUTOR'S right under this Section is a right of first refusal, enabling DISTRIBUTOR to assume the buyer's rights and obligations under such buy/sell agreement, and to cancel this Agreement and all rights granted DEALER. Upon DISTRIBUTOR'S request, DEALER agrees to provide other documents relating to the proposed transfer and any other information which DISTRIBUTOR deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, those reflecting other agreements or understandings between the parties to the buy/sell agreement. Refusal to provide such documentation or to state that no such documents exist shall create the presumption that the buy/sell agreement is not a bona fide agreement.

4. OPTION TO PURCHASE

In the event of the death of a majority OWNER or if DEALER submits a proposal which DISTRIBUTOR determines is not bona fide or in good faith, DISTRIBUTOR has the option to purchase the principal assets of DEALER utilizing the dealership business, including real estate and leasehold interest, and to cancel this Agreement and the rights granted DEALER. The purchase price of the dealership assets will be determined by good faith negotiations between the parties. If an agreement cannot be reached, the purchase price will be exclusively determined by binding arbitration in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association. The site of the arbitration shall be the office of the American Arbitration Association in the locality of DISTRIBUTOR'S principal place of business.

5. DEALER'S OBLIGATIONS

Upon DISTRIBUTOR'S exercise of its right or option and tender of performance under the buy/sell agreement or upon whatever terms may be expressed in the buy/sell agreement, DEALER shall forthwith transfer the affected real property by warranty deed conveying marketable title free and

-18-

clear of all liens, claims, mortgages, encumbrances, tenancies and occupancies. The warranty deed shall be in proper form for recording, and DEALER shall deliver complete possession of the property and deed at the time of closing. DEALER shall also furnish to DISTRIBUTOR all copies of any easements, licenses or other documents affecting the property or dealership operations and shall assign any permits or licenses that are necessary or desirable for the use of or appurtenant to the property or the conduct of such dealer operations. DEALER also agrees to execute and deliver to DISTRIBUTOR instruments satisfactory to DISTRIBUTOR conveying title to all personal property, including leasehold interests, involved in the transfer or sale to DISTRIBUTOR. If any personal property is subject to any lien or charge of any kind, DEALER agrees to procure the discharge and satisfaction thereof prior to the closing of sale of such property to DISTRIBUTOR.

XV. SUCCESSION RIGHTS UPON DEATH OR INCAPACITY

A. SUCCESSION TO OWNERSHIP AFTER DEATH OF OWNER

In the event that OWNER dies and his or her interest in Dealership passes directly to any person or persons ("Heirs") who wish to succeed to OWNER'S interest, then OWNER'S legal representative must notify DISTRIBUTOR within sixty (60) days of the death of the OWNER of such Heir's or Heirs' intent to succeed OWNER. The legal representative also must then designate a proposed General Manager for DISTRIBUTOR approval. The effect of such notice from OWNER'S legal representative will be to suspend any notice of termination provided for in Section XVI(B)(4) issued hereunder.

Upon delivery of such notice, OWNER'S legal representative shall immediately request any person(s) identified by it as intending to succeed OWNER and the designated candidate for General Manager to submit an application and to provide all personal and financial information that DISTRIBUTOR may reasonably and customarily require in connection with its review of such applications. All requested information must be provided promptly to DISTRIBUTOR and in no case later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such request from OWNER'S legal representative. Upon the submission of all requested information, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to review such application(s) pursuant to the then current criteria generally applied by DISTRIBUTOR in qualifying dealer OWNERS and/or General Managers. DISTRIBUTOR shall either approve or disapprove the application(s) within ninety (90) days of full compliance with all DISTRIBUTOR'S requests for information. If DISTRIBUTOR approves the application(s), it shall offer to enter into a new LEXUS Dealer Agreement with OWNER'S Heir(s) in the form then currently in use, subject to such additional conditions and for such term as DISTRIBUTOR deems appropriate.

-19-

In the event that DISTRIBUTOR does not approve the designated Heir(s) or designated candidate for Manager, or if the OWNER'S legal representative withdraws his or her notice of the Heir(s) intent to succeed as OWNER(S) or if the legal representative or any proposed OWNERS or General Manager fails to timely provide the required information, DISTRIBUTOR may reinstate or issue a notice of termination. Nothing in this Section shall waive DISTRIBUTOR'S right to exercise its Option to Purchase set forth in Section XIV herein.

B. INCAPACITY OF OWNER

The parties agree that, as used herein, incapacity shall refer to any physical or mental ailment that, in DISTRIBUTOR'S opinion, adversely affects OWNER'S ability to meet his or her obligations under this Agreement. DISTRIBUTOR may terminate this Agreement when an incapacitated OWNER also is the General Manager identified herein.

Prior to the effective date of any notice of termination, an incapacitated OWNER who is also the General Manager, or his or her legal representative, may propose a new candidate for the position of General Manager. Such proposal shall be in writing and shall suspend any pending notice of termination until DISTRIBUTOR advises DEALER of its approval or disapproval of the new candidate. Upon receipt of such notice, DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER shall follow the qualification procedures set forth in subsection A above.

C. NOMINATION OF SUCCESSOR PRIOR TO DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF OWNER

An OWNER owning a majority of DEALER'S stock may nominate a candidate to assume ownership and/or the position of General Manager of the dealership upon his or her death or incapacity.

As soon as practicable after such nomination, DISTRIBUTOR will request such personal financial information from the nominated OWNER and/or General Manager candidate as it reasonably and customarily may require in evaluating such candidates. DISTRIBUTOR shall apply criteria then currently used by DISTRIBUTOR in qualifying OWNERS and/or General Managers of authorized dealers. Upon receipt of all requested information, DISTRIBUTOR shall either approve or disapprove such candidate. If DISTRIBUTOR initially approves the candidate, said approval shall remain in effect for the duration of the current Agreement. DISTRIBUTOR agrees that DEALER may renominate the candidate after the expiration of this Agreement, and DISTRIBUTOR will approve such nomination provided: (i) DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER have entered into a new LEXUS Dealer Agreement; and (ii) the proposed candidate continues to comply

-20-

with the then current criteria used by DISTRIBUTOR in qualifying such candidates. If DISTRIBUTOR does not initially qualify the candidate, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to review the reason(s) for its decision with OWNER. OWNER is free at any time to renew its nomination. However, in such instances, the candidate must again qualify pursuant to the then current criteria. OWNER may, by written notice, withdraw a nomination at any time, even if DISTRIBUTOR has previously qualified said candidate.

XVI. TERMINATION

A. VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY DEALER

DEALER may voluntarily terminate this Agreement at any time by written notice to DISTRIBUTOR. Termination shall be effective thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice by DISTRIBUTOR, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing.

B. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE

1. IMMEDIATE TERMINATION

DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR agree that the following conduct is within DEALER'S control and is so contrary to the goals, purposes and objectives of this Agreement as to warrant its immediate termination. Accordingly, DEALER agrees that if it engages in any of the following types of conduct, DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately:

a. If DEALER fails to conduct any customary dealership operations for seven consecutive business days, except in the event such closure or cessation of operation is caused by some physical event beyond the control of the DEALER, such as strikes, civil war, riots, fires, floods, earthquakes, or other acts of God;

b. If DEALER becomes insolvent, or files any petition under bankruptcy law, or executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or appoints a receiver or trustee or another officer having similar powers is appointed for DEALER and is not removed within thirty
(30) days from his appointment thereto or there is any levy under attachment or execution or similar process which is not vacated or removed by payment or bonding within ten (10) days;

c. If DEALER, or any OWNER or Officer of DEALER is convicted of any felony;

-21-

d. If DEALER or any OWNER, Officer or General Manager of Dealer makes any material misrepresentation to DISTRIBUTOR; or

e. If DEALER fails to obtain or maintain any license, permit or authorization necessary for the conduct by DEALER of his or her business pursuant to this Agreement, or such license, permit or authorization is suspended or revoked.

2. TERMINATION UPON SIXTY DAYS NOTICE

The following conduct violates the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, if DEALER engages in such conduct, DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days notice:

a. Any attempted or actual sale, transfer or assignment by DEALER of this Agreement or any of the rights granted DEALER hereunder, or any attempted or actual transfer, assignment or delegation by DEALER of any of the responsibilities assumed by it under this Agreement without the prior written approval of DISTRIBUTOR;

b. Any unreasonable removal of the General Manager;

c. Appointment of a new General Manager without the prior written approval of DISTRIBUTOR;

d. The conducting, directly or indirectly, of any LEXUS dealer operation other than at the Approved Location(s);

e. Failure of DEALER to pay DISTRIBUTOR for any LEXUS Products;

f. Failure of DEALER to establish or maintain during the existence of this Agreement the required net working capital or adequate flooring and lines of credit;

g. Any dispute, disagreement or controversy among managers, officers or stockholders of DEALER that, in the reasonable opinion of DISTRIBUTOR, adversely affects the ownership, operation, management, business, reputation or interests of DEALER or DISTRIBUTOR;

h. Retention by DEALER of any General Manager, who, in DISTRIBUTOR'S reasonable opinion, is not competent or, if

-22-

previously approved by DISTRIBUTOR, no longer possesses the requisite qualifications for the position, or who has acted in a manner contrary to the continued best interest of both DEALER all DISTRIBUTOR;

i. Impairment of the reputation or financial standing of DEALER subsequent to the execution of this Agreement;

j. Refusal to permit DISTRIBUTOR to examine or audit DEALER'S accounting records as provided herein upon receipt by DEALER from DISTRIBUTOR of written notice requesting such permission or information;

k. Failure of DEALER to timely furnish accurate sales or financial information and related supporting data;

l. Breach or violation by DEALER of any other term or provision of this Agreement; or

m. Any civil or administrative liability found against DEALER or any OWNER or Officer of DEALER for any automotive-related matter which in DISTRIBUTOR'S opinion tends to seriously and adversely affect the ownership, operation, management, reputation, business or interests of DEALER, or to impair the goodwill associated with the LEXUS Marks.

3. TERMINATION FOR FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE

If, upon evaluation of DEALER's performance pursuant to paragraphs II(F)-X(F), XI(B) or XII(E) herein, DISTRIBUTOR concludes that DEALER has failed to perform adequately its sales, service or customer satisfaction responsibilities or to provide adequate dealership facilities, DISTRIBUTOR shall notify DEALER in writing of such failure(s) and will endeavor to review promptly with DEALER the nature and extent of such failure(s), and will grant DEALER 180 days or such other period as may be required by law to correct such failure(s). If DEALER fails or refuses to correct such failure(s) or has not made substantial progress towards remedying such failure(s) at the expiration of such period, DISTRIBUTOR may terminate this Agreement upon sixty
(60) days notice or such other notice as may be required by law.

-23-

4. TERMINATION UPON DEATH OR INCAPACITY

Subject to certain exceptions identified in Section XV, DISTRIBUTOR may terminate this Agreement in the event of the death of an OWNER or upon the incapacity of any OWNER who is also the General Manager identified herein, upon written notice to DEALER and such OWNER'S legal representative. Termination, upon either of these events shall be effective ninety (90) days from the date of such notice.

C. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

Any notice of termination under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be mailed to the person(s) designated to receive such notice, via certified mail, or shall be delivered in person. Such notice shall be effective upon the date of receipt. DISTRIBUTOR shall state the grounds on which it relies in its termination of DEALER, and shall have the right to amend such notice as appropriate. DISTRIBUTOR'S failure to refer to additional grounds for termination shall not constitute a waiver of its right later to rely upon such grounds.

D. CONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS RELATIONS

Upon receipt of any notice of termination or non-renewal, DEALER agrees to conduct itself and its operation until the effective date of termination or non- renewal in a manner that will not injure the reputation or goodwill of the LEXUS Marks or DISTRIBUTOR.

E. REPURCHASE PROVISIONS

1. DISTRIBUTOR'S OBLIGATIONS

Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to cancel any and all shipments of LEXUS Products scheduled for delivery to DEALER, and DISTRIBUTOR shall repurchase from DEALER the following:

a. New, unused, unmodified and undamaged LEXUS Motor Vehicles then unsold in DEALER'S inventory. The prices of such Motor Vehicles shall be the same as those at which they were originally purchased by DEALER, less all prior refunds or other allowances made by DISTRIBUTOR to DEALER with respect thereto.

b. New, unused and undamaged LEXUS parts and accessories then unsold in DEALER'S inventory that are in good and saleable

-24-

condition. The prices for such parts and accessories shall be the prices last established by DISTRIBUTOR for the sale of identical parts or accessories to dealers in the area in which DEALER is located.

c. Special service tools recommended by DISTRIBUTOR and then owned by DEALER and that are especially designed for servicing LEXUS Motor Vehicles. The prices for such special service tools will be the price paid by DEALER less appropriate depreciation, or such other price as the parties may negotiate.

d. Signs that DISTRIBUTOR has recommended for identification of DEALER. The price of such signs shall be the price paid by DEALER less appropriate depreciation or such other price as the parties may negotiate.

2. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DEALER

DISTRIBUTOR'S obligations to repurchase the items set forth in this Section are contingent upon DEALER fulfilling the following obligations:

a. Within thirty (30) days after the date of expiration or the effective date of termination of this Agreement, DEALER shall deliver or mail to DISTRIBUTOR a detailed inventory of all items referred to in this
Section which it requests DISTRIBUTOR repurchase and shall certify that such list is true and accurate.

b. DEALER shall be entitled to request repurchase of only those items which it purchased from DISTRIBUTOR, unless DISTRIBUTOR agrees otherwise.

c. Products and special service tools to be repurchased by DISTRIBUTOR from DEALER shall be delivered by DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR'S place of business at DEALER'S expense. If DEALER fails to do so, DISTRIBUTOR may transfer such items and deduct the cost therefor from the repurchase price.

d. DEALER will execute and deliver to DISTRIBUTOR instruments satisfactory to DISTRIBUTOR conveying good and marketable title to the aforesaid items to DISTRIBUTOR. If such items are subject to any lien or charge of any kind, DEALER will procure the discharge in satisfaction thereof prior to their repurchase by DISTRIBUTOR.

-25-

DEALER will comply with the requirements of any state or federal laws that relate to the repurchase including bulk sales or transfer laws.

e. DEALER will remove, at its own expense, all signage from DEALER'S approved locations including all LEXUS Marks before it is eligible for payment hereunder.

3. PAYMENT BY DISTRIBUTOR

DISTRIBUTOR will pay DEALER for such items as DEALER may request be repurchased and that qualify hereunder as soon as practicable upon DEALER'S compliance with the obligations set forth herein and upon computation of any outstanding indebtedness of DEALER to DISTRIBUTOR.

DISTRIBUTOR shall have the right to offset from any amounts due to DEALER hereunder the total sum of DEALER'S outstanding indebtedness to DISTRIBUTOR.

If DEALER disagrees with DISTRIBUTOR'S valuation of any item herein, and DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR have not resolved their disagreement within sixty (60) days of the effective date of termination or expiration of this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR shall pay to DEALER the amount to which it reasonably believes DEALER is entitled. DEALER'S exclusive remedy to recover any additional sums that it believes is due under this Section shall be by resort to an Alternative Dispute Resolution program, including arbitration, that is binding on both parties.

XVII. MANAGEMENT OF DISPUTES

A. ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROGRAMS

1. DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER acknowledge that disputes involving the performance of this Agreement may from time to time arise. In order to minimize the effects of such disputes on their business relationship, the parties agree to participate in such Alternative Dispute Resolution programs as may be established by DISTRIBUTOR.

2. Such Alternative Dispute Resolution programs may be established to resolve disputes in matters including, but not limited to, sales reporting and/or sales credit disputes, product allocation disputes, DEALER liability for repair/replace claims, warranty and service campaign reimbursement, sales contests and merchandising incentive programs, and accounts of debt between the parties.

-26-

3. In all disputes between DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR, the parties shall first resort to such Alternative Dispute Resolution programs, including mediation, as may have been established by DISTRIBUTOR.

4. It is expressly understood that, unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the results of any Alternative Dispute Resolution program will not be binding upon DEALER or DISTRIBUTOR.

5. The parties' commitment to support and participate in non-binding Alternative Dispute Resolution programs specifically is not a waiver of DEALER'S or DISTRIBUTOR'S right to later resort to litigation before any judicial or administrative forum.

B. APPLICABLE LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the state in which DEALER is located.

C. MUTUAL RELEASE

Each party hereby releases the other from any and all claims and causes of action that it may have against the other for money damages arising from any event occurring prior to the date of execution of this Agreement, except for any accounts payable by one party to the other as a result of the purchase of any LEXUS Products, audit adjustments or reimbursement for any services. This release does not extend to claims which either party does not know or reasonably suspect to exist in its favor at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

XVIII. DEFENSE AND INDEMNIFICATION

A. DEFENSE AND INDEMNIFICATION BY DISTRIBUTOR

DISTRIBUTOR agrees to assume the defense of DEALER and to indemnify and hold DEALER harmless in any lawsuit naming DEALER as a defendant and involving any LEXUS Product when the lawsuit also involves allegations of:

1. Breach of warranty provided by DISTRIBUTOR, bodily injury or property damage arising out of an occurrence allegedly caused solely by a defect or failure to warn of a defect in design, manufacture or assembly of a LEXUS Product (except for tires not manufactured by FACTORY), provided that the defect could not reasonably have been

-27-

discovered by DEALER during the pre-delivery service of the LEXUS Product;

2. Any misrepresentation or misleading statement or unfair or deceptive trade practice of DISTRIBUTOR; or

3. Any damage to a LEXUS Product purchased by DEALER from DISTRIBUTOR that was repaired by DISTRIBUTOR and where DEALER had not been notified of such damage in writing prior to the delivery of the subject vehicle, part or accessory to a retail Customer; and

Provided:

4. That DEALER delivers to DISTRIBUTOR, in a manner to be designated by DISTRIBUTOR, within twenty (20) days of the service of any summons or complaint, copies of such documents and requests in writing a defense and/or indemnification therein (except as provided in Paragraph (D) below;

5. That the complaint does not involve allegations of DEALER misconduct, including but not limited to, improper or unsatisfactory service or repair, misrepresentation, or any claim of DEALER'S unfair or deceptive trade practice;

6. That the LEXUS Product which is the subject of the lawsuit was not altered by or for DEALER;

7. That DEALER agrees to cooperate fully in the defense of such action as DISTRIBUTOR may reasonably require; and

8. That DEALER agrees that DISTRIBUTOR may offset any recovery on DEALER'S behalf against any indemnification that may be required hereunder.

B. DEFENSE AND INDEMNIFICATION BY DEALER

DEALER agrees to assume the defense of DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY and to indemnify and hold them harmless in any lawsuit naming DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY as a defendant when the lawsuit involves allegations of:

1. DEALER'S alleged failure to comply, in whole or in part, with any obligations assumed by DEALER pursuant to this Agreement;

-28-

2. DEALER'S alleged negligent or improper repairing or servicing of a new or used LEXUS Motor Vehicle or equipment, or such other motor vehicles or equipment as may be sold or serviced by DEALER;

3. DEALER'S alleged breach of any contract or warranty other than that provided by DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY;

4. DEALER'S alleged misleading statements, misrepresentations, or deceptive or unfair trade practices;

5. Any modification or alteration made by or on behalf of DEALER to a LEXUS Product, except those made pursuant to the express instruction or with the express approval of DISTRIBUTOR; and

Provided:

6. That DISTRIBUTOR delivers to DEALER, within twenty (20) days of the service of any summons or complaint, copies of such documents, and requests in writing a defense and/or indemnification therein (except as provided in Paragraph (D) below);

7. That DISTRIBUTOR agrees to cooperate fully in the defense of such action as DEALER may reasonably require; and,

8. That the complaint does not involve allegations of liability premised upon separate DISTRIBUTOR'S conduct or omissions.

C. CONDITIONAL DEFENSE AND/OR INDEMNIFICATION

In agreeing to defend and/or indemnify each other, DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR may make their agreement conditional on the continued existence of the state of facts as then known to such party and may provide for the withdrawal of such defense and/or indemnification at such time as facts arise which, if known at the time of the original request for a defense and/or indemnification, would have caused either DEALER or DISTRIBUTOR to refuse such request.

The party withdrawing from its agreement to defend and/or indemnify shall give timely notice of its intent to withdraw. Such notice shall be in writing and shall be effective upon receipt. The withdrawing party shall be responsible for all costs and expenses of defense up to the date of receipt of its notice of withdrawal.

-29-

D. THE EFFECT OF SUBSEQUENT DEVELOPMENTS

In the event that subsequent developments in a case make clear that the allegations which initially preclude a request or an acceptance of a request for a defense and/or indemnification are no longer at issue therein or are without foundation, any party having a right to a defense and/or indemnification hereunder may tender such request for a defense and indemnification to the other party. Neither DEALER nor DISTRIBUTOR shall be required to agree to such subsequent request for a defense and/or indemnification where that party would be unduly prejudiced by such delay.

E. TIME TO RESPOND AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES

DEALER and DISTRIBUTOR shall have sixty (60) days from the receipt of a request for a defense and/or indemnification to conduct an investigation to determine whether or not, or under what conditions, it may agree to defend and/or indemnify pursuant to this Section.

If local rules require a response to the complaint in the lawsuit prior to the time provided hereunder for a response to such request, the requesting party shall take all steps necessary, including obtaining counsel, to protect its own interest in the lawsuit until DEALER or DISTRIBUTOR assumes the requested defense and/or indemnification. In the event that DEALER or DISTRIBUTOR agrees to assume the defense and/or indemnification of a lawsuit, it shall have the right to engage and direct counsel of its own choosing and, except in cases where the request is made pursuant to Paragraph (D) above, shall have the obligation to reimburse the requesting party for all reasonable costs and expense, including actual attorneys' fees, incurred prior to such assumption.

XIX. GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. NOTICES

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice required to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and delivered personally or by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be effective from the date of mailing. Notices to DEALER shall be directed to DEALER or its General Manager at DEALER'S Approved Location. Notices to DISTRIBUTOR shall be directed to the General Manager of DEALER'S LEXUS Area Office.

B. NO IMPLIED WAIVERS

The failure of either party at any time to require performance by the other party of any provision herein shall in no way affect the right of such

-30-

party to require such performance at any time thereafter, nor shall any waiver by any party of a breach of any provision herein constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision, nor constitute a waiver of the provision itself.

C. SOLE AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES

There are no prior agreements or understandings, either oral or written, between the parties affecting this Agreement or relating to the sale or service of LEXUS Products, except as otherwise specifically provided for or referred to in this Agreement. DEALER acknowledges that no representations or statements other than those expressly set forth therein were made by DISTRIBUTOR or any officer, employee, agent or representative thereof, or were relied upon by DEALER in entering into this Agreement. This Agreement cancels and supersedes all previous agreements between the parties relating to the subject matters covered herein.

D. DEALER NOT AN AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE

DEALER is an independent business. This Agreement is not a property right and does not constitute DEALER the agent or legal representative of DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY for any purpose whatsoever. DEALER is not granted any express or implied right or authority to assume or create any obligation on behalf of or in the name of DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY or to bind DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY in any manner whatsoever.

E. ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS OR DELEGATION OF DUTIES

This is a personal services agreement and may not be assigned or sold in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written approval of DISTRIBUTOR. Any attempted transfer, assignment or sale without DISTRIBUTOR'S prior written approval will be void and not binding upon DISTRIBUTOR.

F. NO FRANCHISE FEE

DEALER warrants that it has paid no fee, nor has it provided any goods or services in lieu of same, to DISTRIBUTOR in consideration of entering into this Agreement. The sole consideration for DISTRIBUTOR'S entering into this Agreement is DEALER'S ability, integrity, assurance of personal services and expressed intention to deal fairly and equitably with DISTRIBUTOR and the public.

-31-

G. SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement should be held invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, or conflicts with any applicable law, this Agreement will be considered divisible as to such provisions, and such provisions will be deemed amended to comply with such law, or if it cannot be so amended --without materially affecting the tenor of the Agreement, then it will be deemed deleted from this Agreement in such jurisdiction, and in either case, the remainder of the initial Agreement will be valid and binding.

H. NEW AND SUPERSEDING DEALER AGREEMENT

In the event any new and superseding form of dealer agreement is offered by DISTRIBUTOR to authorized LEXUS dealers generally at any time prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR, may, by written notice to DEALER, replace this Agreement with a new agreement in a new and superseding form for a term not less than the then unexpired term of this Agreement.

I. BENEFIT

This Agreement is entered into by and between DISTRIBUTOR and DEALER for their sole and mutual benefit. Neither this Agreement nor any specific provision contained in it is intended or shall be construed to be for the benefit of any third party.

XX. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the parties agree that the following terms shall be defined exclusively as set forth below.

A. DEALER: The entity that executes the Dealer Agreement and is authorized by DISTRIBUTOR to sell and service LEXUS Products.

B. OWNER: The persons identified in Section II hereof.

C. GENERAL MANAGER: The person identified in Section III hereof.

D. DEALER FACILITIES: The buildings, improvements, fixtures, and equipment situated at the Approved Location(s).

-32-

E. APPROVED LOCATION(S): The location(s) and any facilities thereon, designated in SECTION IV that DISTRIBUTOR has approved for the dealership operation(s) specified therein.

F. LEXUS MARKS: The various LEXUS trademarks, service marks, names, logos and designs that DEALER is authorized by DISTRIBUTOR to use in the sale and servicing of LEXUS Products.

G. LEXUS MOTOR VEHICLES: All motor vehicles identified in the current LEXUS Product Addendum that DISTRIBUTOR sells to DEALER for resale.

H. GENUINE LEXUS PARTS AND ACCESSORIES: All LEXUS brand Parts and Accessories manufactured by or on behalf of DISTRIBUTOR or FACTORY, or other parts and accessories specifically approved by FACTORY for use in servicing LEXUS Motor Vehicles and sold by DISTRIBUTOR to DEALER for resale.

I. LEXUS PRODUCTS: All LEXUS Motor Vehicles, Parts and Accessories that DISTRIBUTOR, in its sole discretion, sells to DEALER for resale. The term "LEXUS PRODUCTS" specifically excludes any motor vehicle, part or accessory imported into the United States by any individual or company other than DISTRIBUTOR.

-33-

EXHIBIT 10.19

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
Senior Secured Credit Facility
Commitment Letter

September 22, 1997

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
950 Echo Lane, Suite 348
Houston, Texas 77024

Attention: Mr. Scott Thompson

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have advised Texas Commerce Bank National Association ("TCB") and Chase Securities Inc. ("CSI") that Group 1 Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the "Co-Borrowers") intend to finance new and program vehicle inventories and acquire auto dealerships. In that connection, you have requested that CSI agree to structure, arrange and syndicate a senior secured credit Facility in an aggregate amount of up to $125,000,000 (the "Facility"), and that TCB commit to provide a portion of the Facility and to serve as administrative agent for the Facility.

CSI is pleased to advise you that it is willing to act as exclusive advisor and arranger for the Facility.

Furthermore, TCB is pleased to advise you of (a) its commitment to provide up to $30,000,000 of the Facility, and (b) its agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to assemble a syndicate of financial institutions identified by CSI and TCB in consultation with you, to provide the balance of the necessary commitments for the Facility, in each case upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth or referred to in this commitment letter (this "Commitment Letter") and in the Summary of Terms and Conditions attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Term Sheet"). It is a condition to TCB's commitment hereunder that the portion of the Facility not being provided by TCB shall be provided by the other Lenders referred to below.

It is agreed that TCB will act as the sole and exclusive Administrative Agent, that CSI will act as the sole and exclusive advisor and arranger, and that Comerica Bank ("Comerica") will act as Floor Plan Agent, for the Facility, and each will, in such capacities, perform the duties and exercise the authority customarily performed and exercised by it in such roles. You agree that no other agents, co-agents or arrangers will be appointed, no other titles will be awarded and no compensation (other than that expressly contemplated by the Term Sheet and the Fee Letter referred to below) will be paid in connection with the Facility unless you and we shall so agree.


CSI intends to syndicate the Facility (including, in our discretion, all or part of TCB's commitment hereunder) to a group of financial institutions (together with TCB, the "Lenders") identified by us in consultation with you. CSI intends to commence syndication efforts promptly upon the execution of this Commitment Letter, and you agree actively to assist CSI in completing a syndication satisfactory to it. Such assistance shall include (a) your using commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the syndication efforts benefit materially from your existing lending relationships, (b) direct contact between senior management and advisors of the Co-Borrowers and the proposed Lenders,
(c) assistance in the preparation of a Confidential Information Memorandum and other marketing materials to be used in connection with the syndication and (d) the hosting, with CSI, of one or more meetings for prospective Lenders.

CSI will manage all aspects of the syndication, including decisions as to the selection of institutions to be approached and when they will be approached, when their commitments will be accepted, which institutions will participate, the allocations of the commitments among the Lenders and the amount and distribution of fees among the Lenders. To assist CSI in its syndication efforts, you agree promptly to prepare and provide to CSI and TCB all information with respect to the Co-Borrowers, the floor plan finance program, future acquisitions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and by the Term Sheet and the Fee Letter referred to below, including all financial information and projections (the "Projections"), as we may reasonably request in connection with the arrangement and syndication of the Facility. You hereby represent and covenant that (a) all information other than the Projections (the "Information") that has been or will be made available to TCB or CSI by you or any of your representatives is or will be, when furnished, complete and correct in all material respects and does not or will not, when furnished, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements are made and (b) the Projections that have been or will be made available to TCB or CSI by you or any of your representatives have been or will be prepared in good faith based upon reasonable assumptions. You understand that in arranging and syndicating the Facility we may use and rely on the Information and Projections without independent verification thereof. You hereby acknowledge and consent that CSI may share the Confidential Information Memorandum, the Information and any other information or matters relating to the Co-Borrowers or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of CSI, including The Chase Manhattan Bank, and TCB, and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Co-Borrowers or such transactions with CSI.

As consideration for TCB's commitment hereunder and CSI's agreement to perform the services described herein, you agree to pay to TCB the nonrefundable fees set forth in Annex I to the Term Sheet and in the Fee Letter dated hereof and delivered herewith (the "Fee Letter").

TCB and CSI shall be entitled, with your consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), to change the structure, terms or amount of, or to eliminate, any of the Facility if TCB and CSI determine that such changes are advisable in order to ensure a successful syndication or an optimal credit structure and if the aggregate amount of the Facility shall remain unchanged.

-2-

TCB's commitment hereunder and CSI's agreement to perform the services described herein are subject to (a) there not occurring or becoming known to us any material adverse condition or material adverse change in or affecting the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Co-Borrowers and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) our completion of and satisfaction in all respects with a due diligence investigation of the Co-Borrowers, (c) our not becoming aware after the date hereof of any information or other matter affecting the Co-Borrowers or the transactions contemplated hereby which is inconsistent in a material and adverse manner with any such information or other matter disclosed to us prior to the date hereof,
(d) there not having occurred a material disruption of or material adverse change in financial, banking or capital market conditions that, in our judgment, could materially impair the syndication of the Facility, (e) our satisfaction that prior to and during the syndication of the Facility there shall be no competing offering, placement or arrangement of any debt securities or bank financing by or on behalf of the Co-Borrowers or any affiliate thereof,
(f) the negotiation, execution and delivery on or before November 28, 1997 of definitive documentation with respect to the Facility satisfactory to TCB and its counsel and (g) the other conditions set forth or referred to in the Term Sheet. The terms and conditions of TCB's commitment hereunder and of the Facility are not limited to those set forth herein and in the Term Sheet. Those matters that are not covered by the provisions hereof and of the Term Sheet are subject to the approval and agreement of TCB, CSI and the Co-Borrowers.

You agree to indemnify and hold harmless TCB, CSI, their affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, advisors, and agents (each, an "Indemnified Person") from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities to which any such Indemnified Person may become subject arising out of or in connection with this Commitment Letter, the Facility, the use of the proceeds thereof, or any related transaction or any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, regardless of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto, and to reimburse each Indemnified Person upon demand for any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any of the foregoing, provided that the foregoing indemnity will not, as to any Indemnified Person, apply to Losses or related expenses to the extent they arise from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person. YOU AGREE THAT THE INDEMNITY CONTAINED IN THE PRECEDING SENTENCE EXTENDS TO AND IS INTENDED TO COVER LOSSES AND RELATED EXPENSES ARISING OUT OF THE ORDINARY, SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY NEGLIGENCE OF AN INDEMNIFIED PERSON. In addition, you agree to reimburse TCB, CSI and their affiliates on demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including due diligence expenses, syndication expenses, travel expenses, and reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with the Facility and any related documentation (including this Commitment Letter, the Term Sheet, the Fee Letter and the definitive financing documentation) or the administration, amendment, modification or waiver thereof. No Indemnified Person shall be liable for any indirect or consequential damages in connection with its activities related to the Facility.

This Commitment Letter shall not be assignable by you without the prior written consent of TCB and CSI (and any purported assignment without such consent shall be null and void), is intended to be solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and is not intended to confer any benefits upon, or create any rights in favor of, any person other than the parties hereto. This Commitment Letter may not be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by you, TCB and CSI. This Commitment Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an

-3-

original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Commitment Letter by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. This Commitment Letter (together with the Term Sheet), between you and TCB and the Fee Letter are the only agreements that have been entered into among us with respect to the Facility and set forth the entire understanding of the parties with respect thereto. THIS COMMITMENT LETTER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

This Commitment Letter is delivered to you on the understanding that neither this Commitment Letter, the Term Sheet or the Fee Letter nor any of their terms or substance shall be disclosed, directly or indirectly, to any other person except (a) to your officers, agents and advisors who are directly involved in the consideration of this matter or (b) as may be compelled in a judicial or administrative proceeding or as otherwise required by law (in which case you agree to inform us promptly thereof), provided, that the foregoing restrictions shall cease to apply (except in respect of the Fee Letter and its terms and substance) after this Commitment Letter has been accepted by you.

The reimbursement, indemnification and confidentiality provisions contained herein and in the Fee Letter shall remain in full force and effect regardless of whether definitive financing documentation shall be executed and delivered and notwithstanding the termination of this Commitment Letter or TCB's commitment hereunder.

THIS COMMITMENT LETTER, THE ATTACHED TERM SHEET, THE FEE LETTER AND ALL EXHIBITS, SCHEDULES AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS HERETO AND THERETO CONSTITUTE A "LOAN AGREEMENT" FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 26.02 OF THE TEXAS BUSINESS AND COMMERCE CODE AND REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OR PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement, please indicate your acceptance of the terms hereof and of the Term Sheet and the Fee Letter by returning to us executed counterparts hereof and of the Fee Letter not later than 5:00 p.m., Houston, Texas time, on September 29, 1997. TCB's commitment and CSI's agreements herein will expire at such time in the event TCB has not received such executed counterparts in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

-4-

TCB and CSI are pleased to have been given the opportunity to assist you in connection with this important financing.

Very truly yours,

TEXAS COMMERCE BANK
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ C.D. KARGES
   ----------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

CHASE SECURITIES INC.

By: /s/
   ----------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written by:

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By: /s/ SCOTT C. THOMPSON
   ----------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

-5-

EXHIBIT A - SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

FACILITY:        Up to $125,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility to be available
                 in two tranches, (i) $75,000,000 Floor Plan Tranche and (ii)
                 $50,000,000 Acquisition Tranche. In addition, a Swing Line
                 will be available to fund family activity under the Floor Plan
                 Tranche.

CO-BORROWERS:    Group 1 Automotive, Inc. (the "Company") and its wholly-owned
                 subsidiaries.

ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT:           Texas Commerce Bank National Association ("TCB")

FLOOR PLAN
AGENT:           Comerica Bank ("Comerica")

ARRANGER:        Chase Securities Inc. ("CSI")

LENDERS:         TCB, Comerica and a group of lenders acceptable to TCB,
                 Comerica, CSI and the Company.

PURPOSE:         General corporate needs including acquisitions of auto
                 dealerships and to finance new and program vehicle
                 inventories.

MATURITY:        Three years from the Closing Date, renewable annually.

SECURITY:        The Facility will be secured by:

                 (i)      a pledge of the stock of subsidiaries (as permitted
                          by manufacturers),

                 (ii)     a first priority lien on all inventory, accounts
                          receivable, and machinery and equipment of the Floor
                          Plan Subsidiaries,

                 (iii)    a second priority lien on all inventory, accounts
                          receivable, and machinery and equipment of all
                          subsidiaries other than those in (ii) above, and

                 (iv)     a first priority mortgage on all current and future
                          unencumbered real estate (if any).

AVAILABILITY:    Availability of the Facility shall be equal to the lesser of
                 (i) $125,000,000 or (ii) the sum of (x) the Floor Plan
                 Availability plus (y) the Acquisition Availability.

                 The Floor Plan Availability shall be an amount of up to
                 $75,000,000, governed as outlined under "Payments,
                 Curtailment" below.

-6-

The Acquisition Availability shall be equal to the lesser of:

(i) $50,000,000

or

(ii) an amount equal to the lesser of:

(x) 2.75 times the difference between Pro Forma EBITDA of the Floor Plan Subsidiaries minus Floor Plan Interest Expense of the Floor Plan Subsidiaries

or

(y) the greater of:

(1) an amount equal to 1.50 times the difference between Consolidated Pro Forma EBITDA minus Floor Plan Interest Expense

or

(2) 2.00 times the difference between Pro Forma EBITDA of the Floor Plan Subsidiaries minus Floor Plan Interest Expense of the Floor Plan Subsidiaries.

MANDATORY

PREPAYMENTS:     The Co-Borrowers shall immediately prepay any outstandings
                 under the Facility to the extent that the usage under either
                 tranche exceeds the Availability of either tranche.

PAYMENTS,
CURTAILMENT:     Advances are due the earlier to occur of (i) receipt of cash
                 or (ii) 10 days from the vehicle sale date. After 365 days,
                 the units will be curtailed at 2% per month for the next 12
                 months, with payment due in full by the 24th month.
                 Demonstrator and program car sublimits and curtailments to be
                 negotiated.

INTEREST RATE
OPTIONS:         Floor Plan Tranche. At the option of the Borrower, (i)
                 Comerica's Prime Rate less 0.50% or (ii) LIBOR plus 150 basis
                 points.

                 Acquisition Tranche. The Company shall be entitled to select
                 between the following interest rate options for borrowings
                 under the Acquisition Tranche: Alternate Base Rate; or LIBOR
                 plus the Applicable Margin in accordance with the following
                 table.

--------------------------------------------------
     APPLICABLE MARGIN
-----------------------------
ALTERNATE BASE
     RATE              LIBOR       LEVERAGE RATIO
--------------------------------------------------
  125.0 bps         275.0 bps         x > 1.75
   75.0 bps         225.0 bps      1.25 < x < 1.75
   25.0 bps         175.0 bps      1.00 < x < 1.25
    0.0 bps         150.0 bps         x < 1.00
--------------------------------------------------

-2-

INTEREST PAYMENTS,

INTEREST PERIODS:         Floor Plan Tranche.

                                LIBOR Loans:                 1, 2, or 3 months
                                Comerica Prime Rate Loans:   Daily

                                Interest on LIBOR Loans and advances will be
                                payable on the last day of each month, and
                                upon prepayment if permitted. Interest on
                                LIBOR and Comerica Prime Rate Loans and
                                advances will be on the basis of a 360-day
                                year (calculated on the basis of actual days
                                elapsed).

                          Acquisition Tranche.

                                LIBOR Loans:                 1, 2, 3 or 6 months
                                Alternative Base Rate Loans: up to 90 days.

                                Interest on LIBOR loans and advances will be
                                payable on the last day of each Interest
                                Period (and at the end of each three months,
                                in the case of Interest Periods of longer
                                than three months), and upon prepayment if
                                permitted. In respect of LIBOR loans and
                                advances, interest shall be payable in
                                arrears on the basis of a 360-day year
                                (calculated on the basis of actual days
                                elapsed). Interest on Alternate Base Rate
                                loans will be payable quarterly in arrears,
                                and upon prepayment, on the basis of a
                                365/366-day year for loans when based on the
                                Prime Rate and a 360-day year for loans when
                                based on the Federal Funds Effective Rate (in
                                each case calculated on the basis of actual
                                days elapsed).

FUNDING:                  Floor Plan Tranche. Borrowings of (i) Comerica Prime
                          Rate Loans shall be in any amount and (ii) LIBOR
                          Loans shall be in minimum amounts and integral
                          multiples of $1,000,000.

                          Acquisition Tranche. Borrowings of (i) Alternate Base
                          Rate Loans shall be in minimum amounts and integral
                          multiples of $1,000,000 and (ii) LIBOR Loans shall be
                          in minimum amounts and integral multiples of
                          $1,000,000.

NOTIFICATION
SCHEDULE:                 The Company must provide notice prior to the proposed
                          date of borrowing, in accordance with the following
                          schedule:

                          LIBOR Rate Loans:                 3 business days.
                          Alternate Base Rate Loans:        1 business day.

LETTERS OF CREDIT:        Annual fees for Letters of Credit shall be equal to
                          the greater of $500 or the Applicable Margin for
                          Acquisition Tranche LIBOR Loans multiplied by the
                          amount of the Letter of Credit.  TCB will receive a
                          fronting fee of 0.125%.

-3-

COMMITMENT FEES:          The Commitment Fee, payable quarterly in arrears on
                          the average unused amount of the Revolver shall be 25
                          basis points.

ARRANGEMENT FEE:          See Annex I.

AGENCY FEE:               See Annex I.

FLOOR PLAN
SERVICING FEES:           See Annex I.

PARTICIPATION
FEES:                     See Annex I.

COMMITMENT
REDUCTIONS:               The Company may irrevocably reduce the Amount pro
                          rata across both tranches in integral multiples of
                          $5,000,000 at any time upon three days notice;
                          however, prepayments of LIBOR borrowings on any day
                          other than the last day of an interest period must be
                          accompanied by payment of all breakage costs and
                          funding losses, if any.

CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT TO
ALL LOANS: Conditions Precedent shall be usual and customary for transactions of this nature including, but not limited to, the following:

o Receipt of timely notice of borrowing.
o No event of default or unmatured event of default.
o No Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred. Material change in the insurance coverage for the Company or the Guarantors.
o Representations and warranties shall be true and correct before and after giving effect to the Loan.

CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT TO

INITIAL LOAN:             Conditions Precedent shall be usual and customary for
                          transactions of this nature including, but not
                          limited to, the following:

                          o       Completion of an initial public offering with
                                  net proceeds of no less than [to be
                                  determined] and simultaneous acquisition of
                                  the "Founding Companies."

o No change in the condition of the Company.
o Full disclosure and compliance with the Company's S-1 filing.
o Documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent in its sole discretion.
o Receipt of resolutions, certificates, opinions, consents and approvals.

-4-

REPRESENTATIONS &

WARRANTIES:               Representations and warranties shall be usual and
                          customary for transactions of this nature including,
                          but not limited to, the following:

                          o       Existence, authorization, no conflicts,
                                  validity and binding effect

o Financial statements
o Taxes
o Liens
o No default
o Insurance
o Partnerships
o Regulation U
o ERISA Compliance
o Patents
o Full disclosure
o Investment Company Act, Public Utility Holding Company Act
o Liabilities
o Litigation
o Forecasts
o Subsidiaries

AFFIRMATIVE

COVENANTS:                Affirmative Covenants for the Company and its
                          subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, the
                          following:

                          (i)     Maintenance of proper books of record and
                                  account, and granting of access to the Agent
                                  and the Lenders and their representatives to
                                  visit and inspect the properties (including
                                  but not limited to inventory and accounts
                                  receivable), books and records of the
                                  Borrower, maintain financial records in
                                  accordance with GAAP;

(ii) Pay principal and interest when due;

(iii) Pay the legal fees of the Lenders for the enforcement of the Company's obligations under the Facility;

(iv) Maintenance of adequate insurance in amounts and on terms usual and customary for companies similarly engaged;

(v) Cause all material properties used or useful in the Company's business to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and cause to be made all reasonably necessary repairs,

-5-

renewals and replacements thereof, all as in the reasonable judgment of the Company may be reasonably necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times;

(vi) Maintenance of corporate existence, rights, and other material agreements, business contracts, patents, trademarks, licenses, etc.;

(vii) Payment of all taxes and other claims that may become a lien on the properties of the Company or a subsidiary, except where being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and subject to maintenance of adequate reserves;

(viii) The Company and its subsidiaries shall remain substantially in the same business in which they are currently engaged;

(ix) Compliance in all material respects with all laws and regulations (including ERISA and environmental laws) and all material contractual obligations;

(x) The Company shall deliver the following financial statements: Annual audited financial statements within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, accompanied by a compliance certificate (with supporting details) from the Borrower's chief executive officer or chief financial officer and a compliance letter from the Company's independent Certified Public Accountant, and quarterly unaudited financial statements within 60 days after the end of each of its first three fiscal quarters, together with a compliance certificate (with supporting details) from its chief executive officer or chief financial officer. In each case, such financial statements shall include the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows for the Borrower and its subsidiaries consolidated in accordance with GAAP. Audits shall be prepared by a nationally known accounting firm;

(xi) The Company shall provide, promptly after the filing, copies of the 10-K, 10-Q, and 8- K, and all other such documents and information as the Lenders shall reasonably request;

(xii) The Company shall deliver notice of certain other events, including the occurrence or existence of any default or event of default under this or any other agreement (including manufacturers sales and service agreements), pending or threatened material litigation, notice of any possible material

-6-

violation of environmental, public health, or welfare laws or regulations, certain matters relating to employee benefit plans, the filing of tax or other governmental liens, filings under securities laws, accountants' reports, the creation or acquisition of new subsidiaries, and the incurrence of material burdensome restrictions under contracts or applicable law or certain other events (e.g., strikes, labor disputes, loss of use of material patents, or trademarks) reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower.

NEGATIVE

COVENANTS:                The following negative covenants shall apply to the
                          Company and its subsidiaries:

                          (i)      Minimum Net Worth - The Company will not
                                   allow the Shareholders' Equity to be less
                                   than equal to the sum of (x) 90% of post-IPO
                                   net worth plus (y) 75% of Consolidated Net
                                   Income (but only to the extent such amount is
                                   positive) subsequent to the IPO plus (z) 100%
                                   of the net proceeds from the sale of equity.
                                   The Company will not allow Consolidated
                                   Tangible Net Worth to be less than $25
                                   million.

                          (ii)     Restricted Payments and Investments - The
                                   Company and its subsidiaries will not (i) pay
                                   any cash dividends or make any other
                                   distribution on any equity interest of the
                                   Borrower, (ii) redeem, purchase or otherwise
                                   acquire or retire any such equity interests;
                                   or (iii) make investments other than
                                   Permitted Investments, unless in each case
                                   immediately after giving effect thereto, (a)
                                   no Default or Event of Default has occurred
                                   or would be created thereby and (b) the
                                   aggregate of such payments and investments
                                   would not exceed one-third of Consolidated
                                   Net Income since December 31, 1997.

                          (iv)     Fixed Charge Coverage - The Company shall
                                   not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to
                                   be less than 1.25 of (x) Earnings Available
                                   for Fixed Charges (calculated quarterly on a
                                   rolling four quarter basis).

                          (v)      Interest Coverage - The Company shall not
                                   permit the Interest Coverage Ratio to be less
                                   than 2.50 (calculated quarterly on a rolling
                                   four quarter basis).

                          (vi)     Leverage Ratio - The Company shall not
                                   permit the Leverage Ratio to be greater than
                                   2.0.

-7-

(vii) Working Capital - The Company shall not permit Working Capital to be less than [to be determined].

(viii) Debt - Neither the Company nor any subsidiary shall incur, or permit to exist any Indebtedness except (i) permitted existing Indebtedness disclosed at Closing;
(ii) Indebtedness outstanding under the Facility; (iii) current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business; (iv) subordinated debt with terms acceptable to the Agents and Lenders not to exceed $10 million; (v) purchase money debt not to exceed $3 million; and (vi) pre-existing debt of acquired entities which become subsidiaries after closing provided that such debt was not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Floor Plan Subsidiaries shall not incur nor permit to exist any Indebtedness except indebtedness incurred under the Facility.

(ix) Liens - The Company will not, nor will it permit its subsidiaries to, incur or permit to exist liens on assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, except (i) liens securing the Facility; (ii) liens securing permitted secured indebtedness; (iii) liens for taxes not yet due and payable or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and subject to maintenance of adequate reserves;
(iv) liens of landlords, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, and similar liens imposed by law and created in the ordinary course of business or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and subject to maintenance of adequate reserves; (v) customary liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, and to secure performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, and similar obligations; and (vi) zoning, easements, and restrictions on use of real property which do not materially impair the use of such property.

(x) Mergers, Consolidations - Neither the Company nor its subsidiary shall merge or consolidate unless the Company is the surviving corporation.

(xi) Sale of Assets - The Company and its subsidiaries will not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any assets of the Company and its subsidiaries except: (i) assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business including obsolete assets and (ii) other assets sold, transferred, terminated or otherwise disposed of in any year as

-8-

long as the proceeds realized from such sale, transfer, termination or disposition in any applicable year in excess of the greater of 10% of the tangible assets of the Company as of the beginning of such year or $5 million[--] are either reinvested within one year in similar assets or used to repay senior Indebtedness of the Borrower.

(xii) Acquisitions - Neither the Company nor any

subsidiary shall make any acquisition wherein the aggregate consideration in the form of cash and assumed debt would exceed $25 million per year or $10 million per occurrence without the prior approval of the Majority Banks.

(xiii) Transactions with Affiliates - Restrictions on transactions with affiliates except for transactions on an arm's length basis.

(xiv) Capital Expenditures - The Company will not permit capital expenditures in any 4-quarter period to exceed $5 million.

EVENTS OF

DEFAULT:                  Events of Default shall include those provisions
                          usual and customary for such transactions including,
                          but not limited to, the following:

                          (i)      Nonpayment of any principal amounts
                                   of the loans when due; nonpayment of any
                                   interest, fees, or other amounts within 5
                                   days of the due date thereof;

                          (ii)     Breach of any negative covenants or breach
                                   of any notice requirement;

                          (iii)    Breach of any other covenant or obligation
                                   which remains uncured for 30 days after the
                                   earlier of (x) the Company obtaining
                                   knowledge thereof or (y) written notice
                                   thereof having been given to the Borrower.

                          (iv)     Any representation, warranty, or statement
                                   shall be untrue or incorrect in any material
                                   respect when made;

                          (v)      Failure of the Company or a subsidiary to
                                   make payments on any debt exceeding $1
                                   million in the aggregate, or breach of any
                                   covenant contained in any agreement relating
                                   to such indebtedness causing or permitting
                                   the acceleration of such indebtedness;

-9-

(vi) The Company or any subsidiary shall file, or shall have filed against it, bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding;

(vii) An involuntary bankruptcy or other similar proceeding shall be commenced against the Company or any subsidiary and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for sixty days or an order or decree approving or ordering any such action shall be entered;

(viii) Incurrence of any liability or potential liability under any employee benefit plan that would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company; or

(ix) Any judgment in excess of $5 million shall be rendered against the Company or a subsidiary which judgment stays in effect for 60 days without being stayed or deferred;

(x) Any loss or material change to agreements between the Borrower and its major automotive suppliers pertaining to the Company's rights
(ix) An event shall occur or condition exist which results in a material adverse effect to sell automobiles.

ASSIGNMENTS AND

PARTICIPATIONS:           The Lenders shall be permitted to participate and
                          assign loans, notes and commitments.  Assignments
                          will be subject to the payment of a service fee
                          payable by the assigning Lender to the Agent and
                          shall only be permitted with the prior written
                          consent of the Borrower, which shall not be
                          unreasonably withheld; provided however, each
                          assignment shall be in a minimum principal amount of
                          $5,000,000.

YIELD PROTECTION:         Standard yield protection and indemnification,
                          including capital adequacy requirements, will be
                          incorporated into the Credit Agreement to
                          satisfactorily compensate the Lenders in the event
                          that any existing or future law, requirement,
                          guideline, or request of relevant authorities shall
                          increase costs, reduce payments or earnings, or
                          increase capital requirements.

INDEMNITIES:              The Company will indemnify, defend and hold harmless
                          the Agent and Lenders and their respective
                          shareholders, directors, officers, counsels,
                          employees and agents from and against all costs,
                          liability and expense (including interest, penalties,
                          attorney's fees and amounts paid in settlement) to
                          which any of them may become subject arising out of
                          or based upon the Facility, including consequences of
                          their own negligence, whether by alleged or actual
                          negligence of the party to be indemnified or
                          otherwise, except and to

-10-

                          the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful
                          misconduct of the party otherwise so indemnified.

EXPENSES:                 The Co-Borrowers will be liable for all reasonable
                          costs associated with the financing including, but
                          not limited to, legal and recording costs.

MAJORITY BANKS:           Banks representing at least 66 2/3% of the
                          commitments.

GOVERNING LAW:            State of Texas

-11-

EXHIBIT 10.20

[MITSUBISHI MOTOR SALES OF AMERICA, INC. LETTERHEAD]

June 20, 1997

Mr. B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.
Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
950 Echo Lane, Suite 348
Houston, Texas 77024

RE: Beneficial Ownership
Mike Smith Autoplaza, Inc. dba Mike Smith Mitsubishi

Dear Mr. Hollingsworth:

This letter confirms that the beneficial ownership in your MMSA Dealership Corporation is as follows:

NAME VOTING STOCK

Group 1 Automotive, Inc. 100%

You have requested that MMSA make an exception to its policy that the controlling ownership interest in an authorized MMSA Dealer Corporation be in the name of a natural person and not a corporation.

This letter advises you that MMSA hereby approves the above-described ownership of Mike Smith Autoplaza, Inc. dba Mike Smith Mitsubishi, conditioned on your agreement that so long as you are doing business as an authorized MMSA dealer to the extent that the Dealer Agreement refers to changes in the controlling ownership interest (i) IT SHALL BE DEEMED TO REFER TO THE OWNERSHIP OF MIKE SMITH AUTOPLAZA, INC. AS WELL AS THE OWNERSHIP OF ANY DIRECT OR INDIRECT PARENT COMPANY OF MIKE SMITH AUTOPLAZA, INC. AND (ii) THE TERMS OF THE ATTACHED APPENDIX SHALL DEFINE A CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP OF ANY PUBLICLY-TRADED PARENT COMPANY OF MIKE SMITH AUTOPLAZA, INC.


Mr. B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.
June 20, 1997

Page 2

If all the above is agreeable to you, please indicate your acceptance thereof by signing the enclosed duplicate originals of this letter in the space provided below and returning the same to us, upon which the foregoing approval shall become effective.

Very truly yours,

N. Kevin Ormes Group Vice President Sales & Marketing

NKO/ash

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

ON BEHALF OF MIKE SMITH AUTOPLAZA, INC.
DBA MIKE SMITH MITSUBISHI
AND GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By:
Title:
Date:

APPENDIX

CHANGE IN
MAJORITY OWNERSHIP OR CONTROL OF DEALER

The Dealer Sales and Service Agreement (the "Dealer Agreement") between Mitsubishi Motor Sales of America, Inc. ("MMSA") and Mike Smith Autoplaza, Inc. dba Mike Smith Mitsubishi (the "Dealer") prohibits a change of majority ownership or control of the Dealer without the prior written approval of MMSA, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. The purpose of this provision, together with the provision requiring MMSA approval for a change in the Executive Managers of the Dealer, is to preserve the identity of the owners and managers whose automotive industry experience, reputation and abilities were the basis for MMSA's decision to award to the Dealer the Mitsubishi automobile dealership. A failure to observe these provisions can result in termination of the Dealer Agreement.

Some Mitsubishi Dealers, or one of their parent entities in a chain of ownership, may consist of entities whose equity securities are, or will in the future become, publicly traded. The purpose of this letter is to explain in greater detail what constitutes a change of ownership or control of the Dealer in that context.

For purposes of this letter, capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Dealer Agreement. Additionally, the following definitions shall apply herein:

"Group" shall have the meaning contemplated in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Majority Ownership" of a Dealer or other Person shall mean beneficial ownership or control, directly or indirectly, of either (a) a majority of the outstanding equity securities of such Dealer or other Person entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, trustees or members of any other governing body of such Dealer or other Person or (b) equity securities of such Dealer or other Person representing a majority of all outstanding votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors, trustees or members of any other governing body of such Dealer or other Person.

"Parent Company" shall mean a Person holding, directly or indirectly, Majority Ownership of the Dealer.

"Person" shall mean to any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, or other entity.


Mr. B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.
June 20, 1997

Page 2

For a Dealer whose equity securities are publicly traded, and for a Dealer having one or more Parent Companies with publicly traded equity securities, a change of majority ownership or control of such Dealer will be deemed to have occurred upon the happening or existence of any of the following events or circumstances:

(a) Any Person or Group acquires Majority Ownership of the Dealer or a Parent Company thereof after the date hereof; or

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the Dealer or any Parent Company (together with any new directors whose election or appointment by such board of directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of such Dealer or Parent Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Dealer or Parent Company then in office.

Please acknowledge your understanding of and agreement with the foregoing by executing a copy of this letter in the space provided below and returning such copy to Kirk Taylor, Regional Market Representation Manager.

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO:

SIGNATURE

By: Date:

ON BEHALF OF MIKE SMITH AUTOPLAZA, INC.

DBA MIKE SMITH MITSUBISHI

AND GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.


EXHIBIT 10.21

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT TO
DEALER SALES AND SERVICE AGREEMENT
(PUBLICLY TRADED COMPANY)

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT (this "Supplemental Agreement"), dated as of September ___, 1997 is entered into among Foyt Motors, Inc. ("Dealer"), Group 1 Automotive, Inc. ("Public Company") and American Isuzu Motors Inc. ("Distributor").

WHEREAS, Distributor and Dealer are parties to a Dealer Sales and Service Agreement dated June 6, 1996 (the "Dealer Agreement") which authorizes Dealer to conduct dealership operations from the Dealership Locations identified in the Dealer Agreement;

WHEREAS, upon the consummation of an initial public offering by Public Company, Dealer will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Public Company (the "Acquisition");

WHEREAS, in accordance with the Dealer Agreement, Dealer has requested Distributor's consent to the Acquisition; and

WHEREAS, Distributor is willing to furnish its consent to the Acquisition in consideration for, and in reliance upon, certain understandings, assurances and representations which the parties wish to document.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. LIMITATIONS UPON CHANGE OF EXECUTIVE MANAGER

A. Designation of Executive Manager. As set forth in
Section 4 of the Dealer Agreement, Robert Struzynski shall be Executive Manager of Dealer. Dealer agrees that Executive Manager shall have complete an irrevocable authority to make all decisions, and enter into any and all necessary business commitments, required in the normal course of conducting dealership operations on behalf of Dealer. Dealer shall not revoke, modify or otherwise impose limitations upon such authority without the prior written consent of Distributor.

B. Change of Executive Manager. Without limiting the restrictions set forth in the Dealer Agreement, the removal or withdrawal of Executive Manager without Distributor's prior written consent shall constitute grounds for termination of the Dealer Agreement, subject to applicable state law.

2. LIMITATIONS UPON CHANGES IN OWNERSHIP

A. Change in Ownership. Dealer and Public Company hereby represent and warrant that upon consummation of Public Company's initial public offering, Dealer will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Public Company. Given the control of Public Company over Dealer,


and Distributor's strong interest in assuring that those who own and control Distributor's dealerships have interests consistent with those of Distributor, Dealer and Public Company agree that (i) any change in the ownership of Dealer, or (ii) the acquisition by any person, or any persons acting as a group, of more than 20% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Public Company, shall be considered a change in ownership of Dealer under the terms of the Dealer Agreement, and shall be subject to the provisions of the Dealer Agreement and subparagraph B below.

B. Distributor's Rights Upon Change in Ownership. Upon the occurrence of any event described in subparagraph A above, if Distributor reasonably concludes that the transferee or acquiring person or entity does not have interests compatible with those of Distributor or is otherwise not qualified to have an ownership interest in the dealerships at the Dealership Locations, then within 90 days of receipt of written notice from Distributor, Dealer agrees to: (i) transfer the assets associated with Dealer to a third party acceptable to the Distributor, (ii) voluntarily terminate the Dealer Agreement, or (iii) provide evidence to Distributor that such person or entity no longer has such an ownership interest in Dealer or Public Company. In the event that Dealer enters into an agreement to transfer its assets to a third party as set forth in (i) above, Distributor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase such assets in accordance with the terms and procedures set forth in subparagraph C below, and subject to the terms of applicable state law. Dealer and Public Company agree that if an ownership interest is acquired in Public Company by a person or entity which notifies Public Company via Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Dealer shall advise Distributor in writing, and attach a copy of that Schedule.

C. Exercise of Right of First Refusal. Prior to exercising its right of first refusal pursuant to subparagraph B above, Distributor shall have a reasonable opportunity to inspect the assets, including real estate, before making its decision. If Dealer has entered into a bona fide written buy/sell agreement, the purchase price and other terms of sale will be those set forth in such agreement and any related documents, unless Dealer and Distributor agree to other terms. Upon Distributor's request, Dealer agrees to provide all documents relating to the proposed transfer. Dealer refuses to provide such documentation or states that such documents do not exist, it will be presumed that the agreement is not bona fide. In the absence of a bona fide written buy/sell agreement, the purchase price of the dealership assets will be determined by good faith negotiations by Dealer and Distributor. If agreement cannot be reached within a reasonable time, the price and other terms of sale will be established by arbitration according to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Dealer agrees to transfer the assets by Warranty Deed where possible, conveying marketable title free and clear of liens and encumbrances. The Deed will be in proper form for recording and Dealer will deliver complete possession of the assets when the Deed is delivered. Dealer will also furnish copies of any easements, licenses or other documents affecting the property and assign any permits or licenses necessary for the conduct of Dealer's options. Distributor's rights under this section may be assigned to any third party and in connection with any such assignment, Distributor will guarantee full payment of the purchase price by the assignee. Distributor's rights under this paragraph C shall be subject to the terms of applicable state law.

3. LIMITATIONS UPON NUMBER AND LOCATIONS OF DEALERSHIPS

Public Company acknowledges that Distributor's consent is required for the acquisition of each new Isuzu point and the Distributor's consent to the number and locations of

-2-

dealerships which may be owned by Public Company or any subsidiary of Public Company will be given on a case by case basis. Dealer shall provide such documentation as is reasonably requested by Distributor regarding the ownership interests of all such persons and entities in Distributor's dealerships. In the event that Dealer or Public Company shall acquire ownership or control of more than one of Distributor's dealerships, then Dealer and/or Public Company shall obtain separate motor vehicle licenses, and shall maintain separate financial statements, for each dealership.

4. WORKING CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

Dealer shall maintain, at all times, sufficient working capital to meet or exceed the minimum net working capital standards for Dealer as determined from time to time by Distributor consistent with its standard policies. Dealer shall provide such documentation as is reasonably requested by Distributor to assure compliance with this requirement. Public Company agrees to submit an annual consolidated balance sheet for the combined dealership operations of Public Company. Public Company agrees, upon Distributor's request, to provide Distributor with copies of the materials filed by Public Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

5. INDEMNITY

Public Company further agrees to indemnify and hold Distributor harmless from and against any and all claims of the shareholders of Public Company under applicable federal and state securities laws arising out of the initial public offering of capital stock of the Public Company, and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, unless a final determination is made that Distributor was in fact liable for such claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses.

6. MISCELLANEOUS

A. Effect of Supplemental Agreement. The parties agree that this Supplemental Agreement is intended to supplement the terms of the Dealer Agreement and not to limit the rights and obligations of the parties contained therein. This Supplemental Agreement is hereby incorporated into the Dealer Agreement and made a part thereof. In the event that any of the provisions of this Supplemental Agreement are in actual conflict with other provisions of the Dealer Agreement, the provisions contained in this Supplemental Agreement shall govern. In the event that the policies of Distributor with regard to the issues addressed herein are hereinafter modified, the parties agree to review such modifications to determine whether modifications of this Supplemental Agreement are appropriate.

B. Construction. This Supplemental Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The failure of either party to enforce any of the provisions of this Supplemental Agreement or the failure to exercise any election provided for herein shall in no way be considered to be a waiver of such provisions or elections. All capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Dealer Agreement.

-3-

C. Alternative Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute between the parties regarding the Dealer Agreement or this Supplemental Agreement, Dealer and Public Company agree to participate in any alternative dispute resolution procedures specified in the standard policies of Distributor. Upon final determination through such dispute resolution, each party shall have recourse to a review de novo by the appropriate state court or administrative agency consistent with the provisions of state law. The parties agree that should a party making such appeal lose the issues presented on appeal, then that party shall pay the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, of the other party for the defense of such de novo review.

D. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Supplemental Agreement or the Dealer Agreement shall be construed to confer any rights upon any person not a party hereto or thereto, nor shall it create in any party an interest as a third party beneficiary of this Supplemental Agreement or the Dealer Agreement.

E. Condition Precedent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the parties acknowledge that the provisions of this Supplemental Agreement shall not be applicable until such time as Public Company completes a public offering of its stock.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Supplemental Agreement effective as of the date set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

AMERICAN ISUZU MOTORS, INC.                FOYT MOTORS, INC.


By: /s/ J. T. MALONEY                      By:
   --------------------------------           ---------------------------------
Name: J. T. Maloney                        Name:
     ------------------------------             -------------------------------

Title: Sr. V. P. and General               Title:
      -----------------------------              ------------------------------
       Manager Light Vehicles

                                           GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.


                                           By: /s/ F. R. TODARO
                                              ---------------------------------
                                           Name: F. R. Todaro
                                                -------------------------------
                                           Title: VP Corporate Services
                                                 ------------------------------

-4-

EXHIBIT 10.22

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AMONG

HOWARD PONTIAC-GMC, INC.,

BOB HOWARD AUTOMOTIVE-EAST, INC.

AND

THE STOCKHOLDER OF
BOB HOWARD AUTOMOTIVE-EAST, INC.

DATED AS OF
SEPTEMBER 12, 1997


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                               ARTICLE I

                                            THE ACQUISITION
1.1     The Acquisition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2     Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3     Transfer of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2.1     Corporate Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.2     Qualification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.3     Authorization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.4     Approvals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.5     Absence of Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.6     Subsidiaries; Equity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.7     Capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.8     Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.9     Undisclosed Liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.10    Certain Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.11    Contracts and Commitments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.12    Absence of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.13    Tax Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.14    Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.15    Compliance with Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.16    Permits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.17    Employee Benefit Plans and Policies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.18    Title  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.19    Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.20    Affiliate Interests  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.21    Environmental Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.22    Intellectual Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.23    Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.24    Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

                                              ARTICLE III

                                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
                                            THE STOCKHOLDER

3.1     Capital Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
3.2     Authorization of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
3.3     Approvals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
3.4     Absence of Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

-i-

                                               ARTICLE IV

                                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                              OF AUTOMALL
4.1     Corporate Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
4.2     Authorization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
4.3     Approvals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
4.4     Absence of Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

                                               ARTICLE V

                                      COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND
                                            THE STOCKHOLDER

5.1     Acquisition Proposals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
5.2     Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
5.3     Conduct of Business by the Company Pending the Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
5.4     Confidentiality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
5.5     Notification of Certain Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
5.6     Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
5.7     Agreement to Defend  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
5.8     Stockholder's Agreements Not to Sell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
5.9     Intellectual Property Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
5.10    Cooperating in connection with IPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
5.11    Removal of Related Party Guarantees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
5.12    Termination of Related Party Agreements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
5.13    Related Party Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
5.14    LIFO Adjustment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
5.15    Management Agreement.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
5.16    Consent of Chalmers-Ramsey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

                                               ARTICLE VI

                                         COVENANTS OF AUTOMALL

6.1     Confidentiality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
6.2     Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
6.3     Agreement to Defend  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
6.4     Removal of Personal Guarantee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

                                              ARTICLE VII

                                               CONDITIONS

7.1     Conditions Precedent to Obligation of Each Party to Effect the Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
7.2     Additional Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Automall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
7.3     Additional Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Stockholder.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

-ii-

                                              ARTICLE VIII

                                   EFFECTIVENESS OF REPRESENTATIONS,
                                       WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS
8.1     Effectiveness of representations, warranties and agreements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

                                               ARTICLE IX

                                             MISCELLANEOUS

9.1     Disclosure Letter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
9.2     Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
9.3     Automatic Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
9.4     Effect of Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
9.5     Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
9.6     Waiver and Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
9.7     Public Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
9.8     Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
9.9     Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
9.10    Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
9.11    Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
9.12    Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
9.13    Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
9.14    Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

-iii-

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Stock Purchase Agreement (this "Agreement"), dated as of the 12th day of September, 1997, is among Howard Pontiac-GMC, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation ("Automall"), Bob Howard Automotive-East, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation (the "Company"), and Robert E. Howard II, the sole stockholder of the Company (the "Stockholder").

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The parties to this Agreement have determined it is in their best long-term interests to effect a business combination pursuant to which Automall will acquire all of the issued and outstanding common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company from the Stockholder (the "Acquisition");

The respective Boards of Directors of Automall and the Company have approved this Agreement and the Acquisition pursuant to the terms and conditions herein set forth.

The parties hereto desire to set forth certain representations, warranties and covenants made by each to the other as an inducement to the consummation of the Acquisition.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

THE ACQUISITION

1.1 The Acquisition. At the Closing (as defined below), the Stockholder shall sell to Automall and Automall shall purchase from the Stockholder that number of shares of the Class A common stock, par value $1.00 per share of the Company ("Company Class A Common Stock") as set forth opposite his name in Schedule I hereto in exchange for one dollar ($1.00), and other valuable consideration.

1.2 Closing Date. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., 2300 First City Tower, Houston, Texas 77002, fourteen (14) days following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VII or at such other time and place and on such other date as Automall and the Company shall agree; provided, that the conditions set forth in Article VII shall have been satisfied or waived at or prior to such time. The date on which the Closing occurs is herein referred to as the "Closing Date."

1.3 Transfer of Shares. At the Closing, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VII, the Stockholder will sell, transfer and deliver that number of shares of Company Common Stock as set forth opposite his name in Schedule I hereto to Automall (in proper form and duly endorsed for transfer).


ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER

The Company and the Stockholder hereby represent and warrant to Automall as follows:

2.1 Corporate Organization. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation with all requisite corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as now owned, leased or conducted and to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by it at the Closing. The disclosure letter delivered by the Company prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (the "Company Disclosure Letter") includes true and complete copies of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company, as amended and presently in effect.

2.2 Qualification. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business as now conducted or the character of the property owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not have a material adverse affect on the business, assets, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company (a "Material Adverse Effect"). The Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company is qualified to do business, if any.

2.3 Authorization. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, the performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the execution, delivery and performance of each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by the Company at the Closing have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company. This Agreement has been, and each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by the Company at the Closing will then be, duly executed and delivered by it, and this Agreement constitutes, and, to the extent it purports to obligate the Company, each such instrument will constitute (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party thereto), the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

2.4 Approvals. Except for applicable requirements, if any, of the Oklahoma Motor Vehicle Commission, and except to the extent set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, no filing or registration with, and no consent, approval, authorization, permit, certificate or order of any federal, state, foreign or local court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority is required by any applicable statute or other applicable law or by any applicable judgment, order or decree or any applicable rule or regulation of any federal, state, foreign or local court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority to permit the Company to execute, deliver or perform this Agreement or any instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by it at the Closing.

2.5 Absence of Conflicts. Except to the extent set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, neither the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement or any instrument required

-2-

hereby to be executed and delivered by it at the Closing, nor the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement or any such instrument will (assuming receipt of all consents, approvals, authorizations, permits, certificates and orders disclosed as requisite in the Company Disclosure Letter pursuant to Section 2.4) (a) violate or breach the terms of or cause a default under (i) any applicable federal, state, foreign or local statute or other applicable law, (ii) any applicable judgment, order or decree or any applicable rule or regulation of any federal, state, foreign or local court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority, (iii) any applicable permits received from any federal, state, foreign or local governmental agency, (iv) the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, or (v) any contract or agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it, or any of its properties, is bound, or (b) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, claim or encumbrance on any of the properties or assets of the Company, or (c) result in the cancellation, forfeiture, revocation, suspension or adverse modification of any existing consent, approval, authorization, license, permit, certificate or order of any federal, state, foreign or local court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority, or (d) with the passage of time or the giving of notice or the taking of any action of any third party have any of the effects set forth in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this Section, except, with respect to clauses (a),
(b), (c) or (d) of this Section, where such matter would not have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect upon the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.6 Subsidiaries; Equity Investments. The Company does not control directly or indirectly, or have any direct or indirect equity participation in any individual, firm corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity ("Person").

2.7 Capitalization.

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 10,000 shares of the Company Class A Common Stock, of which 750 shares are issued and outstanding, and 40,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $1.00 per share ("Company Class B Common Stock, and together with the Company Class A Common Stock, the "Company Common Stock"), of which no shares are issued and outstanding. No shares of Company Common Stock are held in treasury. Each outstanding share of the Company Common Stock has been duly authorized, is validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and was not issued in violation of any preemptive rights of any stockholder. Set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter are the names and addresses (as reflected in the corporate records of the Company) of each record holder of the Company Common Stock, together with the number of shares held by each such Person.

(b) There is not outstanding any capital stock or other security, including without limitation any option, warrant or right granted by the Company, entitling the holder thereof to purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock of the Company. Except as disclosed in the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no contracts, agreements, commitments or arrangements obligating the Company (i) to issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber any shares of, or any options, warrants or rights of any kind to acquire, or any securities that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of, any class of capital stock of the Company or (ii) to redeem, purchase or acquire or offer to acquire any shares of, or any outstanding option, warrant or right to acquire, or any securities that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of, any class of capital stock of the Company.

-3-

2.8 Financial Statements. Included in the Company Disclosure Letter is a true and complete copy of the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of July 31, 1997 (the "Company Balance Sheet") prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis. The Company Balance Sheet does not omit to state any liabilities, absolute or contingent, required to be stated therein in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis. All accounts receivable of the Company reflected in the Company Balance Sheet and as incurred since July 31, 1997 represent sales made in the ordinary course of business, are collectible (net of any reserves for doubtful accounts shown in the Company Balance Sheet) in the ordinary course of business and, except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, are not in dispute or subject to counterclaim, set-off or renegotiation. The Company Disclosure Letter contains an aged schedule of accounts receivable included in the Company Balance Sheet.

2.9 Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as and to the extent of the amounts specifically reflected or accrued for in the Company Balance Sheet or as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company does not have any material liabilities or obligations of any nature whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due. The reserves reflected in the Company Balance Sheet are adequate, appropriate and reasonable in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

2.10 Certain Agreements. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, neither the Company nor any of its officers or directors, is a party to, or bound by, any contract, agreement or organizational document which purports to restrict, by virtue of a noncompetition, territorial exclusivity or other provision covering such subject matter purportedly enforceable by a third party against the Company, or any of its officers or directors, the scope of the business or operations of the Company or any of its officers or directors, geographically or otherwise.

2.11 Contracts and Commitments. The Company Disclosure Letter includes (i) a list of all contracts to which the Company is a party or by which its property is bound that involve consideration or other expenditure in excess of $50,000 or performance over a period of more than six months or that is otherwise material to the business or operations of the Company ("Material Contracts"); (ii) a list of all real or personal property leases to which the Company is a party involving consideration or other expenditure in excess of $50,000 over the term of the lease ("Material Leases"); (iii) a list of all guarantees of, or agreements to indemnify or be contingently liable for, the payment or performance by any Person to which the Company is a party ("Guarantees") and (iv) a list of all contracts or other formal or informal understandings between the Company and any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or stockholders or their affiliates ("Related Party Agreements"). True and complete copies of each Material Contract, Material Lease, Guarantee and Related Party Agreement have been furnished to Automall and Group 1 Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Group 1").

2.12 Absence of Changes. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, there has not been, since July 31, 1997, any material adverse change with respect to the business, assets, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company. Except as set forth in the Company

-4-

Disclosure Letter, since July 31, 1997, the Company has not engaged in any transaction or conduct of any kind which would be proscribed by Section 5.3 herein after execution and delivery of this Agreement.

2.13 Tax Matters.

(a) Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter (and except for filings and payments of assessments the failure of which to file or pay will not materially adversely affect the Company), (i) all returns and reports ("Tax Returns") of or with respect to any Tax (as defined below) which is required to be filed on or before the Closing Date by or with respect to the Company have been or will be duly and timely filed, (ii) all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit or other items required to be included in each such Tax Return have been or will be so included and all information provided in each such Tax Return is true, correct and complete, (iii) all Taxes which have become or will become due with respect to the period covered by each such Tax Return have been or will be timely paid in full, (iv) all withholding Tax requirements imposed on or with respect to the Company have been or will be satisfied in full, and (v) no penalty, interest or other charge is or will become due with respect to the late filing of any such Tax Return or late payment of any such Tax. For purposes of this Agreement, "Taxes" shall mean all taxes, charges, imposts, tariffs, fees, levies or other similar assessments or liabilities, including income taxes, ad valorem taxes, excise taxes, withholding taxes, stamp taxes or other taxes of or with respect to gross receipts, premiums, real property, personal property, windfall profits, sales, use, transfers, licensing, employment, payroll and franchises imposed by or under any law; and such terms shall include any interest, fines, penalties, assessments or additions to tax resulting from, attributable to or incurred in connection with any such tax or any contest or dispute thereof.

(b) The Company Disclosure Letter sets forth all periods for which Tax Returns of the Company (i) have been audited by the applicable governmental authorities or (ii) are no longer subject to audit due to the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

(c) There is no claim against the Company for any Taxes, and no assessment, deficiency or adjustment has been asserted or proposed with respect to any Tax Return of or with respect to the Company, other than those disclosed (and to which are attached true and complete copies of all audit or similar reports) in the Company Disclosure Letter.

(d) Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, there is not in force any extension of time with respect to the due date for the filing of any Tax Return of or with respect to the Company or any waiver or agreement for any extension of time for the assessment or payment of any Tax of or with respect to the Company.

(e) The total amounts set up as liabilities for current and deferred Taxes in the Balance Sheet are sufficient to cover the payment of all Taxes, whether or not assessed or disputed, which are, or are hereafter found to be, or to have been, due by or with respect to the Company up to and through the periods covered thereby.

-5-

(f) All Tax allocation or sharing agreements affecting the Company shall be terminated prior to the Closing Date and no payments shall be due or will become due by the Company on or after the Closing Date pursuant to any such agreement or arrangement.

(g) Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company will not be required to include any amount in income for any taxable period beginning the Closing Date as a result of a change in accounting method for any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date or pursuant to any agreement with any Tax authority with respect to any such taxable period.

(h) The Company has not consented to have the provisions of Section 341(f)(2) of the Code apply with respect to a sale of its stock.

(i) From January 28, 1997 through the Closing Date, (a) the Company continuously has been and will be an S Corporation within the meaning of Section 1361 of the Code, and (b) each holder of the Company stock has been an individual resident of the United States or an estate or trust described in Section 1361(c)(2) of the Code that is permitted to hold the stock of an S Corporation.

2.14 Litigation.

(a) Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no actions at law, suits in equity, investigations, proceedings or claims pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or specifically affecting the Company before or by any federal, state, foreign or local court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority which if determined adversely to the Company would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as contemplated by this Agreement and except to the extent set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company has substantially performed all obligations required to be performed by it to date and is not in default under, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred which, with the lapse of time or action by a third party could result in a default under any contract or other agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or under any applicable judgment, order or decree of any federal, state, foreign or local court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority, other than such defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.15 Compliance with Law. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company is in compliance with all applicable statutes and other applicable laws and all applicable rules and regulations of all federal, state, foreign and local governmental agencies and authorities, except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.16 Permits. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company owns or holds all franchises, licenses, permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of all governmental agencies and authorities, federal, state, foreign and local, necessary for the conduct of its business, except for those franchises, licenses, permits, consents, approvals and authorizations which the

-6-

failure to own or hold would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Each franchise, license, permit, consent, approval and authorization so owned or held is in full force and effect, and the Company is in compliance with all of its obligations with respect thereto, except where the failure to be in full force and effect or to be in compliance would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred which allows, or upon the giving of notice or the lapse of time or otherwise would allow, revocation or termination of any franchise, license, permit, consent, approval or authorization so owned or held.

2.17 Employee Benefit Plans and Policies.

(a) The Company Disclosure Letter provides a description of each of the following which is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of its employees, or has been so sponsored, maintained or contributed to within six years prior to the Closing Date:

(i) each "employee benefit plan," as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") ("Plan"); and

(ii) each personnel policy, stock option plan, collective bargaining agreement, bonus plan or arrangement, incentive award plan or arrangement, vacation policy, severance pay plan, policy or agreement, deferred compensation agreement or arrangement, executive compensation or supplemental income arrangement, consulting agreement, employment agreement and each other employee benefit plan, agreement, arrangement, program, practice or understanding that is not described in Section 2.17(a)(i) ("Benefit Program or Agreement").

True and complete copies of each of the Plans, Benefit Programs or Agreements, related trusts, if applicable, and all amendments thereto, have been furnished to Automall.

(b) The Company does not contribute to or have an obligation to contribute to, and has not at any time contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to, a plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, including, without limitation, a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA.

(c) Except as otherwise set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter,

(i) Each Plan and each Benefit Program or Agreement has been administered, maintained and operated in accordance with the terms thereof and in compliance with its governing documents and applicable law (including, where applicable, ERISA and the Code);

(ii) There is no matter pending with respect to any of the Plans before any governmental agency, and there are no actions, suits or claims pending (other than routine claims for benefits) or threatened against, or with respect to, any of the Plans or Benefit Programs or Agreements or their assets;

-7-

(iii) No act, omission or transaction has occurred which would result in imposition on the Company of (A) breach of fiduciary duty liability damages under Section 409 of ERISA, (B) a civil penalty assessed pursuant to subsections
(c), (i) or (l) of Section 502 of ERISA or (C) a tax imposed pursuant to Chapter 43 of Subtitle D of the Code;

(iv) Each of the Plans intended to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code satisfies the requirements of such Section, has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service regarding such qualified status and has not, since receipt of the most recent favorable determination letter, been amended or operated in a way which would adversely affect such qualified status;

(v) As to any Plan intended to be qualified under
Section 401 of the Code, there has been no termination or partial termination of the Plan within the meaning of Section 411(d)(3) of the Code; and

(vi) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) require the Company to make a larger contribution to, or pay greater benefits under, any Plan or Benefit Program or Agreement than it otherwise would or (B) create or give rise to any additional vested rights or service credits under any Plan or Benefit Program or Agreement.

(d) There does not currently exist, and there has not at any time existed, any corporation, trade, business or entity under common control with the Company, within the meaning of Section 414(b),
(c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

(e) Termination of employment of any employee of the Company after consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement would not result in payments under the Plans or Benefit Programs or Agreements which, in the aggregate, would result in imposition of the sanctions imposed under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.

(f) Each Plan which is an "employee welfare benefit plan", as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, may be unilaterally amended or terminated in its entirety without liability except as to benefits accrued thereunder prior to such amendment or termination.

(g) The Company Disclosure Letter sets forth by name and job description of the employees of the Company as of the date of this Agreement (the "Company Employees"). None of said employees are subject to union or collective bargaining agreements. The Company has not at any time had or been threatened with any work stoppages or other labor disputes or controversies with respect to its employees.

2.18 Title. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company has good and valid title to all properties and assets which it purports to own, including without limitation the properties and assets which are reflected in the Company Balance Sheet (other than those disposed of since such date in the ordinary course of business) and good and valid leasehold interests in all

-8-

properties and assets which it purports to hold under lease, and each such ownership or leasehold interest is free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances other than as set forth in the applicable lease agreements and those reflected in the Company Disclosure Letter.

2.19 Insurance. The Company Disclosure Letter identifies, by name of underwriter, risk insured, amount insured, policy number and date of issuance all policies of insurance owned by the Company as of the date hereof or as to which the Company, as of the date hereof, is a beneficiary. All such policies are currently in full force and effect.

2.20 Affiliate Interests. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, no employee, officer or director, or former employee, officer or director of the Company has any interest in any property, tangible or intangible, including without limitation, patents, trade secrets, other confidential business information, trademarks, service marks or trade names, used in or pertaining to the business of the Company, except for the normal rights of employees and stockholders.

2.21 Environmental Matters. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations, and other legal requirements relating to the prevention of pollution and the protection of the environment (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), and the Company possesses and can transfer to Automall or an affiliate of Automall all permits, licenses, and similar authorizations required under Environmental Laws for operation of its business as currently conducted. Furthermore, there is no physical condition existing on any property ever owned or operated by the Company nor are there any physical conditions existing on any other property that may have been affected by the Company's operations which could give rise to any material remedial obligation under any Environmental Laws or which could result in any material liability to any third party pursuant to any Environmental Laws.

2.22 Intellectual Property. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company owns, or is licensed or otherwise has the right to use all patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other proprietary rights ("Intellectual Property") that are material to the condition (financial or otherwise) or conduct of the business and operations of the Company. To the knowledge of the Company, (a) the use of the Intellectual Property by the Company does not infringe on the rights of any Person, subject to such claims and infringements as do not, in the aggregate, give rise to any liability on the part of the Company which could have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) no Person is infringing on any right of the Company with respect to any Intellectual Property. No claims are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened that the Company is infringing or otherwise adversely affecting the rights of any Person with regard to any Intellectual Property. All of the Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company is owned free and clear of all encumbrances and was not misappropriated from any Person. All of the Intellectual Property that is licensed by the Company is licensed pursuant to valid and existing license agreements. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the loss of any Intellectual Property.

2.23 Bank Accounts. The Company Disclosure Letter includes the names and locations of all banks in which the Company has an account or safe deposit box and the names of all Persons authorized to draw thereon or to have access thereto.

-9-

2.24 Disclosure. The Company has disclosed in writing, or pursuant to this Agreement and the Company Disclosure Letter, all facts material to the business, assets, prospects and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company. No representation or warranty to Automall by the Company contained in this Agreement, and no statement contained in the Company Disclosure Letter, any certificate, list or other writing furnished to Automall by the Company pursuant to the provisions hereof or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading. All statements contained in this Agreement, the Company Disclosure Letter, and any certificate, list, document or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed a representation and warranty of the Company for all purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE STOCKHOLDER

The Stockholder hereby individually with respect to the shares of Company Common Stock owned by such Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to Automall that:

3.1 Capital Stock. Such Stockholder is the beneficial and record owner of the number of shares of Company Common Stock as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, free and clear of any lien, claim, pledge, encumbrance or other adverse claim. Except for such shares of Company Common Stock set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter and Schedule I hereto, such Stockholder does not own, beneficially or of record, any capital stock or other security, including without limitation any option, warrant or right entitling the holder thereof to purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock of the Company.

3.2 Authorization of Agreement.

(a) Such Stockholder has full legal right, power, capacity and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by such Stockholder at the Closing.

(b) This Agreement has been, and each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by such Stockholder at the Closing will then be, duly executed and delivered by such Stockholder, and this Agreement constitutes and, to the extent it purports to obligate such Stockholder, each such instrument will constitute (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party thereto), the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

3.3 Approvals. Except for applicable requirements, if any, of the Oklahoma Used Motor Vehicle and Parts Commission and the Oklahoma Motor Vehicle Commission, no filing or

-10-

registration with, and no consent, approval, authorization, permit, certificate or order of any court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority, federal, state, foreign or local, is required by any applicable statute or other applicable law or by any applicable judgment, order or decree or any applicable rule or regulation of any court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority, federal, state, foreign or local, to permit such Stockholder to execute, deliver or perform this Agreement or any instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by it at the Closing.

3.4 Absence of Conflicts. Except to the extent set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, neither the execution and delivery by such Stockholder of this Agreement or any instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by it at the Closing, nor the performance by such Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement or any such instrument will (a) violate or breach the terms of or cause a default under (i) any applicable statute or other applicable law, federal, state, foreign or local, (ii) any applicable judgment, order or decree or any applicable rule or regulation of any court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority, federal, state, foreign or local,
(iii) the organizational documents of such Stockholder or (iv) any contract or agreement to which such Stockholder is a party or by which it, or any of its properties, is bound, or (b) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, claim or encumbrance on any of the properties or assets of such Stockholder, or
(c) result in the cancellation, forfeiture, revocation, suspension or adverse modification of any existing consent, approval, authorization, license, permit, certificate or order of any court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority, federal, state, foreign or local, or (d) with the passage of time or the giving of notice or the taking of any action of any third party have any of the effects set forth in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this Section, except, with respect to clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section, where such matter would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or the ability of the Company or such Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF AUTOMALL

Automall hereby represents and warrants to the Company and the Stockholder that:

4.1 Corporate Organization. Automall is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Oklahoma with all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by it at the Closing.

4.2 Authorization. The execution and delivery by Automall of this Agreement, the performance by Automall of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by Automall at the Closing have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of Automall. This Agreement has been, and each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by Automall at or prior to the Closing will then be, duly executed and delivered by Automall. This Agreement constitutes, and, to the extent it purports to obligate Automall, each such

-11-

instrument will constitute (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party thereto), the legal, valid and binding obligation of Automall, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

4.3 Approvals. Except for applicable requirements, if any, of the Oklahoma Used Motor Vehicle and Parts Commission and the Oklahoma Motor Vehicle Commission, no filing or registration with, and no consent, approval, authorization, permit, certificate or order of any court, tribunal or government agency or authority, federal, state, foreign or local, is required by any applicable statute or other applicable law or by any applicable judgment, order or decree or any applicable rule or regulation of any court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority, federal, state, foreign or local, to permit Automall, to execute, deliver or consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by Automall at or prior to the Closing.

4.4 Absence of Conflicts. Neither the execution and delivery by Automall of this Agreement or any instrument required hereby to be executed by it at or prior to the Closing nor the performance by Automall of its obligations under this Agreement or any such instrument will (a) violate or breach the terms of or cause a default under (i) any applicable statute or other applicable law, federal, state, foreign or local, (ii) any applicable judgment, order or decree or any applicable rule or regulation of any court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority, federal, state, foreign or local,
(iii) the organizational documents of Automall or (iv) any contract or agreement to which Automall is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or (b) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, claim or encumbrance on any of the properties or assets of Automall or any of its affiliates (other than any lien, claim or encumbrance created by the Company), or (c) result in the cancellation, forfeiture, revocation, suspension or adverse modification of any existing consent, approval, authorization, license, permit certificate or order of any court, tribunal or governmental agency or authority, federal, state, foreign or local or (d) with the passage of time or the giving of notice or the taking of any action by any third party have any of the effects set forth in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this Section, except, with respect to clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section, where such matter would not have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of Automall.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND
THE STOCKHOLDER

5.1 Acquisition Proposals. Prior to the Closing Date, neither the Company, any of its officers, directors, employees or agents nor any Stockholder shall agree to, solicit or encourage inquiries or proposals with respect to, furnish any information relating to, or participate in any negotiations or discussions concerning, any acquisition, business combination or purchase of all or a substantial portion of the assets of, or a substantial equity interest in, the Company, other than the transactions with Automall contemplated by this Agreement.

-12-

5.2 Access. The Company shall afford Automall's officers, employees, counsel, accountants and other authorized representatives access, during normal business hours throughout the period prior to the Closing Date, to all its properties, books, contracts, commitments and records and, during such period, the Company shall furnish promptly to Automall any information concerning its business, properties and personnel as Automall may reasonably request; provided, however, that no investigation pursuant to this Section or otherwise shall affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty made by the Company or the Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement.

5.3 Conduct of Business by the Company Pending the Acquisition. The Company and the Stockholder covenant and agree that, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, unless Automall and Group 1 shall otherwise agree in writing or as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement or as disclosed in the Company Disclosure Letter:

(a) The business of the Company shall be conducted only in, and the Company shall not take any action except in, the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(b) The Company shall not directly or indirectly do any of the following: (i) issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber, (A) any capital stock of the Company or (B) other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and not relating to the borrowing of money, any assets of the Company, (ii) amend or propose to amend the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (iii) split, combine or reclassify any outstanding capital stock, or declare, set aside or pay any dividend payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise with respect to its capital stock whether now or hereafter outstanding (except for the distribution to Howard of the Company's net income from January 1, 1997 to the closing date of the IPO (as defined herein)), (iv) redeem, purchase or acquire or offer to acquire any of its capital stock, (v) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money, or (vi) except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, enter into any contract, agreement, commitment or arrangement with respect to any of the matters set forth in this Section 5.3(b);

(c) The Company shall use its best efforts (i) to preserve intact the business organization of the Company, (ii) to maintain in effect any franchises, authorizations or similar rights of the Company, (iii) to keep available the services of its current officers and key employees, (iv) to preserve the goodwill of those having business relationships with it, (v) to maintain and keep its properties in as good a repair and condition as presently exists, except for deterioration due to ordinary wear and tear; and (vi) to maintain in full force and effect insurance comparable in amount and scope of coverage to that currently maintained by it;

(d) The Company shall not transfer, assign, sell or otherwise dispose of any rights or privileges it currently possesses pursuant to any written or oral contract to which it is a party;

-13-

(e) The Company shall not make or agree to make any single capital expenditure or enter into any purchase commitments in excess of $25,000;

(f) The Company shall perform its obligations under any contracts and agreements to which it is a party or to which its assets are subject, except for such obligations as the Company in good faith may dispute;

(g) The Company shall not increase the salary, benefits, stock options, bonus or other compensation of any officer, director or employee of the Company; and shall not grant, to any individual, severance or termination pay that exceeds the lesser of (i) such individual's compensation for the calendar month immediately preceding such individual's grant of severance or termination pay, or (ii) $10,000;

(h) The Company shall not take any action that would, or that reasonably could be expected to, result in any of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement becoming untrue or any of the conditions to the Acquisition set forth in Article VII not being satisfied. The Company promptly shall advise Automall orally and in writing of any change or event having, or which, insofar as reasonably can be foreseen, would have, a Material Adverse Effect; and

(i) The Company shall not (i) amend or terminate any Plan or Benefit Program or Agreement except as may be required by applicable law, (ii) increase or accelerate the payment or vesting of the amounts payable under any Plan or Benefit Program or Agreement, or
(iii) adopt or enter into any personnel policy, stock option plan, collective bargaining agreement, bonus plan or arrangement, incentive award plan or arrangement, vacation policy, severance pay plan, policy or agreement, deferred compensation agreement or arrangement, executive compensation or supplemental income arrangement, consulting agreement, employment agreement or any other employee benefit plan, agreement, arrangement, program, practice or understanding (other than the Plans and the Benefit Programs or Agreements).

5.4 Confidentiality. The Company and the Stockholder agree, and the Company agrees to cause its officers, directors, employees, representatives and consultants, to hold in confidence, and not to disclose to others for any reason whatsoever, any non-public information received by them or their representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby except
(i) as required by law; (ii) for disclosure to officers, directors, employees and representatives of the Company as necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby; and (iii) for information which becomes publicly available other than through the actions of the Company or the Stockholder. In the event the Acquisition is not consummated, the Company and the Stockholder will return all non-public documents and other material obtained from Automall or its representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or certify to Automall that all such information has been destroyed.

5.5 Notification of Certain Matters. The Company shall give prompt notice to Automall, orally and in writing, of (i) the occurrence, or failure to occur, of any event which occurrence or failure would be likely to cause any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement to be

-14-

untrue or inaccurate at any time from the date hereof to the Closing or (ii) any material failure of the Company, or any officer, director, employee or agent thereof, or the Stockholder to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder.

5.6 Consents. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall (i) take all reasonable steps to obtain all consents, waivers, approvals (including all applicable automobile manufacturers approvals, and such approvals shall not contain any unreasonably burdensome restrictions on the Company or Automall), authorizations and orders required in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Acquisition; and (ii) take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or proper to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.7 Agreement to Defend. In the event any claim, action, suit, investigation or other proceeding by any governmental authority or other Person or other legal or administrative proceeding is commenced that questions the validity or legality of the transactions contemplated hereby or seeks damages in connection therewith, whether before or after the Closing, the Company and the Stockholder agree to cooperate and use reasonable efforts (such efforts shall not include incurring costs to third parties) to defend against and respond thereto.

5.8 Stockholder's Agreements Not to Sell. The Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees not to sell, pledge, transfer or dispose of or encumber any shares of Company Common Stock currently owned, either beneficially or of record, by such Stockholder.

5.9 Intellectual Property Matters. The Company shall use its best efforts to preserve its ownership rights to the Intellectual Property free and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances and shall use its best efforts to assert, contest and prosecute any infringement of any issued foreign or domestic patent, trademark, service mark, trade name or copyright that forms a part of the Intellectual Property or any misappropriation or disclosure of any trade secret, confidential information or know-how that forms a part of the Intellectual Property.

5.10 Cooperating in connection with IPO. The Company and the Stockholder will (a) provide Group 1 with all information concerning the Company or the Stockholder which is reasonably requested by Group 1 from time to time in connection with effecting Group 1's initial public offering of its common stock (the "IPO") and (b) cooperate with Group 1 and their representatives in the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to the IPO (the "Registration Statement") (including the financial statements therein) and in responding to comments of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, with respect thereto. The Company and the Stockholder agree promptly to (a) advise Group 1, if at any time during the period in which a prospectus relating to the IPO is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any information contained in the then current Registration Statement prospectus concerning the Company or the Stockholder becomes incorrect or incomplete in any material respect and (b) provide Group 1 with information needed to correct or complete such information.

5.11 Removal of Related Party Guarantees. The Company and the Stockholder agree to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary,

-15-

proper or advisable to terminate, waive or release all Company guarantees (such guarantees shall be referred to herein as "Related Guarantees," as described in the Company Disclosure Letter pursuant to Section 2.11 of this Agreement) of indebtedness or other obligations of any of the Company's officers, directors, shareholders or employees or their affiliates.

5.12 Termination of Related Party Agreements. The Company and the Stockholder agree to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to terminate the Related Party Agreements on or prior to the Closing Date, except those Related Party Agreements that are disclosed in the Company Disclosure Letter as agreements that shall not be subject to this Section 5.12.

5.13 Related Party Agreements. The Company agrees, and the Stockholder agrees to cause the Company, not to enter into any Related Party Agreements or engage in any transactions with the Stockholder or his affiliates; except for those Related Party Agreements or transactions with affiliates that are disclosed in the Company Disclosure Letter as agreements or transactions that shall not be subject to this Section 5.13.

5.14 LIFO Adjustment. The Company, and not the Stockholder, shall be responsible for the payment of all costs and liabilities relating to any LIFO adjustment caused by the termination of the Company's status as an S corporation as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.15 Management Agreement. The Company and the Stockholder hereby agree to enter into, on the date hereof, a management agreement by and among the Company, the Stockholder and Automall (the "Management Agreement"). A copy of the Management Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Management Agreement shall (i) become effective upon the closing of the IPO and (ii) remain in effect until the earlier of the Closing Date or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.3 hereof.

5.16 Consent of Chalmers-Ramsey. The Company shall deliver to Group 1, within ten (10) business days of the date hereof, the written consent of Chalmers-Ramsey Chevrolet-Geo, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation, to the Management Agreement (as defined herein) and all transactions contemplated thereby.

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS OF AUTOMALL

6.1 Confidentiality. Automall agrees, and Automall agrees to cause its officers, directors, employees, representatives and consultants, to hold in confidence all, and not to disclose to others for any reason whatsoever, any non-public information received by it or its representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby except (i) as required by law; (ii) for disclosure to officers, directors, employees and representatives of Automall as necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or as necessary to the operation of Automall's business; and (iii) for information which becomes publicly available other than through the actions of Automall. In the event the Acquisition is not consummated, Automall will return all non-public

-16-

documents and other material obtained from the Company or its representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or certify to the Company that all such information has been destroyed.

6.2 Consents. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Automall shall (i) obtain all consents, waivers, approvals, authorizations and orders required in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Acquisition; and (ii) take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6.3 Agreement to Defend. In the event any claim, action, suit, investigation or other proceeding by any governmental authority or other Person or other legal or administrative proceeding is commenced that questions the validity or legality of the transactions contemplated hereby or seeks damages in connection therewith, whether before or after the Closing, Automall agrees to cooperate and use reasonable efforts to defend against and respond thereto.

6.4 Removal of Personal Guarantees. Automall and Group 1 will use commercially reasonable efforts to have all personal guarantees by any of the Company's officers, directors, shareholders or employees of any obligation of the Company terminated, waived or released.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS

7.1 Conditions Precedent to Obligation of Each Party to Effect the Acquisition. The respective obligations of each party to effect the Acquisition shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

(a) No order shall have been entered and remain in effect in any action or proceeding before any federal, state, foreign or local court or governmental agency or other federal, state, foreign or local regulatory or administrative agency or commission that would prevent or make illegal the consummation of the Acquisition;

(b) The closing date of the IPO shall have occurred; and

(c) The acquisition by Group 1 or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Chevrolet-Geo dealership assets described in that certain Buy-Sell Agreement dated January 28, 1997 among the Company, Chalmers-Ramsey and South Pointe Subaru, Inc. shall have been completed, provided that such acquisition is approved by General Motors Corporation, and provided further that no party hereto may waive the condition set forth in this subparagraph (c) of
Section 7.1.

7.2 Additional Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Automall. The obligation of Automall to effect the Acquisition is also subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

-17-

(a) The representations and warranties of the Company and the Stockholder contained in Article II and Article III, respectively, shall be accurate as of the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties had been made at and as of the Closing Date; all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be complied with and performed by the Company and the Stockholder on or before the Closing Date shall have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects, and a certificate to the foregoing effect dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief executive officer of the Company and the Stockholder shall have been delivered to Automall;

(b) Automall shall have received evidence, satisfactory to Automall, that all Related Party Agreements required to be terminated shall have been terminated and all Related Guarantees shall have been terminated, waived or released pursuant to Sections 5.11 and 5.12 hereto.

(c) Since the date of this Agreement, no material adverse change in the business, operations or financial condition of the Company shall have occurred, and the Company shall not have suffered any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) materially adversely affecting the properties or business of the Company, and Automall shall have received a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of the Company dated the Closing Date to such effect.

7.3 Additional Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Stockholder. The obligation of the Stockholder to effect the Acquisition is also subject to the fulfillment of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of Automall contained in Article IV shall be accurate as of the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties had been made at and as of the Closing Date; all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be complied with and performed by Automall on or before the Closing Date shall have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects; and a certificate to the foregoing effect dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief executive officer of Automall shall have been delivered to the Company.

ARTICLE VIII

EFFECTIVENESS OF REPRESENTATIONS,
WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS

8.1 Effectiveness of representations, warranties and agreements.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 8.1(b) of this Agreement, the representations, warranties and agreements of each party hereto shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any other party hereto, any Person controlling any such party or any of their officers, directors, representatives or agents whether prior to or after the execution of this Agreement.

-18-

(b) The representations, warranties and agreements in this Agreement shall terminate at the Closing, except that the agreements set forth in Sections 5.4, 5.7, 5.14, 5.15, 6.1, 6.3, 6.4, and 9.5 shall survive the Closing.

(c) The parties hereto agree that the sole and exclusive remedies for breaches of this Agreement, for negligence, negligent misrepresentation or for any tort (except for any tort based on intent to deceive) committed in connection with the transactions described in, or contemplated by this Agreement are those set forth in this Agreement, and that no claim may be made by any party hereto for any matter in connection with the transactions described in, or contemplated by, this Agreement unless specifically set forth in this Agreement and then only pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Disclosure Letter. The Company Disclosure Letter, executed by the Company as of the date hereof, and delivered to Automall on the date hereof, contains all disclosure required to be made by the Company under the various terms and provisions of this Agreement. Each item of disclosure set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter specifically refers to the article and section of the Agreement to which such disclosure responds, and shall not be deemed to be disclosed with respect to any other article or section of the Agreement. A substantially complete draft of the Company Disclosure Letter shall have been delivered to Automall at least five business days prior to the date of this Agreement.

9.2 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated herein may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual consent of Automall and the Stockholder;

(b) by either Automall or the Company if a final, unappealable order to restrain, enjoin or otherwise prevent, or awarding substantial damages in connection with, a consummation of the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated hereby shall have been entered;

(c) by Automall if (i) since the date of this Agreement there has been a material adverse change in the business operations or financial condition of the Company or (ii) there has been a material breach of any representation or warranty set forth in this Agreement by the Company which breach has not been cured within ten business days following receipt by the Company of notice of such breach (or if such breach cannot be cured within such time, reasonable efforts have begun to cure such breach and such breach is then cured within 30 days after notice); or

(d) by the Company if there has been a material breach of any representation or warranty set forth in this Agreement by Automall which breach has not been cured within

-19-

ten business days following receipt by Automall of notice of such breach (or if such breach cannot be cured within such time, reasonable efforts have begun to cure such breach and such breach is then cured within 30 days after notice).

9.3 Automatic Termination. This Agreement shall be terminated, and no further action by either Automall or the Stockholder shall be necessary to effect such termination, if the 592,303 shares of common stock of Group 1 held in escrow pursuant to Sections 5.18 and 5.19 of that certain stock purchase agreement (the "Automall Purchase Agreement") dated June 14, 1997 among Group 1, Automall and the stockholders of Automall are released and distributed in accordance with Section 5.19 of the Automall Purchase Agreement.

9.4 Effect of Termination. In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.2 or Section 9.3, the Company and Automall shall have no obligation or liability to each other except that the provisions of Sections 5.4, 6.1, 9.4 and 9.5 shall survive any such termination.

9.5 Expenses. Regardless of whether the Acquisition is consummated, all costs and expenses in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby incurred by Automall shall be paid by Automall and all such costs and expenses incurred by the Company shall be paid by the Company. The Company and Automall each represent and warrant to each other that there is no broker or finder involved in the transactions contemplated hereby.

9.6 Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is, or whose stockholders are, entitled to the benefits thereof. This Agreement may not be amended or supplemented at any time, except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each party hereto, only as may be permitted by applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The waiver by any party hereto of any condition or of a breach of another provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other condition or subsequent breach. The waiver by any party hereto of any of the conditions precedent to its obligations under this Agreement shall not preclude it from seeking redress for breach of this Agreement other than with respect to the condition so waived.

9.7 Public Statements. The Company, the Stockholder and Automall agree to consult with each other prior to issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statement with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation, except as may be required by law.

9.8 Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and will be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall not be assignable by the parties hereto without the written consent of the other parties hereto.

9.9 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications which are required to be or may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered in person or by courier, (ii) sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission, answer back requested, or (iii) mailed, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the parties hereto at the following addresses:

-20-

if to the Company:             13300 N. Broadway Extension
                               Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73114
                               Telecopy: (405) 963-8851

                               Attention: Robert E. Howard II

with a copy to:                6520 N. Western, Suite 100
                               Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73116
                               Telecopy: (405) 848-5052

                               Attention: Randall K. Calvert

if to the Stockholder:         13300 N. Broadway Extension
                               Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73114
                               Telecopy: (405) 963-8851

                               Attention: Robert E. Howard II

if to Automall:                13300 N. Broadway Extension
                               Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73114
                               Telecopy: (405) 963-8851

                               Attention: Robert E. Howard II

or to such other address as any party shall have furnished to the other by notice given in accordance with this Section 9.9. Such notices shall be effective, (i) if delivered in person or by courier, upon actual receipt by the intended recipient, (ii) if sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission, when the answer back is received, or (iii) if mailed, upon the earlier of five days after deposit in the mail and the date of delivery as shown by the return receipt therefor. Delivery to the Stockholder's representative, if any, of any notice to the Stockholder hereunder shall constitute delivery to the Stockholder and any notice given by such Stockholder's representative shall be deemed to be notice given by the Stockholder.

Copies of all communications required to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent, in the same manner prescribed by this Section 9.9, to the following:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc. 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350 Houston, Texas 77024 Telecopy: (713) 467-1513

Attention: B.B. Hollingsworth, Jr.


President and Chief Executive
Officer

-21-

and:                   Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
                       2300 First City Tower
                       1001 Fannin Street
                       Houston, Texas 77002-6760
                       Telecopy: (713) 615-5236

                       Attention: John S. Watson

9.10 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any choice of law rules that may direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

9.11 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provision, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated unless such an interpretation would materially alter the rights and privileges of any party hereto or materially alter the terms of the transactions contemplated hereby.

9.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

9.13 Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

9.14 Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto and the Company Disclosure Letter, constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, among the parties or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof (except as contemplated otherwise by this Agreement) and neither this nor any document delivered in connection with this Agreement, confers upon any Person not a party hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

-22-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first above written.

HOWARD PONTIAC-GMC, INC.

By:  /s/ ROBERT E. HOWARD II
   ----------------------------------
   Robert E. Howard II
   President

BOB HOWARD AUTOMOTIVE-EAST, INC.

By:  /s/ ROBERT E. HOWARD II
   ----------------------------------
   Robert E. Howard II
   Secretary

STOCKHOLDER:

/s/ ROBERT E. HOWARD II
-------------------------------------
Robert E. Howard II

-23-

SCHEDULE I

                                                 Shares of Company Class A
Stockholder                                            Common Stock
-----------                                      -------------------------
Robert E. Howard II   . . . . . . . . . . . . .           750

-24-

EXHIBIT A

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of September 12, 1997, by and among
HOWARD PONTIAC-GMC, INC. ("Automall"), BOB HOWARD AUTOMOTIVE-EAST, INC. ("East") and ROBERT E. HOWARD II ("Howard"), as sole stockholder of East.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

Automall, East and Howard have executed a Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Stock Purchase Agreement") dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which Automall will acquire (the "Acquisition") all of the outstanding capital stock of East. The consummation of the Acquisition is subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement that have not yet been fulfilled.

East and Chalmers-Ramsey Chevrolet-Geo, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation ("Chalmers-Ramsey"), have entered into a Management Agreement (the "Chalmers-Ramsey Management Agreement") pursuant to which East has agreed to provide Chalmers- Ramsey with management and consulting services in return for all "profits or losses," as such are described in the Chalmers-Ramsey Management Agreement ("Profits" and "Losses"), of Chalmers-Ramsey arising during the term of the Chalmers-Ramsey Management Agreement.

East desires to engage Automall to provide East with management and consulting services with respect to the operation of East's business, including East's management of Chalmers-Ramsey under the Chalmers-Ramsey Management Agreement, pending consummation of the Acquisition.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Effective Date. The effective date (the "Effective Date") of this Management Agreement shall be the closing date of the initial public offering of common stock of Group 1 Automotive, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Group 1");

2. Term. The term (the "Term") of this Management Agreement shall be from the Effective Date until the earlier of (i) the Closing Date of the Stock Purchase Agreement, or (ii) the termination of the Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to Section 9.3 thereof.

3. Liabilities of East. East and Howard hereby represent that, as of the date hereof, Howard is the sole creditor of East and that no other person has any claim against the income, earnings or assets of East.

4. Duties and Obligations.

-25-

(a) East hereby engages Automall, and Automall hereby undertakes, to provide management and consulting services with respect to the operation of East's business;

(b) East hereby agrees to do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary to facilitate Automall's provision of management and consulting services to East;

(c) East hereby agrees to pay to Automall, in consideration of the management and consulting services provided to East in accordance herewith, all of East's Profits and Losses earned or incurred under the Chalmers-Ramsey Management Agreement, less the monthly carrying costs actually incurred by Howard on Howard's $2.5 million investment in East;

(d) The parties hereto agree that Profits payable to Automall hereunder shall not be reduced, and Losses payable by Automall hereunder shall not be increased, by any liabilities or obligations of East to Howard or any third party, except as provided in (c) above;

(e) East hereby agrees to calculate the Profits or Losses payable to or by Automall hereunder as of the end of each calendar month and to present Automall with such calculation, and the information upon which such calculation was based, no later than the fifteenth day of the succeeding month; and

(f) East hereby agrees to pay to Automall all monthly Profits, and Automall hereby agrees to pay to East all monthly Losses, no later than the tenth day following Automall's receipt of the information required to be delivered under paragraph (d) above.

5. Governing Law. This Management Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Oklahoma.

6. Amendment. This Management Agreement may not be amended by any oral agreement or understanding but only by an amendment in writing executed by the parties hereto.

-26-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed, or caused this Management Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officers, all as of the date first above written.

HOWARD PONTIAC-GMC, INC.

By: /s/ ROBERT E. HOWARD II
   -----------------------------
   Robert E. Howard II
   President

BOB HOWARD AUTOMOTIVE-EAST, INC.

By: /s/ ROBERT E. HOWARD II
   -----------------------------
   Robert E. Howard II
   President

STOCKHOLDER

/s/ ROBERT E. HOWARD II
--------------------------------
Robert E. Howard II

-27-

EXHIBIT 10.23

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into between Group 1 Automotive, Inc. having offices at 950 Echo Lane, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77024 ("Employer"), and Kevin H. Whalen, an individual currently residing at 3423 Oakland Drive, Sugar Land, Texas 77479 ("Employee"), to be effective as of October __, 1997.

For and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, and obligations contained herein, Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES:

1.1. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to be employed by Employer, beginning October __, 1997 and continuing throughout the Term (as defined below) of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2. Employee shall serve as "Chief Operating Officer -- McCall Group" of Employer. Employee agrees to serve in the assigned position and to perform diligently and to the best of Employee's abilities the duties and services appertaining to such position as determined by Employer, as well as such additional or different duties and services appropriate to such position which Employee from time to time may be reasonably directed to perform by Employer. Employee shall at all times comply with and be subject to such policies and procedures as Employer may establish from time to time.

1.3. Employee shall, during the period of Employee's employment by Employer, devote Employee's full business time, energy, and best efforts to the business and affairs of Employer. Employee may not engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business, investment, or activity that interferes with Employee's performance of Employee's duties hereunder, is contrary to the interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or requires any significant portion of Employee's business time; provided, however, that Employee may engage in passive personal investments that do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or interfere with Employee's performance of his or her duties hereunder.

1.4. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and to do no act which would injure the business, interests, or reputation of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. In keeping with these duties, Employee shall make full disclosure to Employer of all business opportunities pertaining to Employer's business and shall not appropriate for Employee's own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.

1.5. It is agreed that any direct or indirect interest in, connection with, or benefit from any outside activities, particularly commercial activities, which interest might in any way adversely affect Employer, or any of its affiliates, involves a possible conflict of interest. In keeping with Employee's fiduciary duties to Employer, Employee agrees that Employee shall not knowingly become involved in a conflict of interest with Employer, or its affiliates, or upon discovery thereof, allow such a conflict to continue. Moreover, Employee agrees that Employee shall disclose to Employer's General Counsel


(who shall be Employer's outside General Counsel unless Employer has employed an inside General Counsel) any facts which might involve such a conflict of interest that has not been approved by Employer's President. Employer and Employee recognize that it is impossible to provide an exhaustive list of actions or interests which constitute a "conflict of interest". Moreover, Employer and Employee recognize there are many borderline situations. In some instances, full disclosure of facts by Employee to Employer's General Counsel may be all that is necessary to enable Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates to protect its interests. In others, if no improper motivation appears to exist and the interests of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates have not suffered, prompt elimination of the outside interest will suffice. In still others, it may be necessary for Employer to terminate the employment relationship. Employee agrees that Employer's determination as to whether a conflict of interest exists shall be conclusive. Employer reserves the right to take such action as, in its judgment, will end the conflict.

2. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS:

2.1. Employee's initial base salary under this Agreement shall be $300,000.00 per annum and shall be paid in semi-monthly installments in accordance with Employer's standard payroll practice. Employee's base salary may be increased from time to time by Employer and, after any such change, Employee's new level of base salary shall be Employee's base salary for purposes of this Agreement until the effective date of any subsequent change.

2.2 Employee's participation in bonus plans shall be governed by the bonus and incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer in which Employee is a participant.

2.3. If Employee is granted stock options, Employee will enter into a separate written stock option agreement pursuant to which Employee shall be granted the option to acquire common stock of Employer subject to the terms and conditions of Employer's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the stock option agreement entered into thereunder. The number of shares, exercise price per share and other terms of the options shall be as specified in such other written agreement.

2.4. While employed by Employer, Employee shall be allowed to participate, on the same basis generally as other employees of Employer, in all general employee benefit plans and programs, including improvements or modifications of the same, which on the effective date or thereafter are made available by Employer to all or substantially all of Employer's employees. Such benefits, plans, and programs may include, without limitation, medical, health, and dental care, life insurance, disability protection, and pension plans. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed or interpreted to provide greater rights, participation, coverage, or benefits under such benefit plans or programs than provided to similarly situated employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of such benefit plans and programs.

2.5. Employer shall not by reason of this Article 2 be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such incentive compensation or employee benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to covered employees generally. Moreover, unless specifically provided for in a written plan document adopted by the Board of Directors of Employer, none of the benefits or arrangements described in this Article 2 shall be

-2-

secured or funded in any way, and each shall instead constitute an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future exclusively from the general assets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

2.6. Employer may withhold from any compensation, benefits, or amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

3. TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OF TERM, AND TERMINATION PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF TERM AND EFFECTS OF SUCH TERMINATION:

3.1. The term of this Agreement shall be for five (5) years from October __, 1997 through October __, 2002. Should Employee remain employed by Employer beyond the expiration of the Term, such employment shall convert to a month-to-month relationship terminable at any time by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, upon thirty days notice. Upon such termination of the continued at-will employment relationship by either Employer or Employee for any reason whatsoever, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonus with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated. Upon termination of employment, Employee shall repay to Employer all advances received by Employee from Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including all advances drawn against any bonus.

3.2. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) For "cause" upon the determination by Employer's Board of Directors that "cause" exists for the termination of the employment relationship. As used in this Section 3.2(i), the term "cause" shall mean (a) Employee has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence or willful misconduct in the performance of, or Employee's willful refusal without proper reason to perform, the duties and services required of Employee pursuant to this Agreement; (b) Employee has been convicted of a felony; or (c) Employee's material breach of any material provision of this Agreement or corporate code or policy. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the decision as to whether "cause" exists for termination of the employment relationship by Employer is delegated to Employer's Board of Directors for determination. Employee, if he so requests, after reasonable notice of such Board of Directors meeting, shall be entitled to be heard before the Board of Directors. If Employee disagrees with the decision reached by Employer's Board of Directors, the dispute will be limited to whether Employer's Board of Directors reached its decision in good faith;

-3-

(ii) for any other reason whatsoever, including termination without cause, in the sole discretion of Employer's Board of Directors;

(iii) upon Employee's death; or

(iv) upon Employee's becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness, or other circumstance which in the reasonable opinion of a qualified doctor approved by Employer's Board of Directors renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of Employee, and which will continue in the reasonable opinion of such doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.

The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute a "Termination for Cause" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(i); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4. The termination of Employee's employment shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.2(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iii) as a result of Employee's death is specified in Section 3.7. The effect of the employment relationship being terminated pursuant to Section 3.2(iv) as a result of the Employee becoming incapacitated is specified in Section 3.8.

3.3. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Employee shall have the right to terminate the employment relationship under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(i) a material breach by Employer of any material provision of this Agreement, which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice of such breach by Employee to Employer's Board of Directors;

(ii) the dissolution of Employer; or

(iii) for any other reason whatsoever, in the sole discretion of Employee.

The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute an "Involuntary Termination" if made pursuant to Section 3.3(i) or 3.3(ii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.5. The termination of Employee's employment by Employee shall constitute a "Voluntary Termination" if made pursuant to Sections 3.3(iii); the effect of such termination is specified in Section 3.4.

3.4. Upon a "Voluntary Termination" of the employment relationship by Employee or a termination of the employment relationship for "Cause" by Employer, all future compensation to which Employee is entitled and all future benefits for which Employee is eligible shall cease and terminate as of the date of termination. Employee shall be entitled to pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

-4-

3.5. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by either Employer or Employee pursuant to Sections 3.2(ii) or 3.3(i), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive the compensation specified in Section 2.1, payable bi-weekly, as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Upon an Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship by Employee pursuant to Sections 3.3(ii), Employee shall be entitled, in consideration of Employee's continuing obligations hereunder after such termination (including, without limitation, Employee's non-competition obligations), to receive in a lump sum payment the compensation specified in
Section 2.1 as if Employee's employment (which shall cease on the date of such Involuntary Termination) had continued for the full Term of this Agreement. Employee shall not be under any duty or obligation to seek or accept other employment following Involuntary Termination and the amounts due Employee hereunder shall not be reduced or suspended if Employee accepts subsequent employment. Employee's rights under this Section 3.5 are Employee's sole and exclusive rights against Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, and Employer's and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' sole and exclusive liability to Employee under this Agreement, in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any Involuntary Termination of the employment relationship.

3.6. Employee covenants not to sue or lodge any claim, demand or cause of action against Employer based on Involuntary Termination for any monies other than those specified in Section 3.5. If Employee breaches this covenant, Employer, and its subsidiaries' and affiliates' shall be entitled to recover from Employee all sums expended by Employer, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (including costs and attorneys' fees) in connection with such suit, claim, demand or cause of action. Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall not be entitled to offset any of the amounts specified in the immediately preceding sentence against amounts otherwise owing by Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates to Employee prior to a final determination under the terms of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement that Employee has breached the covenant contained in this Section 3.6.

3.7. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's death, Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall be entitled to Employee's pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee's heirs, administrators, or legatees shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.8. Upon termination of the employment relationship as a result of Employee's incapacity, Employee shall be entitled to his pro rata salary through the date of such termination, but Employee shall not be entitled to any individual bonuses with respect to the operations of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates during the calendar year in which Employee's employment with Employer is terminated.

3.9. In all cases, the compensation and benefits payable to Employee under this Agreement upon termination of the employment relationship shall be reduced and offset by any amounts to which Employee may otherwise be entitled under any and all severance plans (excluding any pension, retirement and profit sharing plans of Employer that may be in effect from time to time) or policies of

-5-

Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates or any successor to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer.

3.10. Termination of the employment relationship shall not terminate those obligations imposed by this Agreement which are continuing in nature, including, without limitation, Employee's obligations of confidentiality, non-competition and Employee's continuing obligations with respect to business opportunities that had been entrusted to Employee by Employer during the employment relationship.

3.11. This Agreement governs the rights and obligations of Employer and Employee with respect to Employee's salary and other perquisites of employment.

4. UNITED STATES FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT AND OTHER LAWS:

4.1. Employee shall at all times comply with United States laws applicable to Employee's actions on behalf of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including specifically, without limitation, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, generally codified in 15 USC 78 (FCPA), as the FCPA may hereafter be amended, and/or its successor statutes. If Employee pleads guilty to or nolo contendre or admits civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee has personal civil or criminal liability under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, or if a court finds that Employee committed an action resulting in Employer or any of its subsidiaries having civil or criminal liability or responsibility under the FCPA or other applicable United States law, such action or finding shall constitute "cause" for termination under this Agreement unless Employer's Board of Directors determines that the actions found to be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable United States law were taken in good faith and in compliance with all applicable policies of Employer. Moreover, to the extent that Employer or any of its subsidiaries is found or held responsible for any civil or criminal fines or sanctions of any type under the FCPA or other applicable United States law or suffers other damages as a result of Employee's actions, Employee shall be responsible for, and shall reimburse and pay to such Employer an amount of money equal to, such civil or criminal fines, sanctions or damages. The rights afforded Employer under this provision are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by the law.

5. OWNERSHIP AND PROTECTION OF INFORMATION; COPYRIGHTS:

5.1. Employer owns certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets to which Employee will be given access for the purpose of carrying out his or her employment responsibilities hereunder. Furthermore, Employer agrees to provide Employee with confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets regarding the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates, in order to assist Employee in satisfying his or her obligations hereunder.

5.2 All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, whether patentable or not, which are conceived, made, developed or acquired by Employee, individually or in conjunction with others, during Employee's employment by Employer (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's premises or otherwise) which relate to Employer's or any of

-6-

its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, research, financial and sales data, pricing and trading terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer's organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names, and marks) shall be disclosed to Employer and are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon termination of Employee's employment, for any reason, Employee promptly shall deliver the same, and all copies thereof, to Employer.

5.3. Employee will not, at any time during or after his employment by Employer, make any unauthorized disclosure of any confidential business information or trade secrets of Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out of his employment responsibilities hereunder. As a result of Employee's employment by Employer, Employee may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, confidential business information or trade secrets of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Employee also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party confidential information and trade secrets to the same extent, and on the same basis, as Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' confidential business information and trade secrets.

5.4. If, during Employee's employment by Employer, Employee creates any original work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression which is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations on acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to Employer's, or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' businesses, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Employee or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' premises or otherwise), Employer shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Employee in the scope of his or her employment; or, if the work is not prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment but is specially ordered by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be the author of the work. If such work is neither prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire, then Employee hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to Employer all of Employee's worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.5. Both during the period of Employee's employment by Employer and thereafter, Employee shall assist Employer, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and their nominees, at any time, in the protection of Employer's or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' worldwide right, title, and interest in and to information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions, and its copyrighted works, including without limitation, the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or their nominees and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

-7-

6. POST-EMPLOYMENT NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS:

6.1. As part of the consideration for the compensation and benefits to be paid and extended to Employee hereunder, and as an additional incentive for Employer to enter into this Agreement, Employer and Employee agree to the non-competition provisions of this Article 6. Employee agrees that during the period of Employee's non-competition obligations hereunder, Employee will not, directly or indirectly for Employee or for others, in any geographic area or market where Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies are conducting any business as of the date of termination of the employment relationship or have during the previous twelve months conducted any business:

(i) engage in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(ii) render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association, or entity who is engaged, directly or indirectly, in any business competitive with any line of business conducted by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(iii) encourage or induce any current or former employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave the employment of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or proselytize, offer employment, retain, hire or assist in the hiring of any such employee by any person, association, or entity not affiliated with Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (iii) shall prohibit Employee from offering employment to any prior employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates who was not employed by Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time in the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Employee's employment.

The non-competition obligations set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) of this
Section 6.1 shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of three
(3) years after termination of employment. The obligations set forth in subsection (iii) of this Section 6.1 with respect to employees shall apply during Employee's employment and for a period of five (5) years after termination of employment If Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates abandons a particular aspect of its business, that is, ceases such aspect of its business with the intention to permanently refrain from such aspect of its business, then this post-employment non-competition covenant shall not apply to such former aspect of that business.

6.2. Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the world during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that Employee will receive sufficiently high remuneration and other benefits (e.g., the right to receive compensation under Section 3.6 for the remainder of the Term upon Involuntary Termination and access to certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets) under this Agreement to

-8-

justify such restriction. Employee acknowledges that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article 6 by Employee, and Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article 6 by terminating any payments then owing to Employee under this Agreement and/or to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach, without any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedies. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article 6, but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity to Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including, without limitation, the recovery of damages from Employee and his agents involved in such breach.

6.3. It is expressly understood that the restrictions contained in this Article 6 are related to and result from the agreements of Employer and Employee in Article 5 and agreed that Employer and Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Article 6 to be reasonable and necessary to protect the confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions therein set forth to be modified by such courts so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully enforced.

7. MISCELLANEOUS:

7.1. For purposes of this Agreement the terms "affiliates" or "affiliated" means an entity who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Employer.

7.2. Employee shall refrain, both during the employment relationship and after the employment relationship terminates, from publishing any oral or written statements about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory; or that disclose private or confidential information about Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' business affairs, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that constitute an intrusion into the seclusion or private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about the private lives of Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' officers, employees, agents, or representatives; or that place Employer or its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives in a false light before the public; or that constitute a misappropriation of the name or likeness Employer or any of its subsidiaries' or affiliates' or its officers, employees, agents, or representatives. A violation or threatened violation of this prohibition may be enjoined.

7.3. For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

-9-

If to Employer to:

Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
950 Echo Lane, Suite 350
Houston, TX 77024

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2300 First City Tower
1001 Fannin Street
Houston, TX 77002-6760

Attn: John S. Watson

If to Employee, to the address shown on the first page hereof.

with a copy to:

Robert D. Remy
Two Memorial City Plaza 820 Gessner, Suite 1360 Houston, Texas 77024

Either Employer or Employee may furnish a change of address to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

7.4. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflict-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction of the Agreement to the laws of another State or country.

7.5. No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

7.6. It is a desire and intent of the parties that the terms, provisions, covenants, and remedies contained in this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any such term, provision, covenant, or remedy of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association, or entity or circumstances shall, to any extent, be construed to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, then such term, provision, covenant, or remedy shall be construed in a manner so as to permit its enforceability under the applicable law to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any case, the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person, association,

-10-

or entity or circumstances other than those to which they have been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect.

7.7. Any and all claims, demands, cause of action, disputes, controversies and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any provision hereof, the alleged breach thereof, or in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, involving Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates and Employee (all of which are referred to herein as "Claims"), even though some or all of such Claims allegedly are extra-contractual in nature, whether such Claims sound in contract, tort or otherwise, at law or in equity, under state or federal law, whether provided by statute or the common law, for damages or any other relief, including equitable relief and specific performance, shall be resolved and decided by binding arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect with the American Arbitration Association. In the arbitration proceeding the Employee shall select one arbitrator, the Employer shall select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator. Should one party fail to select an arbitrator within five days after notice of the appointment of an arbitrator by the other party or should the two arbitrators selected by the Employee and the Employer fail to select an arbitrator within ten days after the date of the appointment of the last of such two arbitrators, any person sitting as a Judge of the United States District Court of the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, upon application of the Employee or the Employer, shall appoint an arbitrator to fill such space with the same force and effect as though such arbitrator had been appointed in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 7.7. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Employee, the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in Houston, Texas. Judgment upon any award rendered in any such arbitration proceeding may be entered by any federal or state court having jurisdiction.

This agreement to arbitrate shall be enforceable in either federal or state court. The enforcement of this agreement to arbitrate and all procedural aspects of this Agreement to arbitrate, including but not limited to, the construction and interpretation of this agreement to arbitrate, the scope of the arbitrable issues, allegations of waiver, delay or defenses to arbitrability, and the rules governing the conduct of the arbitration, shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.

In deciding the substance of any such Claim, the Arbitrators shall apply the substantive laws of the State of Texas; provided, however, that the Arbitrators shall have no authority to award treble, exemplary or punitive type damages under any circumstances regardless of whether such damages may be available under Texas law, the parties hereby waiving their right, if any, to recover treble, exemplary or punitive type damages in connection with any such Claims.

7.8. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employer its subsidiaries and affiliates and any other person, association, or entity which may hereafter acquire or succeed to all or a portion of the business or assets of Employer by any means whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise. Employee's rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal and such rights, benefits, and obligations of Employee shall not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated, or transferred, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by Employee without the prior written consent of Employer.

-11-

7.9. Except as provided in (1) written company policies promulgated by Employer dealing with issues such as securities trading, business ethics, governmental affairs and political contributions, consulting fees, commissions and other payments, compliance with law, investments and outside business interests as officers and employees, reporting responsibilities, administrative compliance, and the like, (2) the written benefits, plans, and programs referenced in Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, or (3) any signed written agreements contemporaneously or hereafter executed by Employer and Employee, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to such subject matters, and contains all of the covenants, promises, representations, warranties, and agreements between the parties with respect to such subject matters and replaces and merges previous agreements and discussions pertaining to the employment relationship between Employer and Employee. Specifically, but not by way of limitation, any other employment agreement or arrangement in existence as of the date hereof between Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and Employee is hereby canceled and Employee hereby irrevocably waives and renounces all of Employee's rights and claims under any such agreement or arrangement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have duly executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective on the date first stated above.

GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

By:

B. B. Hollingsworth, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer


Employee

-12-

EXHIBIT 23.1

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this registration statement.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

October 14, 1997


EXHIBIT 23.3

[ABOWITZ, RHODES & DAHNKE, P.C. LETTERHEAD]

October 14, 1997

CONSENT OF SPECIAL LEGAL COUNSEL

We hereby consent to the use of our name in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement under the caption "Risk Factors -- No Agreement with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.," as well as the reference to our opinion dated September 30, 1997, and the opinions attributed to us under such caption. In giving this consent, however, we do not hereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/  ABOWITZ, RHODES & DAHNKE, P.C.

ABOWITZ, RHODES & DAHNKE, P.C.